The
Zhong-Lü System
ofInternal Alchemy
byLivia Kohn

Three Pines Press
www.threepinespress.com© 2020 by Livia Kohn

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be
reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval system, without permission
in writing from the publisher.
987654321

Printed in the United States of America
This edition is printed on acid-free paper that meets
the American National Standard Institute Z39.48 Standard.
Distributed in the United States by Three Pines Press.

Cover Art: Zhongli Quan transmitting the Dao to Lan Caihe, one of theEight Immortals. Painting at the Baxian’an (Eight Immortals’ Retreat) temple in Xi’an, built at the site of the tavern where Zhongli Quan first met Lü
Dongbin. Photograph by Karine Martin, 19 June 2012.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Kohn, Livia, 1956- author.
Title: The Zhong-Lü system of internal alchemy / by Livia Kohn.
Description: St. Petersburg, FL : Three Pines Press, 2020. | Includes
bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2019057946 | ISBN 9781931483445 (paperback)Subjects: LCSH: Taoism--China--Sources--Early works to 1800. |Taoism--Doctrines--Early works to 1800. | Alchemy--China--Sources. |Immortality--Taoism. | Zhongli, Quan, active 9th century. Zhong Lüchuan dao ji. | Zhongli, Quan, active 9th century. Ling bao bi fa.
Classification: LCC BL1923 .K6858 2020 | DDC 299.5/1442--dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2019057946

Contents
Discussion
1. Historical Context

1

The Song Dynasty
Religious Practitioners
Lü Dongbin
Lü in History
Zhongli Quan
The Zhong-Lü Tradition
Further Works
Complete Perfection
The Southern School

1
3
6
8
11
13
15
16
19

2. The Workings of the Universe

22

Origins
Yin and Yang
The Eight Trigrams
The Five Phases
Space-Time
The Ten Heavenly Stems
Life Processes
The Sun and the Moon
Numbers

22
25
28
31
32
34
36
38
40

3. The Human Condition

44

Gestation
Body Cosmology
The Five Organs
Daily Cycles
Free WillThe Vicissitudes of Life
Erroneous Ways
Faulty Practice

44
46
49
50
54
57
59
62

4. Stages and Processes
The Three Stages
The Three Vehicles
Medicines
Elixir Concoction
Core IngredientsThe Immortal Embryo
Firing Times
Elixir Reversion
Golden and Jade Fluids

64
64
67
69
71
73
77
79
82
85

5. Key Practices
Breath Practice
Energy Activation
The River Carriage
Full Saturation
Visualization
Inner Observation
Attaining Primordiality
Transcendence and Liberation

88
88
91
93
96
98
101
104
107

Translation
Notes on Translation

113

1. Zhong-Lü chuandao ji

119

1. Perfected and Immortals
2. The Great Dao
3. Heaven and Earth
4. The Sun and the Moon
5. The Four Levels of Time
6. The Five Phases
7. Water and Fire
8. Dragon and Tiger
9. The Cinnabar Medicine
10. Lead and Mercury
11. Reduction and Augmentation
12. The River Carriage
13. Reversion to the Elixir Field
14. Refining the Physical Form
15. Moving to the Prime
16. Inner Observation
17. Demonic Attacks and Hardships
18. Confirmation Experiences

2. Lingbao bifa
1. Matching Yin and Yang
2. Gathering and Dispersing Water and Fire
3. Mating Dragon and Tiger
4. Heating and Refining the Cinnabar Medicine
5. Quickening the Gold Crystal by Pulling Back the Elbows
6. Reverting Jade Fluid to the Elixir Field
7. Reverting Golden Fluid to the Elixir Field
8. Refining Qi by Moving to the Prime
9. Renewing Qi through Inner Observation
10. Transcendence, Liberation, and Multilocation

Bibliography

119
125
127
130
133
137
141
144
147
150
154
159
162
167
170
176
181
187

191
192
196
200
203
206
213
217
222
227
230

235

Acknowledgments
This book was inspired by editorial work on Mark Bartosh’s translation of
the lectures and practice instructions by Wang Liping (b. 1949), a major
figure in internal alchemy in China today as well as the leader of several
practice organizations in the West (www.dragongateacademy.com;
www.longmen.eu). His work, which was published in 2019 by Three Pines
Press under the title Daoist Internal Mastery, claims to rely closely on the
Zhong-Lü system and repeatedly cites its core texts.
Editing it, I was left with a sense that a better understanding of thistradition would benefit the community of both scholars and practitioners.
Thus I began to translate the texts, the Zhong-Lü chuandao ji and the Lingbao bifa, in due course obtaining earlier translations by Eva Wong (2000)
and Farzeen Baldrian-Hussein (1984)—the latter with the generous help of
Karine Martin of the French Taoist Association.
Once the translation was complete, I proceeded to write the introductory part, looking into the historical position of the texts as well as examining their cosmology and practice systems. Over the course of a year, thebook was revised repeatedly, notably with the generous help of Fabrizio
Pregadio, Stephen Eskildsen, and Mark Bartosh, who took out time fromtheir busy schedules to give it a careful reading and point out various errors,
inconsistencies, and questionable statements. Fabrizio Pregadio in particular helped to make the translations more accurate and generously provided
both references to original sources and copies of his own recent partial
translation of the Chuandao ji. They all greatly supported my efforts andhelped to make the work more accurate and accessible. I am deeply indebted to their support.

Chapter One
Historical Context
Internal alchemy has been the dominant form of Daoist self-cultivation
since the Northern Song dynasty (960-1127), when it reached first full maturity as an integrated system. 1 The Song dynasty was a time of greatchange and transformation on many different levels—technology, economy,
politics, culture, life-style, and religion. Society opened to new dimensionsof communication and flourishing, enhancing local culture and bringing
about renewal in many different areas. In terms of religion, new kinds ofpractitioners arose in addition to the priesthood, known collectively as ritual masters—including also mendicant preachers and eccentric adepts ofvarious backgrounds.
In this context, the figure of Lü Dongbin, an eccentric master known
for his poetry, alchemy, and sword fighting, rose to prominence especiallyin the southern part of the country. In the 11th century, he came to be associated with a group of documents describing the first full-fledged system ofinternal alchemy, called Zhong-Lü after himself and his putative teacher,the Han-dynasty immortal Zhongli Quan. First fully documented in the 12 th
century, it laid the foundation for the teachings of many later schools ofinternal alchemy, furnishing structures that are still in use today.

The Song Dynasty
The transition from the Tang to the Song dynasty has been described as“the most decisive rupture in the history of imperial China” (Kuhn 2009, 1).
After the rebellion of An Lushan 安祿山 in 755, when the Tang court fled to
Sichuan, the dynasty never fully recovered its dominance over the empire,
which was plagued by official persecutions, rebellious war-lords, and widespread banditry. By 907, when the dynasty officially ended, the country was
split up into ten states, run largely by political newcomers such as “landlesspeasants, robbers, smugglers, and even former slaves” (2009, 18), whose
bloody campaigns ravaged the land. Over the next fifty years, five dynasties
claimed the official mantle of emperor (see Lorge 2011; Davis 2002), until in
960, the Zhao clan reunited the country and provided a new level of stabil-

1

See Kohn and Wang 2009; Needham et al. 1983; Pregadio 2012a; 2014a; Robinet 1989a; 1995.
1

2 / Chapter One

ity, which soon led to “a complete transformation of the social and politicallandscape” (Mostern 2011, 24).2
Restructuring the spatial and administrative organization of the country, they created a new system of jurisdiction, replaced the aristocratic classof governance by a meritocratic civil bureaucracy (2011, 11), standardized
the currency, built roads that could support wider carts, expanded the canal
network, and created safety for merchants and travelers by providing armed
escorts (Kuhn 209, 224-26). This not only opened up the southern part ofthe country and but also greatly increased commerce and innovation (Yü2016, 239), to the point where the Song dynasty has been compared to England during the industrial revolution (Edwards 2013; Pomeranz 2000).
Technological innovations in all different fields, from farming
through textile production and metal works to transportation, placed thecountry far ahead in the world and caused the population to triple, which
in turn gave new impetus to economic growth and social innovation. 3 A
major factor in this context was the invention of printing, first used in the
9th century in a Buddhist environment to facilitate the copying of sutras,
considered a highly meritorious activity, especially in large quantities(Goodrich 1925). Made commercially viable in the Song, printing greatly
facilitated mass communication, since posters with announcements could
be easily placed in villages and city wards. It also inspired an increase inliteracy, further supported by the government’s efforts to place both private
and public schools in all districts of the empire, and led to the commencement of large-scale encyclopedia projects that collected vast amounts ofknowledge in more accessible form.4
Another major effect of printing was the development of the world’s
first viable paper currency, expanding the so-called flying money (feiqian飛錢) in the Tang, which involved paper notes redeemable at distant locations (Verellen 2019, 268). Its Song institutionalization was precipitated by
the increasing need of the government for iron and copper in manufacturing (Kuhn 2009, 234) as well as by the expanding commerce across everwider areas. The latter involved increasingly larger sums of money, which
made it cumbersome for merchants to carry hard and heavy coins in heavy
sacks. Paper currency came in two forms, first letters of credit and later
actual bills, created once printing reached a level of quality that made for2 For a detailed presentation of political development under the Song, see
Twitchett et al. 2010. For social change, see Hymes 1986; Hymes and Schirokauer
1993.
3 On technological change, see Fairbank 1992, 88; Kuhn 2009, 220-30; also
Elvin 1971. For population growth, see Mostern 2011, 11; Deng 2013. On commerce
and urbanization, see Gernet 1982; Shiba 1970; Elvin 1973; Glahn 2003.
4 Kuhn 2009, 40-41; Fairbank 1992, 94; Furth 1999, 61; see also Cherniak 1994;
Chia 1996; 2003; Elvin 1971.

Historical Context / 3

geries difficult. To begin, merchants would carry a promissory note or exchange bill that would guarantee them access to funds in far-away places.
Gradually formal institutions developed, forerunners of banks that gradually replaced the direct partnerships between merchant houses. Actual paperbills—printed on pulp made from the bark of the mulberry tree and strictly
controlled by the government—are first documented from the year 1020
and were fully viable by 1160 (Kuhn 2009, 238).
All of this contributed greatly to the growth of the merchant class,which had three major effects on the religious scene. First, there was a great
increase in lay organizations and lay-sponsored temples and practices. Hereordinary people came together to worship specific deities and to perform
rites and cultivation practices, sometimes in private homes, sometimes in
special community halls. Many localities that were isolated and dependent
on their own resources during centuries of political chaos developed uniqueorganizations and deities, which now—with improved communication—
started to spread and turn into wider, often commerce-oriented cults(Glahn 2003, 188-90). “New deity cults and revelatory traditions enriched
and reshaped the hierarchical, communal, and aristocratic system” of previous dynasties (Skar 2000, 414; see also Hymes 2002).
Second, there emerged a much larger market for practical religious
aids to daily life, from talismans for building homes and spells for granting
a safe passage to exorcisms for healing, funeral rites (liandu 煉渡), and services for the salvation of the dead (pudu 普渡), often involving new andlocal deities (Skar 2000, 413). And third, as more and more people became
religiously engaged, they required more direct contact with gods, spirits,
and ancestors, notably for purposes of exorcism and healing (Davis 2001, 3).
As a result, trance techniques increased manifold, either through spiritmediums or by automatic writing with the help of the planchette, a kind of
Ouija board, and a new level of religious practitioners came to the fore.

Religious Practitioners
Traditionally, Daoist and Buddhist priests occupied the middle ground between imperially sponsored religious activities and so-called popular religion, which was often denigrated by officials for its followers’ engagement
in shamanic possession, blood sacrifices, licentious cults, and sexual orgies.
Peasants and villagers, as documented in numerous writings, were besieged
by threats of supernatural danger, such as ghosts, demons, specters, sprites,
hobgoblins, poltergeists, revenants, spooks, bogies, and contagions (Harper
1985, 497), not to mention semi-supernatural animals as well as essences ofplants and minerals that had to be placated in various ways (Meulenbeld
2015, 101; Kohn 2019, 35). Many valiant officials strove to convert villagers tomore sedate and imperially sanctioned practices or managed to kill particu-

4 / Chapter One

lar demonic entities that demanded deeds unacceptable to the higher educated.
Organized Daoist cults as they first developed in the 2nd century CE—
and Buddhist orders in their wake—were at odds with both, claiming a direct connection to the divine traditionally reserved for the emperor and his
delegates, while also insisting on a purer and more refined way of dealing
with the demons of popular religion. Occupying senior positions in a bureaucratic spirit world, run like the imperial government by set administrative procedures and formal judgments, priests of organized religions
claimed powers over the supernatural world that affected the living as
much as the dead.5 They executed these powers less by means of shamanic
trance or blood sacrifices than through systematic prayers and the submission of written petitions that would obligate the spirits to act in certain,
preferably nonharmful ways (Harper 1985, 472-73; Nickerson 2000, 273).
This intermediate position is quite obvious in the dietary restrictions
documented in the early code of the Celestial Masters (Tianshi 天師 )school, Laojun shuo yibai bashi jie 老君說一百八十戒 (180 Precepts Spoken
by Lord Lao, in DZ 786; trl. Hendrischke and Penny), created under some
Buddhist influence and reflecting similar values (Penny 1996). Rejecting
the elite tendency to drink heavily and competitively, it prohibits the consumption of alcohol (no. 24). In opposition to mainstream status-seeking
through the serving of meat, it outlaws eating the flesh of wild animals
specially killed (no. 172, 173). In contrast to popular cults, moreover, thecode demands that members abstain from all killing and the performanceof blood sacrifices (no. 39, 79), encouraging them instead to live largely on
vegetables (no. 176) (Kohn 2017, 176). Exorcistic practices as well as divination and fortune-telling, and even the basic techniques of Chinese medicine were forbidden, “the penitential petitioning of celestial officials being
sufficient” (Nickerson 2000, 277).6
Throughout the middle ages, the state-sponsored codification of thepriesthood, both Daoist and Buddhist, provided a set role for religious practitioners that allowed them to function in this intermediate sphere between
official state religion and popular cults. The Tang-Song transition brought
the collapse of this system, leading to a different constellation of groups:
official agents that included imperial as well as Daoist and Buddhist hierarchies at the top, village spirit-mediums and lesser acolytes at the bottom,
plus “a new and expanding group of lay Daoist exorcists called ritual masters (fashi 法師)” in the middle (Davis 2001, 7).
5 See Harper 1994, 17; Kleeman 1998, 70; Seidel 1987, 46; Yamada in Pregadio
2008, 62.
6 For more on the relationship of Daoists to popular cults, see Miyakawa 1979;
Stein 1979; Nickerson 1994; Schipper 1985; 1994b.

Historical Context / 5

Defined as disciples who had mastered a particular tradition or section of the canon, they were “lay practitioners who looked and performed
very much like Daoist priests but who were not priests,” yet followed thesame rules of purity and correct procedure (2001, 50). Socially members of aclass of minor officials, they were “spellbinding erudites” (2001, 61): educated and literate, trained in philosophical and cosmological speculation, they
were versed in a variety of ritual techniques, notably the increasingly popular thunder rites (leifa 雷法; see Skar 1997; 2000, 456-58; Chao 2009: 104-07),
but also engaged in personal cultivation, such as the internal guiding ofenergy and the refinement of spirit—necessary prerequisites to the successful execution of the rites (Chao 2009, 108-11).
They rose to the fore as independent agents because there were no
structured organizations to support them. Court subsidies for religious institutions had ceased so that temples declined, patriarchal lineages ceased,
and techniques and doctrines were suspended. There were no famousmonasteries or established mountain centers to go to, nor were there any
officially recognized masters to follow. Budding practitioners were on theirown, wandering from one sacred location to the next, connecting with isolated hermits, perchance finding a stash of old texts or discovering certain
efficacious techniques by trial and error. Occasionally they even secured the
support of a local ruler—who was usually more interested in alchemical
ways of making gold than in spiritual pursuits—and proceeded to reconstruct one or another temple center of old.
These practitioners had no financial cushion to fall back on, and thus
had to find ways of serving communities for a fee so they could continue
their quest. As a result—and coinciding fortuitously with the needs of thegrowing merchant class—Daoist ritual masters, in competition with wandering Buddhists, tantric ritualists, and local shamans, offered services of
fortune-telling, healing, exorcism, and protection.
A case in point is the famous immortal Chen Tuan 陳摶 (d. 989) who
wandered through the country from Hunan to Sichuan to pick up various
teachings and eventually settled at the foot of Mount Hua 華山, where he
set about to restore the Yuntai guan 雲台觀 (Cloud Terrace Monastery)that had fallen into disrepair. He gained prominence as a physiognomist,
recognizing the future first emperor of the Song and also, after being called
to court, identifying the son best suited for leadership. 7 In addition, he
was renowned for his cosmological speculation and credited with the first
Taiji tu 太極圖 (Diagram of the Great Ultimate; see Wang 2005a) as well as

7 For a study of Chen Tuan, see Knaul 1981; Kohn 2001a. On his physiognomy,
see Kohn 1988. On his sleep practice, see Takehiro 1990. For sleep practice today, see
Wang and Bartosh 2019, 155-61.

6 / Chapter One

with various methods of internal cultivation, described as a form of “sleep
practice,” still part of internal alchemy today.

Lü Dongbin
A figure of the same kind who rose to great prominence—and incidentally
was linked to Chen Tuan later—is the immortal Lü Dongbin 吕洞賓, best
known as the most popular member of the Eight Immortals. Consisting ofseven men and one woman who attained immortality, this group appeared
first in theater plays of the 13th century, portrayed as an eccentric and happy
lot of supernatural heroes who responded to pleas in emergencies andgranted favors and protection (Hawkes 1981; Jing 1996). To the present day
widely popular and eagerly worshiped, they are usually venerated as a group.
The only one with temples of his own is Lü Dongbin, commonly depicted asa Confucian gentleman with aristocratic features and a sword (Wu et al.
2011, 66). He appears frequently in spirit-writing sessions, serving as inspiring sponsor of many Daoist groups and techniques (Mozias 2020, 17; Tsui1991).
The story goes that he was born in 796 as Lü Yan 吕严. Well educated,
he failed to pass the official examination in 836 (although in some versions,he passed in 837). On his way back home from the capital, he spent thenight at an inn—today the site of the Baxian'an 八仙庵 (Eight Immortals’
Retreat), the major Daoist sanctuary in Xi’an—where he shared a meal witha mysterious stranger. As the millet cooked over the brazier, Lü fell asleep
and dreamed:
He went up again to the capital as a candidate of the imperial examinationand passed it at the top of the list. Starting his career as a junior secretary to
one of the Boards, he rapidly rose in rank to positions at the Censorate andthe Hanlin Academy. Eventually he became a Privy Councilor, after he had
occupied, in the course of his unbroken success, all the most sought-afterand important official posts.
Twice he was married, he further dreamt, and both wives belonged tofamilies of wealth and position. Children were born to him. His sons soon
took themselves wives, and his daughters left the paternal roof for their husbands’ homes. All these events happened before he even reached the age of
forty.
Next he found himself Prime Minister for a period of ten years, wielding
immense power. This corrupted him. Then suddenly, without warning, he
was accused of a grave crime. His home and all his possessions were confiscated, his wife and children separated. He himself, a solitary outcast, waswandering toward his place of banishment beyond the mountains. He foundhis horse brought to a standstill in snowstorm and was no longer able to continue the journey. (Yetts 1916, 790; Kohn 1993, 125)

Historical Context / 7

At this point he woke up, finding that while he went through an entire
official career and family life, the millet had not even fully cooked. Realizing that life was but a fleeting dream and supported by the stranger whoturned out to be the Han immortal Zhongli Quan 鍾離權, he began training
with him in Daoist cultivation on either Mount Hua in the north or Mount
Lu 廬山 in the south, depending on which lineage wrote the tale. The legend continues with the story of ten tests he had to undergo to prove his
selfless nature and sincere dedication to Dao.
He had to show that he was generous with his possessions and independent of social approval, had courage in the face of death and otherthreats or enticements, and was willing to sacrifice himself on behalf of
weaker beings. For example,
Once, on returning home from a walk in the country, he found that during
his absence thieves had carried away all his goods and chattels, leaving thehouse bare. Not even then was his equanimity disturbed. He just set himself
to earn a livelihood by tilling the ground. One day when at work with his hoe
he unearthed gold pieces to the number of several score. Yet he took not asingle one, but quickly covered them all up again. (Kohn 1993, 129)

8 / Chapter One

These moral qualities were not required for their own sake or to enhance particular staunchness of character but served to indicate the stamina and determination necessary for the utter overcoming of body and self
on the path to otherworldly immortality. Still practiced in the school ofComplete Perfection (Quanzhen 全真) today, as vividly documented in the
biography of Wang Liping 王立平 (Cleary 1997), they serve the same function as the abuse heaped on aspiring Zen practitioners when they first enter
the training monastery. Standing outside the gate, freezing, hungry, andmiserable, they inevitably question everything, culminating in, “How muchdo I really want to do this?” Only if the answer is, “More than anything,” isthe candidate ready (see Wetering 1974).
Eventually approved, Lü Dongbin received many detailed instructions
from Zhongli Quan, both in theory and practice, succeeded in refining
himself to higher levels and attained the fullness of immortality. Afterwards,
both before and after his ascension into heaven, as the story has it, he traveled widely, incognito performing miracles for ordinary people and spreading the Daoist teaching, including also to the other members of the Eight
Immortals.8

Lü in History
This hagiographic account appears first in rudimentary form in the
Yueyang fengtu ji 岳陽風土記 (Record of Local Customs in Yueyang) by theofficial Fan Zhiming 范致明, dated to 1104. Here Lü is described as a nativeof Hezhong 何中 in Shanxi who trained on Mount Lu in Jiangxi and waslater active in Hunan and Hubei. These locations not only show the spreadof his cult in the early 12th century but also match his major later sanctuaries, at the Yueyang Tower 岳陽樓 in Yuezhou 岳州 near Lake Dongting 洞庭
湖 in Hunan and the Yongle gong 永樂宮 (Palace of Eternal Joy) near
Ruicheng 瑞城 in Shanxi. The story emphasizes that he was skilled in sword
techniques and the arts of immortality and made a living by selling paper
and ink (Katz 1999, 60; Baldrian-Hussein 1985, 160).
The latter reflects a strong connection of his name to calligraphy andpoetry. Poetry, already a major way of communication during the middle
ages (Kirkova 2016, 140), became even more widespread under the Song.
Then it started to function as a significant social medium beyond the aristocracy, either composed at social gatherings or spread like graffiti on city,
temple, and tavern walls—“anonymous, gossipy, popular” (Kuhn 2009, 61).
Poetry could be allegorical and descriptive, record events and express emo-

8

For studies of the Eight Immortals and the story of Lü Dongbin, see Clart
2009; Jing 1996; Lai 1972; Waley 1930, 15; Wu et al. 2011; Yang 1958; Yetts 1916; 1922.

Historical Context / 9

tions, show ideal moral and cosmic ways, express criticism of current politics and circulate positive energy in the world (Hawes 2005, 11-20).

The Palace of Eternal Joy

Preceding the early hagiography and establishing the connection topoetry is the first work that mentions Lü Dongbin by name: the Qingyi lu
清異錄 (Record of Pure and Strange Things) by the official Tao Gu 陶穀(903-970). He records a sign outside a wine shop in Fengyi 豐邑 (Shaanxi),
saying, “Soaring aloft I looked back and bade farewell to the king of spring,”
followed by the character for “wine,” and expresses his admiration for the
powerful calligraphy, which he attributes to Lü (Katz 1999, 54; BaldrianHussein 1986, 137). This shows that already in the mid-10th century, Lü
Dongbin was a well-known and impressive character.
The earliest poem supposedly written by him is called Zhixuan pian
指玄篇 (Pointers to the Mystery), often cited in later texts on internal alchemy (Baldrian-Hussein in Pregadio 2008, 1278). Further poems as well as
stories featuring his alchemical techniques and magical powers appear in
the imperial encyclopedia Taiping huanyu ji 太平寰宇記 (A Record of theWorld during the Reign of Great Peace) of the year 980. Collecting various
anecdotes about him, this shows just to what degree his exploits werespreading at the time (Katz 1999, 55).
Closely related are various anecdotes about his prowess as a fortuneteller, recorded in Huang Jian’s 黃鑑 (fl. 1015) Yang Wengong tanyuan 楊文
公談苑 (Conversations with Yang Wengong). According to this, Lü traveled
widely and interacted frequently with officials, providing veiled predictions
at will and supporting their aspirations if they recognized him as an im-

10 / Chapter One

mortal. The text also contains several poems, one describing his travels andhis famous sword, the other alluding to alchemical practices.9
In the 1040s, Lü’s name was linked with an unsuccessful rebellion in
Hebei, and the court instituted a nation-wide search for him, which proved
fruitless but did not prevent him from becoming ever more popular (Katz
1999, 57). This lead to more poems being attributed to him that appear variously, including in temple inscriptions (1999, 119). The most importantamong them is the Qinyuan chun 沁园春 (Springtime in the Qin Gardens),a set of lyrics dated to the mid-11th century. 10 Another early alchemical
poem appears in the Huandan zhongxian lun 還丹眾仙論 (Discussions on
Reverting the Elixir by the Host of Immortals, DZ 233), by Yang Zai 楊在,
dated to 1052 (Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 856). It says,
I get the matron lady to move south
So she can bring forth six yang energies for me.
I steam jade fluid in the toad [moon] palace
And refine jasper liquor at the Kan [water] gate.
The food of spirit immortals long gone
Today comes to me to taste.
One cup lasts a myriad eons
As my intention soars far beyond all things. (14b-15a)

While these texts document the increasing connection of Lü Dongbin
to internal alchemy rather vaguely, more specific information begins to appear in the second half of the 11th century. Thus, Chen Shidao’s 陳師道(1053-1101) Houshan tancong 後 山 談 叢 (Collected Conversations from
Houshan) records Lü’s training under Zhongli Quan (Katz 1999, 55). The
two are also linked in an inscription commemorating the restoration of the
Yuntai guan, dated to 1067 and contained in the Lequan ji 樂全集 (Collected Works of the Recluse Lequan; see Hervouet 1978, 385) by Zhang Fangping 張方平 (1007-1091), a direct successor of Chen Tuan (Kohn 2001a, 12).
9Katz 1999, 55; Baldrian-Hussein 1986, 140; Ang 1997.
It is first described by Liu Fu 劉斧 (1040-ca. 1113) in his Qingsuo gaoyi 青瑣高議 (A Lofty View of Literary Sketchbooks; 8.82) as having been revealed by Lü
to a scholar named Cui Zhong 崔中 in the city of Yueyang (Baldrian, 1985, 22). It
describes the process of internal alchemy, notably seven-based elixir reversion: collect perfect yang at midnight, fuse it with perfect yin to obtain the elixir seed, thenrefine it through the firing process and accumulate merit to attain transcendence
and liberation. Two commentaries survive: one, by Xiao Tingzhi 蕭廷芝 (fl. 1260),
is contained in Xiuzhen shishu 修真十書 (Ten Books on the Cultivation of Perfection; DZ 263, ch. 13); the other is by Yu Yan 俞琰 (1258-1314), a scholar of the Southern School (DZ 136). See Boltz 1987, 140; Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen
2004, 845; in Pregadio 2008, 1178.
10

Historical Context / 11

Around the same time, Lü’s sword techniques featured in various works(see Eskildsen 2008) and he appears in stories relating him to members of
the lower classes, notably wine merchants and barbers (see BaldrianHussein 1986; Zaccarini 2011).
In the early 12th century, like many other cults and religious figures, Lü
was officially recognized by Emperor Huizong (r. 1101–1125), the last ruler of
the Northern Song and a great supporter of Daoism (see Bol 2001). He
sponsored and collected Daoist art and himself engaged both in Daoist
painting and the exegesis of Daoist scriptures, notably the Daode jing 道德經 (Book of the Way and Its Virtue), which was highly venerated by Song
rulers in general. Huizong also organized Daoist rites for state protection
and good fortune, and inspired many Daoists to come forward and present
their views and texts (Ebrey 2000; Ebrey and Bickford 2006). In 1116, he bestowed sev eral honorary titles on Lü, notably Miaotong zhenren 妙通真人
(Perfected of Wondrous Pervasion) and Chunyang zhenren 纯陽真人 (Perfected of Pure Yang), elevating him to an official position in the Daoist pantheon and paving the way for his inclusion in the patriarchal lineage of laterschools.

Zhongli QuanLü Dongbin‘s immortal teacher Zhongli Quan was similarly honored, receiving the title Zhengyang zhenren 正陽真人 (Perfected of Rightful Yang).
The oldest of the Eight Immortals and commonly depicted as a large, stately man with a round pot-belly (Wu et al. 2011, 57), he had the courtesy nameYunfang 雲房 and was also known as Han Zhongli, since he supposedly
lived and served under the Later Han dynasty (2nd c.).
According to various hagiographies (see n. 8 above), he came originally from Xianyang 咸陽 near modern Xi’an and rose through the official
ranks under the Han, but was later demoted when his opinions contrasted
with those of the court. Under Emperor Wudi of the succeeding dynasty of
the Western Jin (r. 265-290), he became a military general, but suffered amassive defeat at the hands of Central Asian invaders. Desperate, and withhis troops completely vanquished, he fled into the mountains, where heencountered an old man who guided him to the palace of the celestial deity
Donghua di-jun 東華帝君 (Imperial Lord of Eastern Florescence). Fromhim he received the talismans, texts, and teachings of the Daoist religion
and himself in due course became an immortal.11

11

Yoshikawa in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 1283-84; Zhang 2019, 3.

12 / Chapter One

Another tradition, documented in the preface of the alchemical texttranslated below, has it that he holed up in the Zhongnan mountains 終南
山 and was visited by various divine dignitaries who revealed instructions ofinternal alchemy to him. Following them to the letter, he worked diligently
and eventually attained immortality. Either way, rather than ascending toheaven, Zhongli Quan opted to stay on earth to help others with his immortal powers and thereby make up for his failure in his official duties.
However, he did not find people ready and willing to undergo the necessary
hardships of spiritual training. Only in the late Tang did he finally find aworthy disciple in the would-be official and sword master Lü Dongbin.
While Lü Dongbin can be described as the archetypal ritual master,erudite and mobile, accomplished in various techniques and connected todifferent social strata, Zhongli Quan matches a different Song stereotype,that of the martial protector with immense magical powers. The classicalmodel for this is Beidi 北帝, the Northern Emperor, with control over lifeand death. He appears as a mighty warrior, dressed entirely in black andarmed to the teeth, holding the tablets of destiny, and is the sovereign towhom all spirits, ghosts, and demons owe strict obedience (Mollier 1997,
349; Chao 2011, 21-23; Steavu 2019, 70).

Historical Context / 13

In Daoism under the Song, he was particularly honored as the head of
the Department of Exorcism (Quxie yuan 驅邪元), a central part of the celestial administration. He was also in charge of the potent thunder rites,
popularized especially by the school of the Celestial Heart (Tianxin 天心),“the most significant and innovative Daoist exorcistic lineage of the Song”(Davis 2001, 74).12

The Zhong-Lü Tradition
By the late 11th century, the two immortals were linked to a set of texts that
purport to present their particular teachings on the attainment of immortality (Pregadio 2012a, 31). In this context, this is best defined with Nathan
Sivin as “the resurrection of the integral personality in a new and imperishable body which is nurtured like an embryo by yogic disciplines within
the old physique, just as the alchemist brings an elixir to maturity in a matrix of lead” (1968, 30).
Outlining the first systematic presentation of mature internal alchemy,
the texts’ teachings were later adopted by many Daoist lineages, both
Northern and Southern, and laid the foundation for the multiplicity ofpractices to come. Set partly in dialogue format, Lü asking questions andZhongli providing answers, they appear first in the Daoshu 道樞 (Pivot of
the Dao, DZ 1017), a collection by the bibliophile Zeng Cao 曾慥 (fl. 11311155).
Originally from Jinjiang 晉江 in Fujian, he was well educated and “enjoyed a conventional career as a government servant,” serving as first as undersecretary to the prime minister and later as magistrate of various districts in Jiangxi, Hubei, and Anhui (Boltz 1987, 231). His prime accomplishment is an anthology of citations from literary works from Han
through Song, called Leishuo 類說 (Classified Sayings). His Daoshu, presenting 108 texts in 118 sections, shows similar erudition.13
It is otherwise unknown who may have compiled the Zhong-Lü texts,
although some of them are linked—either in prefaces or bibliographies—
with a certain Shi Jianwu 施肩吾, a poet and recluse of the Western Hills(Xishan 西山) near Nanchang 南昌 in Jiangxi. He himself, the story goes,
was the recipient of the immortals’ teachings, while his disciple Li Song 李
竦, courtesy name Quanmei 全美, recorded them in writing.
There is a well-known Tang poet by the name of Shi Jianwu, courtesy
name Xisheng 希聖, also known as Huayang zhenren 華陽真人 (Perfected
12

On the history of Celestial Heart, see Andersen 1996, 145-46; in Pregadio
2008, 821-22 and 989-93; Davis 2001, 21-24; Drexler 1994, 23-25; Skar 2000, 420-21.
13 Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 780-81. See also
Nienhauser 1986, 172.

14 / Chapter One

of Flowering Yang). Although he lived around the putative lifetime of Lü
Dongbin, around 820 to 835, only few scholars such as Yu Yan 俞琰 (12581314) link the texts to him. Most Song and later writers, such as Hu Yinglin
胡應麟 (fl. 1590), doubt that they were compiled by a Tang poet and suggestthat another, otherwise unknown person of the same name was their compiler, dating them to the 10 th century at the earliest and generally leaning
toward the 11th.14
The most important of the Zhong-Lü documents is the Zhong-Lüchuandao ji 鍾呂傳道集 (Transmission of the Dao from Zhongli to Lü),translated below. It appears in abbreviated form in the Daoshu (chs. 39-41)
and with full text in the Xiuzhen shishu 修真十書 (Ten Books on the Cultivation of Perfection, DZ 263, chs. 14-16), from where it was later reprinted
in various collections. Referred to by slightly different names in bibliographic sources, it is cited with its present title in the Zhizhai shulu jieti 直齋書錄解題 (Commented Library Catalog of the Zhizhai Studio, 12.348), a
private bibliography by the book collector Chen Zhensun 陳振孫 (ca. 11831262) (Loon 1984, 164). The Chuandao ji consists of eighteen chapters thatprovide a structured outline of the core teachings of the tradition. The firstsix focus on cosmology, the next six on alchemical practice, and the last six
on the overall purpose of the teachings.15
Mentioned toward its end is the second major Zhong-Lü document,
the Lingbao bifa 靈寶畢法 (Conclusive Methods of Numinous Treasure, DZ
1191, Daoshu 42). Lü says, “May I please ask that you instruct me exactly in
how to apply and use the proper timing of energy conjunction and the rightmethods of serious practice?” To which Zhongli responds, “For this, I havecompiled the Lingbao bifa” (ch. 18). The text consists of twelve sections, twoof which were collapsed into one, creating a work in ten chapters, alsotranslated below.
The preface, in the voice of Zhongli Quan, claims that he received thebase materials for the text in revelation while hiding in a cave in the
Zhongnan mountains. They consisted of thirty scrolls in three major works:
the Jin'gao shu 金誥書 (Book of Golden Declarations), authored by Yuanshi
tianzun 元始天尊 (Heavenly Venerable of Primordial Beginning), the creator deity of the Daoist universe; the Yushu lu 玉書錄 (Record Written onJade), produced by Yuanhuang 元皇 (Primordial Sovereign), a major scrip-

14 For the question of compilation, see Boltz 1987, 139-40; Baldrian-Hussein
10984, 35; in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 801; in Pregadio 2008, 1277-79.
15 The text also appears in Daozang jiyao 157, Daozang jinghua lu 59, andDaozang jinghua 3. For an earlier translation, see Wong 2000. For discussions, see
Needham et al. 1983, 88; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 46-47; Boltz 1987, 141; Pregadio andSkar 2000, 475; Pregadio 2012a, 11; Komjathy 2014a, 118; Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 801; in Pregadio 2008, 330, 1279; Zhang 2009, 60.

Historical Context / 15

ture-revealing deity quite possibly identical with Daojun 道君 (Lord of theDao); and the Zhenyuan yi 真源義 (Meaning of Perfect Prime), transmitted
by Taishang 太上 (Highest Lord), that is, Laojun 老君 (Lord Lao), thethird major Daoist divinity and closest instructor of humanity.16
The text is structured along these lines, introducing each section’s
presentation with these revealed titles. Following them, it presents several
passages of explications and explanations, plus—in the Daozang version—some rather obscure poems.17
First mentioned in Zheng Qiao's 鄭 樵 (1104-1162) Tongzhi 通 志(Comprehensive Record, dat. 1161; Loon 1984, 164), the Lingbao bifa draws
on the Yijing 易經 (Book of Changes) and traditional calendar science fordescriptions of the cosmos and on medical literature when discussing thehuman body. It outlines the progress of internal alchemy in three stages,
described as the lesser, medium, and greater vehicles. The first works withbreath control and healing exercises, laying the foundation; the second focuses on the circulation of qi and fluid; and the third centers on meditationand various methods of transcendence.

Further Works
Two further documents, also contained in the Daoshu, are linked to the
Zhong-Lü tradition. The first is the Xishan qunxian huizhen ji 西山群仙會真記 (Record of the Host of Immortals and Assembled Perfected of the Western Hills, DZ 246, Daoshu 38),18 in its preface attributed to Shi Jianwu, butalready in the Zhizhai shulu jieti (12.348) dated to the Song. Internal evidence places it in the late 10th century, since it mentions Zhang Mengqian
張夢乾 who died in 998 (1.6a). This would make it an early precursor of thesystem, which is also borne out by its overall style and content, more philosophical than the two major works and full of citations of previous texts,
including one entitled Xishan ji.
The preface links it to two traditions: twelve saints of the Western
Hills plus Zhongli and Lü. In outline, it follows the system of the five phases, dividing into five main chapters of five sections each, making a total oftwenty-five. The major chapters deal with recognition of masters and Dao;
16 These are the gods of the Three Caverns, also known as the Three Pure Onesor the Daoist trinity. They represent the major medieval schools of Highest Clarity(Shangqing 上清), Numinous Treasure (Lingbao 靈寶), and Three Sovereigns(Sanhuang 三皇). See Kohn 2001b, 120; Ofuchi 1979.
17 The Daoshu version is translated in Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 197-286. For
more on the text, see Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 41-46; in Schipper and Verellen 2004,
801-02; in Pregadio 2008, 330, 669, 785; Boltz 1987, 142; Zheng 2010, 30, 52.
18 The text is translated in Bertschinger 2018. For discussions of its history, see
Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 804; in Pregadio 2008, 329, 1112-13.

16 / Chapter One

nourishment of the vital principle; reparation of damage due to diminishedqi; alchemical ingredients such as yin and yang, lead and mercury; as wellas the process of transmutation and the perfection of body and spirit.
Like this work a precursor of the full systematization of the teachingin the Chuandao ji and the Lingbao bifa—more rudimentary in outlook andusage—is the fourth major text of the group: the Baiwen pian 百問篇 (One
Hundred Questions, Daoshu 5.7a-22a, Daozang jiyao 8066-70).19 It is citedwith a passage not contained in the transmitted version in the Huandanzhongxian lun of the year 1052, the text that also contains the poem ascribed to Lü Dongbin translated above, and may thus go back to the firsthalf of the 11th century. Set in dialogue format, it consists of eighty-one
short, rather basic questions about the terminology of internal alchemy andon how the body corresponds to the greater universe. Although often similar it does not quite match the mature system as present by the mid-12th
century, which in turn laid the foundation for the adaptation of internal
alchemy into both the Northern and Southern schools.

Complete Perfection
Imitating the Chan Buddhist division of the Tang dynasty into a Northernand Southern school (see McRae 1983), Daoist leaders in the early 13 th century created a twofold lineage structure as they competed for favors among
the newly ascending Mongol rulers (Baldrian-Hussein in Pregadio 2008,
760). The various lineages in the north, in the greater Yellow River area,
were duly subsumed under the school of Complete Perfection, founded by
Wang Chongyang 王重陽 (1112–1170). The off-spring of a wealthy family, hereceived a good education but, after the fall of the Northern Song in 1127,
only attained a military prefectural degree and ended up serving as a minor
official collecting taxes on alcoholic beverages in Ganhe 甘河 townshipnear Xi’an (Katz 1999, 69; Eskildsen 2004, 4).
A heavy drinker, in 1159, he once sat in a local butcher shop imbibing
when he had a vision of two spirit beings who transmitted secret instructions to him. Acting increasingly more eccentric, he met the same immortals again in the following year in nearby Liquan 醴泉, again drinking in a
public house and receiving more transmissions. The next year, he left his
post and set himself up in a tomb-like hermitage in the Zhongnan mountains. In 1163, he moved to the hermit village of Liuqiang 劉蔣 and practiced with several Daoists, notably He Dejin 和 德 瑾 (d. 1170) and Li
Lingyang 李靈陽 (d. 1189)—converted by a miraculous experience and a
19 Translated in Homann 1976. See Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 48; Boltz 1987, 139.
The Daoshu also contains several other texts that bear some relation to the ZhongLü system, summarized briefly in Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 48-51. For studies of further Daoshu materials on internal alchemy, see also Eskildson 2006; 2007.

Historical Context / 17

mysterious stranger, respectively (Komjathy 2014b, 189)—still drinking andbecoming ever more eccentric. This led, in 1164, to another encounter with
mysterious superior beings, which finally made him stop drinking and get
more serious in his self-cultivation (2004, 7-8; Katz 1999, 70; Marsone 2001,
100).
In 1167, he burnt his hut to the ground and set out for Shandong,where his “strange attire, eccentric behavior, and profound utterances” attracted numerous followers (Eskildsen 2004, 8). Eventually he establishedfive religious communities and converted his leading disciples, beginningwith four in 1175, then expanding to seven (Komjathy 2014b, 184). All
founders of their own lineages, they became duly known as the Seven Perfected (qizhen 七真) and were later featured in a popular novel (Wong1990).
Wang Chongyang’s practice was highly ascetic; he was a stern master
who administered severe beatings and subjected his trainees to frequent
humiliation (Katz 1999, 70). His lay followers had to chant major scripturesfrom all three traditions, such as the Xiaojing 孝徑 (Classic of Filial Piety),
Daode jing, and Xinjing 心經 (Heart Sutra), and work on mental disciplineand morality to eliminate desires and resist sensory attractions (Eskildsen
2004, 14, 23). The overall goal was immortality, a state of spiritual refinement that included complete control over the body, the possession of supernatural powers, and compassion for all beings (Katz 1999, 75-76, citing
Eskildsen 1989, 7).
After his death in 1170, his disciples observed the three-year mourning
period, then set out to establish communities in different parts of the country. By 1187, they had become well known enough for one of them, Wang
Chuyi 王處一 (1142-1217), to be summoned to the Jin court, where he taught
about immortality and officiated at various healing and funerary rituals(Katz 1999, 71). In 1201, he performed a rite of cosmic renewal (jiao 醮) for
the ruler, which precipitated the birth of the heir apparent and significantly
increased the school’s stature. By this time, a large section of the population, people from all walks of life, were Complete Perfection followers.
Soon after, another of the Seven Perfected, Qiu Chuji 丘處機 (1148–
1227), best known as the founder of the Dragongate (Longmen 龍門) lineage, was summoned by Genghis Khan to his Central Asian headquarters,
undertaking a three-year trek, recorded in the Xiyou ji 西遊記 (Journey tothe West; trl. Waley 1931). In 1223, the khan appointed him as the leader of
all religions of China, causing his followers to be exempt from taxes andlabor. This, in one stroke, made Complete Perfection the most powerfuland popular religious group in northern China and contributed greatly tothe prominence it still enjoys to this day.20
20

Katz 1999, 72; see also Yao 2000; Goossaert 2001; Goossaert and Katz 2001.

18 / Chapter One

Internal alchemy as practiced in Complete Perfection “bears considerable affinity to the neidan theories and methods of the so-called Zhong-Lütradition” (Eskildsen 2004, 7), but it is not clear when the connection was
first established. The Chongyang zhenren jinguan yusuo jue 重陽真人金關玉鎖訣 (Master Chongyang’s Instructions on the Golden Gate and Jade Lock,
DZ 1156; trl. Komjathy 2007) outlines relevant methods that bear some resemblance to the Zhong-Lü system and are generally consistent with what
is known about Wang’s practices. The fact, however, that the work “deals so
extensively with health and physiology—to a degree far surpassing Wang’sother works—has brought forth speculation that it is a fabrication of somelater period” (Eskildsen 2004, 60).
The prime Complete Perfection text on internal alchemy, on the other
hand, the Dadan zhizhi 大丹直指 (Pointers to the Great Elixir, DZ 244; trl.
Komjathy 2014a, 115-68), is quite in line with the Zhong-Lü materials, usingmuch of the same terminology and presenting similar stages and practices.
Attributed to Qiu Chuji, it is commonly dated to the late 13th century(Eskildsen 2004, 61). The Zhonghe ji 中和集 (Collection of Central Harmony, DZ 249), by the Complete Perfection master Li Daochun 李道純 (fl.
1388-1406) (Despeux in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 1174), like the ZhongLü texts, applies dialogue structure and presents many matching concepts,
yet in overall outlook is more philosophical and psychological, and also
places a greater emphasis on the integrataion and harmony of the threeteachings (Cleary 2003, 353-487).
Another way to date Zhong-Lü presence in Complete Perfection is bylooking at the role of the two immortals in the school. Zhongli Quan and
Lü Dongbin were in due course identified as the mysterious spirit beings
who instructed Wang Chongyang, in addition to another rather obscure
figure by the name of Liu Cao 劉操, courtesy name Haichan 海蟾. Commonly described as a wealthy government official of the state of Yan 燕(modern Hebei) of the 10th century, he appears as a disciple of Chen Tuan in
mid-Song notebook (biji 筆記) literature. By the late 12th century, he wasassociated with Zhongli Quan, who supposedly convinced him through amagic trick that officialdom was highly hazardous. Liu Haichan duly dedicated his life to Dao and, like Lü Dongbin, was trained by the immortal. He
attained transcendence and wandered through the world drinking andmaking merry, appearing as a beggar or in various disguises to perform
miracles, write funky poetry, and teach Daoist cultivation.21
All three were duly appointed patriarchs of the Complete Perfection
school, as is first recorded in the Jinlian zhengzong ji 金蓮真宗記 (Record of
the Orthodox Lineage of the Golden Lotus, DZ 173) by Qin Zhi’an 秦志安
21Goossaert in Pregadio 2008, 686-88; Lu 2009, 73. See also Boltz 1987, 64-65,
173, 219; Katz 1999, 43-44, 69; Yao 2000, 579; Eskildsen 2004, 5.

Historical Context / 19(1188-1233), which was published in 1241 (Katz 1999, 69, 77). The work also
contains an extended hagiography of Lü Dongbin, claiming that he passed
the official examination and later met Zhongli Quan while wandering
around Mount Lu. The story of the millet-cooking dream was added after
that, as were the various tests and trials—shaping Lü’s life story into amythical model for Complete Perfection practice (Katz 1999, 79, 83).
In addition, Lü’s poetic works were collected by He Zhiyuan 何志淵—adisciple of Song Defang 宋德方 (1183-1247) who took refuge in a Complete
Perfection community to escape from the Mongol invaders. He compiled
them into the Chunyang zhenren huncheng ji 纯陽真人渾成集 (Collectionof Chaos Complete by the Perfected of Pure Yang, DZ 1055), dated toaround 1250 (Boltz 187, 141). The Yongle gong, Lü’s major northern sanctuary, moreover, became a Complete Perfection site around the same time
(Katz 1999, 72), which means that the Zhong-Lü tradition had come toform a firm part of Complete Perfection by the mid-13th century.

The Southern School
The Southern School (Nanzong 南宗), centered on holy mountains southof the Yangtze, was a great deal more amorphous and is much less well
documented than Complete Perfection. It was constructed by Bai Yuchan
白玉蟾 (fl. 1194-1229), courtesy name Haiqiongzi 海瓊子 (Master of Ocean
Jade), and his disciples in the early 13 th century. Its lineage consists of theso-called Five Purple Masters, that is, Daoists with the word “purple” intheir religious titles.22
The first was Zhang Boduan 张伯端 (987-1082), courtesy name Pingshu 平叔 , religious title Ziyang zhenren 紫陽真人 (Perfected of PurpleYang). Not much is known about him, but most sources agree that he camefrom Zhejiang, passed the official examination, and served as a minor official in various government posts.23 He is best known as the author of the
Wuzhen pian 悟真篇 (Awakening to Perfection, DZ 263, ch. 26-30; trl.
Cleary 1987; Pregadio 2009), a major classic of internal alchemy with someoverlap to Zhong-Lü teachings.24
From him the lineage moved on to Shi Tai 石泰 (d. 1158), a native of
Changzhou 長周, who served as a minor government official. The story
goes that he met Zhang Boduan in Shanxi when the latter was falsely

22 The lineage is outlined in Boltz 1987, 173; Katz 1999, 77; Baldrian-Husseinin Pregadio 2008, 759-61; Zhang 2009, 61-62; Zhang 2019.
23 For Zhang’s life and work, see Boltz 1987, 174; Pregadio and Skar 2000, 470;
Skar in Pregadio 2008, 203-06; Zhang 2009, 61.
24 For more on the history of the text, see Boltz 1987, 174; Pregadio and Skar
2000, 476-78; Baldrian-Hussein in Pregadio 2008, 1081-84.

20 / Chapter One

accused of an official misdemeanor. When Shi Tai came to his rescue indisregard of his own welfare, Zhang judged him fit to receive his teachings (Baldrian-Hussein in Pregadio 2008, 894-95). He duly continued thetransmission by passing it on to Xue Daoguang 薛道光 (d. 1191), an ordained Buddhist monk, who connected to Shi Tai in 1106 (Zhang 2009,61-62). Xue came originally from Yunnan; after enlightenment, he returned to lay life and worked as a tailor like his master (BaldrianHussein in Pregadio 2008, 1144-45).
Next in line is Chen Nan 陳楠, courtesy name Niwan 泥丸 (fl. 1213),
originally from Guangdong 廣東 and particularly known for his combination of internal alchemy and healing techniques. Also versed in thethunder rites, he transmitted the lineage teachings to Bai Yuchan on
Mount Luofu 羅浮山 (Baldrian-Hussein in Pregadio 2008, 254-55).
While this lineage was put together early in the 12th century, the connection to the Zhong-Lü tradition is later. It rests on the story that Zhang
Boduan went to Chengdu in 1069 as a staff member of the army commander Lu Shen 陸詵 (1022-1070), courtesy name Longtu 龍圖. There he met aperfected being, from whom he received oral instructions on the concoction of the internal elixir, which eventually led to his compilation of the
Wuzhen pian (Pregadio 2000, 470).25
The mysterious perfected was in due course identified as Liu Haichan,an essential step in grafting Zhang Boduan into the line of the Zhong-Lütradition. The link is first made in the Wuzhen pianji 悟真篇记 (Record of
the Wuzhen pian), compiled by Lu Sicheng 陆思诚, a grandson of Lu Shen,and dated to between 1161 and 1173 (Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper andVerellen 2004, 822).26 The text describes the exploits of another minor official called Wang Zhen 王箴 who, “following the advice of his older brother,
Master Chongxi 冲熙先生, undertook to study Dao, then met Liu Haichan
and from him obtained the arts of the golden elixir.” Based on this and other tales, the text asks, “How can the strange perfected master who Zhang
studied with in Chengdu be anyone but Liu Haichan?” (Zhang 2019, 5).
All this means is that by the mid-12th century, when Zhongli Quan and
Lü Dongbin had been well established as masters of poetry, magical powers,
marital arts, and internal alchemy, Liu Haichan was stylized in a similarmanner and associated both with Wang Chongyang, the founder of Com25 This is recorded in a supposedly personal preface to the Wuzhen pian by
Zhang himself found in the Ziyang zhenren Wuzhen pian zhushu 紫阳真人悟真篇
注疏 (Commentary and Supplementary Explanation of the Wuzhen pian by the
Perfected of Purple Yang, DZ 141), by Weng Baoguang 翁葆光 (fl. 1173). For a moredetailed discussion and full translation, see Zhang 2019.
26 In Ziyang zhenren Wuzhen pian sanzhu 紫阳真人悟真篇三注 (Three
Commentaries to the Wuzhen pian by the Perfected of Purple Yang, DZ 142).

Historical Context / 21

plete Perfection, and Zhang Boduan, the first master of the Southern
School. When the two lineages constituted themselves formally in the early
13th century, under the impact of the Mongol invasion, they similarly appointed the three immortals as divine patriarchs, tracing their line further
back from them to Donghua dijun and Lord Lao, the divine Laozi andpersonification of Dao. This provided an impeccable pedigree for thecore teachings of internal alchemy they adopted in the course of the 13th
century and developed according to their own unique perspectives.
From here, the concepts and practices of the Zhong-Lü tradition laid
the foundation of much of internal alchemy to come. While giving rise toa flourishing literature and numerous variations, branches, and local
manifestations over the following centuries, in many fundamental respects they have continued to the present day.

Chapter Two
The Workings of the Universe
The Zhong-Lü texts have their particular take on how exactly the universe
works. They agree with traditional Daoist cosmology in that all goes back toDao, formless and vague, and echo the philosophical perspective that theworld evolved in stages without the input of an active, conscious creator.
They also match the classical notion that the key factors of cosmic unfolding were vital energy and the two forces yin and yang.
Beyond that, the Zhong-Lü texts also integrate the eight trigrams as coreenergetic factors that lay the foundation of the five phases. They describe
the activities of yin and yang through heaven and earth as well as the
movements of the sun and the moon as the major factors that give shape totime and space, emphasizing their ongoing dynamic interactions and theirimportance for human life in terms of both space-time and numerology.

Origins
At the root of all existence is Dao. As the Lingbao bifa says, echoing the
Daode jing,
The great Dao has no form: you look or listen for it, yet you cannot see or hear
it. The great Dao has no name: you measure and count it, yet you cannot fathom or calculate it. Dao generates form, and following form it establishes
names. Its name is great: it is heaven and earth. (ch. 1; see also Chuandao ji 2)

Matching the Zhuangzi 莊子 (Book of Master Zhuang), the texts also assertthat Dao is so big it has nothing above it and reaches so far into every minute aspect of life that there is nothing below or within it. “Its beginninghas nothing prior to it: you cannot see anything before it. Its end has nothing after it: you cannot see anything beyond it” (Bifa 3).
Originally without being, Dao cannot be described; fundamentally
without structure, it cannot be imagined (Bifa 10). Any way of thinking
about it falls far of the mark. Again, the Lingbao bifa, “You may think of
Dao as being mysterious and subtle, yet ideas of mystery and subtlety neverleave the limitations of questions and answers; you may think of it as being
invisible and inaudible, yet ideas of the invisible and inaudible never leave
the limitations of seeing and hearing” (ch. 10).
Dao, therefore, is original chaos and yet it is not chaos, the generative
prime that yet exists in creation. Primordial, it is blurred and indistinct,
22

The Workings of the Universe / 23

beyond all sensory perception and language, and shares the power andcharacteristics of chaos. Existing, it is systematic and ordered, evident in
the rhythmic transformations of the world, and definable in temporal andspatial terms.
Dao, then, as already outlined in the Daode jing (ch. 42) and also citedin the Chuandao ji (ch. 2), “generated the One; the One generated the two,and the two generated the three.” The Huainanzi 淮南子 (Book of the Master of Huainan), dated to about 150 BCE, provides an interpretation. “Daobegins with oneness. Oneness alone, however, cannot generate. Therefore,
it divided into yin and yang. From the harmonious union of yin and yang,
the myriad beings were generated.”1
Other versions of early Daoist cosmogony appear in manuscripts recently excavated from southern China. Thus, the Fanwu liuxing 凡物流形
(All Things Flow in Physical Form; trl. Chan 2014; Wang 2015, 87-93), unearthed at Shangbo 上博, describes universal unfolding as beginning with
oneness, which generates the two and the three, but from there it proceeds
to the mother and eventually leads to the integrated combination of all.
The mother, as is well known, is a common Daoist metaphor of cosmic
origin, applying the human relationship of mother and children to the universe and the myriad beings (Chen 1974). However, rather than being a
metaphor for Dao as it is in the Daode jing and thus resting at the very
source of existence (chs. 1, 25, 52), here it appears at a later stage, at thebrink of ultimate integration, that is, the emergence of the myriad beings(Wang 2015, 85-87).
The Taiyi shengshui 太一生水 (Great Oneness Generates Water) was
discovered at Guodian in the same cluster of bamboo slips as fragments of
the Daode jing, dated to around 350 BCE (trl. Wang 2015, 70-72; Cook 2012).
The text clearly shows its influence in both its key concepts, “one” and “water,” which it expands to great oneness as the core creative factor of the universe. Its emphasis on the notion that “the Dao of heaven values weakness,”too, connects to the Daode jing, which favors weakness and softness overaggression and competition. While the Taiyi shengshui begins with the One,
it does not go on to two but has the universe evolve by moving on to water,from which heaven and earth arise. They in turn connect back to great
oneness and water. Once these are established, spirit and light emerge, andonly then do the two of the Daode jing come into play: yin and yang arise
together with summer and winter, cold and heat, dampness and dryness, toeventually result in the ongoing cycle of the years (Wang 2015, 74-75).2
1

Major et al. 2010, 133; Major 1993; Morgan 1934, 2; Larre et al. 1993, 41. For
more on the One in creation, see Robinet 2011, 49-52.
2 There is a certain similarity of this vision to the teaching of the Baghdad
alchemist Jabir (721-817). In his Book of Clarification (Kitab al-idah), he proposes24 / Chapter Two

A yet different version of early cosmogony appears in the Hengxian 恆
先 (Constancy Before; trl. Brindley et al. 2013; Cook 2012). The term hengmeans “constant” and appears in the very first line of the Daode jing. Constancy is another key characteristic of Dao, indicating the unchanging andinvariable nature of the ultimate. In this version, then, the universe begins
with constancy. From here, the text says, “space arises. Once there is space,
there is vital cosmic energy, qi 氣. Once there is qi, there is material reality.
Once there is material reality, there is a beginning. Once there is a beginning, there is the passage of time.” The ultimate is defined as unmoving aswell as having no material reality, being instead “simplicity, stillness, andemptiness.” No material reality means that there is nothing, that life is in astate of latency, nothingness, or nonbeing, formless and undifferentiated,
not yet manifesting in concrete things, often also called “vessels.” This gives
rise to qi, which in turn leads to presence, existence, or being, and eventually initiates entropy and thus the flow of time (Wang 2015, 31-33).
Echoing these early works, the Zhong-Lü texts also describe cosmogony in terms of successive stages:
When the Great Prime [Dao] first divided, there was great beginning [taishi
太始]; in the midst of this, there was great nonbeing [taiwu 太無]; in the
midst of this, there arose great emptiness [taixu 太虛]; from this, there was
the great void [taikong 太空]; in the midst of this, there was great material reality [taizhi 太質]. Great material reality means there was the pure and turbidmaterial nature of heaven and earth. They were like an egg, consisting of dark
and yellow colors, a single one being in the great void. (Bifa 3)
After the great beginning, great material reality emerged, serving as the mother of the myriad beings. Following upon this, there was the great immaculate. . . . It served as the ancestor of the five phases and the root of the great
Dao. (Chuandao ji 11)

The stages mentioned here recoup the traditional Daoist understanding as first described in the Liezi 列子 (Book of Master Lie), which
begins with great change (taiyi 太易), when not even vital energy had yetarisen, then proceeds to great antecedence (taichu 太初), which saw its first
two fundamental principles based on Aristotle (384-322 BCE). In his Meteorologica,
the latter “postulated the existence of two ‘exhalations’ that emanate from the center of the earth: one is dry and smoky, the other is wet and steamy. Underground,these exhalations condense and produce stones and minerals.” In the alchemicalview, all metals are compounds of these two principles, now “called mercury (moist)and sulfur (dry). They combine in different proportions and degrees of purity to
produce various metals,” with gold resulting from their perfect combination andprocessing (Principe 2013, 35). See also Katz 2008, 16.

The Workings of the Universe / 25

beginning. From here, the universe evolved to the stage of great beginning(taishi 太始), when physical forms first appeared, and eventually reached
the great immaculate (taisu 太素), which saw the arising of material reality(ch. 1; Graham 1960, 18-19; see also Zheng 2010, 35).
In religious Daoism, these stages are picked up in the 6th-century Taishang Laojun kaitian jing 太上老君開天經 (Scripture of the Highest Lord
Lao Creating the Universe, DZ 1437). Here Lord Lao as Dao rests in the prestate of vast prime and gives rise to first great antecedence, when material
reality emerges. Next, he guides the universe into great beginning, whichsees the creation of the myriad beings, and from there to great immaculate,
a time when people were simple and lived long, preceding the evolution of
consciousness and culture (Kohn 1993, 36-37; Schafer 1997, 4-7).
All agree that existence goes back to Dao and unfolds gradually
through various stages, bringing about vital energy and material reality inthe process. The egg-like form of the raw nature of heaven and earth,moreover, is also part of the classical system, mentioned first in the
Zhuangzi in the myth of Hundun 混沌, the emperor of the center who is“bored to death” by his friends, the emperors of the north and the south.
Described as a shapeless lump of flesh, without any sense openings or othersigns of order and culture, he is likened in folklore to a leather sack, a calabash, or a dumpling. The image of chaos he represents is, as Norman Girardot points out, that of a watery and embryonic state, a dark, void abyss, anda harmonious, womb-like enclosure (2008, 24). He stands for the world
before creation, with its egg-like lack of internal structure, its utter potentiality and powerful nothingness that then divides into two the core powersof yin and yang (Girardot 1985, 69l).

Yin and Yang
The terms yin 陰 and yang 陽 are not found on the oracle bones, but appear in early Zhou-dynasty classics, both historical and literary, such as the
Shujing 書經 (Book of History, ca. 800 BCE; trl. Legge 1960) and the Shijing 詩經 (Book of Poetry; trl. Legge 1970) (Wang 2012, 22-24). Here they
appear as geographical terms, indicating the sunny and shady sides of a hilland expressing the function of the sun in relation to spatio-temporal reality(2012, 25-26).
From there they acquired a series of associations: bright and dark,light and heavy, strong and weak, above and below, and so on, associated innature with day and night, summer and winter, spring and fall, male andfemale. They also came to indicate certain actions, such as generation andcompletion, movement and rest, expansion and contraction, growth anddecline. Complementary to the core, neither is “better” than the other but
they must retain an overall balance and steady rhythm. In addition, they

26 / Chapter Two

also furnish a particular kind of logic, connecting all the different aspects ofnature into one system.3
Neither concrete things, entities, or objects, yin and yang are qualifiers
that characterize the nature of structures and help analyze specific functions of reality. However much they express universal principles, in theirapplication they are always particular and depend closely on their relative
context. Expressing nothing in themselves, they qualify relationships,
matching the concrete circumstances of life as well as the purposes andpriorities of the viewer.4
As Robin Wang points out (2012, 8-11), yin and yang function in six
characteristic relationships. First, they stand in contradiction and opposition (maodun 矛盾), tension and difference, a rather dynamic situation
where two entities or situations are mutually exclusive and in contrast toeach other, yet interact on one or the other level. Second, they work in mutual interdependence (xiangyi 相依), functioning in alternating rhythm,
closely connected yet relative to each other, like a door opening and closing.
As the Daode jing describes this, “Long and short contrast each other; highand low distinguish each other” (ch. 2).
Third, yin and yang function by mutual
inclusion (huhan 互含), one always holding
some aspect of the other, as classically shown in
the well-known Taiji symbol, where the black(yin) side contains a white (yang) dot, and viceversa (Louis 2003, 186; Cheng 2006b). In thisrelationship, the two are constantly implicatedin one another, functioning in smooth andsteady alternation, mutating from one into thenext (see Robinet and Wissing 1990).
Fourth, they interact by interchanging resonance (jiaogan 交感), influencing and transforming one another in close interaction (see Cheng2011). As soon as one changes, the other follows in corresponding resonance,
making it possible to achieve outcomes by moving in the opposite direction.
Again, the Daode jing:
To contract something, first expand it;
To weaken something, first strengthen it;
To destroy something, first let it flourish;
To get hold something, first give it away. (ch. 36)

3
4

Bodde 1991, 98; Graham 1986; 1989, 319-25; Unschuld 2003; Zheng 2010, 43.
Forke 1925, 214; Harrington 2016, 869; Wang 2012, 7.

The Workings of the Universe / 27

Thus, the way nonaction works is to place oneself into a position of yin toencourage the rising of yang, while forceful, interfering measures have atendency to produce a downturn or stagnation.
Fifth, yin and yang also engage in complementarity and mutual support (hubu 互補). They work closely together as one integrated whole, consistently supplementing and balancing each other out in sympathetic response (Geiger 2013, 610), never allowing one to become dominant or establishing patterns of submission and control. Sixth, and finally, the two proceed in patterns of change and transformation (zhuanhua 轉化), one endlessly turning into the other, rising and sinking, flourishing and declining,
passing through states of excess and deficiency. As the Daode jing notes,“reversal is the action of Dao” (ch. 40; Robinet 2011, 2) and says,
Anything high, it brings down;
Anything low, it raises up.
Anything excessive, it reduces;
Anything insufficient, it supplements. (ch. 77)

In each case, yin and yang constitute an ongoing, never ending cycle(huan 環), defining particular agents and situations in terms of time (shi時) and position or domain (wei 位) as well as of generation (sheng 生,
originally showing the image of a plant sprouting) and overcoming or control (ke 克) (Wang 2005b; Cheng 1996). Their interaction creates a complex
system of dynamic unfolding that encompasses both cyclical and linear
elements (Needham 1965, 45; 1981, 108), of flowing probabilities and openended possibilities. An auto-generative continuous process of integration, it
remains free from distinction between reality and appearance as it outlines
the “plural relations of particulars” and provides options for “multiple interpretation models” and worldviews (Nelson 2016, 126-27). It is often described with the term tian 天, “heaven,” the inherent mover of the naturalprocesses.5
The goal in human life, then—from governance through agriculture toart and poetry (Munakata 1983)—is to recognize the patterns as they unfold
and establish harmony (he 和), which can be hierarchical and systematically structured as in music or integrated and sublimely blended as in cooking(Chan 2011; see also Cheng 1989; 2006a). In all cases, the ideal is not staticbalance or equilibrium but ongoing generation and transformation under
the auspices of universal self-organizing complexity. To follow the ongoinggrowth and decline of yin and yang, then, means to match one’s actions
closely to the phases of the sun and the moon and find one’s particular way
5 Chang 2009, 217, 221; Wang 2012, 14. See also Graham 1989, 319; Mote 1989,
15; Schwartz 1985, 351.

28 / Chapter Two

within the weft and warp (gangji 綱紀) of universal interchange (Wang 2012,27-28, 41).
This system plays a key role in the Zhong-Lü texts, who rely particularly on its presentation as found in the Yijing. Here the universe first progresses from one—called the Great Ultimate (taiji 太極)—to two, i. e., yin
and yang, described as the two forces (liangyi 兩儀) and depicted as twolines: one double (broken, yielding) and one single (unbroken, firm). From
here, it moves on to the four images (sixiang 四象), representing the various possible combinations of the two forces or lines in set pairs: yin-yin,yang-yang, yang-yin, and yin-yang.6 In other words, rather than evolvingfrom one to two and three or through stages of varying complexity, theworld here develops by division from two into four, and then into eight.

The Eight Trigrams
The eight trigrams (bagua 八卦) are graphic representations of the mixingof yin and yang lines in triplets. Claimed to have been discovered by thesage-king Fuxi 伏羲 in prehistory, they represent eight core factors or forcesof universal unfolding.7 Under the Zhou dynasty in the 11th century BCE,
they became part of the dominant divination system, in contrast to the oracle-bone divination of the preceding Shang dynasty, moving beyond yes
and no and offering guidance and behavioral advice to optimize alignment
with the cosmic patterns.
Cast with the help of milfoil or yarrow stalks, the trigrams were interpreted both as whole entities and in terms of individual lines. An early version, called “stalk divination” recently discovered in manuscripts, connects
the trigrams as a whole to seasonal patterns and reads them in terms ofgood or bad fortune (Cook and Zhao 2017). Within the Yijing system, on
the other hand, emphasis was also placed on individual lines: some wereconsidered “strong,” that is, able to change into their opposite, providing
dynamic and more nuanced readings. In addition, the trigrams formed thefoundation of the sixty-four hexagrams, each consisting of two trigrams or
six lines in total. Arranged variously in the course of history, they present
symbols of different dimensions of life (Schultz 2011, 641; Bertrand 2019, 4547). The dynamic power of line change, moreover, allowed the creation of
6 Described in the Xici 繫辭 1.11 (Appended Judgments; trl. Sung 1971, 271-337;
Wilhelm 1950, 28–355). See also Geiger 2013, 609; Sung 1974, 104; Wang 2012, 63-64;
Wilhelm 1950, xlix. The binary system was later adapted in Western thought, notably by the philosopher Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646-1716). See Cammann 1991,
587; Nelson 2011; Swetz 2003.
7 For discussions of the eight trigrams, see Andersen 1990b; Bertrand 2019, 34;
Cammann 1990, 303; 1991, 577; Geiger 2013, 608; Gu 2205, 262-633; Needham et al.
1956, 342; Nielsen 2015, 131.

The Workings of the Universe / 29

more than one hexagram—reaching potentially as many as six—as answer
to a given question.
Allegedly compiled into a coherent book by Confucius (551-479 BCE),
the Yijing was increasingly moralized and systematically explicated in a setof commentaries, known as the Ten Wings. Under the Former Han dynasty(206-6 BCE), it was named as one of the Six Classics and became part ofliterati training. Many used it to gain personal readings on official careersand family concerns; some studied it in more detail and wrote further interpretations.8
The vision of the eight trigrams in the Zhong-Lü texts closely reflects
their presentation in the Shuogua 說卦 (Explaining the Trigrams; trl. Sung
1971, 338-54; Wilhelm 1950, 262-79), the eighth of the Ten Wings. Here theycome in pairs that present mirror images in terms of lines and complementary opposites in terms of qualities and functions, each provided with aunique name and representing a core potency of the cosmos (Gu 2005, 264).
First among them are ☰ and ☷. Consisting of three single lines representing yang and three double lines representing yin, they symbolize heaven and earth and are called Qian 乾 (lit., lasting) and Kun 坤 (lit., subordinate). They stand for the fundamental qualities of being creative, strong,
and initiating versus receptive, yielding, and accomplishing (Wang 2012, 191;
Pregadio 2014c, 470). Their primary dynamic powers are those of governingand sheltering. Among animals, they are associated with the horse, swift
and tireless, and the cow, placid and gentle. Furthermore, Qian suggests
the idea of ruler, father, circle, metal, and cold, while Kun relates to concepts of follower, mother, cauldron, wagon, and warmth.
Qian and Kun being the father and mother, the remaining six trigrams are their children (Robinet 2011, 5). As in all Yijing structures, thelines change from the bottom up. Thus, ☳ and ☴, where the lowest line haschanged into its opposite, are their eldest son and daughter. They stand forthunder (yang at the base) and wind (yin as foundation) and are called
Zhen 震 (lit., sound of thunder, shock) and Xun 巽 (lit., mild, gentle).
They represent the energetic dynamics of movement and dispersal and thequalities of outgoing activation and dense penetration. Among animals,
they match the soaring dragon like the sun rising and the crowing rooster,whose voice pierces the stillness of night. In addition, Zhen is linked withthe color yellow, the open road, decision-making, and vigor, while Xun relates to the color white, the idea of wood and carpentry as well as to being
aloof and fickle.
Next, are ☲ and ☵, the two “sandwiches,” with one yin line between
two yang lines and vice versa, one yang line between two yin lines. Repre8 For more on Yijing history, see Karcher 2002; Hon 2019; Nylan 2014; Redmond and Hon 2014; Smith 2008; 2012.

30 / Chapter Two

senting the middle children, they symbolize fire (more yang) and water(more yin), as apparent in nature as the sun and the rain. Their names are
Li 離 (lit., bright, separate) and Kan 坎 (lit., a hollow). Their essential
qualities are clinging, connecting, and rising versus seeding, germinating,and burrowing, while their core potentials are those of warming and cooling, drying and moisturizing (Robinet 1989b, 313). Among animals, they areconnected to the pheasant as a fiery bird and the pig, wallowing in waterymud. Beyond that, Li is associated with openness, turtles, swords, and thesun, while Kan relates to concealment, wheels, bows, and the moon.
The final pair is ☶ and ☱. Here the top line has changed, so that they
consist of one line over two others, representing mountain (yang over yin)and lake (yin over yang). They are called Gen 艮 (lit., hard) and Dui 兌(lit., exchange), and their core qualities are those of stabilization and excitement, also closely associated with rest and pleasure, holding and interacting (Harrington 2016, 864; Schwartz 2018). Among animals, they relate
to the guardian dog and the woolly sheep, again reinforcing the contrast
between hard and soft, stable and fluid, massive and open. In more concrete terms, Gen suggests the idea of rocks, creeping plants, and strong
trees, while Dui is associated with standing water, decline, and low-hanging
fruit.
Together, the eight trigrams can be characterized as representing thecore qualities of leading and following, rising and sinking, expanding andpenetrating, stationary and fluid. They also symbolize key elements of nature, such as heaven and earth, thunder and wind, sunshine and rain, plus
mountains and lakes. And they show the dynamic processes of nature andsociety. Thus, as the Shuogua notes, “all things issue from Zhen,” the initial
mover that signals the beginning of the agricultural year (Sung 1971, 343;
Wilhelm 1950, 269). While Xun (wind) dissolves the lingering ice andspreads the seeds, Kan (rain) and Li (sunshine) nurture them to growth.
Gen (mountain) stops them when they are ripe, while Dui (lake) provides
the pleasure of the harvest. Qian (heaven) keeps the entire proceedings incheck, while Kun (earth) provides storage and shelter. Similarly, the ruler
emerges under the auspices of Zhen, establishes himself in Xun, sees thepeople in Li and puts them to work in Kun. “He rejoices in Dui, struggles in
Qian, rests in Kan, and completes [the year’s work] in Gen” (Sung 1971, 343;
Wilhelm 1950, 268).
The Zhong-Lü texts adopt this ancient understanding of the eight trigrams as elemental building blocks of the universe and also integrate their
Later Han interpretation as markers of temporal dynamics. In that, they
follow Yu Fan 虞翻 (164-233) and the authors of the apocrypha, who placed
the trigrams in relation to the movements of the sun and the moon as wellas various cyclical signs (Robinet 1989b, 307; Needham et al. 1956, 329-30).

The Workings of the Universe / 31

In the Zhong-Lü system, then, the trigrams with their qualities precede theother major structuring system of yin and yang: the five phases.

The Five Phases
Traditional cosmologists describe the ongoing dynamic of yin and yang infive stages: minor yang, major yang, yin/yang, minor yin, and major yin.
They describe the cycle as beginning at a low point, gradually rising to azenith, then again starting small and increasing toward fullness. The pattern never stops: the world is in constant motion, and one stage necessarily
follows the other (Henderson 1984; Bodde 1991, 101; Robinet 2011, 3).
Early on, these five stages were linked with certain organic substances—wood, fire, earth, metal, water—that came to be known as the fivephases (wuxing 五行). They are first documented in the Shujing, where
they appear as five materials (wucai 五才) and are concrete substances, resources used for human livelihood that quite naturally produce each other(sheng 生). Thus, water comes about through rainfall. It makes things grow,so that there is lush vegetation and wood arises. Wood dries and becomes
fuel for fire, which burns and creates ashes. Ashes become earth, and earth
over long periods of consolidation grows metals in its depths. Metals in thedepths of mountains, moreover, attract clouds and stimulate rainfall, thus
closing the cycle.
At the same time, however, the five materials also serve as a system ofmutual control (ke 克), keeping things in their proper order. Thus, water
extinguishes fire, fire melts metal, metal cuts wood, wood contains earth,earth dams water, and water again extinguishes fire. Here the inherently
dynamic nature of the five materials is not used to increase productivity,
but to set boundaries and limit potential excesses. In all cases, the early vision emphasizes that although the five materials are substances for humanuse, they are not merely innate objects but contain dynamic powers thatcan be turned both to production or control.
In another chapter of the Shujing, entitled “Hongfan” 洪範 (The VastPlan), the five materials are treated in a slightly more abstract manner andassociated with qualities and processes. Thus, wood is linked with the qualities of bending and straightness, fire with flaming and rising, earth withplanting and harvesting, metal with being pliable and sharp, and waterwith wetting and sinking (Nylan 1992). Expanding on this, the cosmologist
Zou Yan 鄒衍 (4th c. BCE) created the concept of the “five virtues” (wude 五德) by focusing on the potency inherent in the materials, such as wood’s
power to grow and be lush and fire’s power to flame and rise. He then correlated these powers with the political dynamics of succeeding dynasties,
linking his own Zhou dynasty with fire, and predicted that it would be32 / Chapter Two

overcome by a ruling house represented by the symbolic power of water(see Bauer 1956).
Beyond the political sphere, in the early Han dynasty, the five powers
became the foundation of the mature five-phases system as formulated ingreat detail by Dong Zhongshu 董仲舒 (179-104 BCE) in his Chunqiu fanlu
春秋繁露 (Variegated Remarks on the Spring and Autumn Annals; see
Queen 1996). They were then associated with colors, directions, seasons,musical tones as well as various functions in the human body and closely
linked with the agricultural year. In the official sphere, the system was used
to explain why certain actions should be undertaken in certain seasons.
For example, as already outlined in the “Yueling” 月令 (Monthly
Commandments) chapter of the Liji 禮記 (Book of Rites; trl. Legge 1967),
since heaven and earth make the myriad creatures blossom in spring, one
should in that season sleep and rise early, loosen the hair, relax the body,and allow all beings to live, abstaining from killing. Going along with theseasonal flow, people could maintain alignment with cosmic qi and secure
health and harmony in body and society. Any actions against the dominant
qi-flow, on the other hand, would cause harm to the liver, the organ associated with wood and spring, and create chills in the summer. They mightalso arouse aggression and anger, the corresponding emotions, and makefor social upheaval and unhappiness (Needham et al. 1958, 195; Kalinowski1991).
In other words, the correspondence system of the five phases, like themultilayered interaction of yin and yang it is based on, provides a vision of
the universe that is relational and dynamic. It conceives of all social, physical, and psychological occurrences in terms of natural cycles and ongoing
patterns. It places human beings in a world that is not, as in modern science, governed by invariable laws, but subject to patterns of interactionthat can be either orderly or chaotic. It thereby both limits and empowers
people. It limits them by placing them into a natural cycle, which responds
to what they do and puts on them the demand of total adaptation for success and fulfillment. Yet it also empowers them because it gives them anactive role in the interaction with all things, the power to either support or
disturb the natural and political order.

Space-TimeAll this happens in an overarching system of space-time (yuzhou 宇宙) that
determines the right time and position in which to act. In contrast to someWestern positions that see time together with change and motion as ultimately unreal, apparently moving forward while space stands still, in the
Chinese vision time and space closely coincide, moving equally and forming a single framework of things and events (Chang 2009, 218; Sivin 1976,

The Workings of the Universe / 33521). That is to say, spatial conception is concurrent with temporal transformation, and there is no single, central, or permanent place or time thatvalidates all. Instead, “certain actions undertaken in a given time-andposition can maximize potency,” enhance efficacy, and increase power(Chang 2009, 219).
These time-positions, then, are defined in terms of the five phases. As
the Chuandao ji says,
After the great Dao divided, heaven and earth split and set up emperors in thefive directions. Thus, the Green Emperor of the east is the ruler of spring,when yang arises from yin and the myriad beings are born. The Red Emperorof the south is the ruler of summer, when yang generates yang and the myriad
beings grow. The White Emperor of the west is the ruler of fall, when yin arises from yang and the myriad beings reach maturation. The Black Emperor of
the north is the ruler of winter, when yin generates yin and the myriad beings
die. (ch. 6)

This matches the classic cosmology of the five phases, connecting seasons and direction with colors. The five emperors, moreover, go back to
Han-dynasty mythology. Their line starts with Huangdi 黃帝—the Yellow
Emperor who created culture and fought the first war—and continues
through the superior rulers Zhuanxu 顓頊 and Di Ku 帝嚳 to the Confucian paragons Yao 堯 and Shun 舜. Another version includes Fuxi (creatorof the trigrams), Yandi 炎帝 (Fiery Emperor), and Huangdi, followed by
the legendary rulers Shaohao 少昊 and Zhuanxu (Kirkova 2016, 162). Originally deities venerated in different localities, they were integrated into one
system under the auspices of the five phases, when the empire was unified
and various local mythologies and cults needed to be harmonized (seeKarlgren 1946).
Spreading five phases over four seasons and four directions leaves thefifth as the odd one out. One way to reconcile this is to identify a fifth season, associated with earth and the color yellow, usually placed between
summer and fall. However, the Zhong-Lü texts choose the other option,
assigning the last eighteen days of each season to the Yellow Emperor of thecenter and making him the assistant of the other four.
In addition, the emperors are associated with a group of so-called heraldic animals (siling 四零), massive constellations in the cardinal directions that comprise a number of stars not unlike Western zodiac images.
Thus, for example, the immense constellation of the green dragon (qinglong 青龍), representative of the east, includes stars from Virgo to Scorpio(Pankenier 2013, 45). The vermilion bird (chiniao 赤鳥) in the south “extends from lunar mansion Willow (δ Hya) to Chariot Platform (β Crv)”(2013, 196; Schafer 1967, 125; Lo and Wang 2018, 291).

34 / Chapter Two

They further include the white tiger (baihu 白虎) in the west and theturtle, later combined with a snake and known as the Dark Warrior(xuanwu 玄武), in the north, as well as either a yellow dragon, a unicorn(qilin 麒麟), or, as mentioned the Chuandao ji, a figure called Gouchen 勾
陳 (Angular Arranger), the constellation of the center (Major 1993, 81; Lo
and Wang 2018, 296).9
The cardinal four appear first
as mussel shell mosaics in a
Neolithic tomb of the Yangshao 仰韶 culture, dating fromthe late 4th millennium BCE(Pankenier 2013, 337). After
this, they are depicted on a
dragon basin and mentioned in
an oracle-bone inscription of
the Shang dynasty (1953-1046
BCE), then appear on a tile
fromFengjing 豐京, one of the capitals of the Zhou before they conquered theShang (2013, 78, 212).
Essential to Han cosmology and calendar science, the four heraldic
animals with their changing positions in the course of the year, like various
other star-based omens (Sawyer 1993, 53), provided celestial guidance ofwhen to sow and plant in agriculture, when to advance and retreat in warfare. The physical root of the idea of the heavenly mandate (tianming 天命),
they literally guided the ancients in their most essential undertakings andwere responsible for the survival and prosperity of all (Kohn 2019, 43).

The Ten Heavenly Stems
Beyond their supernatural guardian animals, the five emperors in the
Zhong-Lü texts also have children, a son and a daughter each that assist
them in their great endeavor of running space-time. The Chuandao ji has,
The children of the Green Emperor are Jia and Yi: they belong to the east andthe phase wood. The children of the Red Emperor are Bing and Ding: they belong to the south and fire. The children of the Yellow Emperor are Wu and Ji:
they belong to the center and earth. The children of the White Emperor are

9 For discussions of the four animals, see Staal 1984; Major 1986; Csikszentmihalyi in Pregadio 2008, 908-11l; Chao 2011, 15-20; Johnson 2014, 81-85; Karetzky
2015, 72-73l; Wu and Wu 2016, 27-28. In military strategy, they were related to themusical notes of the pitch pipes and thus to divination (Sawyer 1993, 72-73).

The Workings of the Universe / 35

Geng and Xin: they belong to the west and metal. The children of the Black
Emperor are Ren and Gui: they belong to the north and water. (ch. 6; Bifa 8)

These five pairs are the ten heavenly stems (tiangan 天干), celestial agents and divinities of time, reflecting a vision not unlike that of thedecans in ancient Eqypt:
The Egyptians divinized time, not merely in the abstract sense, but in theconcrete sense that each moment of the day and night had its god who must
be placated as the moment passed. The decans as they came to be called inHellenistic times, were really Egyptian sidereal gods of time who had become
absorbed in Chaldean astrology and affiliated to the zodiac. They all had images, which vary in different lists. . . .
The decans had various aspects. They had definite astrological significance,
as horoscopes presiding over the forms of life born within the time periods
over which they presided, and they were assimilated to the planets domiciledin their domain, and to the signs of the zodiac, three decans going with eachsign as its three ‘faces.’ But they were also gods, and this side of them was never forgotten. (Yates 1964, 46)Allegedly created by the Yellow Emperor, the ten heavenly stems in
China go back to names for the ten days of the week under the Shang,probably based on varying constellations in the sky (Wu and Wu 2016, 19).
Their names have particular meanings, they show up in the oracle bones in
specific forms, and they have certain key qualities associated with them.
More specifically, they are (2016, 45-91; Needham et al. 1958, 397):
Stem

Meaning Form

Qualities

Jia 甲

shell

cross

initiating, creative, straight, authoritative

Yi 乙fish guts

squiggle

flexible, gentle, kind, strong, vital

Bing 丙fish tailstar

exciting, stimulating, vivacious

Ding 丁 nailsquareinspiring, passionate, adoring, warm

Wu 戊

lance

hooked crossstable, solid, mature, stubborn

Ji 己

self

twisted rope

humble, faithful, reflective, trustworthy

Geng 庚

changehorned star

sharp, righteous, clear, criticalXin 辛pungent

trianglesensitive, sympathetic, communicativeRen 壬burdenstraight line

flowing, nourishing, supportingGui 癸

measurediagonal crosswise, talented, artistic

36 / Chapter Two

Well documented in oracle bone inscriptions, they also connect to theancient myth of the ten suns, resting at night on the Fusang 扶桑 tree ofthe east and rising in the sky during the day, scorching and burning theearth, until Archer Yi shot them down, all except one (see Birrell 1993).
Commonly listed in the order given here, all odd-numbered stems are considered yang and all those with even numbers are qualified as yin, thus becoming the sons and daughters of the five emperors (Bodde 1991, 112). In
Daoist ritual practice, they are furthermore venerated as deities with astrong impact on destiny and good fortune.
Adding to the structure as defined through the five phases and tenstems, the Zhong-Lü system further works with the eight trigrams, subdividing the directions into cardinal and intermediate and arranging the seasons according to the eight nodes or right divisions (bajie 八節). Each season, associated with a particular direction, thus, starts at the season’s beginning and peaks at the solstices and equinoxes. The trigram arrangement used inthis context is the so-called pre-creation or“before heaven” (xiantian 先天 ) version 10 ,fully matured in the Song dynasty. Here
Qian and Kun mark the north-south axis
plus the summer and winter solstices, while
Li and Kan represent east and west plus thespring and fall equinoxes. The remaining
trigrams in matching pairs fill in the intermediate positions and signal the beginningsof the seasons (Kim in Pregadio 2008, 20103).

Life Processes
The way life functions within this overall set-up is through the ongoing,
continuous movement of yin and yang between heaven and earth, determining cosmic function on the vertical axis (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 128).
The Chuandao ji says,
After the great Dao generated and raised heaven and earth, they took up theirseparate positions above and below, 84,000 miles apart. After the winter solstice, yang begins to ascend from earth. Each qi-period or fifteen days, it ad-

10 The term xiantian is also rendered “former heaven” (Mozias 2020, 15,), “prior to the world” (Robinet 2011, 89), or “precelestial” (Pregadio 2013, 7). It indicatesthe primordial or ancestral dimension of cosmic qi, the constant versus the circulating, the one as opposed to the many (2013, 8).

The Workings of the Universe / 37

vances 7,000 miles, and after 180 days arrives in heaven [sky] above. Reaching
its great ultimate, it generates yin. (ch. 5)

From here, the process repeats, with yin increasing until the wintersolstice, when the entire cycle starts anew (Zheng 2010, 37). As the Lingbao
bifa says,
Each year begins at the division of the winter solstice. At this time, yang ascends from earth, and in the course of one qi-period or fifteen days, it reaches
7,000 miles. Three qi-periods make one division [half season] or forty-fivedays, during which yang ascends 21,000 miles. Two divisions make one season
or ninety days, during which yang ascends 42,000 miles. Reaching the midpoint between heaven and earth, it touches the domain of yin. At this time,yang is halfway in the midst of yin. The weather [qi] changes to being warm:
the time of the spring equinox has come.
Passing this, yang ascends further and enters the domain of yang. That is,having obtained all the qi [of earth], it keeps ascending. Moving as before forforty-five days, it comes to the beginning of summer. After another forty-fivedays, it reaches the division of the summer solstice, at which point it has
passed through the entire 84,000 miles of distance and reached heaven [thesky]. Yang is now in the midst of yang. The weather changes to being hot, andaccumulated yang begins to generate yin. (ch. 1)

This reflects the “open universe” (kaitian 開天) theory of astronomy,
which envisions the earth as a square base covered by a round dome, imitating the shape of a turtle (see Allan 1991). Not unlike a similar understandingin ancient Babylon, it was prominent in China since the 3rd century andgave the distance between the earth and the sky as 80,000 miles (Needham
et al. 1958 210-11). The earliest measurements for this appear in the
Huainanzi based on the application of the gnomon: they came to around
100,000 miles (ch. 3; Major 1993, 147-49; Needham et al. 1958, 225).
In medieval Daoist literature, the numbers tend differ from text to
text. For example, the Tiandi yundu jing 天地運度經 (Scripture on the
Revolutions of Heaven and Earth, DZ 322) has, “Heaven is distant fromearth by 90,000 miles” (1a). The Tianguan jing 天關經 (Scripture of the
Heavenly Pass, DZ 987) states, “Heaven and earth are 48,000 miles apart.
Their east and west, north and south ends are 100,005,000 miles from eachother” (2ab). The latter number also appears variously in texts cited in the
6th-century polemic Xiaodao lun 笑道論 (Laughing at the Dao, T. 2103; trl.
Kohn 2008a). The text further adduces the Wenshi zhuan 文始傳 (Biography of the Master at the Beginning of the Scripture), the esoteric biography of Yin Xi 尹喜, the first recipient of the Daode jing, as saying: “Heaven and earth are 409,000 miles apart.” A citation of the same document in
the Song encyclopedia Taiping yulan 太平御覽 (Imperial Encyclopedia of38 / Chapter Two

the Taiping Era), on the other hand, has: “Heaven and earth are 400 million
miles from each other” (2.6a; Kohn 2008b, 81).
The number given in the Zhong-Lü texts is of Buddhist origin (Robinet 2011, 67-68). The Buddha Amitabha shed 84,000 forms of illumination,
the Buddha Gautama provided 84,000 teachings and possessed 84,000 excellent physical signs, King Ashoka erected 84,000 stupas for the Buddha’s
relics, and so on (Soothill and Hudous 1937). The Avatamsaka Sutra or
Huayan jing 華嚴經 (Flower Garland Sutra; trl. Cleary 1984) speaks of 84
billion reflections of worlds within worlds, and the Buddhist sutras are said
to contain 84 million words. In addition, Buddhist world ages or kalpas
were numbered in 84. The smallest consisted of 8.4 million years of growth,followed by 8.4 million years of decline. Twenty regular kalpas made are big
kalpa, which lasted for 336 million years, divided into four periods of formation, existence, destruction, and nonexistence (Zürcher 1981, 38-40;
Bodde 1991, 124).
The choice of this particular number is not accidental. The number
eight refers to the highest and most-encompassing level of consciousness in
Buddhism, while four is ubiquitous in Indian thought, apparent in the four
directions, the four elements, the four world cycles (yugas), the four Vedas,
and more. Together, they signify space, while the various zeros added tothem indicate the ongoing and never ceasing flow of time. In other words,
84,000 is the classic cosmic number of space-time.
The Zhong-Lü Daoists, as well as related works of the same period,
such as the Hunyuan bajing zhenjing 混元八景真經 (Perfect Scripture of
The Eight Luminants of Chaos Prime, DZ 660; Daoshu 17; Schipper in
Schipper and Verellen 2004, 824), used the number literally and divided it
into appropriate segments, working with a count of seven (Robinet 2011, 68).
This is not typically Daoist, either. The first culture to place importance on
the number seven was ancient Sumer, whose astronomers identified sevenmajor planets and created the seven-day week we still use today (Belmonte
2010, 2054). From there, it moved into India and came to play a major rolein Buddhism and secondarily in China, where memorial services for thedead to the present day work according to a seven-week cycle (see Jordan1972).
The ongoing movement of yin and yang according to this system, then,provides organization and structure to the world on a vertical basis andcreates natural life, establishing weather patterns and giving shape to theagricultural year. Its time divisions are as follows:

The Workings of the Universe / 39

Chinese

LiteralTranslation

EquivalentWesternnian 年Yearyear

4 seasons

12 months

shi 時

Time

season2 half-seasons

3 months

jie 節

Node

division

3 qi-periods

6 weeks

yue 月

Moon

month

2 qi-periods

30 daysqi 氣qi

qi-period

3 base-weeks, half month

15 days

hou 侯

Phase

base-week

5 days

5 daysThe Sun and the Moon
Complementing this aspect, and providing structure to the horizontal dimension of life processes, are the movements of the sun and the moon as
they move back and forth between the cardinal directions, as already outlined in classical Chinese astronomy (Needham et al. 1958, 392-94; Pregadio
2006a, 214). The Chuandao ji says,
The sun and the moon are the essence of great yang and great yin. They structure the patterns of the interaction of heaven and earth; they support the efforts involved in the generation and maturation of the myriad beings. Theyrise and set in the east and west to differentiate day and night. They come andgo in the south and north to determine heat and cold. (ch. 4)

The Lingbao bifa echoes this,Rising in the east and setting in the west, the sun follows the way of yang;waxing in the west and waning in the east, the moon follows the way of yin.
In the course of one day, they divide day and night. After the winter solstice, the sun rises from south to north; after the summer solstice, it rises from
north to south. (ch. 5)

Both, moreover, match the overall pattern and are said to be 840 miles
in diameter and advance in seventy-mile increments across the firmament,
but the sun being yang works with the number nine while the moon, yin in
quality, works with six.
Moving seventy miles each day, the moon accordingly takes six days toreach 420 miles, that is, the halfway point between the new and full moon,when “the bright section in its dark part is half way and we speak of the firstquarter moon” (Bifa 5; Zheng 2010, 36). The process continues along theselines to complete one cycle within a month or thirty days. The bright section and dark part of the moon, moreover, are called its spirit and material
souls (hunpo 魂魄; Pregadio 2013, 14), indicating the dynamic between differ-40 / Chapter Two

ent internal aspects of yin and yang, while the quarter moon is called a“hanging string” (xuan 弦), referring to the sickle-style shape of the waxing
or waning moon (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 120; Robinet 2011, 9-10).
In addition, the sun and the moon in the sky match gold and jade onearth (Needham et al. 1976, 144). As the Lingbao bifa notes, “The greatest
among the stars and planets are the sun and the moon. The most precious
among the soils and stones are gold and jade. Thus, the physical form yin
and yang take are the sun and the moon above, gold and jade below” (ch. 4;
see also Needham et al. 1976, 144). Both are equally manifestations of thesubtlest and most potent forms of qi, existing in different spheres but
structurally and energetically identical. More specifically,In their material reality, gold and jade are hidden in the beautiful qi of mountains and rivers. When they float to the surface, their radiance is just as brightas that of the sun and the moon. When grasses and trees receive them, they
become auspicious; when birds and beasts take them in, they turn into exceptional species. (ch. 6)

In other words, gold and jade contain the same immediate powers as
the sun and the moon, albeit in a denser material form and present onearth. They, moreover, also function according to the same principles.
The light of the sun and the moon, after they rise, works with the number
nine; before they set, it works with the number six. Six and nine are the numbers of Qian and Kun. Similarly, the energies of gold and jade ascend during
spring and summer and descend in fall and winter: in moving up and down,
they match the timing of heaven and earth. (ch. 7)

The ongoing and never-ceasing rotation of the sun and the moon as
well as of gold and jade and all the other expressions of yin and yang constitute the essential power of the universe and manifest its constancy. While
Dao in itself is nonbeing, latent, mysterious, and unfathomable, they
demonstrate for anyone ready to look and see just how it works. Their unfailing circulation is what connects them to Dao in the most powerful way
and guarantees their ongoing existence. As the texts never tire of emphasizing, “Never losing Dao, they can live forever.” Essential in this process,moreover, beyond the basic coordinates of space-time is the correct countfound in the right numbers and their proper correspondences.

Numbers
The universe proceeds in an orderly fashion, definable through numbers
and measurable by count (Bodde 1991, 136). The various beings and entitiesof the world are classified into distinct categories with the help of numbers—which, as Nathan Sivin notes, are not used “as measures but as a

The Workings of the Universe / 41means of ranking phenomena into a qualitative order” (1976, 521). Expressing particular qualities of things, they allow an overall patterning of existence and, through changes in assigned meanings, present possible modelsof dynamic unfolding (Robinet 2011, 46-47; 1994). “The arithmetic manipulation of numbers was intended to account for the structure of situations
and their changes, and thus to make the world understandable” (2011, 48).
The most basic understanding in this cosmic context is that one represents primordial unity, the chaos at the brink of creation, underlying all
existence, while two signifies yin and yang, the sun and the moon, gold andjade—the core pair of creative energies in the world that brings forth the
myriad beings in all their permutations (2011, 48; 1989b, 313).
Next, all odd numbers are yang in quality, while even numbers are yin.
Thus, closely echoing the Xici 繫辭 (Appended Judgments; trl. Wilhelm
1950; Sung 1971), an Yijing supplement in two parts that makes up the fifthand sixth of the Ten Wings (1.9), the Chuandao ji says, “Heaven is one, earth
is two, heaven is three, earth is four, heaven is five, earth is six, heaven isseven, earth is eight, heaven is nine, earth is ten” (ch. 13; see also BaldrianHussein 1984, 124; Robinet 2011, 62).
If one then takes all the primary odd numbers, they add up to 25,
while the primary even numbers add up to 30. Together, they come to 55,
the number of the complete process of yin and yang (Chuandao ji 13). This,
too, goes back to the Xici:
Heaven has five primary numbers, and so does earth. When they are distributed over five positions, each finds its complement. The sum of the heavenly
numbers is 25; that of earth is 30. The sum total of both combined is 55.
Through them the changes and transformations are effected and ghosts andspirits keep on moving. (1.9; Sung 1971, 291; Wilhelm 1950, 310; see also
Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 131; Robinet 2011, 53, 61)

In addition, the key numbers associated with yin and yang are six andnine, the numbers symbolizing space and totality (Robinet 2011, 57-58) as
well as the central figures in the Yijing divination process. Beginning with apile of fifty milfoil stalks, one puts one aside to symbolize Dao, then divides
the remainder into two random heaps. From here, one takes one stalk andinserts it between the ring and little fingers. Next, one counts off the lefthand heap by fours and inserts whatever stalks are left (0, 1, 2, or 3) between
the middle and ring fingers. One repeats this with the right-hand heap andinserts the remainder between the index and middle fingers. As one thentakes them off in groups of four, the final result is either two or three. One
repeats this whole process twice more to get a total number of six, seven,eight, or nine.

42 / Chapter Two

Nine, then, signals a strong or moving yang line, while six represents astrong or moving yin line. Seven is a non-moving yang line, and eight is a
non-moving yin line. To get any one hexagram, one has to repeat the entire
sequence five more times, building the structure from the bottom up. Eachstrong line, again moving from the ground up, moreover, changes into its
opposite, so that one obtains a sequence of hexagrams, providing ongoing
future direction (Wilhelm 1950, lii, 312-13; Cammann 1991, 576; Chen 1972).
The Zhong-Lü texts apply the numbers six and nine in the context ofthe timing of the year (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 124). The Lingbao bifa notes,
Counting by six and filling six different positions makes a total of thirty-six:
this is the number of the completion of yin. . . . Six by nine makes fifty-four:
this is the number of the completion of yang.
One six plus one nine added make fifteen, and fifteen is the number of one
qi-period. The twenty-four qi-periods function according to the eight divisions,matching the proper times of yin and yang ascending and descending.
Also, one six multiplied by one nine is fifty-four, which is divisible by fourand thus matches the four seasons and corresponds to them. One season contains ninety days, and four times ninety is 360.
So change based on yang matches the number 216 [4 x 54], while change
based on yin matches 144 [4 x 36]. Added together, they make 360, which isthe number of one complete heavenly circuit. (ch. 5)
The two latter numbers again go back to the Yijing, but are arrived at
differently. The hexagram Qian consists of six yang lines, each reached bygetting a total of thirty-six stalks, and thirty-six times six equals 216. Similarly the hexagram Kun consists of six yin lines, each gained by getting
twenty-four stalks, and twenty-four times six equals 144. The two numbers
added make 360, the number of days in the course of a year (Wilhelm 1950,
311-12; see also Robinet 2011, 65).
Another, major way of working with numbers, also closely related to
the Yijing and important in later Daoism are two charts, supposedly delivered in prehistory directly from heaven via markings on the back of a sacred dragon (yang) and turtle (yin), who emerged from the central rivers ofChina. Popularized under the Song dynasty, they are known as the Hetu 河圖 (River Chart) and Luoshu 洛書 (Writ of the Luo).11 They integrate all
cardinal numbers into a square grid to represent the vertical and horizontal
aspects of the universe as well as the distribution of forces before and after
creation.

11 For discussions of the Luoshu, see Bodde 1991, 116; Cammann 1961; 1991, 58284; Major 1984; Robinet 2011, 62; in Pregadio 2008, 483-85; Saso 1978; Schipper andWang 1986, 194; Smith 1990; Steavu 2019, 98-100; Wang 2012, 207-11; Wang and Bartosh 2019, 100; Wilhelm 1950, 309-10.

The Workings of the Universe / 43

The Hetu, the vertical pre-creation
7
chart, looks like a cross and shows three2
concentric spheres, with the number
8 3 5 4 9
five in the center, the numbers one
1through four in the narrow circle, and6
the higher numbers on the periphery.
The Luoshu, the horizontal post-creation
4 9 2
chart, works with nine squares. It, too, has thenumber five in the center, but places the odd (yang)
3 5 7
numbers into the cardinal directions and the even(yin) numbers in the intermediary positions.
8 1 6Facing south as all traditional Chinese maps do, it has the yin numbers at
the bottom (toward the north) representing the cosmic beginning and theyang numbers at the top, showing completion.
Daoists activate these charts by using them in abstract cosmological
speculation and numerology and as the basis of the Pace of Yu (yubu 禹步),which imitates the mythical sage ruler’s wanderings while taming thefloods and opens control of the world (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 138). In addition, the magic square is also transposed into the sky, associated with thestars of the Dipper (Robinet 1989b, 172) and used in a practice known as“pacing the heavenly net” (bugang 步綱) (Andersen 1990a). Beyond that, it
appears in the head in the form of the nine palaces (jiugong 九宮), four
major and four lesser mansions surrounding the primary Niwan 泥丸 palacein the center. Matching the core area of the brain with its major control
centers and ventricles, the nine palaces are engaged in meditation to createa cosmic connection and strong internal control (Réquéna 2012, 149).
Taken together, the workings of the universe as outlined in the ZhongLü documents correlate several different dimensions of cosmological
speculation and systematization, integrating date based on numerology,
astronomy, calendar science, and space-time dynamics into one complex
system.

Chapter Three
The Human Condition
Deeply embedded within this system, human beings in their gestation andoverall development closely match the unfolding and workings of the universe. In their physical form manifestations of the inherent principles of
cosmic functioning, people participate continuously in the greater patternsof heaven and earth, yin and yang. Being microcosmic in scale, their maintime frame works dominantly in days and hours in addition to years andmonths; residents of earth, they actively connect to the twelve earthly
branches above and beyond the ten heavenly stems; and living well after
creation was complete, their rhythms follow the post-creation rather thanpre-creation arrangement of the trigrams.
In addition, being human people have consciousness, free will, desires,and emotions—unlike cosmic yin and yang or the sun and the moon, they
are able to deviate from their nature-given course. This results in various
forms of difficulties and obstacles to perfection as well as innumerable
chances to miss the right path and fail in the great endeavor of ultimate
cultivation.

Gestation
Human beings are created in a similar fashion as the greater universe,
evolving from the formless and chaotic mingling of yin and yang (Zheng
2010, 39). However, while the universe started out that way, in human beings, this raw condition has to be established first. This is done through theintercourse of the parents and takes the shape of a formless mingling ofenergies (Needham et al. 1983, 195-96). As the Chuandao ji describes it,“Human life comes about when father and mother engage in intercourse,
and their two qi fuse together. Essence [semen] and blood form a zygote”(ch 1). This is a first stem cell of new life, completely without form, shape,
or identity, yet with the potential of a viable living being.
Over ten months, it becomes a replica of the cosmos. Already the
Huainanzi outlines the gradual emergence of channels, tendons, bones,
flesh, and organs until the body is complete (ch. 7; Schipper and Wang
1986, 196), matched amply in later medical sources (Furth 1999, 102-05). A
more energy-based description appears in the Jiudan shanghua taijingzhongji jing 九丹上化胎精中記 (Central Record of the Nine Elixirs and Their
44

The Human Condition / 45

Supreme Transformation of Embryonic Essence, DZ 1382), a scripture of theHighest Clarity (Shangqing 上清) school. It describes human life as beginning when the energy of the nine heavens descends into the still formlesselixir fields and transforms, then outlines the progress month by month:
In the first month, one receives qi; in the second, the life force arrives. In thethird, they merge and transform. In the fourth, they coagulate into essence. In
the fifth, the skeletal structure and head are complete. In the sixth, one takes
on physical form. In the seventh, the body gods [spirit] take their positions. In
the eighth, the nine orifices begin to shine. In the ninth, the qi of the nine
heavens is fully distributed and there is a first sound. In the tenth, the Director of Destiny enters one’s name into the ledgers: one receives life-destiny andis born. (1.3a; Pregadio 2006a, 212)

Thus endowed with the core powers of the universe, the human being
grows into the most fundamental form of the body, “the boundless organism with infinite boundaries” (ti 體) (Sommer 2008). Like a plant, eachpart of which is interconnected with all others and can propagate and replicate the entire structure, this organic body is an integrated entity of different parts that form one whole yet reaches beyond it (Kohn 2014, 65). The
body as boundless organism makes sure human beings are connected to alarger social and cosmic corpus, continuously “consubstantial with the bodies of ancestors and descendants” and “all the people with whom it engages
in exchanges of labor and food” (Sommer 2010, 223; Emerson 1996). The
organic body is like an extended network: each individual contains manydifferent organisms within and is outwardly bound in with numerous others. “The largest unit of the ti is the cosmos itself, a wholeness that can encompass life and death, heaven and earth, and all beings” (Sommer 2010,
224).
This boundless organic body—very much like the cosmos, itself also
an organism—during gestation “evolves from the state of great antecedence
into that of great material reality” (Chuandao ji 1). While essentially imitating the unfolding of the universe, great material reality in this context
means the shaping of the human body as physical form (xing 形), the natural body everyone receives in the course of gestation. “A discrete, visible
shape or mass, whose edges and outlines stand in contrast to the formless”(Sommer 2010, 218), this type of body in the Han dictionary Shuowen jiezi
zhu 說文解字注 (Annotated Interpretation of Phrases and Explanation ofWords) is defined as an image or perceptible manifestation of individualized vital energy.
Cosmologically, physical form marks the beginning of the createdworld. “Before form, there is the One,” says the Huainanzi (1.13; Major et al.
2010, 64). Neither circumscribed by cultural norms nor defined throughsocial values, the body as physical form always remains part of the natural

46 / Chapter Threeworld—animals have it as much as human beings. As a living entity, it is thelodge or residence of the spirit (Pregadio 2004, 108), and the more people
can keep the spirit whole, retaining innocence and wonder, the more “thephysical form stays whole, so that one can live forever” (Zhuangzi 11; Billeter
2010, 63; Kohn 2014, 63). Even mutated or mutilated, the physical form isstill the residence of the spirit, as shown vividly in stories of hunchbacks
and cripples whose virtue or spirit remains strong despite their physicalchallenges (Sommer 2010, 221-22; Moeller 2015). At one with spirit, moreover, one can allow the physical form to change as it pleases. As Master Yu
says in the Zhuangzi:
Let’s pretend my left arm changed into a rooster, then I could use it to predict
the time of night. Let’s assume my right arm turned into a crossbow, then I
could use it to shoot an owl for roasting. Let’s see: if my butt changed into awheel and my spirit into a horse, then I could use them to ride around in.
What other vehicle would I need? (ch. 6; Kohn 2011, 39)

Animated by spirit and vitalized by the raw vitality of pure life force(ling 靈), the physical form is first complete after three hundred days ofgestation. The Chuandao ji describes it as follows:As yin nurtures and yang grows, qi transforms in gestation and after threehundred days the physical form is complete. The light of the life force enters
the physical organism, and the child is ready to part from the mother. (ch. 1)
After it develops for three hundred days, the embryo is complete and its qi fully viable. When the physical form is ready, spirit arrives, and the infant separates from the mother. Although outside her physical form, they remain energetically fused—their fusion allows one physical form to generate another. (ch.
10)

That is to say, even though gestation is complete and the infant takes birthand appears in a discreet physical form of its own, it never loses its inherent
quality of the body as boundless organism and stays in close connection
with the mother as well as the cosmos.

Body Cosmology
Daoists express this close connection by describing the human body as afull replica of the universe, complete with heaven and earth, sun and moon,
mountains and rivers, and more. As already the Huainanzi says (echoed in
Chuandao ji 6),
The roundness of the head is an image of heaven, the square of earth is thepattern of earth. Heaven has four seasons, five phases, nine directions, andThe Human Condition / 47

360 days. Human beings in due correspondence have four limbs, five inner organs, nine orifices, and 360 joints.
Heaven has wind, rain, cold, and heat. Human beings have accordingly theactions of giving, taking, joy, and anger. The gallbladder corresponds to clouds,
the lungs to breath, the liver to wind, the kidneys to rain, and the spleen to
thunder (ch. 7; Kohn 1991, 227).

This takes up an earlier system outlined in the Shuogua that matches
the eight trigrams to different parts of the human body: Qian is the head,
while Kun forms the abdomen; Li with its brightness and connection to
sunlight animates the eyes, while Kan relating to water and sound is present in the ears. Zhen, the power of motion, rests in the feet, while Xun
with its energetic dynamics activates the thighs. Gen, the symbol of stability,
matches the hands, and Dui, the root of joy, connects to the mouth (ch. 9;Sung 1971, 348).
A slightly more detailed outline appears in the Chunqiu fanlu by Dong
Zhongshu. According to this, in addition to the features already mentioned,
the eyes and ears match the sun and the moon, the various orifices andveins resemble rivers and valleys, the hair is like stars and constellations,breathing is like the wind, and the abdomen with its alternating states ofbeing full and empty relates to the myriad beings. The body also closely
connects to time: the four limbs match the seasons, the twelve larger joints
imitate the months, and the lesser joints have the same number as the daysof the year (ch. 13; Chan 1963, 280-82; Kohn 1991, 229).
In addition, the spine consists of into twenty-four vertebrae, literally“divisions” (fen 分), matching the twenty-four solar nodes or fifteen-day qiperiods of the year. It has three major sections, divided by passes or barriers(guan 關). As the Lingbao bifa says,
The bottom three vertebrae sit right opposite the kidneys. The top three arecalled the Heavenly Pillar, while the area above them [of the head] is known as
the Jade Capital. Below the Heavenly Pillar and above the vertebrae opposite
the kidneys, that is, above the Tail Gate, there are eighteen vertebrae. The central among them is called the Double Barrier: there are nine above and nine
below it. (ch. 5)Thus, the spine, which is like a flowing river, contains three major barriers,1the Tail Gate (weilü 尾閭) at the bottom, the Double Barrier (shuangguan 雙關), also known as Narrow Strait (jiaji 夾脊), in the middle, and the
Heavenly Pillar (tianzhu 天柱) or Jade Pillow (yuzhen 玉枕) at the top. They

1 See Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 111; Esposito in Pregadio 2008, 835; Neswald
2009, 42; Mozias 2020, 175; Pregadio 2013, 39.

48 / Chapter Threeare shown as gates in the 19th-century Neijing tu 內經圖 (Chart of Internal
Passageways; Komjathy 2009, 72; Huang 2012, 71-73).
Both medical and Daoist
texts describe qi in the humanbody as flowing through a complex system of waterways withthe ocean of qi in the abdomen,
the spine as a mighty river running through the upper torso,
smaller tributaries coursing
through the four limbs, as well
as springs bubbling up from thebottom of the feet (Kohn 2005,
11). The Chuandao ji says,
Water in the human bodymanifests in the four oceans,
five lakes, nine rivers, andthree islands. Flowery pond,
nephrite pond, phoenix pond,celestial pond, jade pond,chaos pond, primordial pool,lofty garden, spirit water,
golden wave, jasper fluid, jadespring, yang cream, whitesnow—these are some of themany names and appellations
for it, too numerous to list.
(ch. 7)

The text goes on to define
the four oceans as those ofblood, qi, marrow, and grain;
the five lakes as the five organs;and the nine rivers as the twists
and bends of the intestines—
matching medical literature, notably the Huangdi neijing lingshu 黃帝內經零樞 (Inner Classic of the Yellow Emperor, Numinous Pivot; trl. Wu 1993)(Pregadio 2006b, 127). It identifies the three islands as head, heart, and kidneys, then goes on to describe the location of the various other entities. In
this, it closely matches information found in earlier Daoist texts that outline the internal landscape and divine palaces of the body, such as the
Huangting jing 黃庭經 (yellow court Scripture, in DZ 263; trl. Homann 1971;
Saso 1995).

The Human Condition / 49

The Five Organs
The most important of these palaces and key agents in the Daoist body are
the five inner organs, representatives of the five phases that, as alreadypointed out in the early medical manuscript Taichan shu 胎產書 (Book of
Gestation; trl. Harper 1998, 377-81), are bestowed upon the fetus during thefourth to eighth months of gestation, thus enabling blood, qi, muscles,
bones, and skin to form (Unschuld 2003, 84).
As described in great detail in the medical classic Huangdi neijing
suwen 黃帝內經素問 (Inner Classic of the Yellow Emperor, Simple Questions; trl. Veith 1972; Lu 1987; Ni 1995), the organs are more than mere single entities: inner powers, circles and patterns of qi, each of them forms thecore of an entire fabric of functions—physical, energetic, mental, and spiritual (Porkert 1974, 117-23). While the organs proper are yin in quality anddescribed as depots or receptacles (zang 臟), that is, agents of energy storage, they also come with yang partners, transformative in nature and called
offices or viscera (fu 腑) (Unschuld 2003, 88). They each correspond to aparticular aspect of the body’s flesh, its outer appearances, fluids, and secretions. Plus, they each have their own unique orifice, matching particularsenses and flavors, as shown in the table below (Wang and Bartosh 2019,349; see also Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 143-46).
Phase
Organ
VisceraFlesh
OutsideFluid
Secretion
Orifice
Sense
Flavor

wood
liver
gall
tendons
nails
fluid
tears
eyes
vision
sour

fire
heart
sm. intestinearteries
complexion
marrowsweat
tonguetaste
bitterearth
spleenstomachmusclesskin tone
essence
mucus
mouth
touch
sweet

metal
lungs
lg. intestineskin
body hair
blood
snot
nose
smelling
spicy

water
kidneys
bladdermarrowhair
urine
salivaears
hearingsalty

In addition, the organs and viscera also work through a set of energylines or conduits called meridians (jingluo 經絡) that establish an organized
and tangible connection between the center of the body and the extremities, passing many of the other bodily features in the process. 2 The earth inanalogy contains arteries, described and analyzed by Fengshui masters as
key lines of energetic interconnection and vibrant functioning. In all cases,
they allowed the qi to flow as smoothly and as freely as possible.
2 This system is at the core of traditional Chinese medicine and acupuncture.
For outlines, see Bensky and O’Connor 1984; Jarrett 2003; Kaptchuk 2000; Kohn
2015; Maciocia 1989; Porkert 1974; Seem 1987; Wiseman 1994.

50 / Chapter ThreeThis energy flow, moreover, follows a particular order, typically beginning with the kidneys, the representatives of earth in contrast to heaven(the heart) as well as the organ matching the phase water and the beginning of the annual cycle at the winter solstice. As the Chuandao ji says,
During gestation, the kidneys generate the spleen, the spleen generates theliver, the liver generates the lungs, the lungs generate the heart, the heart generates the small intestine, the small intestine generates the large intestine, thelarge intestine generates the gallbladder, the gallbladder generates the stomach, and the stomach generates the bladder.
In this process, yin takes essence and blood and transforms them into
physical form, while yang emerges at the moment when life first begins, a single spark of primordial yang settling in the two kidneys. Now, the kidneys arewater, which contains fire and ascends as qi to move toward the heart. The
heart is yang, and yang fuses with yang. When it reaches its great ultimate, itagain generates yin. The accumulated qi then generates fluid, which naturally
descends from the heart and reverts back to the kidneys. (ch. 6)

This is the most fundamental cycle of the phases within the body, centered on the core powers of yin and yang, kidneys and heart, fluid and qi.
Like yin and yang in the greater universe, they continue to ascend and descend, generating each other in the process. It works like this in all people,
established during gestation as part of their intimate connection to heavenand earth.
Beyond this, the five phases—as already determined in the context ofthe five materials—interact according to either a generating or control cycle.
The order of generation is the standard order used in the table above, thatis, wood → fire → earth → metal → water. The relationship between thephases and thus the organs in this case is described like that of mother andchild. The order of the control cycle is water → fire → metal → wood →earth. The relationship is like that of husband and wife (Robinet 2011, 3).
Taken together, this means that each organ stands in a complex connection to all others. For example, as the Chuandao ji points out, “The kidneys are the husband of the heart, the mother of the liver, the wife of thespleen, and the child of the lungs. The liver is the husband of the spleen,
the mother of the heart, the wife of the lungs, and the child of the kidneys”(ch. 6), and so on.

Daily Cycle
Following the generative cycle, the qi of the organs and viscera runs
through the entire physical form in the course of each day, matching thepattern of yin and yang circulating through heaven and earth in the courseof a year. The Chuandao ji explains this in detail, in fact, its entire chapter 5The Human Condition / 51

is entitled “The Four Levels of Time,” referring to time in its human, annual,monthly, and daily dimensions.
To begin, the human life span is 120 years, divided into four segmentsof thirty each: youth and strength, growth and maturity, old age and infirmity, plus decline and demise. “This is how time works in the human body:
it is the first level.” Annual time is similarly determined by four segments,that is, the four seasons, which divide into the eight divisions as describedearlier. Monthly time, the third level, depends on the moon and works inlunar quarters, each lasting seven to eight days.
Daily time is the most important and also the most alien to Western
thinking. As also described in the Lingbao bifa (ch. 5), rather than dividing
the day into twenty-four hours, the Chinese acknowledge twelve periods,
literally “chronograms” (chen), commonly called double-hours. Rather thanconsisting of 120 minutes (fen), although the texts use the same term asapplied today, each double-hour lasts 500 of these, which I translate“units.” In other words, one traditional fen or unit lasts 14.4 seconds or isabout the length of one quarter minute in the modern system. Similarly, aquarter-hour (ke), which I call “segment,” rather than fifteen minutes, lasts
sixty units, so that eight ke plus twenty units make up one double-hour.
Chinese Literal

Transl.

EquivalentWesternri 日day

12 double-hours= 100 segments= 6000 units

1 daydoublehour

8 segments 20 units= 500 units

2 hourssun

chen 辰 chronogram
ke 刻quarter-hour segment

60 units

14.4 minutes

fen 分

part

smallest unit

14.4 seconds

unit

The twelve double-hours, moreover, are named after the twelve earthly branches. Originally stations of the planet Jupiter, which orbits the sun
once in twelve years, they go back to particular constellations that form theroot of their unique names. In addition, since the 6th century BCE, they
have been associated with twelve zodiac animals like sheep, dragon, or dog(Needham et al. 1958, 405) that still dominate the energy of individual years
and are actively used in horoscopes.
Each double-hour lasts two Western hours or 120 minutes, is scheduled to begin at an odd hour such as 11 pm, called after a Jupiter station,
associated with a zodiac animal, and linked energetically to a particularorgan or viscera. To make up the difference in numbers and match the totalof ten organs and viscera to twelve double-hours and earthly branches,52 / Chapter Three

medical theorists added two further entities. The sixth organ is the pericardium, the sack protecting the heart and thus also known as “heart protector.” Its matching yang organ is the “triple heater,” a dynamic function that
controls the transport, utilization, and excretion of the body’s energies. The
following table outlines the system, listing time in the 24-hour system (Wuand Wu 2016, 95-167; see also Needham et al. 1958. 402-04).
Time

BranchMeaning Animal

Qualities

Organ

23-1

Zi 子

son

Rat

wise, flexible, optimistic

gallbladder

1-3

Chou 丑 uglyOxstable, straight, tough

liver

3-5

Yin 寅

sincereTiger

careful, responsible

lungs

5-7

Mao 卯

prosperHareclever, agile, kindlg. intestine

7-9

Chen 辰 shake

Dragonpowerful, strong, elegant stomach

9-11

Si 巳

stop

Snake

cautious, intuitive,

spleen

11-13

Wu 午

noon

Horse

enduring, lively, wild

heart

13-15

Wei 未

futureSheeptender, gracious

sm. intestine

15-17

Shen 申 lightning

Monkeyflexible, spontaneous

bladder

17-19

You 酉

ferment

Roosterstylish, alert, humorous

kidneys

19-21

Xu 戌

dismiss

Dog

honest, loyal, stubborn

pericardium

21-23

Hai 亥

roots

Pig

gentle, smart, joyful

triple heaterThis understanding forms the backbone of Chinese medicine andprovides a foundation of diagnosis. For example, the Huangdi neijing saysthat those who have a disease of the liver are animated and quick-witted
in the morning; their spirits are heightened in the evening, and at midnight they are calm and quiet (Temple 1986, 125).
To make matters more complex, traditional calendar masters also
added the eight trigrams into the mix, recalibrating the entire system according to the number eight. This means that they had to find equivalents
to the eight divisions of the year—solstices, equinoxes, and seasons’ beginnings—in the course of the day. They picked the times at the top and bottom of the day plus those in between, that is, midnight and dawn as well asnoon and dusk—at the midpoint of certain double-hours—plus 3 and 9 am
and pm at the transition point between two periods.

The Human Condition / 53

Being part of human life, the trigrams here are used in their postcreation or “after heaven” (houtian 後天) arrangement,3 which developedin the Han dynasty on the basis of the Shuogua description that connects
them to the agricultural year (Wang 2012, 215; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 127).
The primary factors are no longer heaven and earth, but fire and water, represented by mixed yin-yang lines, symbolizing the energetic muddle of created living.
East is marked by Zhen
(thunder), the power of movement and initiation, while west
is now under the sway of Dui(lake), the sign of joy andmarker of a successful harvest.
Qian (heaven) and Kun (earth)have each shifted one place
toward the western side of themodel, while the two intermediate stations on the eastern side are made up by Gen (mountain) and Xun(wind). To move from one trigram to the next in clockwise direction, they
all change two lines into their opposite—except Zhen, which changes all
three, and Dui, which changes only one (see Cammann 1990). Here is how
they connect to time:
Year

Month

Day

winter solstice

new moon

12 midnight Zi midpoint

Kan/Water

3 / amChou to Yin

Gen/Mountain6 / am

Mao midpoint

Zhen/Thunder

9 / amChen to Si

Xun/Wind

12 noonWu midpoint

Li/Fire3 / pm

Wei to Shen

Kun/Earth

6 / pm

You midpoint

Dui/Lake

9 / pmXu to Hai

Qian/Heaven

spring beginningspring equinox

first quartersummer beginningsummer solsticefull moon

fall beginning
fall equinox
winter beginning3

last quarter

Double-hour

Trigram

The term houtian is also translated “later heaven” (Mozias 2020, 41), “posterior to heaven” (Robinet 2011, 90), and “postcelestial” (Pregadio 2013, 7). It designates qi after the creation of the universe that circulates continuously. As adeptsalign and merge with this, they get closer to the primordial or “precelestial” state(2013, 7).

54 / Chapter Three

Both Zhong-Lü texts work heavily with the daily cycle and the twelve
double-hours, but the Lingbao bifa also makes particular use of the trigrams to specify the best periods for certain practices. Time matters, and it
is very important to modify and develop the body’s energies at the righttime, in the right measure, and with the right methods.

Free Will
All these cosmic powers and energetic cycles set up during gestation continue to function throughout human life, but to a different degree, sincepeople overall are subject to rise and decline. The Chuandao ji says,
From the state of great immaculate onward, there are ascent and descent [ofqi]. Through them, the infant grows like a yellow sprout. After 5,000 days [13.5years], his qi is fully viable and the correct count comes to eight-one.
Reaching the age of fifteen, he is a young man. At this time, his qi is halfyang within yin, just like the light of the sun rising in the east. From here on,
people tend to release and lose primordial yang, waste and scatter perfect qi.
As their qi weakens, they suffer sickness, old age, death, and ultimate destruction. (ch. 1)

That is to say, from the time of pristine purity at birth, the energetic
cycles are functioning and cause the physical form to grow. It takes 5,000
days, matching the number of words in the Daode jing, to reach puberty,
when qi has fully developed and is in a state of complete yang, symbolized
by the number 81, nine squared. By age fifteen, the child can be considered
a young adult, and he or she is halfway through the first stage of life, characterized by youth and strength. From here on, energy may still rise for a
few years, but inevitably decline sets in.
The medical classics describe this life cycle in terms of the rise and fallof essence (jing 精) or sexual potency—semen in men and menstrual bloodin women. Both develop from pure qi that sinks down from its center—theocean of qi in the abdomen in men and the cavern of qi in the chest in
women—and becomes tangible in sexual sensations and fluids. Emitting
essence from the body is a major source of qi-loss, which can cause physicalweakness, lead to diseases, and precipitate early death. But even without
excessive loss, vital essence will diminish over a lifetime. Its rise and decline
are understood as occurring in an eight-year cycle in males and a seven-year
cycle in females (Kohn 2005, 33). As the Huangdi neijing suwen says:
When a girl is 7 years of age, the kidney qi [jing] becomes abundant. She begins to change her teeth and the hair grows longer. At 14, she begins to menstruate and is able to become pregnant. The movement of the great pulse isstrong. The menses come regularly, and the girl is able to give birth.

The Human Condition / 55

At age 21, the energy is steady, the last tooth has come out, and she is fullygrown. When she reaches the age of 28, her tendons and bones are strong, herhair has reached its full length, and her body is flourishing and fertile. At 35,
her yang brightness pulse begins to slacken, her face begins to wrinkle, herhair starts falling out.
When she reaches the age of 42, the pulse of the three yang regions deteriorates in the upper part of her body, her entire face is wrinkled, and her hairturns gray. At age 49, she can no longer become pregnant, and the circulationof the great pulse is decreased. Her menstruation is exhausted, and the gatesof blood are no longer open. Her body declines, and she is no longer able tobear children. (ch. 1)

Above and beyond this natural tendency of rise and decline, people
have consciousness and can exercise free will—either allowing the decline
to happen, speeding it up by wasting energy in various ways, or counteracting it by taking charge and practicing self-cultivation. As the Chuandao ji
notes, “Among the myriad beings, the one with the most life force and thenoblest is the human. Only human beings can penetrate the principle ofthe myriad beings and fully explore their own inner nature” (ch. 2). They doso by working with five distinct psychological forces that flow through thefive organs and constitute the workings of consciousness.
First among them is spirit (shen 神), a pure and rapidly vacillating
form of qi closely associated with the heart. An active, organizing force, it is
without limit or judgment and works with precognition and intuition. In
people, it is the main factor that allows consciousness (shi 識) and manifests in the mind (xin 心), a term that refers both to mental activity in general and also to the internal force responsible for classification and evaluation, desires and emotions. The latter lead to what the Zhong-Lü texts, following Buddhist models, call “mental projections” (jing 境), that is, personalized, one-sided visions of reality. Right here is where free will makes
its first appearance, because at every instant people have the choice to allow
their spirit to flow freely or limit it through mental judgments and sensory
affectations.
Next is the spirit soul (hun 魂), a directional and individualized aspectof cosmic spirit, which is yang in nature. Physically placed into the liver,linked also with the gallbladder and described as the residence of strategists
and judges, it is the origin of all planning, organization, judgments, anddecisions—with a tendency to get impatient and aggressive. It pulls people
toward heaven, purity, and goodness, enhancing their artistic, intellectual,and spiritual growth, but can also give rise to anger and rage.
Third is the material soul (po 魄), yin in nature and connected to thelungs and the large intestine. It represents the physical base of life, manifest in instincts of survival that make sure people get enough food, drink,sleep, and sex (Kohn 1997, 99-101). Driven by instincts, this force may cause

56 / Chapter Threepeople to lose vital energy in sexual passion or dissipate it by hankering
after luxury and ease. It may cause fears of deprivation or starvation, bringing forth greed, stinginess, jealousy, and envy, or, if material goals are notforthcoming, may cause people to suffer from sadness, depression, or despair (see also Brashier 1996; Lo and Wang 2018, 296; Yü 1987).
The fourth and fifth psychological forces are will (zhi 志) and intention (yi 意). The will is the specific direction of effort toward a unique vision of life, both in terms of material and cultural attainments. On its basis,the intention takes care of the concrete steps necessary to move in that particular direction. To even begin internal cultivation according to the ZhongLü texts, it is absolutely essential to have “a sincere mind and earnest will”
and “persistently apply one’s intention.”
The will is linked organically with the kidneys, which are closely connected to pre-creation or primordial qi. The seat of the root power of personal determination, they can also give rise to insecurity, fear, and anxiety.
The intention belongs to the spleen, the storehouse of qi and main centerof food processing. It has a tendency to overplan or worry, but is also theseat of personal integrity and fundamental honesty.
The Zhong-Lü texts acknowledge the power of these forces and thepitfalls they represent. For example, the Lingbao bifa says,
While still in the womb, their primordial qi is full, but soon after, the six desires and seven emotions arise, so that they waste and scatter their primordialyang, release and lose their perfect qi. (ch. 1)

The six desires refer to inner urges prompted by sensory experiences
through seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting and touching as well as the will
to live or the desire to avoid death. The seven emotions are those associatedwith the five organs—joy, anger, sadness, fear, and worry—plus hatred andgreed (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 204). Together with the five psychologicalagents they constitute the third level of human physicality in the Daoist
system, the personal body (shen 身).
Representing the sum total of one’s inner life and socially created
identity, it develops on the basis of learned conduct and manifests in aphysical presence visible to others (Jochim 1998, 47; Jullien 2007, 67). Determined by decision-making, reflection, and set patterns of behavior, thisbody represents the familial and social personhood of the individual(Sommer 2010, 215-16; Sivin 1995, 14). It is the way people shape themselves
as embodied persons; while deeply rooted in nature, it is yet artificial andcontrived. The Daode jing says that this body is “the reason why I have great
afflictions” (ch. 13), referring to apprehensions about winning or losing,
being in favor or disgrace (Kohn 2014, 61).

The Human Condition / 57

In other words, the personal body is the self-image the heart mind
creates on the basis of the five psychological factors, sensory processing,and emotional dispositions. As people grow up, these take on a life of theirown and, in a continuous feedback loop with the heart mind, create personality boundaries and a stereotyped vision of life that gets more rigid
over time and may lead to restrictive tendencies and increasingly ill health.
Daoists work hard to overcome this body in their cultivation practice; internal alchemists incinerate it completely.

The Vicissitudes of Life
The reason why ordinary people never engage in self-cultivation, in a vivid
illustration of what it means to have a personal body, is described in the
Chuandao ji in the first five of a set of nine “hardships” (nan 難). First of all,the text says, people are vexed by the procurement of material necessities,
such as “clothing for the four seasons and food for three meals each day.”
Next, they are steeped in social obligations of honoring their elders andotherwise repaying karmic debts, as well as, third, hankered down by feelings for parents, spouses, and children. In addition, they tend to be deluded
by visions of grandeur—”wealth accumulating to the tune of ten thousandproperties, nobility culminating in the rank of the three dukes”—and afflicted by ailments and diseases, “steeped in darkness and encountering
disasters, one’s whole life in the world nothing but suffering” (ch. 17). Another passage describes the effects of these hardships:
People often pass their youth in vain pursuits. Before the rooster has evencrowed, they leave their house, anxious that they might be late. When thecity’s drums are heard widely [at sunset], they return home, complaining thatis too soon.
Avarice and madness, competition and eagerness barely pause; foolish imaginings and pervasive worries never stop! Their houses are full of gold andjade, but how does that help them to ward off disease? Their vision is focusedon children and grandchildren, but how does that let them exchange rather
than lose their qi? (ch. 5)

Another dimension of this phenomenon is the fascination with outside reality and sensory pleasures. Again, the Chuandao ji:
Throughout gorgeous mountains and enticing scenery, multi-colored plants
exude deluding fragrance; in pavilions perched over rivers and edifices on
dangerous cliffs, soft breezes delight the intention. They invite leisurely talks
during moonlit nights and drinking with friends during snowbound days.
All these are lascivious pleasures without end that chisel away at our limited time. When one finally thinks to turn the mind back toward Dao, thebody is riddled with sickness and disease. (ch. 5)

58 / Chapter Three

Disease generally arises, as the Lingbao bifa notes, because “yin andyang are out of alignment, typically yang being low and yin overwhelming”(ch 2). The Chuandao ji classifies it in three forms, matching the Buddhist
division of sickness, old age, and death. Sickness occurs due to varying
weather conditions and failure to observe the natural cycles, “going to extremes in labor and leisure, losing all rhythm in hunger and satiation,”
which leads to chronic ailments and is identified as the “disease of the seasons.”
Old age comes from “indulging in emotions and letting the intention
run wild, scattering and losing primordial yang, dispersing and diminishingperfect qi, with increasing years getting dry and desiccated: this is old age.”
Death, finally, happens when “the person’s qi is exhausted and the physicalorganism is hollow: the spirit soul dissolves and the spirit is drummed out”
(ch. 9).
But death is not the end of the story. Rather than “the destruction of
the assembled elements of the body, it is the breaking of their union. Thechange is called death because the body dissolves, but the beings thus dissolved are but transformed” (Yates 1964, 32). In other words, the karmic
debts and burdens incurred by self-indulgent and obstructive behavior leadto a less fortunate rebirth in future lives and cause the continuation of adownward spiral. Again, the Chuandao ji,
Once born, they perish again; once gone, they are born again. Cycle after cycle
they do not realize this; life after life they keep on sinking lower. Eventually
they lose their human form and are born among other species, leak their life
force and incarnate in different shells. Their root nature of utmost perfection
no longer part of humanity, they are mired in the relentless cycle of reincarnation and rebirth, forever without any chance of liberation. (ch. 1)

The thinking presented here is a mixture of traditional Chinese medical wisdom and Buddhist doctrine. The latter first appeared on the Chinesehorizon in the 1st century CE, then underwent several stages of adaptationand modes of translation (Ch’en 1973; Zürcher 1959). By the 5th century,
Buddhism had risen to the status of a major religion and Daoist schools
adopted its doctrines widely: aspects of worldview, such as ideas of karma,
rebirth, and hell; ethics, notably precepts and monastic vows; and philosophical speculation, such as notions of emptiness and the logic of enlightened states (Zürcher 1980).
The process by which one is affected by bad karma is gradual. As the
Daoist Jinjie jing 禁戒經 (Scripture of Prohibitions and Precepts), an early
Tang text found at Dunhuang, points out, people who act morally wrong
will first encounter various forms of misfortune, such as “the calamities ofwater and fire, swords and weapons, capture and prison, many thousandsof strokes, evil winds and nasty demons” (l. 71). This will put great stress on

The Human Condition / 59

their minds and cause increasing madness, while their bodies “will overflow with rot, they will be covered with boils, their hands will be crippled,
and their feet deformed” (l. 72). Too sick to live yet not sick enough to die,they are caught in a living hell on earth. Even after death, there is no respite.
On the contrary, the real suffering starts in the various depths of hell forkalpas everlasting (Kohn 2004, 26).
Given this dire situation, Daoists developed a keen awareness of different aspects of wrongdoing, distinguishing the bad deed itself, the guiltthat accompanied it, and the resulting suffering through disasters and diseases, bad rebirths and the tortures of hell. They created systems for people
to keep track how many good and bad deeds they had committed, allowing
them to estimate their impact on life expectancy and overall destiny (Kohn
1998a; 1998b).
Suffering from disease in its various forms and learning about longterm karmic consequences often create a strong motivation to practice cultivation. The first step is to look for a cure with medical means:
Yang in excess and yin in deficiency require a cure through cooling; yin in excess and yang in deficiency require a cure through warming. Old people arecold a lot, while youngsters tend to be hot; obese people have too much saliva,
while rich folks have too much accumulation. In males, disease grows from qi;
in females, afflictions originate in blood.
To cure, one must supplement what is empty, release what is full, protect
what is weak, and reduce what is excessive. For minor cases, there are acupuncture and moxibustion; for major ones, there are herbal remedies anddrugs. (Chuandao ji, ch. 9)

While this may offer a temporary respite and deal with the first levelof disease, the ailing body, it does not cure old age or death. Skilled physicians, as the text says, may be able to “irrigate the colon and enhance theflesh” but they typically cannot “smooth out facial wrinkles and restore ayouthful complexion” or “preserve the body to remain in the world and attain long life” (ch. 9). For this one must undertake systematic cultivation
practice.

Erroneous Ways
However, deciding to undertake Daoist cultivation is only the very first stepin a long journey. Once people have made the decision to pursue personalrefinement, there are innumerable pitfalls and potential errors. One ofthem, as the Chuandao ji notes as the sixth of the nine hardships, is thatpeople sign up with a fake or useless teacher.

60 / Chapter Three

Seeing that life and death are great affairs, they rush to seek out a teacher,never discriminating between genuine and fake. They may follow a teacher
because he makes great arguments and is a proficient speaker or because hehas a Daoist mien and hoary appearance. They start out by claiming that they
have found a spirit immortal and only after a long time understand that thisteacher was in it only for his own fame and profit. (ch. 17)

A closely related problem is that people “use minor, sectarian methods,” which may afford some quick results but do not lead to the ultimate
goal. Part of the issue is the methods themselves: they are limited and cannot provide lasting effects. The text present a long list of such methods,
including “observing the precepts, abstaining from grains, extracting qi,
swallowing saliva, leaving the family,” and so on. It asserts that “the list ofminor, sectarian methods is endless; . . . in pursuit of transcendence andliberation, they cause people to put in lots of effort with little to show for,quite possibly inviting an attack of disease” (ch. 2).
Another part of the problem is a deep-seated fickleness in people,“their tendency to desire too much too soon,” moving on to yet another fad
when the previous technique does not seem to pan out (ch. 2). “One does
one thing in the morning and something else at night, sits down to practicethen stands up to pursue another idea. One relishes the moment and hates
planning long-term, starts out concerned and diligent and ends up lazy andindolent” (ch. 17). A third aspect of the issue of minor methods is the opposite, that is, people tend to get too rigid, “unable to modify and budge fromthe same practice as long as they live, never changing with the four seasons”(ch. 1).
All this is not for want of trying. The text asserts that many people“start out with a sincere mind and . . . develop an earnest will,” but remain
unaware of the best methods, the way of the great Dao that matches theinherent workings of the universe.
Practicing minor methods, they get a lot of strange ideas. Wasting years andmonths, they never see any real results. In their later years they grow weak andold and eventually fall again into the relentless cycle of reincarnation and rebirth. This causes other [potential] Daoist followers to believe that eternal life
is a false idea, that transcendence and liberation are just empty words. . . .
Their mind entangled in mental projections, they get involved with things andlose their will. In the end they are unable to escape. (ch. 17)

As a result, there are five different ranks of immortals, that is, practitioners working with various techniques who realize different levels of accomplishment. They are ghost, human, earth, spirit, and celestial, named
after the realm of existence they end up as a result of their endeavors. In
this form, the distinction is quite unique to the Chuandao ji, but it picks up

The Human Condition / 61

on an earlier division recorded first in Ge Hong’s 葛洪 (283-343) Baopuzi
抱朴子 (Book of the Master Who Embraces Simplicity, DZ 1185; trl. Ware1966). He distinguishes earth immortals with an extended life expectancy
who prefer to remain on earth from celestial immortals with a spirit body
who opt to reside in the heavens or the isles of the blessed (Steavu 2019, 109;
Kirkova 2016, 16). A third group in Ge Hong are immortals by deliverance
from the corpse (shijie 尸解): they transform into celestial entities but haveto leave a simulation corpse behind, such as a bamboo staff or a sword(Cedzich 2001; Robinet 1979).
As outlined in the Chuandao ji, ghost immortals, at the bottom of theladder, have escaped the cycle of reincarnation but are stuck in the realm ofyin. This happens because “they make their physical form like a withered
tree and their mind like dead ashes, keeping their spirit consciousness contained within and their will unified, never letting it scatter. In deep stability[samadhi], their yin spirit emerges, so they become ghosts of plain life force
rather than immortals of pure yang” (ch. 1). That is to say, according to the
Zhong-Lü vision, the Buddhist practice of motionless sitting meditationand complete absorption in deep trance states does not lead anywhere except to a realm of deep darkness.
Human immortals, next, are those who pick one method exclusively:
With sincere mind and earnest will, they do not budge from it until the end of
their days. As a result, the energies of their five phases interact wrongly and go
awry, making their physical form and material reality excessively firm. They
only manage to become immune to the eight pathogenic influences, allowing
them be mostly healthy and rarely ill. (ch 1).

In other words, followers of more medically oriented activities and nourishing life techniques who emphasize health and well-being achieve their goal
but do not move toward full liberation.
Earth immortals, third, get to live for a very long time on earth by applying the basic techniques of internal alchemy. They match the energetic
cycles of yin and yang as well as the sun and the moon, observe the correct
timing to work with qi, invert the direction of the five phases, and revert qi
to the three elixir fields (dantian 丹田)—the three energy centers in thehead, chest, and abdomen (Pregadio 2006b, 139). Doing so, they achieve a
medium level of accomplishment: “They refine their physical form to thepoint where they can stay in the world and live long without dying.”
Moving up the ladder, spirit immortals are earth immortals who taketheir work to the next level. “Reverting jade fluid to the elixir field, theyrefine their physical form into qi” and create an immortal embryo within.
“Their yin all gone, their yang is utterly pure: beyond this body they have
yet another body. Liberated from material reality, they ascend to the im-

62 / Chapter Three

mortals.” Moving even higher, the ultimate and highest level is that of celestial immortals, who serve as officials among the otherworld administration and eventually “reach the realm of emptiness, nonbeing, and spontaneity of the heavens of the Three Clarities” (ch. 1).

Faulty Practice
Striving to ascend along this scale, some people indeed manage to set theirmind fully on the great path, find a reliable teacher, pass whatever tests heprescribes, and are moving happily in the right direction. Once at this stage,
they yet need to be aware of yet further obstacles to avoid.
The most common is failure to observe the right timing. While thevarious natural forces and all animals spontaneously flow along with thecycles of life, human beings, given consciousness and free will, have thepower to deviate from them and often do so. As the Lingbao bifa notes,
When yang rises to the beginning of spring, moving up from below, withindays it gets to be half yang within yin. When yin sinks to the beginning of fall,moving down from above, within days it gets to be half yin within yang. This is
the natural way of heaven and earth. Only human beings let their qi grow feeble at Gen [3 am], not knowing the right times to nurture it. They let it scatterat Qian [9 pm], not realizing the principles of assembling it. (ch. 2)This problem is exacerbated by too much reading, reflection, and conscious learning, which leads to a good theoretical understanding of theprinciples involved, but does not necessarily help with the practice. Thus,“many adepts in the past as much as today, though they may dedicate
themselves to cultivation until their hair turns white, only reach a minor
level of accomplishment” (ch. 8).
Especially when it comes to the external elixir, the concoction of reverted cinnabar on the basis of chemical compounds such as lead and mercury, they face three reasons for failure. First, they don’t rightly knowwhether the ingredients they gather are genuine or fake and have no clue
about the proper firing times. “They take precious ores and scatter them inthe flames of the fire, burning them to dust and ashes” (ch. 17). Second,
they either know about the ingredients or manage the firing times, but not
both. Third, they get both right and succeed in elixir concoction but then
are not ready to take the final step and actually ingest it, being afraid oflosing their foothold in the human realm.
Beyond all this, practitioners are subject to “ten demonic attacks”(shimo 十魔), sometimes also described as the imposition of yin spirits.
These are essentially manifestations of emotionally charged states that, as
the Chuandao ji says, “can happen in waking life, in dreams and sleep, andduring [the meditation of ] inner observation” (ch. 19). In the wake of theThe Human Condition / 63

Zhong-Lü documents, they appear variously in the literature, most prominently in the Dadan zhizhi of the 13th century (2.5b-6b; Komjathy 2014, 15658; Ho 2018, 86-88; see also Eskildsen 2004, 106).
The ten demonic attacks are quite like the visions potentially experienced by the newly deceased according both Daoist materials (Eskildsen
2006) and the Tibetan Book of the Dead (Freemantle and Trungpa 1974).
Based on previous karma, they conjure up emotionally engaging situations
that pull people away from their proper path—be it the track through thebardo to a higher level of rebirth or appropriate cultivation practice. Morespecifically, they show scenes engaging the six sensory desires and sevenemotions, visions of conspicuous wealth and high honors, love and affection, entertainment and pleasure, sexual attraction, and even encounterswith fabulous sages and worthies (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 162; Zheng 2010,52). On the more negative side, they may also create fear and panic by conjuring up various calamities and difficulties as well as battles and warfare.
To give a few examples from the Chuandao ji (ch. 17),
There may be flowery attractions filling the eyes, the music of reeds andpipes filling the ears, the tongue tasting delicious foods, the nose enjoying strange fragrances, emotions and thoughts full of pleasures and delights, intention and will vast and extensive.
There may be immortal ladies and jade maidens, lining up and practicing their arts, their music and singing filling the air, their dance colorful in variegated silks, their services skillful in their red sleeves as they offer wine in golden chalices.
There may be a battle field, full of soldiers, both infantry and cavalry,swords and weapons glittering like frost, spears and axes raised, bows andcrossbows drawn, fighting to the death, full of amazing courage and agility.

Whichever they are, as the text insists, “If you encounter any ofthese, do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack.”
They are easiest to defeat during deep meditation, when one is in a secure environment and restful inner state. If they show up during a
dream, one is helpless while the dream is still going on, but upon waking can dismiss them without too much difficulty. It is hardest when
they manifest in real life, with their full concrete impact. “Adepts engage with them and get attached, and once they are attached, they arecompletely hooked. If they never fully attain Dao, it is mostly becauseof this.”Chapter FourStages and Processes
Working hard to move past all these pitfalls and obstacles, practitioners
attain the final goal of “transcendence and liberation” (zhaotuo 超脫) bypassing through three stages. Commonly described as “levels of accomplishment” (cheng 成), they come in a minor, medium, and major form,
matching the three types of human, earth, and spirit immortals. Each involves different methods of internal alchemy and leads to particular results.
The overall process, moreover, closely matches the system of external
or operative alchemy, applied to the energy system of the human body inrelation to the greater universe. It imitates the unfolding of the universe
and the gestation of the human being, matching the cosmogony in its progression while engineering the “marriage of the internal metals and thereby
making a birth possible” (Eliade 1962, 36).1
However, while the universe starts with pure yin and yang, and gestation rests with the energies of the parents, adepts of external alchemy mustfirst assemble the raw materials, while internal practitioners need to isolate
the core ingredients. That is to say, they begin by working with cosmogonic
regression, moving from the tangible to the subtle, then reconstitute thecreative process in a new dimension.2

The Three Stages
Internal alchemy matches Daoism in general in that it outlines the path
toward oneness with Dao in terms of the three stages of health, longevity,and immortality. As the Chuandao ji says:

1

Western spiritual alchemy distinguishes four stages, described in terms ofcolors. The first, nigredo or blackening, involves the search for the prima materia
and thus a descent into the darkness of the inner world; the second, albedo or whitening, opens the soul to self-awareness in the reflected light of the moon; the third,
citrinitas or yellowing, unfolds the direct light of the sun in the adept’s inner being,
the complete union with the cosmos; and the fourth, rubedo or reddening, signals
the return to earthly life in a newly spiritualized body and self. See Hamiton 1985, 58; Jung 1968, 333-35; Amberlain 2005, 32-33.
2 For outlines of the stages, see Pregadio 2012a, 3; 2012a, 180; and Skar 2000,
485; Lu 2009, 79; Mozias 2020, 85.
64

Stages and Processes / 65

Human beings can reach a minor level of accomplishment to be healthy andhappy and extend their years, a medium level to live long without dying, or amajor level to gain liberation from material reality and ascend to the immortals. (ch. 3)
Initially they can reverse old age and recover youth; later they can enter utmost states and transcend ordinary life. (ch. 5)

Most basic and most widely known is the healing dimension, administered either by someone outside the person in the form of acupuncture,
herbs, and massages, or through the personal practice of longevity techniques—including moderation, diet, exercise, self-massages, breathing, andbasic energy guiding (Kohn 2012). This allows people to integrate their qi
with nature and cultivate its inner flow, reaching the fullness of their natural life expectancy in health and vigor. It often leads to an increase in years,
a youthful appearance, and continued strength and enjoyment of life. People enhance and empower the natural patterns of life, consciously following
the rhythm of yin and yang and creating harmony in themselves and theirsurroundings.
Longevity, second, intensifies this dimension through an increasingly
subtle awareness of internal energies and their systematic modification.
People identify yin and yang, water and fire in their bodies and refine themby opening circulation tracks through central meridians in close accordance with the daily and seasonal cycles. They also work with the five innerorgans, enhancing their productive patterns (Wang and Bartosh 2019, ch.
15A). This level involves intensive meditation and trance training as well as
more radical forms of diet and other longevity practices. It results in a bypassing of death, so that the end of the body has no impact on the continuation of the person.
Immortality, third, raises the practices to a yet higher and more transcendent level. Unlike health and longevity, it means moving beyond thenatural cycles and applying the techniques in a reverse manner. To attain it,
people have to transform all their qi into primordial qi and proceed to refine it to subtler levels. This finer qi will eventually turn into pure spirit,with which practitioners increasingly identify to become transcendent spirit people. In addition, practitioners attain supersensory powers and eventually gain residence in otherworldly realms (Kohn 2016, ch. 8).
The very same kinds of practices may be used on all three levels, albeit
in different ways and with caution. Certain practices that are useful for
health may be superfluous in the attainment of longevity, while some applicable for immortality may be harmful when health is the main focus.
Take breathing as an example. When healing or extending life, natural deep
breathing is emphasized, with the abdomen expanding on inhalation.
When moving on to immortality, however, reversed breathing is advised,66 / Chapter Fourwhich means the intentional contraction of the abdomen on inhalation (Lu1970; Kohn 2008b). Undertaking this too early or at the wrong stage in one’s
practice can cause complications, from dizziness to disorientation or worse.
This holds also true for sexual practices. For health, sexual activity
with a partner is encouraged in moderation, with both partners reachingregular climaxes. In longevity practice, sexual activity may still be performed with a partner, but ejaculation as a loss of qi is avoided and sexualstimulation is used to increase the positive flow of qi in the body (Wile1992). In immortality, finally, sexual practices are undertaken internally andwithout a partner. They serve the creation of an immortal embryo throughthe refinement of sexual energy into primordial qi and cosmic spirit (Ho2018). Going beyond nature, immortality practitioners are not interested increating harmony and balance, but strive to overcome the natural tendencies of the bodymind and actively lessen or even relinquish earthly existence in favor of cosmic and heavenly states.
Diets are another case in point. Chinese medicinal diets use ordinary
ingredients and recipes, focusing strongly on rice, beans, and vegetables aswell as meat, tofu, and other forms of protein. They require a conscious
adaptation to seasonal patterns and the application of warming or coolingfoods, spices, herbs, depending on the patient’s condition. Eating on thelongevity level utilizes the same principles and is still grain-based, but involves the abstention from heavy meats and fats as well as from strong substances such as alcohol, garlic, and onions. Practitioners are encouraged toeat lightly and in small portions, matching the seasons and always conscious of their internal qi. Contrary to this, immortality practice is to “avoid
grain” (bigu 辟榖). Here practitioners eliminate ordinary foodstuffs andincreasingly rely on herbal and mineral supplements. Their goal is the refinement of qi to a level where food intake is completely replaced by the
conscious absorption of qi through breath, leading to a fundamental transformation of the physical constitution (Arthur 2006; Kohn 2010a).
The cultivation system of internal alchemy is commonly described interms of refining essence (jing 精) to energy (qi 氣), energy to spirit (shen神), and spirit to merging with Dao (hedao 合道), from where adepts returnto emptiness (fanxu 反虛).3 Farzeen Baldrian-Hussein identifies this process with the three levels of accomplishment and links them further withthe purification of inner nature and life-destiny (xingming 性命) (1984, 54;
see also Zheng 2010, 35). While this holds true for later systems, 4 theZhong-Lü texts do not describe the stages in this form. They talk about re3 For discussions of the process, see Kohn 2001, 145; 2009, 1; Furth 1999, 196;
Lu 2009, 78; Needham et al. 1983, 79; Pregadio 2000, 489-90; 2012a, 3; Robinet
1989a, 317-21; 1995; Zheng 2010, 34, 40.
4 See Lu 2009, 81; Pregadio 2014b, 159; 2014c, 474; Robinet 1989a, 306.

Stages and Processes / 67

fining physical form to energy and spirit (Chuandao ji 13), but more in conjunction with reverting qi and fluid to the elixir fields than in direct connection with the three levels of accomplishment. In addition, they speak of
inner nature and life-destiny in more general and often somewhat denigrating terms, such as understanding inner nature (Bifa, Pref.) or wrongly focusing on cultivating it (Chuandao ji 2), as well as nurturing destiny orreaching the end of life (chs. 1, 2). The full system of cultivation from essence through energy to spirit and Dao as well as the specific link of inner
nature and life-destiny with the alchemical process are of later origin.

The Three Vehicles
The Daoshu editions of the Chuandao ji and the Lingbao bifa refer to thethree levels of accomplishment as the Three Vehicles (sancheng 三乘).5
The latter speaks of the lesser vehicle as “good for extending the years andincreasing longevity,” the middle vehicle as “leading to becoming an earth
immortal” (ch. 5), and the great vehicle as allowing one to “become a celestial immortal” (ch. 10), matching the three accomplishments in the Chuandao ji. The text further outlines “four ways of working with the minor vehicle” and “three ways of working with the middle vehicle” (ch. 4).
The Three Vehicles (triyāna) are originally a Buddhist concept, describing different paths to attainment. They are listening (srāvaka), cultivating oneself (pratyekabuddha), and striving for universal salvation (bodhisattva) (Soothill and Hudous 1937). While it is possible to see them asconsecutive, they really constitute alternative approaches to enlightenment,
relating to the fundamental outlook and concerns of different kinds ofpractitioners rather than stages of progress in a cultivation system.
This changed in Daoism. Lu Xiujing 陸修靜 (406-470), a leader ofboth the Celestial Masters (Tianshi 天師) and Numinous Treasure (Lingbao 靈寶) schools, adopted the notion of the Three Vehicles and used it todesignate a successive ranking system of schools. He placed the Numinous
Treasure school with its strong ritual and communal commitment at thetop, Highest Clarity with its focus on transcendence and immortality second, and the Three Sovereigns (Sanhuang 三皇) third. This latter school,
which did not survive beyond the mid-7th century, focused on political divination and proper rulership with the help of talismans and cosmic correspondences (see Steavu 2019). Lu further assigned the Celestial Masters
school and various methods of healing and personal morality the positionat bottom of the scheme, acknowledging them as the foundation of theentire pyramid (Ofuchi 1979, 257).

5

It also features in the Zhonghe ji (Cleary 2003, 383-84).

68 / Chapter FourIn the 6th century, under pressure of political unification and the riseof the Highest Clarity school, the system was redesigned with Highest Clarity at the top and renamed the Three Caverns (sandong 三洞). Their central
deities were joined together into one group known as the Three Pure Ones
(Sanqing 三清), that is, the Daoist trinity. Named after three major heavens
and still prominent today, they are presented with the Heavenly Worthy of
Primordial Beginning (Highest Clarity) in the center, the Lord of the Dao(Numinous Treasure) to his left, and Lord Lao (Three Sovereigns/Celestial
Masters) to his right.
The three deities further match the Three Treasures (sanbao 三寶) of
the religion, another concept adopted from Buddhism, where it designates
buddha (enlightenment), dharma (teaching), and sangha (community offollowers). In Daoism, they are Dao, scriptures, and masters. The gods ofthe trinity represent the Three Treasures in the sense that the Heavenly
Worthy is the creative power at the root of all existence, the Lord of Dao is
the revealer of scriptures and presenter of revelations, and Lord Lao is thepractical teacher, who provides instructions in various techniques andcommunicates most closely with humanity (Kohn 2001b, 119).
The texts associated with each cavern match this division, including
central materials and so-called supplements, consisting of both revealed
and humanly authored works, with a greater emphasis on technical andhagiographic materials as well as non-mainstream schools in the latter. The
overall system, still used in the Daoist Canon and a part of the ordination
system today (see Benn 2000), is as follows:
CavernPerfection (Dongzhen)
Mystery (Dongxuan)
Spirit (Dongshen)

SchoolHighest Clarity
Numinous Treasure
Three Sovereigns
Celestial Masters

Supplement
Great Mystery (Taixuan)
Great Peace (Taiping)
Great Clarity (Taiqing)
Orthodox Unity (Zhengyi)

Referring to this system, Zhongli Quan says in the preface to the Lingbao
bifa, “Presenting the combined methods of the Three Vehicles, I call thiswork Lingbao bifa, ‘The Conclusive Methods of Numinous Treasure’.”In contrast, the Chuandao ji states that the “three levels of accomplishment—minor, medium, and major, each with their own proven effects—are entirely unlike the Three Vehicles of the Buddhist teaching,which refer to carts drawn by a ram, a deer, and an ox” (ch. 12).
This latter usage of the term is a Song-dynasty development under the
auspices of the harmonization of the three teachings—Daoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism—indicating different modes of cultivation toward oneness. Thus, the Chongyang zhenren jinguan yusuo jue, a set of practical instructions associated with the Complete Perfection founder Wang Chongyang, outlines a visualization of an interior energy journey and says,

Stages and Processes / 69

Another three miles further on, there is a huge mountain. On the eastern
slope of this mountain is a gray ox. This represents the energy of Lord Lao. On
the western slope of the mountain, you can see a white ram. This is the energyof the sage Confucius. Then again, on the slope straight to the south, there is ayellow deer. This is the energy of the Golden Immortal of Great Awakening[the Buddha]. (18b; Kohn 1993, 176; see also Komjathy 2007)

In sum, the term Three Vehicles has three distinct usages, designating
alternative approaches to spiritual attainment, successive levels of schools
and practices, and systematic stages in the cultivation process.

Medicines
Another set of three stages that relates to internal alchemy appears in the
Chinese classification of medicines (yao 藥): crude drugs serve to cure diseases, medium remedies enhance energy and enrich life, and superior compounds open the path to advanced states, including the acquisition of magical powers. As Ge Hong’s Baopuzi says,
Superior compounds make it possible to keep one’s body at rest, prolong life,
and ascend into heaven as an immortal. One may also come and go freely between heaven and earth, control all kinds of demons, grow feathers on thesurface of the body, and obtain any food one desires without difficulty. (ch. 11;
Ware 1966, 177)

The full system is spelled out in the Shennong bencao jing 神農本草
(Shennong’s Materia Medica), compiled by the Highest Clarity patriarch
Tao Hongjing 陶弘景 (456-536) around the year 500. This consists largelyof citations from the Han-dynasty Shennong bencao and Mingyi bielu 名醫
別錄 (Special Record of Famous Physicians). In certain passages, it is similar to the Wushier bingfang 五十二病方 (Remedies for Fifty-two Diseases;
trl. Harper 1998), a formulary unearthed at Mawangdui, and also reflects
the Wuwei fang 無為方(Formularies from Wuwei), a set of bamboo slips
found in a Later Han tomb at a place called Wuwei in Gansu (Akahori 1989,
74).
Medicines here are made from organic ingredients—metal, mineral,and botanical—and used either individually in their crude form or concocted in various combinations as compounds (Pregadio 2006a, 125). Ge Hongin his Shenxian zhuan 神仙傳 (Biographies of Spirit Immortals; trl. Campany 2002) outlines the lives of ninety-two immortals, among whom twenty-three are using medicinal remedies: crude drugs based on pine trees suchas resin, nuts, needles, and bark; a variety of fungi and tree excrescences; aswell as basic minerals such mica and realgar (Needham et al. 1974, 70).
These medicines have the power to prolong life to 500 or 5000 years even

70 / Chapter Fourwhen taken in small doses, but do not afford transcendence (Akahori 1989,
78).
A more detailed outline of the functioning of a crude drug, which canbe applied to immortality in a special form, appears in the Dunhuang manuscript Shiliao bencao 食療本草 (Material Medica for Dietary Therapy):
Lotus root restores the weakened functioning of the middle heater andstrengthens the spirit. It increases the overall vitality and expels the various
diseases. Administration over a long period of time lightens the body weight
and allows adepts to tolerate extreme cold. . . .
It has a decoagulating effect on the blood. Also, it tastes good and can easily be substituted for the normal diet. Taking steamed lotus root enriches thelower heater; it improves the functioning of the intestines and the stomach.
Moreover, it increases overall vitality. When taken together with honey it
keeps the intestines free from worms. Some immortals do not require any
food; they can reduce their body weight to such a degree that they can fly inthe air. These effects are due to their eating lotus seed and root which havebeen dried for one thousand years. (Akahori 1989, 80)

In contrast to crude drugs, complex compounds, as first outlined in
the Wushier bingfang, varied greatly in their preparation methods andcame in the form of pills, powders, decoctions, and pastes. In the Wuwei
fang, prescriptions are mostly powders, apparently the dominant form during the Han dynasty. In contrast, in the late-Han Shanghan lun 傷寒論 (OnCold-Induced Disorders; trl. Mitchell et al. 1999), prescriptions are mostly
decoctions (Akahori 1989, 83). The ultimate and most potent compounds
are elixirs, immortality drugs concocted from the mixture of several baseingredients following a complicated procedure.6 They tend to appear as
paste, which can then be formed into pills.
Ge Hong’s Baopuzi lists fifty-six different elixirs with effects ranging
from rejuvenation, longevity, and immortality to the acquisition of magicalpowers and the creation of gold (Needham et al. 1976, 90-95; Pregadio
2006a, 136). To prepare an elixir, adepts first of all have to find the necessary
crude drugs to be used as base ingredients or raw materials, often rare substances that only appear in certain geographical regions. They included
highly disparate and frequently poisonous substances, such as pine needles,
pine resin, mushrooms, persimmons, apricot kernels, deer antlers, motherCalled “cinnabar” (dan 丹) after their main ingredient, they are justifiably
called “elixirs.” The word goes back to “the Greek xerion, used to describe the agentof transmutation—originally a medicinal powder for curing wounds. Jabir uses thesame term, transliterated into Arabic as al-iksir. This word has come down to us as‘elixir,’ still used for substances, especially medicines, with marvelous effects. Elixirs‘heal’ the metals by adjusting their ratio of qualities, just as medicine heals the sickby adjusting the ratio of humors” (Principe 2013, 39). See also Katz 2008, 35.
6

Stages and Processes / 71

of-pearl, mica, aconite, realgar, sulfur, mercury, arsenic, silver, and gold.
They might also involve animal and human substances, such as sex andpituitary hormones isolated and distilled from urine—a substance called“autumn mineral” since it looked like frost in the fall (Huainanzi). Thus,
Gu Yong 顧雍 (25 BCE) says, “Masters of methods say that by fusing cinnabar they can transform it and make yellow gold, and that for dark andmuddy [concentrated] urine they can make a hard, white ice-like [crystalline] substance” (Temple 1986, 127).
For the most part, though, both in China and the West, the starting
materials were mineral and the recipe included mercury and sulfur. “Stepsin the process were seen as the marriage between the sulfur and the mercury, with the sulfur as the male (dry) and mercury as the female (wet), resulting in the Philosophers’ Stone, the hermaphrodite,” 7 “just as male semen coagulates female blood into a fetus” (Principe 2013, 122; Eliade 1962,
48).

Elixir Concoction
The subtlety of the process necessitated that alchemists should withdraw toan uninhabited place on one of the sacred mountains with no more than
three companions. It was important for that place to be secret, for any contact with commoners or, worse, disbelievers upsets the preparation. From
here, alchemists underwent purification for a hundred days, bathing in water enriched with fragrant herbs, changing their diet toward fasting, abstaining from anything polluting, and practicing concentration of mind
(Ware 1966, 75). As Mircea Eliade notes,
The artisan takes the place of the Earth-Mother and it is his task to accelerate and perfect the growth of the ore. The furnaces are, as it were, a new matrix, an artificial uterus where the ore completes its gestation. Hence the infinite number of precautions, taboos, and ritual acts which accompany thesmelting. (1962, 57)

Next, the concoction process commenced, a lengthy and complicatedprocedure that involved various chemical reaction methods, most importantly calcination, that is, heating something strongly in air, melting, or
evaporating it; and distillation, a method for separation of substances, forisolating their spirit or essence, so it could be recombined with a body that
results in gold or the elixir (Cobb et al. 2014, 39). Lesser techniques also
included maceration, that is the soaking of fresh or dried substances in water and left standing in room temperature; circulation, also called percola7 Cobb et al. 2014, 96. See also Amberlain 2005, 21; Katz 2008, 6. 33; Tramer et
al. 2007, 9-10. For a modern psychological reading, see Freeman 2014, 19.

72 / Chapter Fourtion or reflux, the application of a condenser over a flask to let moisturecondense, rise up, and drip back; as well as extraction, substances joined
in a thimble then placed in an extractor to obtain a concentrated fluid(Albertus 1974, 26).
The exact methods for each step followed specific cosmic instructions,
often obtained through revelation from the gods. Placed in a cauldron coated with various luting compounds, they were surrounded by magical andprotective devices to ensure the proper atmosphere for the elixir to grow.
Over months or even years, the right times of firing and cooling, stirringand burying had to be observed to the minutest detail (Kohn 2009, 18).
The end result, often called the “great medicine” (dayao 大藥), matches what Western alchemists called the quintessence, “the fifth, underlying
power of the four elements (earth, water, fire, air), active in the vegetable,
animal, and mineral kingdoms” (Albertus 1974, 28), the ultimate remedy
and most potent drug of all. As Bruce Moran notes,
What they were all looking for was a super-medicine, an elixir or aqua vitae
that could purify physical bodies of their impurities, rid the human body of
disease, and prolong life. . . . This elixir was not so much a product of combining different distilled ingredients but instead the end product of a seriesof distillations (even of one substance only) gradually increasing in purity.
The most pure substance of all (a universal medicine created by art andfound nowhere in nature) had lots of names, but the one that was used mostoften was the fifth essence. (2005, 11-12)

The process, as also in Western spiritual alchemy,8 was thought toimitate the growth of gold in the earth on a microcosmic scale, and accordingly followed the stages of cosmic creation as perceived at the time. Essentially the work of the alchemist occurred on three levels: the concrete concoction of the elixir for immortality, the creation of gold from base metals
for personal wealth, and the replication of the cosmic processes of creation
for insights into (and power over) the innermost secrets of the universe.
Alchemy was, therefore, both a chemical and a mystical endeavor, which
led not only to chemically induced trances and visions but also to the highspiritual states necessary for immortal transformation. Once complete, theelixir had varying effects, not only effecting immortality but also providing
talismanic protection (Steavu 2019, 85). Generally, the better the raw materials and the longer and more complex the process of refinement, it seems,
the stronger it was (Akahori 1989, 87).
The Chuandao ji describes the process of operative alchemy, using the
Yellow Emperor as an example. Following the instructions of his master
Guangchengzi 廣成子, described as such in the Zhuangzi (Roth 1997), he8

See Amberlain 2005, 23; Beebe 2014, xviii; Carty 2007, 5; Northage-Orr 2009.

Stages and Processes / 73

utilized cinnabar, called “vermilion sand” (zhusha 朱砂), among the eightminerals and black lead (heiyan 黑鉛) among the five metals, processing
them to collect mercury and silver.9 Overcoming the obstacle that “goodraw materials are hard to find and correct concoction techniques are hardto obtain,” he then, matching the classical model (Robinet 2011, 61) “erecteda three-storied furnace, each story nine inches in height, square on the outside and round on the inside to assemble the qi of the eight directions andimitate the phases of the four seasons” (ch. 9).
Refining the raw materials for three years, he reached a minor level ofaccomplishment and was able to “eliminate the hundred diseases.” Anotherthree years brought about a medium level, allowing life extension. After
three more years, the elixir of the major level provided the ability “to lift off
and ascend spontaneously, be strong in physique and with mighty arms,
easily able travel a thousand or ten thousand miles” (ch. 9). The same potency applies to internal elixirs, “parallel in many ways to the spiritual alchemy of the West, which used the preparation of the philosophers’ stone
to stand for the process by which an individual passes through the ‘deathof the soul’ to rebirth and spiritual perfection” (Sivin 1968, 30).
Created in installments of one hundred days rather than three years,
they were much preferred and soon overshadowed external drugs. “The oldalchemical writings were either reinterpreted in terms of physiologic procedures (and even religious meditation) or else dismissed as aberrations(1968, 31; Gulik 1961, 80-84). Still, as the text insists, external drugs havetheir place as initial energy builders, notably for “adepts who come to realization only in their later years and tend to be not very firm and stable intheir root and source” (ch 9).

9`The eight minerals are cinnabar, realgar, mica, malachite, sulfur, salt, saltpeter, and orpiment (Pregadio 2006a, 223). The five metals are gold, silver, lead, mercury, and copper. Their use in alchemy makes good sense. “They can all be found as
natural sulfide minerals or in association with sulfide minerals, and a sulfurous odor
(a vague smell of rotten eggs) can be detected when these ores are scratched orheated. All metals can be liquified under certain conditions of temperature andpressure (mercury is already a liquid), and five of the metals have the silvery appearance of mercury when molten (exceptions are gold and copper). The attraction ofreal sulfur for real mercury is evidence by the use of sulfur in modern mercury spill
kits: sulfur sprinkled on mercury instantly changes its slippery surface to a grainy
surface that can be captured. Gold acts like a mercury sponge and spontaneously
forms an amalgam (as mercury alloys are called) at a rate that is impressive to witness” (Cobb et al. 2014, 44).

74 / Chapter FourCore Ingredients
The central ingredients of the external elixir in the Zhong-Lü system aremercury and silver, extracted from cinnabar and lead. In the body, they
are the yang dragon and the yin tiger, derived from the energies of theheart and kidneys. The main distinction is that “lead and mercury thatissue from metals and minerals are inanimate” while “the materials thatissue from the body are animate. Still, they can be used just like lead andmercury” (Chuandao ji 11). “Mercury,” then, “is like the yang dragon; silver
is like the yin tiger. Heart fire is like red like cinnabar; kidney water isblack like lead” (ch. 9).
The latter two, moreover, are the elementary energies at the core ofgestation: “Heart fire and kidney water fuse and refine into seminal florescence” (ch. 3) to form a zygote and constitute the beginning of human
life. In addition, they are water and fire on a more cosmic level as defined in
the Yijing and represented by the trigrams Kan and Li (Robinet 1989a, 313).
That is to say, each individual contains the fundamental energies of universal unfolding in their deepest organs.
Just as yin and yang in the greater context of heaven and earth continue to rise and fall, ascend and descend, wax and wane, so their internalcounterparts, the energies of the heart and kidneys, never cease to flow andinteract with each other. The Lingbao bifa notes, “The heart and kidneys arelike heaven and earth; qi and fluid are like yin and yang” (ch. 2). Also, justas yin and yang on the cosmic level are never a hundred percent pure but
always contain a trace of the other deep within, so water in the body is never fully yin and fire is never fully yang, again reflecting the trigrams. The
Chuandao ji asserts, “There is also yang contained in water and yin in qi”(ch. 3). This leads to a dynamic internal process:The kidneys are water, which also contains fire and ascends as qi to move toward the heart. The heart is yang, and yang fuses with yang. When it reaches
its great ultimate, it generates yin. The accumulated qi then generates fluid,which naturally descends from the heart and reverts to the kidneys. (ch. 6)

The traces of yang within yin and vice versa, moreover, are there on
the basis of essential cosmic workings, that is, they form part of a deeper
and subtler level of existence and are accordingly described as “true” or“perfect” (zhen 真). As the Chuandao ji notes:
Qi tends to ascend, yet it also contains perfect water. Water tends to descend,
yet also contains perfect qi. Thus, perfect water is perfect yin and perfect qi isperfect yang. Perfect yang descends as it follows water. (ch. 3)

Stages and Processes / 75

Residing dominantly in the heart and kidneys (Needham et al. 1983,71), these pure powers of heaven and earth yet also manifest in the otherorgans and flow in the order of the five phases. “They keep on circulating
up and down, back and forth, and as long as there is no loss or obstruction,
people can extend their years” (Chuandao ji 3). In addition, their interaction forms the basis of the elixir:
When fire ascends, it supports kidney qi and generates perfect water. Kidneywater then ascends to fuse with heart fluid and generates perfect qi. At a minor level, this eliminates all diseases; at a major level, it serves to refine material reality and concoct the elixir. (ch. 8)

The first order of practice is thus to match the natural cycles: workwith the proper alignment of the five phases and connect to the timing of
the sun and the moon. This is specified in the Lingbao bifa:
At any particular time when qi is dominant [in a certain organ], every day utilize the appropriate trigram [time], so that in relation to qi, you take in a lot
and release only a little, then retain it with some force in the abdomen. The
moment qi ascends from below, make sure not to let it leave; as soon as it
moves in from without, immediately retain it. (ch. 1)

On this basis, adepts further proceed to isolate and extract the perfectaspects, which become alchemical ingredients and as such can be visualized in a variety of ways. The Chuandao ji points out,
To facilitate yang ascending, visualize a male, a dragon, fire, heaven, clouds, acrane, the sun, a horse, smoke, mist, a carriage, a chariot, flowers, or pure qi. . .
To facilitate yin descending, visualize a female, a tiger, water, earth, rain, a turtle, the moon, an ox, spring mud, a boat, or a leaf. (ch. 16)10

The most common visual aids, both in classical medicine and internal
alchemy, are the dragon and tiger, primarily identified as the image (xiang象) of the liver and the physical form (xing 形) of the lungs (Robinet 2011,30-31). They are the core energies of perfect water and fire.
Water grows from heart fire, a fluid that is in fact perfect water. Within thiswater, obscure and mysterious, the perfect dragon is deeply hidden. It does
not reside in the liver, but emerges from the Li [Fire] palace [heart].
Similarly, fire grows from kidney water: it is in fact perfect fire. Within thisfire, blurred and indistinct, the perfect tiger is deeply hidden. It does not reside in the lungs but emerges from the Kan [Water] position [kidneys]. (ch. 8)

10 For an exhaustive list of corresponding images and substances used in internal alchemy, see Needham et al. 1983, 60.

76 / Chapter FourIn order to gain access to the dragon and tiger as lead and mercury(Needham et al. 1976, 66; Eliade 1962, 120), the essential raw materials of
the elixir, one must cut excess yin in the kidneys and eliminate excess yangin the heart. Thereby one isolates the energies at their most creative, that is,as the water of perfect oneness (zhenyi zhi shui 真⼀之⽔)—called qi of cosmic oneness in the Lingbao bifa—and the qi of rightful yang (zhengyang
zhi qi 正陽之氣) (Baldrian–Hussein 1984, 76).
These two are core forces of gestation and renewal, representing yin(water) and yang (qi) as well as the most fundamental powers of the universe. Perfect oneness is Dao in statu nascendi, the original, non-ultimate
condition of the universe at the brink of creation. Rightful—upright, proper,
well aligned, or straightforward—yang signals a smooth, harmonious, andactive flow, a balanced yet dynamic state of being (Kohn 2005, 12). The
Chuandao ji notes,
Since the liver corresponds to yang, by eliminating excess yin in the kidneys,
we know that the moment the qi moves past the liver it turns into pure yang.
Pure yang qi in turn contains the water of perfect oneness. Blurred, indistinct,
and formless, we call this the yang dragon.
Similarly, as the lungs correspond to yin, by cutting off all excess yang in
the heart, we know that the moment the fluid arrives at the lungs, it turns into pure yin. Pure yin fluid in turn supports the qi of rightful yang. Obscure,mysterious, and invisible, we call it the yin tiger. (ch. 8)

These two are further described in terms of lead and mercury, so that“perfect qi hidden deep within the internal kidneys is lead” and “the waterof perfect oneness within this qi is the perfect tiger, alternatively called silver within lead.” Similarly, fluid generated in the heart on the basis of qi
contains the qi of rightful yang or cinnabar, that is, the root of mercury.
“Mercury is the qi of rightful yang within heart fluid” (ch. 10).
The method to attain these substances is nurturing primordial qi. It
should be undertaken “at sunrise, at Gen (3 am).” The Lingbao bifa specifies:
Loosen your clothing and sit in meditation to nurture your qi: let go off all
thoughts, forget all emotions, gently undertake healing exercises, in turnbending and stretching your arms and legs three to five times, to allow the qiof the four limbs to rise. In this manner you can guard primordial qi within as
it ascends to move to the heart. Swallow one or two mouthfuls of saliva, tap
and rub your head and face twenty to thirty times. This way, you can expel all
the bad and turbid qi accumulated in the course of the night. If you do thisover prolonged periods, you will have a glossy complexion and amazing beauty, your muscles and flesh will be radiant and supple. (ch. 2)

A similar practice session at night, at the hour marked by Qian (9 pm),
involves using the breath to move the heart fire down while pulling on toStages and Processes / 77

testicles to “shift the qi from the bladder into the kidneys.” Moving up anddown, practitioners fuse kidney fire with heart fire and warm their lower
elixir field, thereby “to obtain the perfect qi of great oneness” (ch. 2).
The explanation for this timing is that yang-qi is at its most subtle as it
rises in the early morning hours and can be enhanced through the practiceof healing exercises, saliva swallowing, and self-massages. “This way one
spreads the fire throughout the four limbs and nurtures primordial qi.” On
the other hand, yang-qi tends to scatter in the late evening and should besustained through inhalations deep into the heart and massages of the kidney area. “This allows it to merge with kidney qi and lets the three fires
merge into one, thereby coagulating primordial qi” (ch. 2).

The Immortal EmbryoOnce qi and water are ready, they fuse in a process called the mating ofdragon and tiger (longhu jiaogou 龍虎交媾), first mentioned in the Cantongqi 參同契 (The Seal of the Unity of the Three, DZ 999; trl. Pregadio 2011a).11
The two join like the sperm of the father and blood of the mother at conception and transform into a new entity, the equivalent of a single-cell organism or zygote, in the alchemical context called the “yellow sprout”(huangya 黃芽) (Eskildsen 2004, 78-79). This designates the fresh, newgrowth of being or the incipient embryo, matching “metallic lead smelted
from its core” or unoxidized bright lead in operative alchemy (Needham etal. 1976, 67; 1983, 223). Sometimes also called the mysterious pearl(xuanzhu 玄珠; 1983, 91), it provides the root of the elixir or great medicine
and signals the transition from regressive to progressive cosmogony. As the
Chuandao ji describes it,
The yellow sprout is none other than the great medicine. Its raw materials
fundamentally consist of the water of perfect oneness that forms a zygote byfusing with the qi of rightful yang. This is just like the perfect qi of father andmother fusing at conception, essence and blood creating first life. (ch. 10)

Once this merger is complete and the yellow sprout manifests, adepts“transfer it into the yellow court” (huangting 黃庭) the equivalent of thewomb in gestation (Zhang 2009, 69).

The text is ascribed to Wei Boyang 魏伯陽 of the 2nd century, but probably
goes back to the 5th. It is highly obscure, combining the vision of Han cosmology
with the divination of the Yijing and the concepts of operative or external alchemy(waidan 外丹). Studies include Fukui 1974; Pregadio 1995; 1996; 2012a; 2012b. The
dragon and tiger appear in ch. 64 (Pregadio 2011a, 106).
11

78 / Chapter FourThe yellow court is located below the spleen and stomach and above the bladder, north of the heart and south of the kidneys, west of the liver and east of
the lungs. Clear at the top and turbid at the bottom, it bears four colors on theoutside. Its size is big enough to hold two pints; its pathways connect to theeight channels. (Chuandao ji 10)

This matches medieval descriptions in Ge Hong’s Baopuzi and early
meditation manuals, such as the Huangting jing and the Laozi zhongjing
老子中經 (Central Scripture of Laozi, DZ 1168).12 Here the yellow court is adivine palace in the center of the abdomen, housing the core deities andessential potencies of life. In later works of internal alchemy, on the other
hand, it is an open cavity between the heart and the kidneys, a positive,
non-empty void that forms the lodge of spirit and qi (Neswald 2009, 38).
The process of mating and impregnation is envisioned quite like thefirst joining of a newly-wed couple. As the Chuandao ji describes it, adepts
imagine kidney water and heart fire as two deities: the perfect father is ayoung man dressed in red, the color of fire, who stands above; the perfectmother is a young woman dressed in black, the color of water, who rests
below. They move toward a yellow hut where they encounter an old woman,the matchmaker, who invites them to enter the nuptial chamber where they
become husband and wife. “Just as in a wedding ceremony among people,
they have a great time, full of joy and delight.”
After their successful union, they separate: the young man rises up
while the young woman moves down, each returning to their cosmic abodesin heaven and earth. They leave their mingled essences behind: “The yellow
dame holds something shaped like a mandarin orange. She throws it right
into the yellow hut, where it enters a golden vessel” (ch. 16; BaldrianHussein 1984, 76-77).
An alternative visualization involves the dragon and tiger as actual
beasts:See a black spark [tiger] rise up from a blazing fire and a red dragon dive downfrom turbulent waves. When the two beasts encounter each other, they fight,
right in front of the tower pavilion. Its red gate opens wide and, in the midstof wildly raging smoke and flames, a kingly personage appears who directs thegreat fire to burn all the way to heaven in waves reaching up a myriad yards.
After the fire reaches its highest point it starts to drop again, smoke andflames filling heaven and earth. The dragon and tiger whirl and coil aroundeach other, then enter the golden vessel. Moving down into the yellow hut,they settle in as if in a cage or closet. (ch. 16)

12 For studies of the Huanting jing, see Baldrian-Hussein 2004; Kroll 1996. On
the Laozi zhongjing, see Schipper 1979; 1995. Both are discussed in Lagerwey 2004;
Pregadio 2006b, 129-35.

Stages and Processes / 79

Thus joined into one, the two energies transform into the yellow
sprout, which quickly coagulates and grows to the size of a grain of rice or
millet. From here, adepts nurture the sprout like a pregnant woman would
an embryo, growing it over the period of ten months or three hundred days
(Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 88).13 As the Chuandao ji says,
Continue the practice for a hundred days without fail, and the compound isfully potent. After two hundred days, the sagely womb is stable, and after threehundred days, the immortal embryo is fully formed. (chs. 8, 11; Bifa 3, 4)

These three phases of a hundred days each—contracting the 3,000
years it takes jade to reach perfection to a single year (Baldrian-Hussein
1984, 89)—are each further linked to the three accomplishments, so thatthe great medicine or medicine provides enhanced health and well-being,
the presence of the sagely womb (shengbao 聖胞) affords extensive longevity, and the immortal embryo (xiantai 仙胎) is the gateway to transcendence.

Firing Times
The process that leads to these results is described in terms of reduction
and augmentation (youdian 抽添) of yin and yang, lead and mercury, inclose alignment with the proper firing times (huohou 火侯). The latter require complete control over the powerful element of fire:
The alchemist, like the smith and like the potter before him, is a ‘master offire,’ It is with fire that he controls the passage of matter from one state toanother. . . That which natural heat—from the sun or the bowels of theearth—took so long to ripen, is transformed by fire at a speed hitherto undreamed of. (Eliade 1962, 79)

In Daoist internal practice, firing involves complicated cycles of heating and stimulating energy, 14 utilizing healing exercises (daoyin 導引 ),breathing practices (huxi 呼吸), and internal qi-guiding (xingqi 行氣) at
specific hours and to different degrees, matching the cosmic and internal
rhythms of yin and yang, the sun and the moon. Adepts work with different
kinds of fire, “ruling (jun 君), subordinate (chen 臣), and common (min民),” rendered “royal, minister, and common” by Farzeen Baldrian-Hussein(1984, 78). They “all originate from primordial yang and generate perfect
13 For more on the immortal embryo, see also Ho 2018, ch.6; Hudson 2008; Lu
1979, 160-74; Mozias 2020, ch. 5; Needham et al. 1983, 84-85, 215-17; Pregadio
2006a,210-14; 2006b, 138-39and Skar 2000, 486.
14 On the firing process, see Baldrian-Hussien 1984, 118; Eskildsen 2004, 79;
Mozias 2020, 86; Needham et al. 1983, 45; Pregadio 2011a, 89; 2012a, 184; Neswald
2009, 40; Robinet 1989a, 316-17; 1995; Sivin 1976, 518; 1980, 266-97.

80 / Chapter Fourqi” (Chuandao ji 7) and are associated with the heart (ruling) and the
bladder (common; Bifa 2) and work particularly “to refine the physicalform” (Chuandao ji 12).
In particular, during the first stage, the Lingbao bifa requires practiceat Li and Qian, that is, at noon and 9 pm, when dragon and tiger join andfluid reverts back to its origin in the kidneys. At Li, one should assemble
the compound; at Qian, one heats and refines it—working more at assembling in winter and spring and more at refining in summer and fall (ch. 4).
During second stage, “once the holy womb is stable, match the firing
times to the count of the lesser heavenly circuit: this is called the lesser
heavenly circuit. Once the embryo is fully formed and perfect qi is generated, match the firing times to the count of the greater heavenly circuit: thisis called the firing process of the greater heavenly circuit” (ch. 4). 15 That is
to say, one circulates the energy through the body in close accordance withthe daily and annual cycles of yin and yang. Matching the circadian rhythm,
the innate, biological patterns of the body that are closely related to hormonal secretions, especially of the pineal glands (Temple 1986, 124),
adepts begin at midnight and work systematically through the doublehours of the day (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 97-98; Sivin 1976, 518). The process requires complete dedication:
Give up all worldly activities and live in seclusion, focusing your mind on inner observation, never letting internal projections leave or external projections enter, like a woman nurturing a baby or a dragon nurturing a pearl. Evenat times of eating and drinking, resting and sleeping, remain silent like asnoozing baby, unassuming as a young girl. Lest there by loss or diminishing,never even for a moment separate from Dao. (ch. 4)

More concrete practices are detailed for the Zi hour or time of the trigram Kan at midnight and for the time of the trigram Gen at 3 am. Kan
marks the winter solstice, when yang begins to grow; Gen is when kidney qi
fuses with liver qi. At this time, one practices a combination of stretches,
breathing, and mental guiding to slowly push open the barriers along thespine and allow the qi to rise all the way into the head.
Not every day is the same, though, but firing varies in the course of
the seasons. “Throughout the year, fire in accordance with the seasons, never losing the rhythm of Qian and Kun. Throughout the month, fire with theproper reduction and augmentation” (ch 9). Thus, for example, when liver
15 The usage of lesser/major heavenly circuit (xiao/da zhoutian 小大周天) is
not the same in each case: the former refers to the orbit of the celestial bodies in thecourse of time; the latter indicates the circulation of energy throughout the body.
Neither matches the contemporary understanding of the terms as micro/macrocosmic orbit (see Chia 1983; Winn 2006; Komjathy 2009).

Stages and Processes / 81

qi dominates in the spring, on the days of Jia and Yi, when wood controls
earth, it is important “to raise the fire to refine spleen qi at the right time:
use the double-hours marked by the earthly branches Chen and Xu (7-9am/pm) as well as Chou and Wei (1-3 am/pm)” (Bifa 8). On other days during this season, one had best work “at Dui (6 pm) to reduce metal and sublimate lung qi,” the yin counterpart of the liver. At all occasions, adepts
should “enter the meditation chamber to inhale deeply and exhale gently,
making sure the respiration is long and steady, holding the breath in forincreasingly longer periods” (ch. 8).
This presentation closely echoes other works of internal alchemy, yet
it is also different in significant ways. Thus, while it works with the same
cosmological patterns as outlined in the beginning sections of the ZhongLü texts, it is nowhere near as intricate as the Cantong qi and other works in
its wake, which speak of the firing times in terms of trigrams designating
specific days of the month that match certain key phases of the moon (3 rd,
8th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, and 30th), placing the most intense practice on the fullmoon in the middle of the month. The text also utilizes twelve hexagramsof first increasing, then decreasing yang lines to designate the months anddouble-hours of the day and indicating the intensity of practice. They
begin with the hexagram Fu, which consists of five yin lines and one yangline, and move all the way through Qian (all yang) to Kun (all yin) to begin
again.16

䷗䷒䷊䷡䷪䷀䷫䷠䷋䷓䷖䷁
The Cantong qi further outlines sixty hexagrams—all except Qian andKun, Kan and Li—that are active in the course of each month, that is, two
per day, one in the morning during rising yang and one in the afternoon
during rising yin (Pregadio 2011a, 93-95; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 100; Robinet 2011, 14).
The Zhong-Lü texts are also much less technical than later works on
the firing times that specify numbers and distances of respiration. These
include the Zhenxian michuan huohou fa 真仙秘傳火侯法 (Methods of Firing Times Secretly Transmitted by the Perfected Immortals, DZ 273), a text
based on materials contained in the Daoshu and dating from the late 12th or
early 13th centuries (Baldrian-Hussein in Schipper and Verellen 2004, 808),
as well as the Jindan nijin pian 金丹泥金篇 (Mud of Gold in [Forming] theGolden Elixir; Daoshu 23) and the Xiuzhen zhixuan pian 修 真 指 玄 篇(Pointers to the Mystery and the Cultivation of Perfection, Daoshu 19).

16 See Pregadio 2011a, 95-99; Needham et al. 1976, 62-66; 1983, 57; BaldrianHussein 1984, 102-05. For later uses, see Mozias 2020, 81.

82 / Chapter Four

According to these, human beings take 13,500 breaths in the course of
one day, each moving the qi forward by an inch. Practitioners extend thisdistance first to a foot, then to ten feet, thereby speeding up the movementof energy and intensifying its impact. They move it along the five-phases
system of gestation, beginning with the kidneys and going on to the liver,spleen, lungs, heart, and their related yang organs. Working in a rhythm oftwenty-four or thirty-six repetitions at a time, they also hold the breath in,up the count of 108, to increase heat in the body and raise the fire thatmuch higher so they can retain more and more primordial qi (BaldrianHussein 1984, 91-94; see also Pregadio 2013, 28). As they do so, the energy
transforms:
Steam and nurture it without stopping. First use yin to retain yang, then use
yang to refine yin. Qi thus turns into essence, essence turns into mercury,mercury turns into cinnabar, and cinnabar turns into the golden elixir. Oncethe golden elixir is produced, perfect qi naturally grows. Refine this qi into
spirit and attain transcendence and liberation. (Chuandao ji 10)

Elixir Reversion
Another dimension of the process is the circulation of qi and fluid throughthe body in a number of different ways, called huandan 還丹), literally “reverted cinnabar” (Pregadio in Pregadio 2008, 498). The term goes back tooperative alchemy, where it indicates “an elixir or part of an elixir preparedby cyclical transformation, such as may be brought about by repeated separation or sublimatory re-combination of mercury and sulfur, reducing cinnabar and re-forming mercuric sulfide” (Needham et al. 1983, 25).
The idea of reversion comes from the fact that cinnabar, basically ahydrothermal mineral found as rocks near volcanoes, sediments at hot
springs, and sand in coatings on rock surfaces, is a mercury sulfide (HgS)
that dissolves into its parts when heated, then reconstitutes itself back into
cinnabar—forming the core of the alchemical process (Eliade 1962, 116). In
addition, its life-giving, magical power—already activated in the paleolithic(Kohn 2017, 199)—has to do with its strong, brilliant red color commonly
called vermilion and covering the range from bright orange-red to a more
somber bluish tinge (Pregadio 2006a, 68). Chemically the powdered ore of
mercury, cinnabar was highly toxic and had to be carefully mined in a process that was difficult, expensive, and dangerous, but believed to lead to ahigher and subtler level of being (Mahdihassan 1986, 65).
The process usually consisted of more than a single reversion, though.
To cite the words of Nathan Sivin,
Cyclical transformation (zhuan / huan), the key process of Chinese alchemy,
is essentially repeated sublimation in a hermetically sealed vessel. If we begin

Stages and Processes / 83

enumeration with (1) preparation of the reactants in the first cycle, or pulverization and optional additional treatment of the previous product in later cycles, the subsequent steps in one complete cycle are: (2) charging into the reaction vessel; (3) closing, hermetical sealing, and preheating to dry the lute;(4) the sublimation itself, usually after a gradual raising of the temperature;(5) cooling and opening of the reaction vessel; and (6) collection of the sublimate. (1968, 148n3)

In internal practice, as Joseph Needham notes, “the phrase huandan
was applied by the physiological alchemists . . . to a qi or substance generated by techniques purposefully within the human body which would bringabout a reversion of the tissues from an aging to an infantile state” (1983,25). As such it appears, for example, in a chart showing the course of refining energy from and to the kidneys, moving up through the spine anddown through the five organs, leading to a renewal and rejuvenation of internal potency (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 140). However, in the Zhong-Lü
texts, huandan is a process rather than a resulting energy or substance andmeans “reverting to the elixir field.”
A definition appears in the Jindan wenda 金丹問答 (Questions andAnswers on the Golden Elixir) by Xiao Tingzhi 蕭廷芝 (fl. 1260), a recipient of the teachings of the Southern School and best known as author of
the Dadao zhentong 大道正統 (True Succession of the great Dao) (Boltz
1987, 219). He says: “A worthy man of the past said: ‘Dan 丹 means the elixir
field (dantian 丹田), fluid means the fluid of the lungs. Since the fluid of
the lungs reverts to the elixir field, it is called golden fluid reverting to theelixir [field]” (Fabrizio Pregadio, personal communcation).
In the Zhong-Lü texts, this reversion applies to a variety of practices:
Reversion to the elixir field comes in various forms: minor, major, seven-based,nine-based, golden fluid, or jade fluid. There is also reversion from the lower
to the upper elixir field, from the upper to the middle field, from the middle
to the lower field, from yang to yin, and from yin to yang. Not only are theydifferent in name but their timing is varied and their setting is not alike.
(Chuandao ji 13)

The process consists of the systematic movement of qi and fluid
through the various organs and reverting them to the elixir field, thereby
increasingly refining and transmuting the self. The process is much like theofficial circuit of the emperor and his entourage through his realm or thecourse of senior divinities inspecting the continents of the world. As the
Chuandao ji describes the relevant visualization, adepts are to envision “anofficer in vermilion robes climbing on his carriage and making a full circuit”

84 / Chapter Fourof the ten continents17 or “covering the five sacred mountains,” always beginning in the north and continuing steadily round after round, “obtaining
gold and jade on his way” (ch. 16; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 153).
Within this framework, then, minor reversion to the elixir field is thealignment of the five phases mentioned earlier, the systematic guiding of qi
through the five organs in both the generating and control cycles, always
directing the energy back to the lower field and strengthening its presence
there (ch. 13), matching the level of minor accomplishment. As Wang
Liping points out, the system works like a three-dimensional Taiji structurewith “connecting lines from the kidneys to the bladder, forming both sidesof yin and yang. After reaching the bladder, they rotate diagonally, connecting to the liver and the heart. The heart then connects to the stomach andmoves on to the lungs, where there is also a rotating diagonal line” (Wangand Bartosh 2019, 325). He also notes that the Complete Perfection founder
Wang Chongyang—in the wake of the Zhong-Lü texts—called this minor
reversion, leading to the merging of water and fire. More specifically, theprocess works by using external as well as internal and cosmic forces topush qi to circulate through the five organs (2019, 325).
The Lingbao bifa further calls this “reversion to the elixir field for assembling and supplementing;” it “serves to extend the years and increase
longevity, becoming what we call a human immortal.” Its tangible effects
include “the mouth generating sweet saliva, mental projections vanishing,emotions and desires ceasing, the bones being disease-free, spirit light
manifesting in the darkness, and the eyes flashing like lightning” (ch. 3).
Next, moving on to the medium stage, major reversion to the elixir
field involves the mating of dragon and tiger to form the yellow sprout aswell as the ongoing reduction and augmentation of lead and mercury to
produce the great medicine. In particular, it means the continued circulation of energy “into the upper field from the lower and again down into thelower field from the upper. As the qi rises in back and comes down in front[of the torso], the loop of circulation is fully established. This is called major reversion to the elixir field” (Chuandao ji 13; see Baldrian-Hussein 1984,
141).
Elixirs associated with the numbers seven and nine in operative alchemy indicate the number of recirculations of cinnabar and are accordingly called seven- or nine-times reverted or “cyclically transformed.”18 In the
Zhong-Lü texts, they similarly involve a certain number of cycles, but more

17 The ten continents are paradise realms or abodes of the immortals, complete with divine palaces, supernatural flora, and wondrous animals. For details, see
Smith 1990; Kirkova 2016, 181.
18 Needham et al. 1976, 141; Pregadio 1991; 2012a, 180; Spooner and Wang 1948.

Stages and Processes / 85

importantly are internal processes based on complex numerology and activated as part of attaining a major level of accomplishment.
Thus, yin matching even numbers, “it reaches its ultimate at eight andburgeons at two,” which means that in the course of the five organs, “thenumber two belongs to the heart and the number eight to the liver.” Similarly, yang as it connects to odd numbers “is exhausted at nine and burgeons at one,” so that “the number one belongs to the kidneys and thenumber nine to the lungs” (ch. 13)
Daoist adepts begin by mating dragon and tiger, then assemble the qi of rightful yang in the heart. This qi matches the number seven of the heart. It revolves seven times to the middle field, then enters the lower field to nurturethe immortal embryo. From here, it circulates back to the heart. For this reason, this process is called seven-based reversion to the elixir field. (ch. 13)

Along the same lines, as soon as yin has dissolved at the positions
marked by the numbers two and eight, “yang can grow at nine and three”
and comes to circulate “nine times to the lungs to support the heart,” indicating the process of nine-based reversion. In both cases, the refined energy is stored increasingly in the middle elixir field.

Golden and Jade Fluids
A yet different variant of reversion to the elixir field involves the golden andjade fluids. As pointed out earlier, gold and jade—commonly used in funerary rituals and longevity practice to preserve the body (Eliade 1962,114)—are the most precious among metals and minerals, the equivalent of
the sun and the moon in that they represent the most intense potency of
yin and yang.19 They move in a rhythmic circuit around heaven and earth,matching internal patterns. As the Lingbao bifa notes,
The qi of gold and jade entering deep into the earth and transforming into
sweet dew, fresh springs, grasses, and trees is just like reversion of jade fluid tothe elixir field. The qi of gold and jade coagulating in the void and becoming
fortunate qi and auspicious vapor is just like qi refining physical form and material reality. (ch. 6)

In external alchemy, golden fluid (jinye 金液) is a liquid elixir (Mahdihassan 1957, 89; Pregadio 2012a, 167). As described in Ge Hong’s Baopuzi(ch. 4), “potable gold” is concocted through a process of aurification by
19

This thinking is quite similar to in Western alchemy. “Silver grown under
the influence of the moon; the ore of gold grows under the influence of the sun. The
birth of copper is explained by the influence of the planet Venus, that of iron by the
influence of Mars, and that of lead by the influence of Saturn” (Eliade 1962, 49).

86 / Chapter Four

placing various substances, such as gold, realgar, leonite, iron alum, saltpeter, as well as lead and mercury, into a reaction vessel and heating themsystematically over several months until they liquefy (Ware 1966, 89;
Needham et al. 1976, 88-89). The concoction is easier than that of mostother elixirs, but its efficacy is about the same (1976, 82-83; Sivin 1968, 41;
see also Eliade 1962, 110).
In internal practice, golden fluid is associated with the lungs, gold
being a primary metal, and thought to hold the core powers of lead andmercury. As the Chuandao ji notes, “It forms the womb that contains thedragon and tiger and protects their transmutation once it has been sent to
the yellow court” (ch. 13). Th work here involves the rotation of kidney qi tothe heart and thus into the lungs (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 139, 147, 153). The
Lingbao bifa specifies,
What we call golden fluid is kidney qi ascending and fusing with heart qi,
then steaming into the lungs. The lungs are the Flowery Canopy. From here,
condense the two qi downward and thus obtain lung fluid, which you thenstore in the lower field.
When you move it up from the Tail Gate, we speak of quickening the gold
crystal and guiding it to the brain, there to supplement the Niwan palace.
When you again move it down and guide it back to the lower field, we speakof reverting golden fluid to the elixir field.
Repeatedly reverting it to the lower field and moving it up again, it comesto pervade and fill all four limbs, continuously going up and down. We callthis refining the physical form through golden fluid: it matches the theory of
how gold is generated in soil. (ch. 7)

Jade fluid (yuye 玉液), on the other hand, is a traditional term forsaliva, matching other “jade” terms, such as jade juice (yujiang 玉漿) andjade spring (yuquan 玉泉), both indicating pure levels of saliva, as well as
jade pond (yuchi 玉池) for the mouth (Needham et al. 1983, 150; Pregadio
2006a, 208). Its assembly and systematic swallowing are associated withextensive longevity: “One will live no less than three hundred years without
taking any medications” (Baopuzi 13; Ware 1966, 223; Needham et al. 1983,
191).
In internal alchemy, the Lingbao bifa, matching this as well as earlier
works (Maspero 1981, 378), describes jade fluid in terms of the collection
and swallowing of saliva through systematic breathing (Baldrian-Hussein
1984, 139). The practice is to be undertaken in a remote and secure place,free from the impact of ordinary people. First, adepts burn incense and sit
in meditation, letting go of all thoughts while allowing internal fire to rise.
At Gen [3 am], quicken the gold crystal and guide it to the top of the head,then briefly lift the head and stretch the neck, to feel the qi flow through theStages and Processes / 87

throat like fire. See it in front of your head, then lower the head and bend theneck, curl the tongue back to press against the upper palate.
You should have clear and pure water in your mouth, tasting like sweet
incense. Above it pushes into the gate of the head; below it flows through thehundred arteries. Naturally in your nose you smell a kind of perfect incenseand on your tongue you taste a wondrous flavor.
Swallow without rinsing and move it back to the yellow court: this is what
we call reverting jade fluid to the elixir field. (ch. 6)

Beyond these, related methods also involve moving qi from yin toyang and vice versa to isolate the water of cosmic oneness and the qi ofrightful yang. In addition, adepts transfer qi from the lower to the upper
field, then drip it into the middle field, stoke the fire, and circulate it backto the lower field. They reverse the course of the five phases and engage thethree fields in mutual exchange. This is how “they refine the physical form
into qi and refine qi into spirit,” allowing the latter “to exit through the celestial gate to leave behind the ordinary bodily shell, enter the line of sages,
and attain a rank among the immortals” (ch. 13).

Chapter Five
Key Practices
As part of the three stages and various major processes, adepts work with acertain number of key practices that allow them to enhance personal healthand effect cultivation refinement. They can be divided into five groups,
working with breath, body, qi, mind, and universe. Breathing exercises areprimarily embryo respiration, a subtle way of drawing in energy from theuniverse that moves beyond the normal respiratory organs. Physical practices involve specific body movements, bends and stretches, contractions
and releases, notably pulling the elbows back while pushing the head forward to put pressure on certain points of the spine to move vital energy upward.
The same upward move is also attained through concentrated qiguiding, which in this context comes in the two highly technical methodsof the river carriage in its various modifications and a technique describedas “full saturation” and linked with the 63rd hexagram of the Yijing. Mental
practice here means visualization and inner observation. Visualization involves the intentional imagination of specific images and scenes to facilitate various internal activities, such as the mating of dragon and tiger. Inner
Observation, unlike in most medieval works, is a more formless, nonaction-based internal awareness that allows the alchemical process to unfold
on its own.
All this culminates in specific practices of transcendence and liberation, which sees the energy of the five organs recover their primary natureand the three yang powers assemble at the top of the head. From here,
adepts release the immortal embryo into the universe and attain ascension
to the heavens of the immortals.

Breath Practice
The primary form of breath practice in the Zhong-Lü system is embryo respiration (taixi 胎息), a subtle form of breathing which leads to a state
where, “instead of being supported by a mother’s body, adepts are nourished in the womb of the universe. . . . Primordial union has been reestablished, and the practitioner partakes of the unlimited supply of original,
primordial, ever-circulating qi” (Jackowicz 2006, 82-83; Kohn 2012, 78).
As a practice, it is mentioned first in Ge Hong’s Baopuzi, which emphasizes that the proper circulation of qi through the breath eliminates thehundred diseases and makes people immune to fire and water, hunger and88

Key Practices / 89thirst. “The most important thing is simply to breathe like an embryo. He
who can do this will inhale and exhale as if still in the womb, without using
nose or mouth” (ch. 8; Ware 1966, 139; Needham et al. 1983, 143).1
In the context of Highest Clarity, embryo respiration is described in
the Shenxian shiqi jin’gui miaolu 神仙食氣金櫃妙錄 (Wondrous Record of
the Golden Casket on the Spirit Immortals’ Practice of Eating Qi, DZ 836;
trl. Kohn 2012, 79-94), allegedly by Master Jingli 京里 or Jinghei 京黑 ofthe 4th century (Kohn 2012, 74). It says, “To practice embryo respiration, you
no longer use the mouth and nose, but learn to breathe like the embryo in
the womb, thereby to attain Dao” (8a; Kohn 2012, 85). The Han Wudi
waizhuan 漢武帝外傳 (Outer Record of the Han Emperor Wu, DZ 293) of
the 5th century specifies related techniques and speaks of it in terms ofholding the breath and swallowing saliva to create internal ways of nourishment (Kohn 2008b, 129).
A number of works on breathing in the Tang dynasty mention it (for alist, see Despeux in Pregadio 2008, 953-54). Among then, the Taixi koujue
胎息口訣 (Oral Instructions on Embryo Respiration), contained in the early-Song encyclopedia Yunji qiqian 雲笈七籤 (Seven Tablets in a Satchel of
the Clouds, ch. 58), provides a definition:
As long as the embryo is in the womb of the mother, its mouth is filled with akind of mud, and respiration does not penetrate here. It is through throughthe navel that it receives qi and nourishment for its physical form. Thus it arrives at its completion and we know that the navel is the gate of destiny. (58.
12a; Needham et al. 1983, 145)

Cultivation of Dao, it goes on, means to learn how to “breathe like the embryo in the mother’s womb,” thereby to “revert to the origin and regenerate
primary vitality” (1983, 146).
In terms of practice, the Taishang yangsheng taixi qi jing 太上養生胎息
氣經 (Highest Scripture on Nourishing Life Through Embryo Respiration
and Qi, DZ 819) prescribes that the practice should be undertaken at midnight by breathing slowly and subtly, holding the breath, as well as gathering saliva (Kohn 2008b, 85). “Contract your nose and make the qi return,going up to the head and sinking down inside the mouth. There it cantransform into jade spring [refined saliva]. From here, pull the qi to the rootof the tongue, swallow, and send it off . . . to guide it into the elixir field”(3b-4a; Jackowicz 2006, 85).

1 See also Baldrian-Hussein 1990, 180; Engelhardt 2000, 77; Eskildsen 1998;
2007, 34, 46; Mozias 2020, 187-90; Pregadio and Skar 2000, 468.

90 / Chapter FiveThe Huanzhen xiansheng fu neiqi juefa 幻真先生服內氣訣法 (Master
Huanzhen’s Method Instructions on How to Absorb Internal Qi, DZ 828; trl.
Kohn 2012, 234-50) of the late Tang places embryo respiration in its lastsection and says:
First click the teeth thirty-six times. Turn the head to right and left. Stretch
the neck forward like a turtle. Then to begin embryo respiration, fill the throatand swallow the qi. Repeat three times.
Keep the mouth closed, let the tongue move about inside and out, rubbing
the gums to produce saliva. Let it fill the mouth and mentally flow it upward
to the center of the head, then swallow it. This supplements the Niwan palace
above. The Niwan is the center of the head. Below it, the qi moistens the fiveorgans. As Laozi said: “Sweet rain moistens the myriad beings.” In the sameway, embryo fluid moistens the five organs. (13a]The Zhong-Lü texts similarly place the practice in the early morning
hours and describe it as beginning with clicking the teeth, calming themind, and centering the spirit (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 75, 171). In the earlystages associated with “inhaling much and exhaling little” (Chuandao ji 16),
thereby to accumulate qi in the body, its full practice should be undertaken“only after the immortal embryo is present, when perfect qi is generated.
Once perfect qi is generated, one naturally activates embryo respiration.
Through this one can refine qi, and by refining turn it into spirit” (ch. 15)
Another dimension, also mentioned in the Taixi qijing involves using
internal breath to guide qi into the organs in accordance with the productive sequence of the five phases, “each breath dispersing or cooling the qi inthe preceding organ and tonifying or heating it in the following” (5b-7b;
Despeux 2006, 55; Kohn 2012, 75). The Zhong-Lü texts pick up on this, outlining a system of breathing through the five organs in conjunction withthe correct timing of month and day (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 167-69).
In internal alchemy today, embryo respiration is described in terms of“breathing through the pores of the entire body, having them imitate thebreathing inside the mother’s womb” (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 121). This is
a way of opening and closing the pores to absorb cosmic energy while allowing natural breathing to become slower and subtler, working with theorgans and matching the appropriate times of day.
Count the frequency of the heartbeat while inhaling, for example, eight times;
then again, when you exhale, the heart should also beat eight times. Keep on
counting and make sure they are both synchronized. Once there is synchronization, you can feel the pores open and close simultaneously, totally matching
the rhythm of the heart. This cultivation method is required according to the
Lingbao bifa. (2019, 70)

Key Practices / 91

Energy Activation
The most basic method to activate internal energy is contracting the yangbarrier (le yangguan 勒陽關), defined as “tightening the abdomen” (Bifa 4)
and used throughout the process. “Always on inhalation slightly lift up theanus and contract the front genitals and lower abdomen, so the qi keeps on
rising into the lower field” (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 207). Not unlike thethree locks in yoga—at the perineum, abdomen, and throat—the yang barrier represents the power to close off the body and prevent leakage of energy. It can be tightened or released as needed. The Lingbao bifa says,
To assemble [the medicine] at this time [of Qian], one must guard spirit consciousness deep within, keep the breath flowing smoothly through the nostrils, and hold the belly and abdomen gently contracted. Should the navel andkidney area feel too hot, gently release and ease the contraction; if they are notwarm at all, increase it. Let them gradually get hot, then keep them steady, relax the intention and release the will until they fill both Qian and Kun. This iscalled contracting the yang barrier to refine the cinnabar medicine. (ch. 4; seealso Chuandao ji 7)

Another key practice to get the internal energy moving also involves
bends and stretches along the lines of healing exercises. It is called pullingback the elbows, literally “elbows behind” or “behind the elbows” (chouhou
肘後), a term that in early medieval literature means “close at hand” and isapplied to precious books or manuals (Pregadio in Pregadio 2008, 443, 945).
In internal alchemy, it designates a particular method of moving qi, described in some detail in the Lingbao bifa. Ideally working in the earlymorning hours, right before “kidney qi fuses with liver qi,” adepts begin byentering the quiet chamber, loosening their clothing, making their hands
into fists, and sitting cross-legged. The text then instructs,
Mentally push down into the liver area of your abdomen, thereby forcing theqi to ascend through the body. Then push the chest forward and slightly bend
the head back to close off the Double Barrier at the Narrow Strait near theneck.
Next, pull the elbows back once or twice like leaves of a door, stretch fromthe waist, and feel a hot rush like fire ascending from the Tail Gate, rising up
from the waist [through the spine] and pressing against the Narrow Strait.
Be careful not to break through the barrier, but at this moment use the extremely hot qi to gradually, little by little, open the Narrow Strait, letting the qi
flow past it.
Next, lift up your face and create tension at the back of your skull to close
the upper barrier [Jade Pillow]. Be careful not to break through it, but beaware of the extremely hot qi as it gradually, little by little, pushes it open andflows into the head, there to supplement the Niwan and the ocean of marrow92 / Chapter Five[in the brain]. This will make the body resistant to cold and heat; it is thefoundation of long life.2 (ch. 5)

From here, adepts again push the chest forward and stretch from thewaist to put pressure on the midpoint of the spine at the Narrow Strait.
They “bend and stretch a few times” until “no more fire rises from thewaist.” After this, they sit in quiet meditation, gently observing the internal
processes unfold naturally.
The method serves to reduce lead and increase mercury, and is commonly described in terms of quickening, literally “flying,” the gold crystal(fei jinjing 飛金晶), a primary form of the golden fluid (Wang and Bartosh2019, 267). It is closely related to reversion to the elixir field in that adepts
release the refined energy to flow down along the front of the body andgather it in the lower elixir field, thus establishing a full circuit (BaldrianHussein 1984, 113, 136). As the Lingbao bifa notes,
Pull the elbows back, pull golden fluid up, and guide it to the brain, then let it
descend again from there to the lower field: this is called reversion to the elixir
field. Next move it up again along the front and let it flow widely to fill the four
limbs, moving from bottom to top: this is called refining the physical form. (ch.
7; Chuandao ji 12)

Thus matches, as the Chuandao ji notes, the practice of “reverting essence to nourish the brain” (huanjing bunao 還精補腦; ch. 11), originally amethod in sexual cultivation or the bedchamber arts (fangzhong shu 房中術). Based on the theory that both brain and semen were expressions ofvital essence and that one could supplement and support the other, it involved the prevention of ejaculation during intercourse by either holding
the penis or pressing the perineum with the index and middle fingers of theleft hand, while grinding the teeth and mentally pushing the aroused energy up along the spine and into the brain.3 Already mentioned in the Han, it
appears in Ge Hong’s Baopuzi as a key way to enhance vigor and attain extended longevity (chs. 5, 6; Ware 1966, 103, 122).
In internal alchemy, it lost its primary sexual connotation and becamea solo practice (Pregadio and Skar 2000, 469). Here it means “making the qi
spiral up the spine and down the chest, blending the fire and water of the
2 A similar outline also appears in the Complete Perfection manual Dadan
zhizhi (1.12ab). See Eskildsen 2004, 84-85; Komjathy 2014a, 137.
3 Despeux in Pregadio 2008, 524-25. See also Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 109;
Engelhardt 2000, 99; Goldin 2006; Harper 1998; Hudson 2008, 418-24; Kohn 2008b,
10; Maspero 1981, 522-29; Mozias 2020, 9-10; Needham et al. 1983, 197-201; Van Gulik
1950, chs. 6-7; Wile 1992, 46-50.

Key Practices / 93

body, and eventually causing the spirit to crystallize in the lower elixir field”(Winn 2006, 167). Its modern equivalent, the microcosmic orbit, utilizes
the Governing and Conception Vessels for the same purpose, creating “atransitional pathway for qi-flow between external and internal sexual alchemy, between cultivating post-natal and pre-natal qi” (2006, 168; 2009,
196; see also Komjathy 2009; Chia 1983).
In some variants, the practice also required external pressure in addition to the contraction of the abdomen. Thus, the Lingbao bifa, as part of
the work with primordial qi prescribes that adepts “deeply inhale and pullon the external kidneys [testicles],” thereby “shifting the qi from the bladder into the kidneys” and warming the lower elixir field (ch. 2). Matching
this, Wang Liping recommends sitting on a rolled-up towel to put pressure
on the perineum.
To activate the heavenly circuit, the leakage of the Magpie Bridge in themouth should be sealed [by pressing the tongue against the upper palate] asmuch as that of its lower counterpart in the rear genital area, also called Magpie Bridge. This is best done by sitting tightly on the perineum and mentallysealing the three genital orifices. (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 35)
Contract the lower field until you start to feel something in the front genitalarea, some sort of movement. Start to inhale, lift up the anus, contract thefront genitals, and focus the qi in the lower abdomen. The purpose of doing
all this at the same time is to seal the three lower yin orifices, which allows thelower field to become fuller. Think of a way to let the breath seal the lower
three yin orifices, and you will no longer need a towel. (2019, 245)

The River Carriage
Quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows closely connects to,and in some passages (e. g., Chuandao ji 11) is identical with, a dynamic process known as the river carriage (heche 河車) (Neswald 2009, 41-42; Mozias
2020, 193-95). The term appears first in the Cantong qi in the context ofwater being the core axis of Dao. Here the river carriage is the symbol of thenorth, representing lead (Pregadio 2011a, 78). In internal alchemy, it appears as the flow of the primary energy of the kidneys, associated with thenorth and with water, through the organs and elixir fields (Needham et al.
1983, 225). The Chuandao ji says, “The river carriage arises in the rightful
water of the northern direction. The kidneys contain perfect qi: the rightful
qi generated from this is called the river carriage” (ch. 12).
It further explains the term by noting that “’carriage’ indicates the ideaof transportation, while ‘river’ expresses the perceptible manifestation ofmuch yin” and insists that it never stops moving through all the different
reservoirs, peaks, and palaces of the body.

94 / Chapter Five

Up and down, forward and back, it carries loads in the eight jasper [pools] anddrives with speed through the four oceans. Ascending toward heaven, it enters
Kunlun [head] above; fully saturated there, it rushes to the phoenix towers[kidneys] below. Carrying primordial yang, it goes directly into the Li palace;transporting perfect qi, it meanders back to the office of long life. Coming andgoing throughout the nine provinces, it never stops even for an instant; moving all around the three peaks, it never halts for a moment. (ch. 12)4The carriage here is a real yet cosmic conveyance, “an object thatmatches the image of heaven and earth in its cover and chassis while its
rotating wheels are like the sun and the moon” (ch. 12). It is depicted assuch in the Neijing tu (see below), with a boy and a girl working a wheeled
device near the bottom of the spine (Komjathy 2009, 70-71). The caption
calls it “the mysterious yin-yang treadmill.” The poem reads,
Repeatedly, constantly, it is peddled in cycles;
When the mechanism revolves, the water flows east.
The water, ten-thousand fathoms deep, is clear to the very bottom;
A sweet spring bubbles up, rising to the summit of Southern Mountain.

Louis Komjathy (2009, 70), as well as Eva Wong (2000, 95), translateheche as “waterwheel.” Moving away from the image of the chariot, central
to the Daoist vision, this is yet technically correct, since the device is indeed
a “water-raising machine” (Needham et al. 1983, 60) and the word che isThis echoes the description of the water carriage (shuiche 水車) by theConfucian thinker Zhu Xi 朱熹 (1130-1200) as “a machine in ceaseless revolution fordays, months, and years, endlessly turning and revolving” (Needham et al. 1965,359), linking it to the fundamental functioning of the cosmos.
4Key Practices / 95

often used to mean “wheel” or “machine” rather than carriage, as for example in fanche 翻車, the “square-pellet chain-pump” (1983, 225; 1965, 339).
The waterwheel, also called by its Arabic name noria, was probably
invented in India (1965, 361; Habib 2000). 5 A “peripheral pot wheel,” it appears in China in the Han dynasty, consisting of one or several doublerimmed wheels, “with buckets, pots, or bamboo tubes attached to the circumference, collecting water at the bottom and discharging it at the top”
(Needham et al. 1965, 356). The wheels, moreover, are suspended from aframework, with their lower ends in the river. Often covered by a platform,
they are powered either by the current or, more commonly, by animal or
human force, as shown in the illustration below (Yannopoulos et al. 2015,
5037, based on Landels 1981, 238).

The waterwheel played an important role in Chinese agriculture andengineering, and served as the forerunner of the Chinese steam engine,
described by Wang Chen of the 14th century:
A place beside a rushing torrent is selected, and a vertical shaft is set up in aframework with two horizontal wheels, so that the lower one is rotated by theforce of the water. The upper one is connected by a driving-belt to a smaller
wheel in front of it, which bear an eccentric lug. Then all as one, following theturning of the driving-wheel, the connecting-rod attached to the eccentric lug
pushes and pulls both the rocking roller and levers to its left and right, which5

It is the successor of the stone-age shaduf, a horizontal pole on an axis that
seesaws back and forth to lift up water (Yannopoulos et al. 2015, 5034), mentioned
in the Zhuangzi as a “well sweep” (ch. 12; Watson 1968, 134).

96 / Chapter Fiveassure the transmission of the motion to the piston-rod. Thus this is pushed
back and forth, operating the furnace bellows. (Temple 1986, 65)

This device was used “to provide fully automated continuous airblasts formetallurgical operations,” just as the waterwheel enabled the ongoing flowof water from the river into the fields and the river carriage provided theraw power of the never-ceasing circulation of qi throughout the body.
This, as the Chuandao ji points out, happens in three major modes,
matching the three levels of accomplishment. The most basic or minor
mode is “reversing the flow of the five phases” in preparation for the “mating of dragon and tiger to transform into the yellow sprout.” The second,
major mode, is “quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows andreverting it into the Niwan,” thereby to “reduce lead and augment mercury
and produce the great medicine.” The third, called the “purple” mode, involves “transporting the spirit to enter the physical organism. Thus, one
merges with time and flows along; transforming into a sage and leaving theordinary behind, one become a feathered guest” (ch. 12).
Beyond all this, the river carriage works in ordinary people, albeit not
as focused or intentionally. Here, it can be in the “broken mode,” the emotions rampant, the mind scattered, the body exhausted; in the “messenger
mode,” the intention moving through the body to combat illness and disease; or in the “thunder mode,” a state of mental stillness with “yin andyang fully fused, water and fire in the same place,” a state and practice also
known as full saturation (Chuandao ji 12).

Full Saturation“Full saturation” literally means “already complete” (jiji 既濟). This is thename of the next-to-last hexagram of the Yijing (no. 63), which consists ofthe two trigrams Kan and Li, i. e., water over fire (Wilhelm 1950, 244; Sung
1971, 268). A development of tai 泰, “peace” (no. 11)—earth over water (Bertrand 2019, 154)—it stands in contrast to weiji 未濟, “not yet complete,” thelast hexagram (no. 64), which consists of fire over water.
That is to say, in the system of the Yijing, the last hexagram signals thetransition to the next cycle of cosmic and personal unfolding, and it accordingly ends on a note of balance but not stability (Wang 2012, 68). Fire overwater, as the text has it, is “the image of the condition before transition.”
Richard Wilhelm comments, “When fire, which by nature flames upward,
is above, and water, which flows downward, is below, their effects take opposite directions and remain unrelated” (1950, 249). In “already complete,”on the other hand, the image suggested is a kettle of water hanging over afire, so that “the two elements stand in relation and thus generate energy.”

Key Practices / 97

The hexagram signals that the transition from confusion to order is complete and perfect equilibrium has been attained (1950, 244-45).
In internal alchemy, the term has two usages. Most simply, it indicatesthe completion of a certain aspect of practice. For example, as qi circulates,“ascending toward heaven, it enters Kunlun [in the head] above; fully saturated [jiji] there, it rushes to the phoenix towers [kidneys] below” (Chuandao ji 12). On a more complex level, the term refers to a meditation practiceof filling the mouth with saliva, the body with qi, and the mind with harmony (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 87). It means relaxing into the natural flow
and attaining fullness of energy, signaling the attainment of smooth reversion to the elixir field.
Saturation means opening to the internal equilibrium of water andfire, which “serves to extend the years and increase longevity, becoming
what we call a human immortal” (Bifa 3; Chuandao ji 14). It allows adepts to“recognize whether the inner scenery is perfect or fleeting while sitting in
oblivion” (Bifa pref.) and is aided by various visualizations:See clouds and thunder descend while smoke and flames ascend. See variegated flowers raining from heaven or a fresh breeze and auspicious qi ascendfrom the palace chambers. Maybe imagine immortal ladies and jade maidens
riding multicolored phoenixes and fine steeds, arriving from the clear empyrean. See them offer a golden dish filled with jade dew and frosty liquor to the
kingly personage below. This is how to use visualization to revert golden fluid
to the elixir field as well as to attain full saturation. (Chuandao ji 16)

The Lingbao bifa further links the practice of full saturation with themethod of “incinerating the body” (fenshen 焚⾝). A technical, energy-based way of getting rid of the last remnants of socially constructed identityand emotional complexes, it also serves to eliminate the three deathbringers (sanshi 三尸)—supernatural parasites that make people sick and cause
them to die so they can feast on their corpse (see Kohn 2015a). It goes backto the practice of guiding internal heat to specific areas in the body to eliminate diseases or demonic influences (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 160).
It begins by sitting in meditation, then closing the eyes and visualizing a wheel of fire in the lower elixir field, then moving it throughout thetorso by “letting the qi rise both front and back at the same time” (1984, 161).
Heat Qian [the back] before noon by quickening the gold crystal; heat Kun[the front] after noon by contracting the yang barrier. To heat Qian, movefrom bottom to top, guiding the qi up both in front and back. Do this forthree or five days in winter and summer, then practice the methods of full saturation. Make sure not to overdo, but let the golden elixir be rich and glossy,
then swallow the fire used to incinerate the body. (Bifa 7, 9; Chuandao ji 7)

98 / Chapter Five

From here, adepts imagine that they “roam throughout heaven andearth, seeing the entire space filled with raging flames. Eventually the fireends and all becomes clear and cool, and you realize there are no longer any
beings” (Bifa 9). The body, moreover, is envisioned as an embattled country
that needs to be transformed back into the peaceful land of the pure physical form. As the Chuandao ji says,
To be victorious in war, one must have a strong military. To keep the people atpeace, one must have a prosperous country. The military here is the primordial qi. Troops on the inside dissolve the yin of the material form; troops on theoutside capture the qi of heaven and earth.
The country here is the body. If the body matches the perceptible image,its resources are sufficient and it always has a surplus; if it is free from the[constraints of the] physical form, it is firm and stable and never suffers lack.
The myriad gates always open, there is not even one mishap of loss; noteven one horse [untamed thought] roaming wildly, there are many, manygains. Moving in front or along the back, primordial qi constantly refines material reality and incinerates the body; flowing above or below, it always nurtures yang and dissolves yin. (ch. 14)

Visualization
Images and imaginary scenes such as these are part of visualization (cunxiang 存想), a meditation practice that pervades all forms of Daoism,6 andis practiced in a quiet chamber or oratory (jingshi 靜室; see Yoshikawa 1987)
with no distractions. As the Lingbao bifa says,
To begin, select an auspicious spot and set up a quiet chamber, then kneel andbow and burn incense. Sit cross-legged with a straight back, loosen your hairand clothing, make your hands into fists, and focus on the spirit as you calm
your mind and close your eyes. (ch. 9)

Once concentrated and at peace, adepts move on to engage in the active, intentional use of imagery to transform mind and emotions. As in visualization practice elsewhere, they work variously: with colors or colored
energies imagined to pervade parts of the body; with static objects, such asa vase, a diagram, a landscape, or the statue of a deity; or with an entire sequence of activities and events, almost in movie fashion, either for detached viewing or active engagement. Since the brain does not distinguishoutside stimuli from imagined ones, visualization is a powerful tool for ac-

6 See Eskildsen 2015; Huang 2012, ch.1; Kirkova 2016, 223; Pregadio 2006b;
Robinet 1989b; 1993.

Key Practices / 99

cessing the subconscious mind to retrain brain mechanisms and transform
emotional reactions.7
Images (xiang 象), moreover, are a primary way of communicatingwith the right hemisphere of the brain, the internal function that opens
human beings to the cosmic flow.8 Thus, when Harvard University brain
anatomist Jill Bolte Taylor suffered a hemorrhage in her left hemisphere in
1996 and lost its function, she found that “all concepts of time and space
evaporated, leaving me instead feeling open-ended, enormous, and expansive” (2009, 68; Kohn 2016, 207-08). Thinking in images and resting in the
eternal now, her entire self-concept shifted toward fluidity and energeticpresence. She says,
My left hemisphere had been trained to perceive myself as a solid, separate
from others. Now, released from that restrictive circuitry, my right hemisphere relished in its attachment to the eternal flow. I was no longer isolated
and alone. My soul was as big as the universe and frolicked with glee in aboundless sea. (Taylor 2009, 69)

Daoists utilize images and visualization to open toward this fluid andflowing state. As the Chuandao ji says, masters of old noticed that:
The mind was like a monkey and the intention like a wild horse—never staying or stopping. They worried that people would get enticed by things andlose their will to practice, so they set up images in nothingness to prevent
people’s ears form hearing, their eyes from seeing, their mind from going crazy, and their intention from getting distracted. (ch. 16)

Images in this context are more than mere pictures or representations.
Part of the greater cosmos, they are perceptible manifestations (BaldrianHussein 1984, 225) of fundamental truth and subliminal universal patterns,
that is, what Susan Huang discusses in terms of the “true form” (zhenxing
真形; 2012, 8). Midway between formlessness and forms, they represent anintermediary world, fluctuating between the primordial and the created,
between the inner and the outer realms (Huang 2012, 9; Robinet 1989b, 160;
2011, 26). “Visible, but lying outside the material world, images place themselves between the formless principle and the material entities”(2011, 28), occupying “a third space” between “psychological reality andouter factuality” (Robinet 1989b, 160).

7

Kohn 2008c, 128; 2016, 152. For more on visualization and the brain, seeBegley 2007, 9, 151-52; Ratey 2002, 147; Samuels and Samuels 1975, 56-63.
8 Kohn 2016, 84; Bygott 2014, 31; Mathers 2014, 65; Steavu 2019, 62; Zheng
2010, 46, 50.

100 / Chapter Five

Cosmologically, images are part of the abstract structure underlying
nature and the universe. According to the Lingbao bifa, when Dao first divided, numbers emerged; when it unfolded, images arose; when it separated into different realms, domains settled; and when it dispersed, material
reality came about (ch. 8). Part of the primary function of life, images areneither logical nor linear; they are subtler and more expressive than language, names, or forms.
As the Xici says, the sage ruler Fuxi “established images to express
his thought, which cannot be entirely expressed in words” (Robinet 2011,28). Words convey a rough idea, images give it imaginary shape, thoughtgrasps it, and eventually it is made real and becomes present (cun 存). The
potent structures at the root of creation become real to adepts through visualization practice, as they utilize images to bridge the gap “between theunspeakable message of intuition, the inexpressible vision of totality, andthe deficiency of discourse” (2011, 29).
The earliest documented visualization involved bringing colors andthus cosmic qi into the five organs. It is described in the Taiping jingshengjun bizhi 太平經聖君秘旨 (Secret Instructions of the Holy Lord on the
Scripture of Great Peace, DZ 1102), a short redaction of meditation methodsof the Taiping jing 太平經 (Scripture of Great Peace; trl. Hendrischke 2006),
the first revealed Daoist scripture known from the literature (Kohn 1989a,
130; 2016, 155). A second dimension appears in the understanding that thevarious organs and energy centers of the body are the home of divinities,
commonly known as body gods, documented in the Baopuzi as well as in
the meditation manuals Huangting jing and Laozi zhongjing.
While the gods here tend to be static and the emphasis is on keeping
them stable within the body, in the Highest Clarity tradition, starting in the
mid-4th century, visualization expands to include dynamic movement.
Practitioners, like shamans of old, travel ecstatically around the far reachesof the earth and rise up into the heavens of the immortals while colored
energies and deities arrive on clouds and enter the adept’s body through themouth to nurture the organs (Robinet 1989b; 1993; see also Eskildsen 2007,31). For example, the Dadong zhenjing 大洞真經 (Perfect Scripture of Great
Pervasion, DZ 6) says,
Think of a five-colored purple cloud entering your body through the Niwan
palace. Inhale it with your breath and swallow it with your saliva twelve times,
then allow it coalesce into the body of a divinity. Surrounded by a vaporousring and a luminous wheel of five colors, radiating purple and white, the divinity rests in the light. He spreads downward throughout your entire body,
distributing his qi all the way to the nine orifices and assembling it at the tipof your tongue. (6.13b-14a; Pregadio 2006a, 211-12)

Key Practices / 101

Along the same lines, the Zhong-Lü texts present a number of images
and visualizations to facilitate the activation of internal processes, working
with objects, animals, colors, deities, and more. However, they are not theultimate, which is the attainment of emptiness and oneness. As the Chuandao ji has it, “Abandoning all thoughts and being free from imaginations isa state of perfect cognition: perfect cognition signals perfect emptiness” (ch.
16). Once the alchemical processes are fully functioning, then, adepts
should stop working with visualization and switch to inner observation.

Inner Observation
Inner observation (neiguan 內觀) in the Zhong-Lü texts is an advanced
method of meditation, a way of “exchanging yin and yang to be undertaken
when one is ready to change from an ordinary to immortal being” (Chuandao ji 16; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 178; Zheng 2010, 52). Unlike in other alchemical techniques, “there are no fixed hours or seasons, no particularmethods or rules.” Sitting “in a remote and quite chamber, day and night
upright with hands folded,” adepts let go of all structure, intention, andactivity, instead allowing the natural processes to reach their fullness while
increasingly “coming to recognize yang spirit and chase out all yin ghosts”(Chuandao ji 16). The Lingbao bifa says,
Carefully select a hidden dwelling, so you can properly practice inner observation. First complete three bows, then keep your body stable, not letting it rise
too high. Sit up straight, neither bending nor stretching. Close your eyes andcalm your mind. Once you reach ultimate stillness and move to the prime, yourself and body feel as if up in the air, spirit and qi floating about, hard to containor control.
Silently continue with inner observation, and there will be bright light instead of darkness. You see mountains and rivers glorious and beautiful, towers
and pavilions so very fine. Purple qi and red radiance divide and spread all
around. Auspicious phoenixes and colorful peacocks, their voices clear as reeds,a marvelous landscape rich and luxurious. One can say it is the perfect place
within a gourd, a new world within a grotto heaven.
As you follow it along, you are present naturally: in deep inner darkness nolonger aware that there are things tied to the world of dust. In moments of perfect void, your qi keeps on transforming spontaneously, and there is no moreneed for methods relying on specific timing. (ch. 10)

In other words, inner observation consists of stabilizing the body andfocusing the mind in complete stillness, then letting the internal processes
take over, leading to the arising of an inner light and the experience of ecstatic visions of otherworldly regions.
In this usage, the texts differ from medieval works where inner observation refers to the active, conscious introspection of body and mind in102 / Chapter Fivefavor of a more Dao-based perception, akin to—and historically connected
to—Buddhist sources of the Tiantai 天台 school that use guan 觀 to translate vipasyanā, insight meditation, and connect it with zhi 止, samatha orcessation (Kohn 1989b, 195-96; 2010b, 40).
Insight meditation or mindfulness in general involves an openness toall sorts of sensory stimuli and encourages a sense of free-flowing awareness with detached observation. It usually begins with the recognition ofphysical sensations and subtle events in the body and means paying attention to reactions occurring to outside stimuli, recognizing but not evaluating them. Often associated with notions of deeper understanding or wisdom, it encourages the appreciation of life as flow and lets practitioners see
body and self as unstable, ever-changing energetic entities (Kohn 2010b, 4).
The locus classicus for its adaptation in medieval Daoism is the
Neiguan jing 內觀經 (Scripture of Inner Observation, DZ 641; trl. Kohn
1989b, 203-22; 2010b, 179-87). Dated to the late 7th century, it is revealed by
Lord Lao and outlines various ways of observing the internal workings ofbody and mind, adding detailed definitions of mental aspects. It first presents the various spiritual forces that assemble in the course of pregnancy
to form the human organism, then describes major body gods in the different parts and psychological forces in the organs. After defining key terms inthis context, the text encourages adepts to step back from sensory involvement and “inwardly observe the arising of the six states of consciousness,”leading to a state where the mind is empty, open, free, and at peace, thus
allowing adepts “to keep always pure and calm” so that “Dao can come tostay” (Kohn 1989b, 215, 219).
In the same mode, inner observation also appears in modern usage.
Thus, Wang Liping, links it variously to visualization along the lines of the
Huangting jing and defines it as “reverse looking” or “turning the vision
inward,” which opens “the deep structures of the body and the scenerywithin” to inspection (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 69, 356, 374). More specifically, adepts sit with spine straight and teeth lightly touching, then breathe
slowly and softly while focusing their attention on the lower elixir field.
Switching it upward to activate the Heavenly [Third] Eye point, they allow alight to arise in the head, then shift their pupils to gaze inward and movesystematically through the body, observing and breathing along with all thedifferent organs (2019, 374-78).
The methods associated with inner observation in the Zhong-Lü texts
have little to do with this. Rather, the practice they describe is more like“sitting in oblivion” (zuowang 坐忘), which in fact they often mention rightnext to inner observation (Chuandao ji 16). Sitting in oblivion is a formless,non-conceptual meditation that releases the hold of the self and allows
adepts to “relish nonbeing, emptiness, and cosmic vastness” (2019, 184).
Formally undertaken in a seated position, it requires a stable physicalKey Practices / 103alignment—legs crossed or folded, back straight but light, stomach empty,
head drawn upward, eyes holding a relaxed gaze, tongue touching the roofof the mouth, hands resting comfortably in the lap, and the breath flowing
gently and in complete silence (Kohn 2010b, 15; 2015b, 162).
The stability of the body allows the release of mind and self, the forgetting and dropping away of concerns, considerations, and conceptions.
This is clear already from the classical passage in the Zhuangzi, where Yan
Hui 顏回 reports to Confucius that he has managed to forget benevolence
and righteousness as well as rites and music, then claims to have forgotten
everything: letting go of limbs and physical structure, perception and intellect, as well as physical form and knowledge, he opened to great pervasion(datong 大通) (ch. 6; Watson 1968, 90; Kohn 2010b, 7, 17; 2015, 162).
The resulting state, closely matching the ideal in the Zhong-Lü texts,
is further outlined in a speech by Vast Concealment (Hongmeng 鴻蒙) to
Cloud Chief (Yunjiang 雲將) in the Zhuangzi:
Just take the position of nonaction and all things unfold naturally. Let yourbody and limbs fall away, expel perception and intellect, leave relations andthings behind in oblivion. Become mystically one with the immense andboundless, release your mind and free your spirit.
Be silent and without an active spirit soul, and the ten thousand things will
each return to their root. Each return to their root and rest in unknowing—
dark, obscure, chaotic: they remain like this for the rest of their days.
However, the moment you try to know this state, you have already effected
a separation from it. Don’t ask its name, don’t measure its foundation—it’s the
spontaneous life of each being. (ch. 11; Watson 1968, 122; Kohn 2010b, 20)

The Highest Clarity patriarch Sima Chengzhen 司馬承禎 (647-735)
expands on this in his Zuowang lun 坐忘論 (Discourse on Sitting in Oblivion, DZ 1036; trl. Kohn 2010b, 137-58), outlining oblivion as a complex system of meditation that also integrated inner observation. Here adepts
begin by controlling their mind, then move on to revise the way they see
themselves and the world, occupying a position of “perfect observation”(zhenguan 真觀).
Moving on from here, they reach a state of “great serenity” or the “stability of cosmic peace” (taiding 泰定), a level of mental immersion that allows them to participate in cosmic harmony while resting in deep oblivion,
open to the flow of cosmic power in great pervasion (Kohn 2010b, 96; 2015,176). This matches the instructions in the Chuandao ji: “To practice Daoand diminish every day, enter the realm of the invisible and inaudible, anduse particular methods less and less” (ch. 16).
From here, adepts can “attain Dao” (dedao 得道), the title of Sima
Chengzhen’s last section. Moving beyond all ordinary limitations, one becomes a spirit person—“spirit and inner nature empty and fused into one,

104 / Chapter Fivethe organism no longer changing or decaying, the physical form mergedwith Dao.” Then one can “pass freely in and out of the spaceless” and reachfor immortality (Kohn 2010b, 156).

Attaining Primordiality
The full realization of Dao involves a complete realignment of internal energies and structural patterns toward a more primordial state. As Steven
Jackowicz says when discussing the medieval practice of the absorption ofqi (fuqi 服氣),The practice leads to being permeated by cosmic qi and transformed into an
integral aspect of the universe. The individual’s nature is reoriented to be in
perfect alignment with the whole, attaining an immanent return to the primordial state. . . .
Aligned perfectly with the whole, the mechanics of the body are restructured to match the greater workings of all things, and practitioners are nolonger scavengers in the phenomenal world who eat and defecate. Rather,
they are as intact a part of the system as the rivers and mountains. They are
one with the Dao, and thus infinitely fulfilled. (2006, 88-89)

The key, then, is the reorganizing or “retooling of the mechanism of
the practitioner’s body into something more than mere human.” The
Zhong-Lü texts describe this in terms of “the five qi move to the prime”(wuqi chaoyuan 五氣朝元) and “the three yang gather at the top of thehead” (sanyang juding 三陽聚頂). They call this “a method of the major level of accomplishment unique to the perfected and immortals, matching thecore workings deeply hidden in heaven and earth” (Chuandao ji 15).
They further define the five qi in close relation to the five emperors of
the phases, that is, the energies of the inner organs as they relate to thepure powers of the cosmos. “Move to” translates the word chao 朝, whichliterally means “attending audience with” (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 174),
while the “prime” is the original state of the universe—the “great prime”(taiyuan 太元, Bifa 3) or “perfect prime” (zhenyuan 真元, Chuandao ji 2)that divided to form great beginning. The Chuandao ji provides an appropriate visualization:
Imagine cranes leaving their nest, dragons exiting from their lair, the five emperors going to audience with heaven, five-colored clouds rising up, dancing
red phoenixes soaring through the turquoise sky, or ascending along the celestial thoroughfare as if in a dream while celestial flowers fall in profusion andimmortal music fills the air. A golden radiance flows along as one enters theKey Practices / 105

palace hall; variegated flowers float as one goes into the place. This is how touse visualization in moving to the prime.9 (ch. 16)

In addition, the text outlines the process in terms of the transformation of the qi of the five organs:
Transmuting the golden elixir in the yellow court, one refines yang spirit in all
five qi. Thus, green qi surges up in the liver, white qi issues from the lungs, a
red radiance manifests in the heart, black qi moves up from the kidneys, and ayellow color comes out from the spleen. (ch. 14; see also Bifa 8)Wang Liping provides further details, citing a commentary to the
Chang qingjing jing 常清靜經 (Scripture of Constant Clarity and Stillness,
DZ 620), which links the recovery of the prime to emotions and psychological agents.10 For example,
When you are empty of all joy, the spirit soul stabilizes.
Once it is stable,
The qi of the Green Emperor of the east moves to the prime.
When you are empty of all anger, the material soul stabilizes.
Once it is stable,
The qi of the White Emperor of the west moves to the prime.
(Wang and Bartosh 2019, 61)

Similarly, adepts are to empty themselves of all sadness to stabilize
spirit, so that the Red Emperor of the south moves to the prime, of all happiness to stabilize essence for the Black Emperor of the north, and of all
desires to stabilize intention for the Yellow Emperor of the center (2019, 6162). Wang Liping further specifies that the practice to be undertaken at thisstage is the intentional closing of the sensory organs, the orifices that serveas the channels of qi from the organs to the outside world.
Once adepts do this and rest in emptiness, “the intention stays in the
spleen and the five phases recover their center. . . . Water and fire assist
each other as they are located in the heart and kidneys. kidney qi rises,
9 The term “prime” is also used to designate the elixir fields, i. e., upper, middle and lower (e. g., Bifa 5, Chuandao ji 13).
10 I have not been able to find this commentary in any Daoist collection. It
appears online under the title Qingjing jing zhujie 清靜經註解 (Commentary andExplanation of the Scripture of Clarity and Stillness), with the relevant passage
found in Section 11, “Xukong pin” 虛空品 (On Emptiness). Websites include:www.xw.qq.com/cmsid/20150806023598;www.rufodao.qq.com/a/20150806/023598.
htm; www.read01.com/yO2egQx.html#.XvhBsuhKjIU.

106 / Chapter Fiveheart fire sinks, going back and forth, to eventually return to the Wuji
[Non-Ultimate] position above earth,” that is to the state of pre-creation
primordiality (Wang and Bartosh 2019, 202).
The original passage in the main body of the Chang qingjing jing similarly emphasizes the importance of emptiness and links its internal attainment to the practice of observation and great serenity. It says,
Observe emptiness and see that it is indeed empty—
Yet there is also nothing that is empty.
Observe nonbeing and see that it is indeed nonbeing—
Yet there is also nothing that is not there.
Constantly serene, yet there is ultimately no serenity.
How would desires arise?
Desires not arising, there is perfect stillness.
(Kohn 1993, 27; see also Komjathy 2008b; Wong 1992)

Rather than perfect stillness, however, in internal alchemy, the state ofprimordiality is seen as smooth, unhindered circulation (Bifa 3). As the
Chuandao ji says, “The five qi move to the prime and the three yang gather
at the top of the head. The masters of old would describe this as golden essence moving down to enter the elixir field, then moving up again to refine
the body and give it a golden hue” (ch. 11).
The ongoing circulation purifies adepts of all remnants of yin and creates an entity of pure yang. “Using yang to refine yin, adepts make sure yin
does not emerge; using qi to nurture spirit, they make sure spirit does not
scatter. In this way, their five qi move to the prime” (ch. 4). This, moreover,constitutes the completion of the immortal embryo. “It is the hour to transcend the ordinary body, the day when the golden elixir is fully mature” (ch.
14). The recovery of primordiality, then, opens the refinement of the physical form into qi and thus the transformation into a spirit immortal (ch. 1;
Bifa 8).
Another aspect of the process is the gathering of the three yang at the
top of the head. According to the Zhong-Lü texts, they are “the yang withinyang, the yang within yin, and the yang within yin and yang,” defined as thepure energy of the kidneys, heart, and yellow court (Chuandao ji 15). It also
notes,The yang in the yin of the lower prime [elixir field] is completely free from yin:it ascends to gather in the spirit palace. The yang in the yang of the central
prime no longer generates yang: it ascends and gathers in the spirit palace.
The great medicine in the yellow court is devoid of yin and consists entirely ofpure yang: it, tohuio, ascends to gather in the spirit palace. Thus, the five fluids move to the lower prime, the five qi move to the middle prime, and thethree yang move to the upper prime. (ch. 14)

Key Practices / 107

In a different variant, the Chuandao ji (ch. 12)—as well as the Xishanqunxian huizhen ji (Daoshu 38; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 171-72)—calls thethree yang the “three flowers” (sanhua 三華 ). The commentary to the
Chang qingjing jing uses the same term and describes them as manifestations of pure spirit resting in the major centers of the body.
When spirit is empty and rests in the lower burner,
In essence arises a flower of lead.
When spirit is empty and rests in the middle burner,
In qi appears a flower of mercury.
When spirit is empty and rests in the upper burner
In spirit arises a flower of gold.
Then the three flowers gather at the top of the head.
(Wang and Bartosh 2019, 61)

In either case, the qualifying factor is the overriding purity of yang
(Eskildsen 2006, 374). As the Chuandao ji asserts, “Those of pure yang
without any yin are immortals” (ch. 1), beings of subtlety and light able toascend far beyond ordinary life.

Transcendence and Liberation
The ultimate goal of internal alchemy is the complete transcendence ofworldly existence and the liberation from all forms of life and death. Thus
the last section of the Lingbao bifa is entitled “Transcendence, Liberation,and Multilocation” (chaotuo fenxing 超脫分形; Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 184).
More specifically, the text says, “Transcendence means to go beyond theordinary body and enter the sagely ranks; liberation means to leave behindthe common womb and emerge as an immortal child” (ch. 18). This level ofattainment is open only to spirit or celestial immortals (Chuandao ji 1) andoccurs after the correct alignment with primordiality, reached from a stateof “perfect emptiness,” that is, of deep oblivion in the trance of inner observation. Once here, “one can connect to the perfected, undergo immortaltransformation, and escape from the dark crossing, gradually attaining
transcendence and liberation” (ch. 16).
The transition, moreover, is the result of the refinement of energy: “Inqi, there is another qi; refining this qi into spirit, one can attain transcendence and liberation” (chs. 10, 11). This, in turn, means having the choice ofliving extensively on earth, “keeping the spirit merged with the physicalform” or whirling out of it all and “ascending to the immortals, wanderingafar to the isles of Penglai” (chs. 14, 17; Eskildsen 2009, 89; BaldrianHussein 1984, 191). Once spirit has attained full maturity and the purity ofyang, it can travel limitless distances: “The immortal embryo starts to fly off,
and an auspicious light pervades the chamber” (ch. 18).

108 / Chapter Five

At the same time, “adepts gain psychic powers, such as the abilities to
see things in remote locations, to know the future, and to read minds. They
no longer dream in their sleep and can no longer fall into bad rebirths”(Eskildsen 2009, 91), but are free to ecstatically travel to the otherworld andvisit the paradises of the immortals. As the Chuandao ji says,
Sitting in oblivion or practicing inner observation, one wanders far to therealm of Huaxu and visits the lands of the spirit immortals. Full of women andmusic, with splendid towers and terraces, variegated and colorful, beautiful
and extraordinary, they are like nothing at all like the human world. (ch. 18)

This leads to a charmed existence, both here and in the beyond.
After attaining transcendence and liberation, one is always enveloped by a radiant vapor and surrounded by auspicious qi. Wondrous flower petals fall likerain from heaven, and mysterious cranes come to visit.
A fabulous fragrance spreads as jade maidens descend to present celestial
writs and purple summons. Once concluded, one dresses in an immortal cap
and gown and takes hold of various other regalia. Banner-baring majestic beings line up in front and behind, right and left, too many to count.
They escort one formally to the purple office on the isles of Penglai, where
one has audience with the Perfect Lord of Great Tenuity. He orders one’s nameand place of origin to be entered into the heavenly ledgers. (ch. 18; also Bifa 10)

This description matches other accounts of transcendence in internal
alchemy. Adepts enter a state of deep absorption, so that the embryonicspirit can detach from the qi circulating in the body, manifesting in various
supernatural sensory experiences such as seeing a shower of heavenly blossoms, smelling divine perfumes, or entering a high pagoda (Despeux and
Kohn 2003, 240). Going beyond the Zhong-Lü system, other texts in additional describe the opening of a hole at the top of the head for the spirit toexit and enter, outline the manifestation of a heavenly light at the time oftranscendence, or present the various voyages of the spirit and its training
in more detail (Eskildsen 2009, 90; Despeux and Kohn 2003, 240).
On the other hand, the Zhong-Lü texts are quite specific in their description of the physical effects of the practice during the three major stages. The last chapter of the Chuandao ji focuses on this and is accordingly
called “Confirmation Experiences” (chengyan 證驗) or “Signs of Proof”(Eskildsen 2001). It echoes effects already described in the Cantong qi:
White hair turns black again, lost teeth regrow, old men become young studs,
and old women revert to being gentle maidens. . . . Your body will feel light,
and you can travel long distances in an instant, step into fire without getting
burnt, jump into water without getting wet. You have control over life andKey Practices / 109

death and are always happy and free from worry. (Pregadio 2011a, 81-82; Ho
2018, 125)

During the first stage, the effects are mainly physical. Even in a hundred days, all sorts of conditions including chronic ailments—high bloodpressure, cardiac ailments, sexual dysfunction, indigestion, insomnia, andcolds—are resolved. One is free from disease and experiences strong vigor,
the body naturally straight and erect, the muscles and joints supple andopen. The lower elixir field starts to produce heat and the channels open,
leading to an overall increase in body temperature as well as the activationof the genital areas: men have spontaneous erections while women experience waves of sexual desire (Ho 2018, 4, 101-02).
The Zhong-Lü texts further claim that first “the heart meridian opens
so that there is sweet fluid in the mouth,” then there is rumbling in the abdomen, followed by the elimination of “small ailments or minor discomforts in the six viscera and four limbs” without the need for medication.
Next, “the elixir fields warm up spontaneously, the complexion is clear andluscious, and the eyes see a spirit light even if in a dark room” (Chuandao ji
18; Bifa 1-2, 5). Overall, one no longer loses essence involuntarily and experiences pervasive well-being. “This serves to extend the years and increase
longevity, becoming what we call a human immortal” (Bifa 3).
On the second level, further mental and spiritual changes occur, notably an “increase in wisdom, mental concentration, and precision of thinking.” Adepts have “profound understanding, deep insight, and mystical experiences” (Ho 2018, 5-6). The senses are sharpened, perception is subtler,
and the body attains an ever more youthful appearance. Entropy is reversed,
so that teeth and hair regrow, recovering their original coloring. Reduced
hearing or eyesight are restored, the complexion becomes fresh and childlike, and there is an overall lightness of the body (Ho 2018, 5). As the Lingbao bifa says,
Your eyes are brilliant like dots of lacquer, your flesh is like coagulated fat.
Fresh hair grows anew, wrinkles come to fill out, all signs of old age vanish.
Forever you gain a youthful look, and your eyes are so sharp they can spot an
autumn hair at a hundred paces. All over your body all sorts of old scars andmarksnaturally go away; you are free from all tears, mucus, snot, and sweat.
The sagely elixir produces a good flavor in your mouth; the fluid of pure life
force pervades you with a lovely fragrance. (chs. 6, 8; Chuandao ji 18)

The third and highest stage, finally, leads to four distinct physical effects. As Chung-tao Ho describes them,First is the ability to fast or “abstain from grains” (bigu 辟穀) for prolonged
periods. After three months of practice, practitioners should have so much

110 / Chapter Fiveenergy in their bodies that they no longer feel hungry. Deeply absorbed in fetal breathing, they can let their digestive system stop operating.
Second is the ability to live without sleep, which appears at six or sevenmonths. The yang spirit being in a state of perfection, there are no more yin
aspects in the body, which can function without getting tired or requiring
sleep.
Another effect is the ability to stop the heart beat in a state not unlike suspended animation. Due to continued absorption in embryo respiration, after
eight or nine months, practitioners will no longer breathe through the nose or
mouth nor will they have a pulse or heartbeat. Instead, they exchange spirit
with the greater universe through the pores.
Last but not least is the emergence of the six supernatural powers (liutong
六 通 ): unlimited vision, the ability to understand all, multilocation,knowledge of past and future, mind-reading, and clear spiritual awareness.
(2018, 120; see also Eskildsen 2004, 120)

The Zhong-Lü texts closely match this description. Thus, the Chuandao ji notes,
Spirit and material souls no longer wander about, and there is no more needfor sleep and dreams. Spirit luscious and essence strong, one functions equallywell night and day. One’s body entirely made up of yang essence, the spirit residence is strong and stable, the four limbs no longer fear cold and heat, andone no longer thinks of life and death as opposites. . . .
One can shift shape and location at will. One’s secret powers fully developed, one starts to look like an immortal. Like a tree of jade, one consists of
strange bones and issues a golden glow. Wherever one goes, any place one
stays, there are always spirit helpers that naturally appear and report for service; quickly and easily summoned, they fulfill your every wish. (ch. 18; Bifa 7)

Translation

Notes on Translation
According to Danyangzi 丹陽子 (1123-1183), internal alchemy is nothing but metaphors. To him, it is nothing really new except that it uses a
special language that aims at disrupting ordinary thinking by tearing
apart the hardened knots, the solid barriers. Eventually this language
will soften the mind in exactly the same way as the body has been relaxed previously by the various techniques of respiration. (Robinet
1989a, 301)

Linguistic Polysemy“Alchemical masters face the universal problem of transmitting and translating the unspeakable into words” (Robinet 2011, 17). To bridge this gap, tohelp adepts learn about cultivation while also “preventing improper people
from adapting and possibly abusing it, they employ highly obscure language and use many images and analogies” (Lu 2009, 79). As a result, they
resort to a language that leaves space for silence while opening multiple
levels of meaning.
The tradition is fundamentally esoteric, which means that much of its
deeper mysteries must remain secret and cannot be explained in distinct,
open language. “It is a major characteristic of internal alchemy to be paradoxical: the system needs to be transmitted yet also kept mysterious” (Ho2018, 17). “Masters feared that their essential concepts and core theories
might fall into the wrong hands or would not be passed on properly to later
generations, and thus used written documents only as supplementary aids,
often expressing themselves in poetry” and various other elliptical, enigmatic, and obscure ways (2018, 8). “There are poems, diagrams and charts,
paradoxes, contradictions, the koans of Chan, philosophical essays full of
playful dialectic, and most of all, the polysemy contained in all the images
and words” (Robinet 1989a, 307). Fabrizio Pregadio describes it as follows,
Alchemical language lends itself to two main functions. The first is the description of alchemical ideas and practices in the strict sense. The second is
the illustration of metaphysical and cosmological doctrines, many of whosefeatures can be expressed by means of alchemical symbolism and vocabulary.
When the symbolic usage of the language prevails over the literal one (as it
does in the Cantong qi), the alchemical terms connote in the first place formless principles, and the material entities or phenomena literally denoted bythose terms are seen as instances of those principles. (2011a, 53)

113

114 / Translation

The task of the aspiring alchemist, then, is to engage completely withthe practice and become part of its unique expression. Michael Winn calls
this the “deep grammar of qi-patterns,” activated in personal cultivationand through interaction with the master. “Its language consists of qichannels and fields in the human body perceived as resonating spheres of
sensation, feeling, and spiritual qualities. Alchemy requires close observation of these natural body processes, and sometimes employs images of theseasons, color, sound, or direction as its symbols” (2009, 183).
Already the Quanzhen master Chen Zhixu 陳致虛, better known as
Shangyangzi 上陽子 (1289-ca. 1335), made the distinction between “the waythat establishes a discourse,” including both words and practices, and“mind-to-mind transmission,” which involves a close personal relationshipand sincere growth of intuitive potential (Robinet 2011, 18). Still, discourse
forms an essential stepping stone in this growth process, and alchemical
discourse is based strongly on polysemy, analogy, and metaphors (Pregadio
2011a, 54).
For example, depending on the context, dragon and tiger may denotethe qi of the liver and the lungs, or they may indicate spirit and qi. “Thechange in function reveals a change in the level of meaning, which again
corresponds to a change in the level of consciousness” (Robinet 1989a, 310).
Similarly, “the vibration of the color red may be used to activate the phasefire, the physical heart, its passions, the direction south, the planet Mars,and more”—or even all of these at the same time (Winn 2009, 183).
Another key feature is the ubiquitous use of the binary system andimages of the Yijing to overcome the inherent opposition between language
and silence, between concrete outer reality and subtle internal processes(Robinet 1989b, 307).
Alchemists play with the binary system in a manner reminiscent of the illusionist—they let it proceed in a stunning manner, showing all its aspects—
and whoever follows them along in their ways and byways, turns and returns,
will be truly dazzled.
Equivalents are superimposed on one another, contradicting and confusing; pairs cross and join one another; opposing and similar principles move in
opposite directions; there are alternations; complements, contrasts, all kindsof different logical levels are unceasingly changing in their relationships fromone moment to the next.
Principles bring each other forth in one instant and destroy each other in
the next; values are established and at once reversed; terms are used in one
definite sense now and mean something entirely different in the next moment;
they switch instantly from one level to the next, while the same principles aresuperimposed on different levels at the same time. (1989b, 308)

Notes on Translation / 115

The discourse of internal alchemy is never linear, its “development isnever continuous: disruptions of thought and language are applied constantly, and consciously. While the discourse is descriptive, it deliberately
moves from one to another plane of perspective, leaps from one to anotherstate of the work, from the part to the whole, and vice versa” (Robinet 2011,32). The way alchemists describe their system tends to be repetitive, dismembered, and fragmented. In the middle of explaining a particular procedure, they “suddenly open a vision of the final accomplishment;” while
outlining a specific stage, they “go back to summarizing what has alreadybeen said, repeat and expand the old discourse” (2011, 17, 33). It is thus futile
to expect a systematic, linear, logical, or even structured treatment of thematerial.
This certainly holds true for the Zhong-Lü texts. They are systematic
outlines only to a certain degree. For example, in actual practice the river
carriage in the Chuandao ji (ch. 12) does not come after reduction and augmentation (ch. 11) or before reversion to the elixir field (ch. 13). Rather, allthree describe ways of working with internal energy, and each refers to thethree stages or levels of accomplishment set out in the beginning. Similarly,
in the midst of highly detailed practice instructions, the Lingbao bifa timeand again reverts back to cosmological theory and the description of the
dynamic cycles of the sun and the moon.
Still, and despite of all this, alchemical “authors insist that there is atask to be accomplished in successive stages, that the world is to be created,that there is a set process to follow” (Robinet 1989b, 322). That is, the works
make sense, and the Zhong-Lü texts more so than many others. Both provide section headings and move from the more cosmological to the morepractical, ending with an overview of levels and experiences. They also startwith simple definitions, then get increasingly complex and focus more on
advanced stages and methods as they go along.

Specific Terms
As regards terminology, I have experimented with various English phrases
and selected the one that seemed most appropriate for this group of texts.
Thus, to distinguish different ways of referring to a primordial, pre-creation
state, I have used “fundamental” or “basic” for ben 本, “origin” for yuan 原,“source” for yuan 源, and “prime” for yuan 元. The original nature of thecosmos as well as the quality of the potent ingredients and the ultimate
state of attainment is commonly called zhen 真, literally “real,” “true,” or“genuine.” I have opted for the rendition “perfect” for the main reason thatthe opposite of real, true, or genuine is artificial, false, or fake—and thecreated world in Daoism is none of these things. It is, however, quite imper-

116 / Translation

fect, and perfection, both as original potentiality and ultimate state, is acore value of the system.
To express the functioning of the universe the texts use the term ji 機,
literally “mechanism,” a term preferred by Fabrizio Pregadio. Following Eva
Wong, I render it “inner workings,” since this conveys a sense of dynamicthat is organic rather than mechanic. The process of cosmic unfolding,moreover, is zaohua 造化 or “creative transformations.” They work throughthe ascent and descent (shengxiang 升降) of yin and yang as well as the rising and setting (chumo 出沒) of the sun and the moon. More specifically,
the process functions by each force in turn generating (sheng 生), burgeoning (sheng 盛), reaching dominance (wang 旺), and declining (shuai 衰).
Practitioners of internal alchemy are named variously in the text. The
most basic are Daoist followers, literally “those who love Dao” (haodao zhe
好道者), followed by the more commonly used Daoist adepts or “knights
who venerate Dao” (fengdao zhi shi 豐道之士). Once they are seriously practicing “cultivation with dedication” (xiuchi 修持), they have every chance tobecome “advanced adepts” (dashi 達士).
The factor that makes this progress possible, moreover, is that humanbeings are made up of different energetic potencies, the most elementary ofwhich is pure animal vitality or life force (ling 靈), a term often translated“numen” or “numinous.” Next comes “essence” (jing 精), manifest in semenin men and menstrual blood in women, and the root of reproduction andgestation. Qi 氣 , vital energy, is the most general of the forces, often
matched with fluid (ye 液), which can come in yin or yang form, golden or
jade. In practice, the two contain their opposite, so that qi is refined into
the water of perfect oneness (zhenyi zhi shui 真⼀之⽔) and fluid brings forththe qi of rightful yang (zhengyang zhi qi 正陽之氣).1 If left untended, on theother hand, the two devolve into body secretions (jin 津), defined as mucus,
tears, phlegm, saliva, and sweat.
Beyond all these, spirit (shen 神) is the most subtle and powerful formon energy. It is the root of consciousness and leads to a variety of mental
functions, the most basic of which are elementary recognition (shi 識) andstraightforward knowing (zhi 知). More complex are comprehension (da 達)
and realization (wu 悟), while imagination (xiang 想) and visualization(cun 存) signal its focused application.
Within this set up, human beings have a tendency to waste and scatter(haosan 耗散) or release and lose (zoushi 走失) their vital energy and hea-

The word zheng 正 means “upright,” “straight,” “correct,” “proper.” It denotes the way things function in perfect harmony and excellent alignment. I use“rightful” to describe this state.
1Notes on Translation / 117

ven-given potentials. To remedy this, masters have provided general methods (fa 法) and specific techniques (shu 術) to train body and mind.
The most fundamental practice, then, involves getting the different
forces to work together smoothly, make them interact (jiao 交), exchange(huan 換), fuse (he 合), or mate (jiaogou 交媾). Reversing (fan 反) or inverting (diandao 顛倒) the natural patterns of flow, they establish reversion(huan 還) in set cycles (zhou 周) or loops (huan 環).
From there, they work on the cinnabar or elixir medicine (danyao 丹藥), often called the “great medicine” (dayao 大藥). They collect the raw
materials (yaocai 藥材) and assemble the medicine (caiyao 採藥), in turn
gathering (ju 聚), heating (shao 燒), refining (lian 煉), reducing (you 油),
augmenting (dian 添), and cleansing (muyu 沐浴).
As part of this process, which also involves stoking the fire (jinhuo 進火) in accordance with the correct firing times (huohou 火候), adepts establish a sagely womb (shengtai 聖胎) and give rise to an embyonic spark or
zygote (taibao 胞胎), which eventually grows into the immortal embryo,literally “womb immortal” (taixian 胎仙). All the while, they see various
changes in their body and mind, signs of proof that the practice is working
and they are doing it correctly. These are generally called experiential effects (yan 驗) or, more specifically effectual experiences (gongyan 功驗) or
confirmation experiences (zhengyan 證驗).
It all serves to overcome ordinary life (fan 凡), leave the world of dust
(zhenshi 塵世) behind and attain transcendence and liberation (zhaotuo
超脫).

Text One1

Zhong-Lü Chuandao ji
1. Perfected and Immortals
Lü asked: In human life, what ways are there so one can be healthy without
getting sick, remain young without growing old, and continue to live without dying?
Zhong replied: Human life comes about when father and mother engage in intercourse, and their two qi fuse together, so essence [semen] andblood form a zygote, which evolves from the state of great antecedence intothat of great material reality. As yin nurtures and yang grows, qi transforms
in gestation and after three hundred days the physical form is complete.
The light of the life force enters the physical organism, and the child isready to part from the mother.
From the state of the great immaculate onward, there are ascent anddescent [of qi]. Through them, the infant grows like a yellow sprout. After
5,000 days [13.5 years], his qi is fully viable and the correct count comes toeight-one. Reaching the age of fifteen, he is a young man. At this time, his
qi is half yang within yin, just like the light of the sun rising in the east.
From here on, people tend to release and lose primordial yang, waste andscatter perfect qi. As their qi weakens, they suffer sickness, old age, death,and ultimate destruction.
Their whole life stupid and ignorant, they keep on diminishing thelight of their life force. Their entire lifetime violent and obstructive, they
continue to reduce the count of their years. For this reason, in any future
lives their bodies are distinct in rank, their life expectancy is long or short.
1 The text is translated, with some recourse to the previous rendition by Eva
Wong (2000), on the basis of its edition in the Daoist Canon (DZ 263, chs. 14-16).
While it also appears in the Daoshu (chs. 39-41), its version is heavily abridged andlacks section divisions and chapter headings. In addition, it only contains about half
the dialog and shortens the questions and answers it does present, in some cases
conflating two into one, while yet retaining most of the diction and the core teachings. It has no significant additions, but starts its presentation by noting that “Master Lü in studying Dao had worked already with over seventy masters when he finally encountered Master Zhongli.” In addition, it uses a few variant expressions, suchas counting time in 10-day weeks (xun 旬) rather than hundreds of days (ri 日) andspeaking of “vehicles” rather than “accomplishments.”119

120 / Translation One

Once born, they perish again; once gone, they are born again. Cycle after
cycle they do not realize this; life after life they keep on sinking lower.
Eventually they lose their human form and are born among other species, leak their life force and incarnate in different shells. Their root natureof utmost perfection no longer part of humanity, they are mired in the relentless cycle of reincarnation and rebirth, forever without any chance ofliberation. However, if they encounter a perfected immortal or utmost person, he can help them to dissolve their sins, take them out of animal forms,
and restore them to life in a human body.
Even while stuck in delusion and disease, stupidity and ignorance, ifthey manage to accumulate good deeds for hundreds of eons, they can ascend back to the blessed land [of human life], albeit while suffering hunger
and cold, oppression and afflictions. If they steadily pursue the ascent toimmortality, they can gradually become whole and complete again, albeit
while living among slaves and servants, humble and despised. Should they,on the other hand, again commit the same sins as before, like being stuckin place or walking in a circle, they are bound to once more fall into therelentless cycle of reincarnation and rebirth.
Lü asked: I have been born in the Middle Kingdom and am fortunate
enough to live in a time of great peace. I have sufficient clothing and foodand am not yet old in years. Still, I love health and hate disease, desire lifeand fear death. Today, as I am facing you, my venerable teacher, I repeatedly
bow and offer my respects. Thinking of the immense affairs of life anddeath, may I dare ask that you show me the principles of how never to getsick or die and give some teaching pointers to this humble seeker?
Zhong replied: If people in this life want to avoid falling into the cycleof reincarnation and rebirth and never come to life in the body or shell ofanother species, they must overcome sickness, old age, death, and suffering.
Making sure that their head reaches up to the sky and their feet stand firmly on the earth, always supporting yin and embracing yang is the best way
of being human. Being human, to make sure they do not become ghosts,
they must cultivate themselves to attain immortality, and once they havereached it, they must continue to practice to attain ascent into heaven.
Lü asked: When people die, they become ghosts. Those whose Dao is
accomplished become immortals. Immortals are of one kind. What must
one do to attain ascent into heaven as such?
Zhong replied: There is more than one kind of immortal. Those ofpure yin without any yang are ghosts. Those of pure yang without any yin
are immortals. Those who have a mixture of yin and yang are human beings.
Only humans have the opportunity to become either ghosts or immortals.
If they fail to practice cultivation in their youth, give in to emotions and let
their intention run wild, they will get sick and die, thus turning into ghosts.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 121

Knowing this and cultivating refinement, you can transcend ordinary
life and enter the ranks of the sages, be liberated from material reality andbecome an immortal. Immortals come in five ranks; methods lead to threelevels of accomplishment. The dedication to cultivation depends on the
person, and the merit attained depends on one’s allotment.
Lü asked: What are the three levels of accomplishment and the fiveranks?
Zhong replied: The three levels of accomplishment based on various
methods are minor, medium, and major. The five ranks of immortals are
ghost, human, earth, spirit, and celestial. They are all immortals. Ghost
immortals do not leave the realm of ghosts; human immortals do not leave
the realm of humanity; earth immortals do not leave the realm of earth;spirit immortals do not leave the realm of spirit; and celestial immortals do
not leave the realm of heaven.
Lü asked: What, then, are ghost immortals?2
Zhong replied: Ghost immortals are the lowest among the five ranks.
Having attained transcendence and liberation in the realm of yin [the dead],their spirit and image are not bright. They have no family names in the[registers of the] ghost hills, no personal names in the [ledgers of the] threemountains. Although not part of the cycle of reincarnation and rebirth,they yet cannot return to [the blessed isles of ] Penglai and Yingzhou. Withno place to call home, in the end they again entrust themselves to a womb
for shelter [are reborn].
Lü asked: What techniques and do people undertake and what kind of
merit do they need to end up as ghost immortals?
Zhong replied: People dedicated to cultivation often start out not realizing the great Dao, yet want to accomplish it quickly. They make their
physical form like a withered tree, their mind like dead ashes, keeping their
spirit consciousness contained within and their will unified, never letting it
scatter.
In deep stability [samadhi], their yin spirit emerges, so they become
ghosts of plain life force rather than immortals of pure yang. Since their willremains firmly unified and their yin life force never scatters, they are called
ghost immortals. Although classified as immortals, they are really ghosts.
In the past as much as today, many followers of the Buddha have applied alot of merit and ended up like this, saying that they “attained Dao.” Howridiculous is that!
Lü asked: What are human immortals?
Zhong replied: Human immortals are the second lowest among thefive ranks. They are adepts of the cultivation of perfection who do not realize the nature of the great Dao. Among all its different ways, they pick one
2

The part on ghost immortals is also translated in Eskildsen 2006, 376-77.

122 / Translation One

method; among all its different methods, they choose one technique. Then,with sincere mind and earnest will, they do not budge from it until the endof their days. As a result, their energies of the five phases interact wrongly
and go awry, making their physical form and material reality excessively
firm. They only manage to become immune to the eight wayward influences, allowing them be mostly healthy and rarely ill. Thus they are called
human immortals.
Lü asked: What techniques do people undertake and what kind of
merit do they need to become human immortals?
Zhong replied: People dedicated to cultivation, they start out by hearing of the great Dao. But since their sins weigh heavy and their good fortune is thin, all kinds of demonic attacks and hardships alter their initialmind, and they can only reach a minor level of accomplishment. Although
they gain merit based on the right methods, they are unable to modify andbudge from them as long as they live, never changing with the four seasons.
They may abstain from the five flavors, but have no clue about the six
qi. They may forget the seven emotions, but have no clue about the ten precepts. Some practice rinsing and swallowing [saliva], yet dismiss those who
do breathing exercises as being wrong; others assemble and supplement[qi], yet ridicule those who meditate in clarity and stillness as being foolish.
Some like to match other beings to steal the qi of heaven and earth,yet refuse to abstain from grains; others like to practice visualization to assemble the essence of the sun and the moon, but refuse to undertake healing exercises. Some sit in solitude and hold their breath, never knowing
how to follow the natural flow.
Others bend their body and labor their physical form, never considering to work with nonaction. To assemble yin, some obtain women’s qi, notunderstanding that this is entirely different from drawing in the golden
turtle [testicles]; to nourish yang, others suckle at women’s breasts, completely unaware that this is different from refining the elixir.
Their many kinds of operations and investigations are impossible tocount: they all represent some way of practice, but are no match for thegreat Dao. Limiting themselves to a single method or technique within thegreat Dao, such adepts gain the merit of living healthy and happy for extended years, but that is all: thus, they are called human immortals.
Among them there is yet another type, who are happy for a short whileand vexed in the long term. Lacking diligence in their work, they use thewrong times and mix up the days, then on the contrary get sick and diseased, unable to extend their years. This actually happens quite often in theworld.
Lü asked: What, now, are earth immortals?’
Zhong replied: Earth immortals stand midway between heaven andearth. Although endowed with the potential to become spirit immortals,

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 123

they do not realize the nature of the great Dao and stop with methods ofthe minor level. Never able to see real merit, they get to live a very long lifein this world and do not die as humans.
Lü asked: How do earth immortals practice?
Zhong replied: They start out by working with the principles of thecontinuous ascent and descent [of qi] through heaven and earth and workwith the correct count of the waxing and waning of the sun and the moon.
Within their lifetime, they apply years and months; within each day, theywork with double-hours and segments. First they must properly recognize
dragon and tiger, then learn to match Kan [Water] and Li [Fire]. They needto know the difference between a pure spring and turbid water and properly
distinguish the energy and phasing of morning and evening. They must
perceive perfect oneness, examine the two forces [yin-yang], rank the three
powers [heaven, earth, humanity], distinguish the four images [yin-yang,yin-yin, yang-yin, yang-yang], differentiate the five cycles [phases], determine the six qi [weather patterns], gather the seven treasures [of the body],balance the eight trigrams, and pace the nine continents. Inverting the direction of the five phases, they must transfer the qi [from the child] to themother and move the fluid from husband to wife. Reverting qi to the threefields, they heat the cinnabar medicine and settle it firmly in the lower field.
Thus, they refine their physical form to the point where they can stay in theworld and live long without dying. Spirited immortals of the earth, they arecalled earth immortals.
Lü asked: What are spirit immortals?
Zhong replied: Spirit immortals are earth immortals who reject livingin the world of dust and continue their work without stopping, so theirbones and joints are well linked. Reducing lead and augmenting mercury,
their golden essence refines at the top of their head and their jade fluid reverts to the elixir field. As they thus refine their physical form into qi, thefive qi move to the prime and the three yang gather at the top of the head.
When their work is complete, they forget their physical form and the immortal embryo naturally transforms. Their yin all gone, their yang is utterly
pure, and beyond this body they have yet another body. Liberated frommaterial reality, they ascend to the immortals; transcending ordinary existence, they enter the ranks of the sages. Completely vanquishing the worldof dust, they return to the three mountains [of Penglai]. Thus they arecalled spirit immortals.
Lü asked: What, then, are celestial immortals?
Zhong replied: Earth immortals who no longer want to live in theworld of dust and continue their work without stopping attain transcendence and liberation and thus become spirit immortals. Earth immortals
who reject living on the three isles of the blessed and instead spread Daoamong humanity, gain great merits in Dao, and guide the people to practice,124 / Translation One

eventually accumulate sufficient merit and receive a celestial invitation tojoin the grotto heavens, are called celestial immortals. Those among them
who reject living in the grotto heavens, come to work as judges and officials
among the immortal administration. The lowest among them serve as officials in the administration of water; those of middle rank are officials ofearth; the highest are officials of heaven. If they accumulate great merit inheaven and earth, doing great deeds in the past as much as today, they risethrough the ranks of office, working their way through all thirty-six grottoheavens, moving on to the eighty-one yang heavens, and from there reachthe realm of emptiness, nonbeing, and spontaneity of the Three Clarities.
Lü asked: I certainly have no interest in pursuing the state of a ghost
immortal, and I do not dare to hope for that of celestial immortal. So, may I
please learn more about the methods leading to the rank of human, earth,and spirit immortal?
Zhong replied: Human immortals never go beyond the methods of theminor level; earth immortals never reach more than the methods of themedium level; and spirit immortals do not exceed the methods of the major
level. Although counted as three levels of accomplishments, they are in fact
one. It is possible to use any method to pursue Dao; Dao is really not hard
to reach. Using Dao to pursue immortality, immortality, too, becomes easy.
Lü asked: Adepts in the past as much as today who nurture lifedestiny all pursue long life and hope for ascent to the immortals. Why is itthen that some never make it?
Zhong replied: Typically, their methods do not match Dao: they listen
to a lot of teachings and try hard to comprehend them, but tend to getstuck in minor, sectarian methods. This makes it impossible for them toavoid sickness and disease, death and demise. Just like those who claim topractice deliverance from the corpse, but all they do is confuse and delude
the common people! They promote and praise each other, never getting achance to learn of the great Dao. They may be of sincere mind and earnest
will and practice with dedication for a long time, yet in the end they neversee any merit and inevitably enter into the realm beneath the [Yellow]
Springs. How sad!

2. The Great Dao
Lü asked: What is the great Dao?
Zhong replied: The great Dao has neither form nor name, asks noquestions and gives no answers. It is so great it has no outside, so small it
has not inside. None can ever fully know it, none can ever fully practice it.
Lü asked: Advanced adepts in the past as much as today usually startout by studying Dao, then get hold of it, attain it, and eventually realize it
fully. Once they get there, they leave the world of dust behind and enter[the isles of] Penglai, ascend into the grotto heavens, reach the heavens ofZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 125

pure yang, and move into the Three Clarities. All these are masters who
have realized Dao. Now, you, my venerable teacher, say that Dao cannot beknown or practiced. So, what is the secret about Dao?
Zhong replied: I have no secrets about Dao. Many of those praised as
Daoist adepts are Daoist followers in name only. When taught about thegreat Dao, they have no sincere mind, or if they have a sincere mind, theylack an earnest will. They set out to do something in the morning andabandon it by evening, sit down to do something and forget it as soon as
they stand up. They may start out with painstaking diligence, but soon
lapse into indulgent laziness. For this reason, I say that the great Dao is
hard to know and difficult to practice.
Lü asked: Why exactly is the great Dao hard to know and difficult topractice?
Zhong replied: Using minor, sectarian methods, it is easy to gain somemerit, but the tendency is to desire too much too soon. Passing thesemethods on from one to another, practitioners never gain full realization aslong as they live; following the current fashion of the common world, they
end up destroying their access to the great Dao.
There are those who fast and observe the precepts, abstain from grains,assemble qi, swallow saliva, leave the family, eliminate flavors, sit in absorption, abstain from speaking, practice visualization, gather yin, absorb qi,
maintain purity, still the mind, eliminate entanglements, open the top of
the head, withdraw the turtle [testicles], eliminate physical labor, study the
scriptures, heat and refine [the elixir], hold the breath, exercise, control thebreath, gather and supplement [qi], give donations, perform sacrifices, aide
and rescue others, live in the mountains, study inner nature, remain unmoving, work with dedication, and so on and so forth.
The list of minor, sectarian methods is endless, going as far as working
with the efflorescence of the sun and the moon, the qi of heaven and earth,
the thoughts in their minds and imaginations in their intention, the hope
to refine cinnabar sand, the bending of the body and laboring of the physical form—all in search of transcendence and liberation and usually putting
in lots of effort with little to show for, quite possibly inviting an attack of
disease. By practicing perfect embryo respiration, cutting off all thoughts,
and forgetting all words, it is possible to nurture inner nature. Containing
perfect qi in great oneness, keeping the golden lance from drooping, andmaking the yellow river flow backward are lower-level methods for nurturing life-destiny. Making the physical form like a withered tree and the mind
like dead ashes are minor techniques of gathering spirit.
How hard all those Daoist adepts in the past as much as today work
their minds, how persistently they apply their intention! Swallowing saliva
to use as a medicine, how can they ever reach creative transformation?
Gathering qi to use as cinnabar, how can they ever stop the process? Identi-

126 / Translation One

fying the liver as the dragon and the lungs as the tiger, how can they everattain cosmic fusion? Recognizing Kan as lead and Li as mercury, how canthey ever attain reduction and augmentation?
Pouring and watering all through the four seasons, they expect togrow the yellow sprout. Concentrating their intention, never letting it scatter, they desire to pursue the great medicine. Throughout, they mistake theyears, use the wrong the months, mix up the days, and confuse the doublehours. Without comprehending the true root of the five phases, how canthey ever know the three powers in their creative transformations?
Seeking out the branches and plucking the leaves, they delude themselves and lead their successors astray. All this causes the great Dao to getfurther away every day, get forever more distant. Weird and extreme practices arise and turn into common fashion, as practitioners increasingly lose
sight of the original intention of the ancestral teachers and move awayfrom the doctrines of Dao and virtue, the teachings transmitted carefully
from mouth to ear.
As they then present instructions to their ignorant disciples, passing
their systems on to the next generation, they inevitably condemn them toenter into the realm beneath the [Yellow] Springs and cause people to become cold-hearted. They all want to explicate and spread the great Dao, but
being in the world, their sins weigh heavy, and their good fortune is thin.
They do not trust the core workings of heaven, placing instead great value
on wealth and belittling life-destiny. Thus, they are bound to turn into
ghosts.
Lü asked: Now that I understand all about the minor, sectarian methods, what can you tell me about the great Dao?
Zhong replied: Dao originally is beyond all questions, and questions
originally have no answers. When perfect prime divided and great simplicity scattered, “Dao generated the One; the One generated the two, and thetwo generated the three” [Daode jing 42]. The One is substance, the two arefunction, and the three represent the creative transformations. Substanceand function do not go beyond yin and yang, and all creative transformations are caused by mutual mating. Above, middle, and below are thethree powers: heaven, earth, and humanity together constitute the one Dao.
Dao generated the two qi, which generated the three powers. They generated the five phases, which in turn generated the myriad beings.
Among the myriad beings the one with the most life force and themost noble is the human. Only human beings can penetrate the principleof the myriad beings, fully explore their own inner nature. Doing so, they
arrive at a clear perception of life-destiny. Fulfilling their destiny and protecting their life, they attain harmony with Dao. Then they can be as firmand stable as heaven and earth and live just as long!

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 127

Lü asked: Living eternally means continuing for thousands of years
without limit. People’s optimal life expectancy is about a hundred years,
and those making it to seventy are rare. Why is Dao so close to heaven andso far from humanity?
Zhong replied: Dao is never far from humanity; it is human beings
who move away from Dao. They are away from Dao because they do notknow the right methods to nurture their life-destiny. They do not know theright methods because at the lowest level they do not understand proper
timing. They do not understand proper timing because they do not comprehend the core workings of heaven and earth.

3. Heaven and Earth
Lü asked: May I please learn about what you call the core workings of heaven and earth?
Zhong replied: The core workings of heaven and earth indicate how thegreat Dao of heaven and earth revolves and functions. Moving up and down,coming and going, it works without slackening and thus can live forever,remaining always firm and stable. Its secrets are not lightly revealed to human beings.
Lü asked: What exactly are the so-called core workings of heaven andearth in relation to Dao? How do their orbits and cycles first start? How can
we see their effects?
Zhong replied: Once the great Dao divided, there was physical form;
once there was physical form, there was correct count. Heaven attained the
Dao of Qian and relies on the number one as its substance. Light and clear,
it resides above, functioning through yang. Earth attained the Dao of Kun
and relies on the number two as its substance. Heavy and turbid, it resides
below, functioning through yin. Yang moves up while yin moves down; theyinteract and fuse. As they function through Qian and Kun, they never deviate from Dao. They start according to the seasons; their effects manifest in
the days.
Lü asked: I understand that heaven attains the way of Qian and functions through yang. But if yang dominantly ascends, how can it interact
with earth? Earth attains the way of Kun and functions through yin. But if
it dominantly descends, how can it interact with heaven? If heaven andearth do not interact, how can yin and yang come to fuse? If yin and yang
do not fuse, how can Qian and Kun function properly? If they do not function properly, even though one may know the season of their start and the
day of their effect, how can the great Dao be attained?
Zhong replied: In the way of heaven, Qian is substance and yang isfunction; it accumulates qi above. In the way of earth, Kun is substance and128 / Translation One

yin is function; it accumulates water below. So heaven can work according
to Dao, it has Qian connect to Kun.
The first time they connect, they generate their oldest son, Zhen
[Thunder]. The second time, they generate their middle son, Kan [Water].
The third time, they generate their youngest son, Gen [Mountain]. Thus,
through the interaction of heaven with earth, of Qian connecting to Kun,
they generate the three yang.
So earth can work according to Dao, it has Kun connect to Qian. The
first time they connect, they generate their oldest daughter, Xun [Wind].
The second time, they generate their middle daughter, Li [Fire]. The thirdtime, they generate their youngest daughter, Dui [Lake]. Thus, through theinteraction of earth with heaven, of Kun connecting to Qian, they generate
the three yin.
As the three yang interact and fuse with the three yin, the myriad beings grow; as the three yin interact and fuse with the three yang, the myriad
beings mature. Thus, the interaction and fusion of heaven and earth havetheir origin in the connection of Qian and Kun and from there revolve andmove along with Dao.
As Qian and Kun connect to each other, they generate the six qi. As the
six qi interact and fuse, they divide into the five phases. The five phases inturn interact and fuse to generate and mature the myriad beings. Qian follows its path and moves down: once its threefold connection [to Kun] isfinished, yang ascends again. Thus, the yin contained in the yang also returns to heaven. Similarly, Kun follows its path and moves up: once its
threefold connection [to Qian] is finished, yin descends again. Thus, theyang contained in the yin also returns to earth.
Now, there is yin contained in yang. This yin never dissolves and is
known as perfect yin. Once perfect yin reaches heaven, it follows yang andstarts to grow, then again descends from heaven. How can there not beyang in yin? Similarly, there is yang contained in yin. This yang never perishes and is known as perfect yang. Once perfect yang reaches earth, it follows yin and starts to grow, then again ascends from earth. How can there
not be yin in yang? Yin within yang never dissolves and again returns toearth; yang within yin never perishes and again returns to heaven. Circulating back and forth, they revolve around each other without ever stopping.
Their fusion and interaction never loses Dao, so they can can live forever,remaining always firm and stable.
Lü asked: Heaven and earth in their core workings revolve along with
Dao and thereby live forever, which is the ultimate effect of their activities
and functioning. Only human beings, although they possess the inherent
nature of being smart and bright, have the ability to rest their minds inclarity and stillness. Desiring to venerate and practice the great Dao, they
can reach a minor level of accomplishment to be healthy and happy andZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 129

extend their years, a medium level to live long without dying, or a major
level to gain liberation from material reality and ascend to the immortals.
How can one work with these functions, learn to revolve along with thegreat Dao and pattern one’s movements on the core workings of heaven toattain a state where one can live forever, remaining always firm and stable,
existing permanently for vast kalpas?
Zhong replied: The great Dao has no form, only when others attained it
did forms come about; it has no name, only when others came into being
did names come about. When heaven and earth attain it, it manifests as theDao of Qian and Kun; when the sun and the moon attain it, it manifests as
the Dao of yin and yang. When human beings attain it, it manifests in official life as the Dao of ruler and minister, in private residences as the Dao ofin husband and wife, in villages as the Dao of seniors and juniors, in social
circles as the Dao of friends and acquaintances, and in the family as theDao of father and son.
Looking at this from the outside, it becomes clear that they all havetheir own Dao. Thus, when father and mother interact, the father beingyang advances first while yin follows behind; perfect qi receives perfect water, heart fire and kidney water fuse and refine into seminal florescence.
Once this emerges, if the yin of the mother advances first, her water drips
into a place of no further use; if her yang moves first, her blood settles near
the palace [womb]. Then essence and blood form a zygote, which encompasses perfect qi and in due course enters the palace of mother and child.
Over a succession of days and strings of months, perfect qi becomes ahuman being. This is just like heaven and earth moving along with Dao,
Qian and Kun connecting and generating the three yin and three yang. Perfect qi is yang; perfect water is yin. Yet there is also yang contained in waterand yin in qi. Qi tends to ascend, yet it also contains perfect water. Water
tends to descend, yet also contains perfect qi. Thus, perfect water is perfectyin and perfect qi is perfect yang.
Perfect yang descends as it follows water. Behaving like Qian connecting to Kun, it creates Zhen above, Kan in the middle, and Gen below.
Matching this to the human body and taking the center as the baseline, it
moves down from the top, making Zhen the liver, Kan the kidneys, and Gen
the bladder.
Perfect yin ascends as it follows qi. Behaving like Kun connecting to
Qian, it creates Xun below, Li in the middle, and Dui above. Matching thisto the human body and taking the center as the baseline, it moves up fromthe bottom making Xun the gallbladder, Li the heart, and Dui the lungs.
Once its physical form and image are fully prepared and the correct
count is reached, it leaves the mother. After birth, primordial yang resides
in the kidneys and there generates perfect qi. Perfect qi moves to the heart

130 / Translation One

and there generates perfect fluid. This in turn reverts back to the prime. It
keeps on moving up and down, back and forth.
As long as there is no loss or obstruction, people can extend their years.
If they know the proper timing without fail and observe the right measureof reduction and augmentation, they naturally live long. If they work hard
without slackening, maintain dedicated cultivation without stopping, their
yin will be all gone and their yang utterly pure, allowing them to transcend
ordinary existence and enter the ranks of the sages.
These are the principles of the deep creativity of the core workings ofheaven, information that has never been transmitted in the past or today.
Now, if people are confident in their mind and free from indecision, regard
fame and profit as restrictive chains, see love and compassion as plundering
enemies, abhor the suffering of sickness and disease and fear the hardshipsof death and destruction, want to prevent losing their human body to beborn in a different shell and worry thinning out their life force and beingborn among other species, they must maintain a strong will toward clarity
and stillness, stabilize their root source, and never let primordial yang belost or perfect qi scatter.
Then qi will be abundant and the spirit soul free from yin; yang will bestrong and the material soul full of qi. Ascending and descending in proper
rhythm, people in this fashion never go beyond heaven and earth; waxing
and waning in right alternation, they come and go matching the sun andthe moon.

4. The Sun and the Moon
Lü asked: Now that I roughly know about the principles of heaven andearth, what impact do the orbits and interactions of the sun and the moon
have on humanity? May I please hear about this?
Zhong replied: The great Dao has no form but it generates and nurtures heaven and earth. The great Dao has no name, but it revolves andmoves the sun and the moon. The sun and the moon are the essence ofgreat yin and great yang. They structure the patterns of the interaction ofheaven and earth; they support the efforts involved in the generation andmaturation of the myriad beings. They rise and set in the east and west todifferentiate day and night. They come and go in the south and north todetermine heat and cold.
Night and day never stop, heat and cold continuously succeed eachother. Within their dark portion [lit. material soul], their bright part [lit.
spirit soul] arises; from the center of this bright part in due course the dark
portion again takes root. Their waxing and waning occur at regular times,
never losing the correct count of Qian and Kun. They come and go in theproper measure, never failing the periodic changes of heaven and earth.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 131

Lü asked: How exactly do they rise and set in the east and west to differentiate day and night?
Zhong replied: When murky chaos first divided, the dark and the yellow took up their positions. Heaven and earth took shape and in their physical form looked like an egg. Within the six harmonies they were round likea ball. Then the sun and the moon began to rise and set, revolving by moving alternatively up toward heaven and down toward earth. Moving up anddown, east and west, their course is an every-turning wheel. The sun rises inthe east and moves west—before it sets, it is day. It rises in the east andmoves west—before it rises, it is night. Thus, the rising and setting of thesun determine day and night.
The rising and setting of the moon are different from those of the sun.
It supports its dark portion in the west and receives its bright part to theeast. It radiates brightly during the night but hides its brightness during theday. As the days go on, it works during different double-hours, either risingor setting, usually going from west to east.
When at first its bright part emerges in its dark portion, it looks like abent bow; early in the night it shines brightly in the west. Next, within its
dark portion, its bright part grows to occupy half: it reaches its first quarterand early in the night it shines brightly in the south. In the next phase, thebright part completely covers the dark portion and it faces the sun; early inthe night it shines brightly in the east.
Next, within its bright part, the dark portion resurfaces and it looks
like a broken mirror; early in the day its bright part hides in the west. Next,
within its bright part, its dark portion grows to occupy half: it reaches its
last quarter; in the day its bright part hides in the south. From here the dark
portion completely covers the bright part and it faces away from the sun;early in the day its bright part hides in the east. Thus, the rising and settingof the moon in their own way differentiate day and night.
Lü asked: How do their coming and going in north and south determine heat and cold?
Zhong replied: After the winter solstice, the sun rises sometime in thefirst 50 units after the Chen hour [7-9 am] and sets sometime in the last 50
units of the Shen hour [3-5 pm]. It rises and sets from south to north until
it reaches the summer solstice.
After the summer solstice, the sun rises sometime in the first 50 unitsof the Yin hour [3-5 am] and sets sometime in the last 50 units of the Xuhour [7-9 pm]. It rises and sets from north to south until it again reaches
the winter solstice.
Going from south to north, as winter turns into summer, cold becomes heat. Going from north to south, as summer turns into winter, heatbecomes cold. Accordingly the days in the summer are as long as the nights
in the winter; the days in the winter are as long as the nights in the summer.

132 / Translation One

After the winter solstice, the moon rises in the north and moves south:
this matches the sun in the summer. After the summer solstice, it rises inthe south and moves north: this matches the sun in the winter. Thus, thecomings and goings of the sun and the moon determine the manifestationof heat and cold.
Lü asked: The core workings of heaven and earth involve the continuous ascent and descent of yin and yang, which perfectly match human activities with no major distinction. How, then, do the rising and setting,coming and going of the sun and the moon, their interaction and orbits
compare to human beings?
Zhong replied: The core workings of heaven and earth depend on thecontinuous ascent and descent of yin and yang. Alternating ascending anddescending, they generate each other as they each reach their great ultimate.
They mutually generate and mature each other, forever cycling through andbeginning anew. Never losing Dao, they can live forever.
Adepts of cultivation, if they pattern themselves on heaven and earth,
can attain live long without dying. As they match the orbits of the sun andthe moon, the interaction of their coming and going, if they stop when themoon receives the bright part of the sun, they change yin into yang, so that
their yin is all gone and their yang is utterly pure. Using lunar florescence tobecome radiant and pure, they can eliminate their dark portions and shine
forth like the sun, illuminating all above and below. At this time, if theyfurther continue to refine themselves, they can use qi to mature spirit, beliberated from material reality and ascend to the immortals. Refinement isthus the attainment of pure yang.
Lü asked: For Daoist adepts who cultivate perfection, which comes
first in their work, applying the principles of yin and yang ascending anddescending through heaven and earth or initiating the rhythmical interaction of solar essence and lunar florescence?
Zhong replied: They should start by imitating the core workings ofheaven. Applying the principles of the continuous ascent and descent of yin
and yang, they fuse perfect water and perfect fire into oneness, refine them
to form the great medicine, and settle it firmly in their elixir field. Thus,
they will not die for vast kalpas and can live as long as heaven and earth. Ifthey do not want to keep on living in the world of dust, they should notstop in their work, but apply the interaction of the sun and the moon. Using yang to refine yin, they make sure yin does not emerge; using qi to nurture spirit, they make sure spirit does not scatter. In this way, their five qi
move to the prime and their three [yang] flowers gather at the top of thehead. Abandoning the currents of ordinary living, they joyfully return to
the three isles [of the blessed].

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 133

Lü asked: Effectual experiences like these come about thoroughly andpromptly. It seems the biggest thing to worry about is not matching theproper time.
Zhong replied: That is correct. Yin and yang keep on ascending anddescending through heaven and earth: they cycle through one interactionin the course of a year. The essence and efflorescence of the sun and themoon keep on coming and going: they cycle through one interaction in thecourse of a month. Qi and fluid of the human body, in their turn, cycle
through one interaction in the course of one day and one night.

5. The Four Levels of TimeLü asked: May I please ask about the specific interactions of the sun and themoon between heaven and earth in the course of years, months, days, andhours?
Zhong replied: Time overall comes in four levels. Human life lasts
about one hundred years. From age one to thirty is the time of youth andstrength; from thirty to sixty is the time of growth and maturity; from sixty
to ninety is the time of old age and infirmity; and from ninety to a hundredor a hundred and twenty s the time of decline and demise. This is how timeworks in the human body: it is the first level.
Now, twelve double-hours make up one day; five days make one baseweek [lit., phase]; three base-weeks make one qi-period; three qi-periods
make one division; two divisions made one season. The seasons consist of
spring, summer, fall, and winter.
During spring, yang grows to half fullness within yin and the weatherchanges from cold to warm—this defines spring. During summer, yangreaches fullness within yang and the weather changes from warm to hot—
this defines summer. During fall, yin grows to half fullness within yang andthe weather turns from hot to cool—this defines fall. During winter, yinreaches fullness within yin and the weather turns from cool to cold—thisdefines winter. This is how time works in a year: it is the second level.
Now, the lower pitch pipes generate tube semitones, and the higher
tubes generate pitched sounds. One month has thirty days, which equals
360 double-hours, 3000 segments, and 180,000 units. While the moon waxes from new moon to its first quarter, yang grows to half fullness within yin.
While it waxes from its first quarter to full moon, yang reaches fullness
within yang. When it wanes from full moon to its last quarter, yin grows tohalf fullness within yang. When it waxes from its last quarter to darkness,yin reaches fullness within yin. This is called how time works in a month: itis the third level.
Sixty units make one segment, eight segments and twenty units [500units] make one double-hour, and one and a half double-hours mark one

134 / Translation One

trigram [three-hour point]. In space, the trigrams determine the eight directions; in time, they divide into four key positions.
That is, from the Zi [11 pm–1 am] to the Mao hour [5-7 am], yang grows
to half fullness within yin, that is, minor yang arises within major yin. From
the Mao to the Wu hour [11 am-1 pm], yang reaches fullness within yang,that is, major yang arises within minor yang. From the Wu to the You hour
[5-7 pm], yin grows to half fullness within yang, that is, minor yin arises
within major yang. From the You to the Zi hour, yin reaches fullness within
yin, that is, major yin arises within pure minor yin. This is called the time
how time works in a day: it is the fourth level.
The proper time of the human body is hard to attain and easy to lose.
The months within the year are fast to pass and slow to come. The doublehours of the day are elusive like lightning and swift like raging flames. Days
accumulate and turn into months; months accumulate and turn into years.
The months of the year slip by and fall away; personal years move alongswiftly. Desiring fame and pursuing profit lead the mind astray without
reprieve; loving children and coddling grandchildren causes the continued
arising of care and emotion. When one finally thinks to turn the mind backtoward Dao, one has to wrangle with old age and declining qi. Like snow inthe spring and flowers in the fall, one only has moments of time left; likeevening sun and full moon, one follows an impermanent, fleeting light.
Dao followers find it hard to attain the proper time of the human body.
Throughout gorgeous mountains and enticing scenery, multi-coloredplants exude deluding fragrance; in pavilions perched over rivers and edifices on dangerous cliffs, soft breezes delight the intention. They invite leisurely talks during moonlit nights and drinking with friends during snowbound days. All these are lascivious pleasures without end that chisel away
at our limited time. When one finally thinks to turn the mind back toward
Dao, the body is riddled with sickness and disease. Like being in a shipwreck before rescue, who would not be filled with a yearning for salvation?
Like sitting in a leaking house about to cave in, who would abandon theintention toward renewed cultivation?
Daoist adepts often pass their youth in vain pursuits. Before the rooster
has even crowed, they leave their house, anxious that they might be late.
When the city’s drums are heard widely [at sunset], they return to theirhouse, complaining that is too soon. Avarice and madness, competition andeagerness barely pause; foolish imaginings and pervasive worries never stop!
Their houses are full of gold and jade, but how does that help them to ward
off disease? Their vision is focused on children and grandchildren, but how
does that let them exchange rather than lose their qi? Night and day neverstop. People of the world don’t realize that! Daoist adepts thus should cherish the time of each day.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 135

Lü asked: The different levels of the human body, year, month, and day
are manifestations of time. You, my venerable teacher, have said that theproper time of the human body is hard to attain, while that of each day
should be cherished. Why is that?
Zhong replied: Daoist adepts have a hard time practicing in their youth.
Were they to cultivate it with dedication while young, when their root isfirm and their primordial qi still whole, they would find it easy to see success. Within even a mere thousand days, they could reach a major level ofaccomplishment. They also have a hard time in their middle years. Practicing in middle age, they first have to supplement their qi to reach a basic
level of fullness, then apply themselves thoroughly to pursue success. Initially they can reverse old age and recover youth; later they can enter utmost states and transcend ordinary life.
Daoist adepts often do not realize this in their youth and refuse to reflect on it during middle age. Only if pursued by hardship and disasters dothey finally settle their minds in clarity and stillness; only when suffering
sickness and disease do they place their will on the invisible and inaudible.
For those practicing in their later years, we first discuss saving and preserving [qi], then talk about supplementing and increasing it. Practicing in thismanner, they gradually reach a minor level of accomplishment, from which,by accumulating more merit, they get to the medium level. Again accumulating more merit, they can reverse old age and recover their youth.
Refining their physical form, they can stay on in the world, but theirfive qi cannot move to the prime and their three yang have a hard timegathering at the top of the head. They lack the karmic conditions to gainliberation from material reality and ascend to the immortals. This is what I
mean when I say that the proper time of the human body is hard to attain.
Lü asked: I see: the proper time of the human body is difficult to know
and hard to attain. But what about cherishing the time of each day?
Zhong replied: One day in human life is the same as one month for thesun and the moon or one year for heaven and earth. After the great Dao
generated and raised heaven and earth, they took up their separate positions above and below, 84,000 miles apart. After the winter solstice, yang
begins to ascend from earth. Each qi-period or fifteen days, it advances
7,000 miles, and after 180 days arrives in heaven [sky] above. Reaching its
great ultimate, it generates yin. After the summer solstice, yin beings todescend from the sky. Each qi-period or fifteen days, it advances 7,000
miles, and after 180 days arrives at the earth below. Reaching its great ultimate, it again generates yang. The cycle renews continuously and their circulation never stops. Since they never lose Dao, they can live forever.
The orbits and revolutions of the sun and the moon give shape to days
and months as they each cover a distance of 840 miles. After the new moon,nine [yang] arises in six [yin]. Each day, in the course of twelve double-

136 / Translation One

hours, from its dark portion [lit. material soul] the bright part [lit. spiritsoul] advances seventy miles, so by day fifteen, after 180 double-hours, itreaches 840. After the full moon, six arises in nine. Each day, in the courseof twelve double-hours, from its bright part the dark portion advances seventy miles, so by day fifteen, after 180 double-hours, it reaches 840. The
cycle renews continuously and their circulation never stops. Since they
never lose Dao, they can remain strong and stable.
The great Dao supports and nurtures the myriad beings, among whomhumans are the most spiritual and noble. The heart and kidneys in thehuman body are 8.4 inches from each other. Between them yin and yangkeep ascending and descending, no different from heaven and earth. Fluidarises from qi; qi emerges from fluid. Qi and fluid generate each otheralong the very same path as the sun and the moon.
Heaven and earth connect through Qian and Kun, and yin and yangkeep ascending and descending between them, cycling through one interaction in the course of one year. Since they never lose Dao, one year is always followed by another. The sun and the moon in alteration generate
their bright parts and dark portions, their essence and efflorescence constantly coming and going. They cycle through one interaction in the courseof one month. Since they never lose Dao, one month is always followed byanother.
In human beings, similar interaction and fusion occur once in thecourse of a day and night. Unaware of the correct time of this fusion, they
have no method to assemble and collect [qi]. At the times of diminishing[qi], they do not know how to supplement it; at the time of increasing [qi],they do not understand how to contain it. When yin is in fusion, they do
not realize that they should nurture yang; when yang is active, they do notunderstand that they should refine yin. If over a month, they do not realize
the proper times of diminishing and increasing, they cannot possibly practice correctly in the course of a day.
Also, every year that passes means one year less; every day that passes
means one day less. Subject to wind, lying down in dampness, exposed toheat, and wading through cold, they have no chance to dedicate themselvesto cultivation. Coddling their hearts, they incur diseases, thus wasting theirbest years and ending up with nothing left to do but sit up and wait for
death.
Lü asked: I think it is not that Daoist adepts do not know that, if theywaste their best years and let the months slip by, they will find their bodyriddled with sickness and disease and eventually end in death. Rather, they
do not know the right methods of cultivation and the correct times of serious practice. Thus, they mistake the times of the fusion of yin and yang anddo not match the rhythm of the hours and months.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 137

Zhong replied: The human body works with years; years work withmonths; months work with days; and days work with hours. The energies ofthe five organs rise and decline over specific months; they advance andwithdraw over certain days; and they interact and fuse in the course of particular hours. They revolve in five degrees and their qi transfers in six phases. Making sure that metal, wood, water, fire, and earth each take their turnwithout fail, that east, west, south, north, and center undergo generationand maturation in accordance with the right numbers, they refine essence
to generate perfect qi, refine qi to fuse with yang spirit, and refine spirit tobecome one with the great Dao.

6. The Five Phases
Lü asked: The qi of the five organs are metal, wood, water, fire, and earth;the positions of the five phases are east, south, west, north, and center. This
being so, how do they achieve mutual generation and maturation? What is
the timing of their interaction and fusion? What is the best time to assemble and collect them? Please teach me about this.
Zhong replied: After the great Dao divided and generated heaven andearth, they again split and set up emperors in the five directions. Thus, theGreen Emperor of the east is the ruler of spring, when yang arises from yin
and the myriad beings are born. The Red Emperor of the south is the rulerof summer, when yang generates yang and the myriad beings grow. The
White Emperor of the west is the ruler of fall, when yin arises from yang
and the myriad beings reach maturation. The Black Emperor of the north is
the ruler of winter, when yin generates yin and the myriad beings die.
Within the ninety days of each of these four seasons, the last eighteen
are ruled by the Yellow Emperor [of the center]. In spring, he assists thework of the Green Emperor and finalizes generation. In summer, he regulates the work of the Red Emperor and enhances growth. In fall, he enhances the work of the White Emperor and arranges proper positions. In winter,he tightens the work of the Black Emperor and issues severe injunctions.
The five emperors divide their rule, each governing for seventy-two days,
making a total of 360 days or one year, consistently aiding heaven and earth
and moving along with Dao.
The children of the Green Emperor are [the earthly stems] Jia and Yi:
they belong to the east and the phase wood. The children of the Red Emperor are Bing and Ding: they belong to the south and the phase fire. The
children of the Yellow Emperor are Wu and Ji: they belong to the center andthe phase earth. The children of the White Emperor are Geng and Xin: they
belong to the west and the phase metal. The children of the Black Emperor
are Ren and Gui: they belong to the north and the phase water. They become apparent as images during the seasons: wood as the green dragon, fire

138 / Translation One

as the red bird, earth as the hooked line [Gouchen], metal as the white tiger,
and water as the Dark Warrior [lit. tortoise].
They also become apparent in living beings over the seasons. Thus,
when Yi fuses with Geng in spring, there are elm trees; green will take on awhite tint, embodying the colors of metal and wood. When Xin fuses with
Bing in fall, there are dates; white will take on a red tint, embodying thecolors of metal and fire. When Ji fuses with Geng in late summer and earlyfall, there is squash; green will take on a yellow tint, embodying the colorsof earth and wood. When Ding fuses with Ren in summer, there are mulberry trees; red will take on a black tint, embodying the colors of water andfire. When Gui fuses with Wu in winter, there are mandarin oranges; black
will take on a yellow tint, embodying the colors of water and earth. This isvisible pattern among many different species, all manifesting the interaction and fusion of the five emperors in the seasons and throughout all created beings. They are too many to count.
Lü asked: So this is how the five phases work over the seasons. How dothey function in human beings?
Zhong replied: In human beings, the head is round and the feet aresquare: the image of heaven and earth. The continuous ascent and descentof yin and yang match their core workings. The kidneys are water, the heart
is fire, the liver is wood, the lungs are metal, and the spleen is earth. In thesystem of mutual generation among the five phases, water generates wood,
wood generates fire, fire generates earth, earth generates metal, and metal
generates water. The generating phase is the mother, the one being generated is the child.
In the system of mutual control of the five phases, water controls fire,
fire controls metal, metal controls wood, wood controls earth, and earth
controls water. The controlling phase is the husband, the one being controlled is the wife. Looking at it in terms of mother and child, kidney qi
generates liver qi, liver qi generates heart qi, heart qi generates spleen qi,
spleen qi generates lung qi, and lung qi generates kidney qi.
Looking at it in terms of husband and wife, kidney qi controls heart qi,
heart qi controls lung qi, lung qi controls liver qi, liver qi controls spleen qi,
and spleen qi controls kidney qi.
In other words, the kidneys are the husband of the heart, the mother ofthe liver, the wife of the spleen, and the child of the lungs. The liver is thehusband of the spleen, the mother of the heart, the wife of the lungs, andthe child of the kidneys. The heart is the husband of the lungs, the motherof the spleen, the wife of the kidneys, and the child of the liver. The lungs
are the husband of the liver, the mother of the kidneys, the wife of the heart,and the child of the spleen. The spleen is the husband of the kidneys, themother of the lungs, the wife of the liver, and the child of the heart.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 139

The heart manifests on the inside in the blood vessels, on the outside in
the complexion. It uses the tongue as its sensory gateway. It is controlled by
the kidneys and exerts impact on by the lungs, relating to them in themode of husband and wife. Receiving liver qi, it burgeons; encounteringspleen [qi], it decreases, relating to them in the mode of mother and child.
The kidneys manifest on the inside in the bones, on the outside in
overall appearance. They use the ears as their sensory gateway. They arecontrolled by the spleen and exert impact on the heart, relating to them inthe mode of husband and wife. Receiving lung qi, they burgeon; encountering liver [qi], they decrease, relating to them in the mode of mother andchild.
The liver manifests on the inside in the muscles, on the outside in thenails. It uses the eyes as its sensory gateway. It is controlled by the lungs andexerts impact on the spleen, relating to them in the mode of husband andwife. Receiving kidney qi, it burgeons; encountering heart [qi], it decreases,
relating to them as in the mode of mother and child.
The lungs manifest on the inside in the skin, on the outside in the bodyhair. They use the nostrils as their sensory gateway. They are controlled by
the heart and exert impact on the liver, relating to them in the mode ofhusband and wife. Receiving spleen, they burgeon; encountering kidney[qi], they decrease, relating to them in the mode of mother and child.
The spleen manifests on the inside in the organs, where it summarily
nurtures the heart, kidneys, liver, and lungs. On the outside, it matches theflesh. It uses the lips and mouth as its sensory gateway, and determines thecoming and going of the breath. It is controlled by the liver and exrts impact on the kidneys, relating to them in the mode of husband and wife.
Receiving heart qi, it burgeons; encountering lung [qi], it decreases, relating to them in the mode of mother and child.
Such are the workings of five phases within human beings, either generating or controlling each other and transferring qi along the lines of husband and wife or mother and child. All decline and dominance happen thisway.
Lü asked: The heart being fire, how can one get this fire to descend?
The kidneys being water, how can one get this water to ascend? The spleenbeing earth, and earth occupying the center, when it receives fire, it burgeons, but is it also controlled by water from below? The lungs being metal,
and metal occupying the high position, when they receive fire, they diminish, but can their qi also be generated by water?
When the organs are in the cycle of mutual generation, they transfer qi
to each other yet are at a distance. When they control each other, they getclose yet have a hard time shifting along. So, how can we best deal with theprocess of mutual diminishing and control?

140 / Translation One

Zhong replied: The five phases always return to the source, guided andpulled by the qi of cosmic oneness. Primordial yang ascends and generates
perfect water; through creative transformation perfect water generates perfect qi; through creative transformation perfect qi generates yang spirit.
From the beginning, as soon as the five phases assume their positions, theyinteract alternating in the mode of husband and wife.
Thus, the kidneys are water; they contain metal, which originally generates water. In practice, it is essential to recognize the metal within water.
Water is originally tamed by earth, so when assembling the medicine, it isessential to get earth to return to water. The dragon is the image of the liver;the tiger is the physical form of the lungs. The dragon, being yang, emerges
from the Li palace; the tiger, being yin, arises in the Kan position.
When the five phases follow their natural course, qi is transferred frommother [to child]. The period between Zi [midnight] and Wu [noon] is accordingly when one can generated yang within yang. When the five phases
invert, fluid flows from husband to wife. The period between Wu and Zi is
accordingly when one can refine yang within yin. If it does not get any yang,
yin cannot mature. Eventually, there is no more yin and one will not die. If
it does not get any yin, yang cannot grow. Eventually, yin is eliminated andone can live long.
Lü asked: The five phases take their origin from the qi of cosmic oneness of yin and yang. What exactly is this qi of cosmic oneness?
Zhong replied: The qi of cosmic oneness appears when father andmother have intercourse; through creative transformation their essence andblood turns into physical form. During gestation, the kidneys generate thespleen, the spleen generates the liver, the liver generates the lungs, thelungs generate the heart, the heart generates the small intestine, the small
intestine generates the large intestine, the large intestine generates thegallbladder, the gallbladder generates the stomach, and the stomach generates the bladder.
In this process, yin takes essence and blood and transforms them into
physical form while yang emerges at the moment when life first begins, asingle spark of primordial yang settling in the two kidneys. Now, the kidneys are water, which contains fire and ascends as qi to move to the heart.
The heart is yang, and yang fuses with yang. When it reaches its great ultimate, it again generates yin. The accumulated qi then generates fluid,which naturally descends from the heart and reverts to the kidneys.
The liver is originally the mother of the heart and the child of the kidneys; it transfers kidney qi to the heart. The lungs are originally the wife of
the heart and the mother of the kidneys; they transfer heart fluid to thekidneys. Qi and fluid in the body keep on ascending and descending justlike yin and yang between heaven and earth. Liver and lungs transfer qi justlike the sun and the moon keep on coming and going.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 141

The five phases are a way to express their rhythm. As regards their interaction and fusion, generation and maturation, they all originate fromprimordial yang, the qi of cosmic oneness. Qi generates from fluid; fluid
generates from qi. The kidneys are the root of qi; the heart is the source of
fluid. If adepts keep the root of their life force firm and stable, vaguely andindistinctly, perfect water will naturally grow within qi. If they keep thesource of the heart clear and pure, obscurely and mysteriously, perfect fire
will naturally grow within fluid. From the fire they know how to collect theperfect dragon; from the water they know how to obtain the perfect tiger.
Next, dragon and tiger mate and transform into the yellow sprout, whichtransforms further into the great medicine. This is called the golden elixir.
Once the golden elixir is produced, they can become spirit immortals.
Lü asked: I see. Once the golden elixir is produced, one gains liberationfrom material reality and can ascend to the immortals to take up residence
on the ten continents. But what is the yellow sprout?
Zhong replied: It is none other than the perfect dragon and the perfecttiger.
Lü asked: And what are this dragon and tiger?
Zhong replied: The dragon here is not the liver, but the dragon of pureyang. It arises in perfect water at the Li palace. The tiger here is not thelungs, but the tiger of perfect yin. It arises in perfect fire at the Kan position.

7. Water and Fire
Lü asked: People who want to live long need to refine and produce thegolden elixir. To refine the golden elixir, they first need to assemble the yellow sprout. To obtain the yellow sprout, they must get hold of the dragon
and tiger. You have said that the perfect dragon emerges from the Li palace
and the perfect tiger is generated in the Kan position. Li and Kan containwater and fire. What exactly is this water and fire?
Zhong replied: Water in the human body manifests in the four oceans,
five lakes, nine rivers, and three islands. Flowery pond, nephrite pond,
phoenix pond, celestial pond, jade pond, chaos pond, primordial pool, lofty
garden, spirit water, golden wave, jasper fluid, jade spring, yang cream,
white snow—these are some of the many names and appellations for it, too
numerous to list completely.
Fire in the human body manifests in ruling, subordinate, and common
fire. All three originate from primordial yang and generate perfect qi. If
perfect qi holds together, there is health; if it is weak, sickness arises. If
people waste and scatter perfect qi, release and lose primordial yang, it willsoon be all gone. When pure yin is all that’s left, primordial spirit leaves thebody, and there is death.

142 / Translation One

Lü asked: In the human body, then, there is a spark of primordial yangthat promotes the three forms of fire. Since they arise within a multiplicity
of water and a host of yin forces, they are easy to scatter and hard to kindle.
A state of weak yang and burgeoning yin, little fire and much water causes
people to decline and age rapidly, making it impossible for them to attainlong life. What can one do about this?
Zhong replied: The heart is the ocean of blood; the kidneys are theocean of qi; the brain is the ocean of marrow; and the spleen and stomach
are the ocean of grain. They are the four oceans. The five organs each havetheir own fluid, located in their respective positions of east, west, south,
north, and center. They are the five lakes. The small intestine is twenty-four
feet long and meanders in nine bends. They are the nine rivers. Its lowest
section, moreover, is known as the primordial pool.
The top of the head is called the upper island; the heart is the middle
island; and the kidneys are the lower island. The three islands are also described as root, source, and lofty garden. The flowery pond is beneath theyellow court; the nephrite pond emerges in front of the cinnabar tower. The
chaos pond connects to the jade capital above; the celestial pond bubbles
up right in the inner courtyard. The phoenix pond sits between the heart
and the lungs; the jade pond is inside the lips and teeth.
Spirit water is generated from qi, while golden waves drip down fromheaven. Where the red dragon resides, there naturally arise the jasper fluid
and jade spring. After the embryo is formed, white snow and yang cream
appear. When they start to drip down, one gets them to burgeon with richfluid and strong flames. This is first called jade fluid, then golden fluid;
both can be reverted to the elixir field. Working with reduction and augmentation in proper measure, one can properly bathe [the embryo].
Doing so first in the middle field, then the lower field, adepts can refine
the physical form. Then the jade medicine and the golden flower turn intoa body of yellow and white; rich liquor and sweet dew refine into a substance of extraordinary fragrance. Such are the benefits of managing water
efficiently.
When common fire ascends, it supports kidney qi and generates perfect water. Kidney water then ascends to fuse with heart fluid and generates
perfect qi. At a minor level, this eliminates all diseases; at a major level, it
serves to refine material reality and heat the elixir. Quickening the celestial
orbits, fire arises and one can incinerate the body; contracting the yangbarrier, one can revert the cinnabar medicine to the prime. From here one
should arrange things in the system of the nine continents to nurture yangspirit; incinerate the entanglements of the three deathbringers to eliminate
the yin ghosts. Moving up, push through the three barriers; moving down,
dissolve the seven material souls. Refine the physical form into qi and become light and lofty as if flying. Refine qi into spirit and gain liberation

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 143from the womb like a cicada [shedding its shell]. These are the benefits ofmanaging fire efficiently.
Lü asked: Earlier I heard in your instructions that the greatest affliction
is a state of too little fire and too much water, which causes people to rapidly age and decline. Next I listened to your lofty discourse describing theeffectual experiences of water and fire. Ultimately, how do they transform,
and what can one do to increase of what there is little and strengthen what
is weak?
Zhong replied: Working in the rhythm of two and eight, yin dissolves;
through three and nine, yang is enhanced. The bright, red golden elixir canthereby be completed. Working through seven cycles and nine circulations,the immortal embryo develops naturally. Perfect qi resides in the heart,which is the source of all fluid. Primordial yang resides in the kidneys,
which form the ocean of qi. The bladder houses common fire, but with
common fire alone it cannot function. Rather, it must also store secretions
and fluids. If people do not comprehend the core workings of heaven, they
can never fathom the mysterious principles. Daoist adepts then have a hardtime transmuting [qi] and will not be able to avoid sickness, disease, anddeath.
Lü asked: So, when you speak of transmutation, you mean the ability toenhance yang and dissolve yin. How exactly can one produce the golden
elixir and get the immortal embryo to develop naturally?
Zhong replied: The heart and kidneys in the human body are 8.4 inches
apart, matching the distance between the positions of heaven and earth. Qi
and fluid each reach their great ultimate and generate each other, matching
the interaction and fusion of yin and yang. One day has twelve doublehours, matching the twelve months of the year.
The heart generates fluid, however, it does not do spontaneously. Rather, it needs fluid descending from the lungs, which the heart then transfers. Fluid follows the mode of husband and wife, moving first up thendown. When it returns to the lower field, we speak of the wife returning to
the husband’s palace.
The kidneys generate qi, however, they do not do so spontaneously.
Rather, they need qi ascending from the gallbladder, which the kidneys
then transfer. Qi follows the mode of mother and child, moving first downthen up. When it moves to the prime in the center [middle field], we speakof the husband returning to the wife’s chamber.
Liver qi guides kidney qi, moving first down then up all the way to theheart. The heart is fire. When the two qi interact, steam suffuses the lungs.
When lung fluid descends to the heart, it issues from there and we say thatthe heart generates fluid. This fluid generated in the heart, if never allowed
to disperse or scatter, becomes perfect water.

144 / Translation One

Lung fluid transfers to heart fluid, moving first up then down all theway to the kidneys. The kidneys are water. When the two waters interact,they inundate the bladder. Bladder qi then ascends to the kidneys and gives
rise to kidneys qi. This qi generated in the kidneys, if never allowed to dissolve or be destroyed, becomes perfect fire.
Perfect fire arises from water. Blurred and indistinct, it appears as a
substance: look at it and do not see it; grab for it and do not catch it [Daodejing 14]. Perfected water arises from fire. Obscure and mysterious, it appears as an essence: see it but do not grasp it, grasp it, yet cannot make it go.
Lü asked: The kidneys are water. Qi generated from water is called perfect fire. So, what substance is there in this fire? The heart is fire. Fluid generated from fire is called perfect water. What essence is there in this water?
The substance in the fire, the essence in the water have no form or shape topursue. If one pursues them, they are hard to obtain. And once obtained,
how should one apply them?
Zhong replied: All the highest sages and accomplished Dao-masters of
the past as much as today have never worked without these two. They fuse
and transform into the yellow sprout; following the correct count, the [immortal] embryo develops fully and they can they produce the great medicine. These two, then, are none other than the perfect dragon and the perfect tiger.

8. Dragon and Tiger3
Lü asked: The dragon is originally the image of the liver, while the tiger isthe physical form of the lungs. This being so, a fluid is generated in the
midst of heart fire. This fluid is in fact perfect water. Within this water, obscure and mysterious, the perfect dragon is deeply hidden. Thus, the dragon does not reside in the liver, but emerges from the Li palace. How is thisso?
Similarly, fire is generated in the midst of kidney water. This fire is infact perfect fire. Within this fire, blurred and indistinct, the perfect tiger isdeeply hidden. Thus, the tiger does not reside in the lungs but emerges
from the Kan position. How does that happen?
Zhong replied: The dragon is a being of yang. It flies up and soars into
heaven, and when it howls, clouds arise. In charge of moisture, it benefits
the myriad beings. Among images, it is the green dragon; among the directions, it is Jia and Yi [east]; among the [five] substances, it is wood; among
the seasons, it is spring; among the virtues, it is benevolence; among thetrigrams, it is Zhen; among the five organs of the human body, it is the liver.
The tiger is a being of yin. It runs around on the earth, and when itroars, wind blows. In control of mountains, it awes and controls the hun3This section is also translated in Pregadio 2019, 61-67.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 145

dred beasts. Among images, it is the white tiger; among the directions, it isGeng and Xin [west]; among the [five] substances, it is metal; among theseasons, it is fall; among the virtues, it is righteousness; among the trigrams,
it is Dui; among the five organs, it is the lungs.
Now, the liver is yang, yet it resides in a position of yin. For this reason,kidney qi transfers to liver qi: following the mode of mother and child, water generates wood. When kidney qi is sufficient, liver qi is generated, andonce this happens, it is possible to eliminate excess yin in the kidneys andallow the qi of pure yang to ascend.
Similarly, the lungs are yin, yet they reside in a position of yang. For thisreason, heart fluid transfers to lung fluid: following the mode of husband
and wife, fire controls metal. When heart fluid reaches the lungs, lung fluid is generated, and once this happens, it is possible to eliminate all excess
yang in the heart and allow the fluid of pure yin to descend.
Since the liver corresponds to yang, it eliminates excess yin in the kidneys. Therefore, we know that the moment the qi passes through the liver,
it turns into pure yang. Pure yang qi in turn contains the water of perfectoneness. Blurred and indistinct, it is formless. We call it the yang dragon.
Similarly, as the lungs correspond to yin, they cut off excess yang in theheart. Therefore, we know that the moment the fluid passes through thelungs, it turns into pure yin. Pure yin fluid in turn supports the qi of rightful yang. Obscure and mysterious, it is invisible. We call it the yin tiger.
Qi ascends while fluid descends, but normally they cannot fuse. However, when the water of perfect oneness in the qi encounters fluid, they fusewith each other. When the qi of rightful yang in the fluid encounters qi,
they spontaneously gather. During the transmission process, if adepts apply
specific methods to control it, they can prevent kidney qi from being released and lost and assemble the water of perfect oneness. Similarly, they
can make sure that heart fluid does not disperse and scatter, and assemble
the qi of rightful yang from it. When mother and child meet, they long forand take care of each other.
Within a day, the medicine grows to the size of a grain of rice. If adepts
continue the practice for a hundred days without fail, the medicine is fully
potent. After two hundred days, the sagely womb is stable; and after threehundred days, the immortal embryo is fully formed. “In physical form like apellet or pill, it has the color of a mandarin orange” [Baopuzi 6]. We call thisthe cinnabar medicine. As it rests permanently in the lower field, one canmaintain the physical form and stay on earth, living on and on for vast kalpas. This is what we call an earth immortal.
Lü asked: Kidney water generates qi, which contains the water of perfect oneness. This is called the yin tiger. When the tiger encounters fluid,
they join. heart fire generates fluid, which contains the qi of rightful yang.
This is called the yang dragon. When the dragon encounters qi, they fuse.

146 / Translation One

Things of the same kind gather together while beings of different types
separate—such is the principle of nature.
This means that, when qi is generated, fluid descends. But does thewater of perfect oneness within qi not always follow fluid and descend to
the five organs? When fluid is generated, qi ascends. But does the qi ofrightful yang within fluid not always follow qi and ascend to the twelvestoried tower? If perfect water descends as it follows fluid, the tiger cannot
interact with the dragon. If perfect yang ascends following qi, the dragon
cannot fuse with the tiger. If the two do not fuse, how can one obtain theyellow sprout? And without the yellow sprout, how can one ever obtain thegreat medicine?
Zhong replied: When kidney qi is generated, it is like great yang [thesun] rising over the ocean: mist and dew cannot overshadow its light. When
fluid descends, it is like a falling curtain: how can it be strong enough toovercome qi? And if qi is strong, the water of perfect oneness naturally burgeons. When heart fluid is generated, it is like stern heaven [cold climate]killing living beings: all wailing and crying cannot combat this cold. Qi ascends like a feathered fan: how can it be strong enough to overcome fluid?
And if fluid is abundant, the qi of rightful yang is either strong or weak, astate yet to be determined.
Lü asked: Qi and water grow at specific times. At certain times qi is
generated; if it is strong, the water of perfect oneness burgeons. At othertimes fluid is generated; if if burgeons, the qi of rightful yang also flourishes. But I still do not understand what exactly is meant by burgeoning anddecline.
Zhong replied: Kidney qi disperses and scatters easily, and it is hard to
obtain the perfect tiger. Heart fluid accumulates and gathers with difficulty,
and it is easy to lose the perfect dragon. The myriad scrolls of elixir scriptures in their various discourses and explanations never go beyond yin andyang, and the things we call yin and yang, whether subtle or gross, are noneother than dragon and tiger. Only one or two in ten thousand Daoist adepts
are really in the know. Most listen a lot and read widely so that, although
they may understand the principles of dragon and tiger, they do not reallycomprehend the timing of their mating or know the right methods of assembling and collecting [the ingredients]. For this reason, advanced adepts
in the past as much as today, though they may dedicate themselves to cultivation until their hair turns white, only reach a minor level of accomplishment. They may continue the generations and extend their years, but will
never even hear of transcendence and liberation. This is because they nevermanage to get dragon and tiger to mate, thus failing to assemble the yellow
sprout and produce the cinnabar medicine.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 147

9. The Cinnabar Medicine
Lü asked: I now understand the principles of the dragon and tiger, but may
I please learn what exactly you call the great medicine of the golden elixir[cinnabar]?
Zhong replied: A medicine is something that cures disease. Now, disease comes in three forms [suffering, old age, death]. Subject to wind, lying
down in dampness, exposed to heat, and wading through cold, going to
extremes in labor and leisure, losing all rhythm in hunger and satiation,
continuously ailing in one way or another: this is suffering, and suffering isthe disease of the seasons.
Next, refusing to dedicate themselves to cultivation and instead indulging in emotions and letting the intention run wild, scattering and losing
primordial yang, dispersing and diminishing perfect qi, with increasing
years getting dry and desiccated: this is old age, and old age is the disease of
the years.
Third, qi all gone, the physical organism hollow, the spirit soul dissolved, and the spirit drummed out, all tones reduced to a single sound, thefour limbs without a ruler, the body lying still and decaying in the groundin the wilderness: this is death, and death is the disease of human life.
The reason why there is the disease of the seasons is that spring, summer, fall, and winter revolve through states of cold, heat, warmth, and coolness. Yang in excess and yin in deficiency require a cure through cooling;yin in excess and yang in deficiency require a cure through warming. Old
people are cold a lot, while youngsters tend to be hot; obese people have toomuch saliva, while rich folks have too much accumulation. In males, disease grows from qi; in females, afflictions originate in blood.
To cure, one must supplement what is empty, release what is full, protect what is weak, and reduce what is excessive. For minor cases, there areacupuncture and moxibustion; for major ones, there are herbal remedies
and medicines. Continuously ailing and suffering from the disease of theseasons, people rely on learned adepts and respected physicians, manage
their diet in accordance with the disease, and thereby gain a modicum of
healing.
However, what can be done about the disease of old age? How can one
cure the disease of death? Skilled physicians of old could irrigate the colonand enhance the flesh, but none was able to smooth out facial wrinkles andrestore a youthful complexion. Skilled physicians of old could perform headsurgery and mend broken limbs, but none was able to preserve the body toremain in the world and attain long life.
Lü asked: Continuous ailments and the disease of the seasons can be
cured by respected physicians and efficacious medicines. But how can one

148 / Translation One

cure the disease of ongoing decline and aging years, the hardship of exhausted qi and limited life-destiny? Are there medicines for that?
Zhong replied: Now, disease comes in three forms. The disease of theseasons can be cured with medicines made from grasses and trees. Those ofhuman life and of the years can be cured with two medicines, the internaland external elixir.
Lü asked: What, then, is the external elixir?
Zhong replied: In antiquity, when the Lord of Highest Prime transmitted Dao to humanity, he outlined the principles of the continuous ascentand descent [of qi] through heaven and earth, the patterns of the sun andthe moon coming and going. From that came elixir scriptures that filled theworld and allowed people to learn about the great Dao.
For example, Guangchengzi [Master of Vast Completion] taught the
Yellow Emperor, who practiced according to his methods in his spare timefrom governing, yet for the longest time never saw any success. Guangchengzi then told him that the heart and kidneys contained perfect qi andperfect water and that qi and water held perfect yin and perfect yang, andtaught him to fuse them into the great medicine. He also pointed out thatthey are just like the precious ores hidden among metals and minerals andoutlined how to use the materials deep inside Mount Kongtong to refine
the great elixir.
Among the eight minerals use only cinnabar [lit. vermilion sand], andfrom this collect mercury. Among the five metals use only black lead, andfrom this collect silver. Mercury is like the yang dragon; silver is like the yintiger. Heart fire is like red like cinnabar [lit. sand]; kidney water is black likelead. Throughout the year, fire them in accordance with the seasons, neverlosing the rhythm of Qian and Kun. Throughout the month, fire them withthe proper reduction and augmentation, naturally matching civil and martial divisions.
Erect a three-storied furnace, each story nine inches in height, squareon the outside and round on the inside. It assembles the qi of the eight directions and imitates the phases of the four seasons. Reflecting the imageof a golden cauldron, it harbors lead and mercury: it is no different fromthe lungs with their fluid. The main ingredient is sulfur, which combineswith the numinous sand: it is just like the yellow dame.
After three years, adepts reach a minor level of accomplishment: taking
the elixir, they can eliminate the hundred diseases. After six years, theyreach a medium level: taking the elixir, they can extend their years. Afternine years, they reach a major level: taking the elixir, they can lift off andascend spontaneously. Strong in physique and with mighty arms, they easily travel a thousand or ten thousand miles. Although they cannot move on
to Penglai, they can remain among humanity earth for vast kalpas without
dying.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 149

Lü asked: Throughout history many practitioners have refined the elixir
but only a few have seen success. Why is that?
Zhong replied: There are three cases when practitioners fail to complete the elixir. They cannot tell whether the raw materials are genuine or
fake and they they have no clue about the proper firing times for reduction
and augmentation. They take precious ores and scatter them in the flamesof the fire, thus burning them to dust and ashes, and also fail to observe theproper timing and confuse the days, so in the end do not succeed. This is
the first case.
They may have good-quality raw materials, but they do not know theproper firing times. Or they may know the proper firing times, but lack theright raw materials. The two do not match up and in the end they do not
succeed. This is the second case.
They may have good-quality raw materials and also work with theproper firing times, in the course of the year making no mistakes about themonths, in the course of the month never getting the days wrong. Adding
and decreasing according to the right count, advancing and withdrawing at
the right times, the qi is sufficient and the elixir gets completed. However,then they are not ready to work with it externally, and the mysterious craneflies off into the void. They never get the chance to ingest the elixir and in
the end they do not succeed. This is the third case.
Now, the raw materials are originally substances solidified from themarvelous qi of heaven and earth; the firing times are unique arts of attaining Dao developed through the dedicated cultivation of spirit immortals. In
the age of the Three Sovereigns, the Yellow Emperor refined the elixir, completing it upon ninefold circulation. In the wake of the five emperors, Chaos Prime [Lord Lao] refined the elixir, completing it in the course of three
years.
Then it came to the Warring States period, when murderous qi polluted
the air, floating corpses filled the wilderness, and there was no way for substances to receive the marvelous qi of heaven and earth. As a result, there
were no proper raw materials in the world. Those who knew the rightmethods fled into mountains and valleys to escape from suffering, old age,and death. Whatever elixir techniques and immortality methods they recorded on bamboo and silk have long since been lost and destroyed and are
no longer available in the world.
Had there been proper raw materials in the world of dust, the First
Emperor of Qin would not have sought them out in the isles of the ocean.
Had there been correct elixir techniques in the world of grime, Wei Boyang
would not have had to consult the Yijing. Instead, there were numerous
oral transmissions and strong convictions, which deluded later seekers andled them astray, ruined many tens of thousands of families but did not lead

150 / Translation One

to even single successful completion. Looking for the elixir on the outside,
therefore, is entirely futile.
Lü asked: The principles of the external elixir go back to Guangchengzi.
Applying its internal system in accordance with the methods and rules it ispossible to complete it successfully over nine years. Still, good raw materials
are hard to find, correct concoction techniques are hard to obtain, and ultimately one manages to lift off flying but cannot transcend ordinary life,
enter the ranks of the sages, and return to the ten continents. So, may I
please learn more about the internal medicine?
Zhong replied: Do not dismiss external medicines as totally useless.
Daoist adepts who come to realization only in their later years tend to be
not very firm and stable in their root and source. The kidneys are the rootof qi; if the root is not deep, the leaves cannot flourish. The heart is thesource of fluid; if the source is not clear, the current cannot be long. They,
therefore, must make use of the five metals and eight minerals over accumulated days and many months to refine them into the three substances.
The three substances each come in three levels, making a total of nine.
Together they are called the great elixir of dragon and tiger. They help tobind perfect qi, making it possible to refine the physical form, remain in theworld, and become as light as if flying. If one then continues to cultivate
the internal system, is aware of the right timing of [qi] interaction and fusion, and knows the correct methods of assembling and collecting, the immortal embryo is soon produced. Then a day will come when one can attaintranscendence and liberation.
Some people never realize this and hold on to the external elixir. Cooking it over fire for many days, they take it in the desire to ascend to the celestial realm—it really is ridiculous! Rather than pursuing the source of
external medicines, adepts should examine the principles of the internal
elixir. Its raw materials emerge from the heart and kidneys—every one hasthem. They originate with heaven and earth, clearly visible every day. The
firing times work according to the rhythm of the coming and going of thesun and moon, and match the pattern of the intercourse of husband andwife. In due course, the immortal embryo grows from perfect qi. In this qi,
there is another qi, like a dragon nurturing a pearl. When the great medicine is complete, yang spirit emerges. Beyond the human body, there appears another body, like a cicada shedding its skin. The internal medicine
originates from the fusion of dragon and tiger and their turning into theyellow sprout. When this is mature, it divides into lead and mercury.

10. Lead and Mercury
Lü asked: The internal medicine is nothing but dragon and tiger. The tiger
emerges from the Kan palace and is essentially water within qi. The dragon
emerges from the Li palace and is essentially qi within water. Mercury col-

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 151

lected from cinnabar in the external medicine is just like the yang dragon;
silver collected from lead is like the yin tiger.
Lead and mercury being external, why is it that the dragon and tiger
mate and transform into the yellow sprout, and the yellow sprout grows to
divide into lead and mercury? In other words, what is meant by lead andmercury in the context of the internal medicine?
Zhong replied: That which encompasses the material of celestial oneness, the master of the five metals, is black lead. Lead generates silver; it is
the mother of silver. That which stimulates the qi of great yang [sun], themaster of the host of minerals, is cinnabar. Cinnabar generates mercury;mercury is the child of cinnabar. It is difficult to collect silver from lead andmercury from cinnabar. When silver and mercury fuse, they naturally
amalgamate into precious ore. These are the fundamental principles of leadand mercury as evident externally.
Now, when we speak of the internal system, they manifest in the human body. Commentaries and treatises in the past as much as today differ
vastly in their description, offering all kinds of theories about their mysteryand wonder. Basically, at the moment when father and mother engage inintercourse, essence and blood fuse and engender perfect qi, then settle thissubstance in the mother’s palace of pure yin while storing the spirit in aplace where yin and yang are as yet undifferentiated. After three hundreddays the embryo is complete; after 5,000 days, the qi is fully viable.
In terms of the five phases, since the human body fundamentally consists of essence and blood, water is primary. In terms of the five organs,since essence and blood create physical form and image, the kidneys comefirst. Kidney water contains the perfect qi of father and mother, first received at conception. This perfect qi is hidden deep within the internal kidneys [testes]: it is lead. The kidneys generate qi, and the water of perfectoneness within this qi we call the perfect tiger.
Alternatively we also speak of it as silver within lead. Kidney qi transfers
to liver qi, and from there moves into heart qi. At the heart qi reaches its
great ultimate and generates fluid. This fluid contains the qi of rightful
yang; what we call cinnabar is none other than heart fluid. Mercury, then, isthe qi of rightful yang within heart fluid. Accumulate qi and fluid to form azygote, then transfer it into the yellow court. Stoking the fire without fail,the immortal embryo develops naturally. This matches the amalgamationof silver within lead and mercury, their forging into precious ore.
Lü asked: Among the five metals, silver emerges from lead; among theeight minerals, mercury issues from cinnabar. Placing them into a cauldron
or vessel, they fuse into a medicine or remedy. Mercury naturally turns into
cinnabar, and silver spontaneously becomes precious ore.

152 / Translation One

However, when it comes to lead in the human body, how does one collect the silver? How does one get mercury out of cinnabar? How does mercury again produce cinnabar? And how does silver turn into precious ore?
Zhong replied: Lead originates when the perfect qi of father and mother fuse into one; utterly pure, it does not separate. After the physical form iscomplete, it is stored in the kidneys. The two kidneys match each other andtogether push the qi to ascend: this is the qi of primordial yang. This qi,
moreover, contains water, which is called the water of perfect oneness. The
water follows the qi on its upward movement, so that whenever the qi stops,
the water also stops; whenever the qi scatters, the water also scatters. Like
mother and child, they never separate.
Many advanced practitioners are only aware of the qi and never notice
the water. The process of taking the water of perfect oneness and fusing itwith the qi of rightful yang is described as dragon and tiger mating andturning into the yellow sprout. The yellow sprout is none other than thegreat medicine. Its raw materials fundamentally consist of the water of perfect oneness that forms a zygote by joining the qi of rightful yang. This isjust like the perfect qi of father and mother fusing at conception, essence
and blood creating the first zygote.
After it develops for three hundred days, the embryo is complete and its
qi fully viable. When the physical form is ready, spirit arrives, and the infant
separates from the mother. Although outside her physical form, they remain energetically fused—their fusion allows one physical form to generate
another.
In Daoist adepts, kidney qi interacts with heart qi so that the water ofperfect oneness within the qi supports and carries the qi of rightful yang.
When qi interacts with water, they create a zygote that looks like a grain ofmillet. Steam and nurture it without stopping. First use yin to retain yang,then use yang to refine yin. Qi thus turns into essence, essence turns into
mercury, mercury turns into cinnabar, and cinnabar turns into the golden
elixir. Once the golden elixir is produced, perfect qi naturally grows. Refine
this qi into spirit and attain transcendence and liberation. Transform into afiery dragon to leave the dark road [of ordinary life] behind; stride upon amysterious crane to fly off to the isles of Penglai.
Lü asked: When one physical form interacts with another, the two fuse
and generate another physical form; when one qi merges with another, thetwo fuse and generate another qi. The correct count of this process does notexceed three hundred days, then the new physical form separates. After
that, there are males and females with different physical endowments. Why,then, are they the same with regard to the color and consistency of cinnabar sand?
Zhong replied: When father and mother join in their physical form, theessence of the father advances first and the blood of the mother follows

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 153

behind. If the blood is enveloped by the semen, they form a female. In afemale, yang is inside and yin is outside. As the image of the mother, bloodis on the outside.
If the blood of the mother advances first and the essence of the father
follows behind, the essence is enveloped by the blood and they form a male.
In a male, yin is inside and yang is outside. The image of the father, essence
is on the outside.
What we call blood in this context is originally generated by the heart,
but it contains no qi of rightful yang; essence in contrast is originally generated by the kidneys, and it does contain qi of rightful yang. This qi of rightful yang is the foundation of mercury. When it fuses with the water of perfect oneness and enters the yellow court, mercury uses lead to heat up andsteam while lead uses mercury to fire and boil. If lead never obtains any
mercury it cannot develop the water of perfect oneness. If mercury nevergets any lead, it cannot turn into the qi of pure yang.
Lü asked: Lead in the kidneys generates the qi of primordial yang, andthis qi contains the water of perfect oneness: one may look at it but cannot
see it. As lead connects with mercury, mercury generates the qi of rightful
yang. When this is heated and refined through lead, the generated qi burgeons and issues the water of perfect oneness, enabling it to ascend.
Now, mercury is originally the qi of rightful yang; it fuses with the water of perfect oneness. Together they form a zygote and transfer it into theyellow court. This process is none other than the mating of dragon and tiger,yin and yang ceasing together. Using lead to heat up and steam them, won’t
there be too much yin? Won’t perfect yang scatter? How, then, can one
complete the great medicine and generate qi within qi?
Zhong replied: When kidney qi joins heart qi, it reaches its ultimate
and generates fluid. This fluid contains the qi of rightful yang, which in due
course fuses with the water of perfect oneness. This process we call the mating of dragon and tiger. Each day you obtain a quantity the size of a grain ofmillet, called the great medicine or golden elixir. Protect it and send it into
the yellow court.
The yellow court is located below the spleen and stomach and above
the bladder, north of the heart and south of the kidneys, west of the liverand east of the lungs. Clear at the top and turbid at the bottom, it bears
four colors on the outside. Its size is big enough to hold two pints; its pathways connect to the eight channels.
The medicine thus obtained stays here day and night. If adepts assemble the medicine but do not stoke the fire properly, it will disperse, unable
to remain in place. Similarly, if they stoke the fire without first assembling
the medicine, the yang within yin will escape. They can then only issue
kidney qi to warm the prime below.

154 / Translation One

To assemble the medicine at the right time and stoke the fire in theproper count, adepts must obtain qi from lead. Then they stoke the fire to
make sure the great medicine is firm and stable and settles firmly in thelower field. This is called the method of selection and supplementation.
If they next refine mercury to supplement the elixir field, they can extend their years and increase longevity, becoming an earth immortal. Ifthey assemble the medicine and use it to reduce primordial lead, they canwork with quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows. Oncethey have reduced lead, they must augment mercury.
If they do not augment mercury and only revert essence upward tonourish the brain, how can they ever generate perfect qi? If perfect qi is not
generated, how can yang spirit ever be fully formed? To augment mercury
adepts must reduce lead. If they do not reduce lead and later proceed torefine mercury to supplement the elixir field, how they you ever turn it into
cinnabar? And without cinnabar, how can they ever produce the golden
elixir?

11. Reduction and Augmentation
Lü asked: To assemble the medicine, one must work with the water contained in the qi; to stoke the fire, one must rely on the qi within the lead.
Ultimately it is necessary to reduce lead to complete the great medicine.
Only by increasing mercury can one supplement the elixir field. What then,may I ask, is the principle behind reduction and augmentation?
Zhong replied: In the old days, the highest sages transmitted Dao tohumanity, but because the people of high antiquity were pure and simple,
dim and unknowing, they could not really understand the great Dao. Thus,
the sages pointed to heaven and earth modeling the patterns of the continuous ascent and descent of yin and yang, causing the different qi of warm,cool, hot, and cold to change and thus creating seasonal time.
Ever since the correct count [of days] in one year was established, heaven and earth have maintained their cycle, always starting anew. Never losing Dao, they can live forever. Never concerned that human beings do notknow this, they have continued to demonstrate the great principles, containing them in each aspect of life. For example, there are the principles of
the coming and going of the sun and the moon in their essence and florescence as well as the times of the waxing and waning of the new, full, andhalf moon: all rising and setting regularly without fail.
Ever since the correct count [of days] in one month became viable, thesun and the moon have revolved around each other without stopping. Never losing Dao, they can live forever. Inevitably when cold goes heat comes,
when heat goes cold comes—still the people of the world do not realize thepattern of the continuous ascent and descent of [qi through] heaven andearth.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 155

When the moon is full it returns to being new, when it is new it again
returns to being full—still the people of the world are not aware of theprinciple of coming and going of the sun and the moon. Lascivious intentions without end chisel away at their limited time. Wealth and nobility,
luxury and splendor come and go like tiny sparks in floating dreams, whilelove and caring create a host of vexations that ultimately accumulate burdens for lives to come.
Always chasing entertainment in song and music, they soon face suffering and frustration; savoring fame and fortune, their ruddy complexion
slips away. Greedy for material goods, hankering after ever more stuff, they
speak of eternal life lasting ten thousand eons. Loving their children andattached to their grandchildren, they expect to continue their family as
long as the world. Avaricious and crazed without stopping, they have delusions of long life, all the time dispersing and scattering primordial yang,releasing and losing perfect qi. Only when hideous diseases tie up theirbody does the day come when they curb their mind. Only when the great
limitation [of death] approaches their head does the time arrive when theystop their bad habits.
The perfect immortals and highest sages take pity on people being
stuck in the endless wheel of reincarnation and repeatedly falling into misery. They deeply desire for them to understand and realize the great Dao
and attain a life as long as that of heaven and earth, the sun and the moon.
Thus, they first explicate the principles of the continuous ascent and descent of yin and yang through heaven and earth; then they illustrate theprinciples of the coming and going of the sun and the moon in their essence and florescence.
Still, people do not comprehend the core workings of heaven and are
unable to fathom their mystery and wonder. So, the sages liken internal toexternal medicines, explain inanimate through animate substances. Metals
and minerals are inanimate and constitute external medicines; qi and fluid
are animate and constitute internal ones. What is big are heaven and earth,what is bright are the sun and the moon, what is external are metals andminerals, and what is internal are qi and fluid. Once isolated, they must be
augmented; once augmented, they must be reduced.
The principle of reduction and augmentation is at the root of all creative transformations. For example, after the winter solstice, yang ascends
from earth, and the earth reduces its yin. As great yin is reduced, it becomes
partial yin; at the same time minor yang is augmented and becomes yangbrightness. Next, as partial yin is reduced further, it becomes minor yin; atthe same time yang brightness is augmented further and becomes greatyang. If this were not the case, cold would not turn into warmth nor
warmth into heat.

156 / Translation One

Similarly, after the summer solstice, yin descends from heaven, andheaven reduces its yang. As great yang is reduced, it becomes yang brightness; at the same time minor yin is augmented and becomes partial yin.
Next, as yang brightness is reduced further, it becomes minor yang; at thesame time partial yin is augmented further and becomes great yin. If thiswas not the case, heat would not turn into coolness nor coolness into cold.
Thus, yin and yang ascending and descending through heaven and earth
and turning into the six qi are experiences due to reduction and augmentation.
Similarly the moon receives the bright part [lit. spirit soul] of the sun,and the sun transforms the dark portion [lit. material soul] of the moon.
For the first fifteen days [of the month], the moon reduces its dark portion
while the sun augments its bright part. Once its essence and florescence arecompletely full, its light radiates brightly above and below. If this were notthe case, there would be no initial generation and transformation into thefirst quarter moon nor would the latter change into the full moon. Thenagain, the moon reverts to yin darkness, and the sun contains its yang essence.
Over the last fifteen days [of the month], the sun reduces its bright partwhile the moon augments its dark portion. Once its radiant glow is gone,
its yin darkness is complete. If this were not the case, there would be notransformation into the last quarter moon nor would the latter change into
the darkness of the new moon. Thus, the sun and the moon coming andgoing and transforming the nine [yang] and six [yin] are experiences due toreduction and augmentation.
People of the world do not comprehend the core workings of heaven
and are unable to fathom their mystery and wonder. Thus, the perfect immortals and highest sages latch onto the fact that people in their hearts
love to be free from disease and live long, and talk about refining metals
and minerals into the great elixir. They use people’s deep desires for yellow
gold and white silver, and talk about transmuting lead and mercury into
precious ore.
Their original intention is to make the people of the world realize thegreat principles: that by using inanimate metals and minerals, working
with the proper firing times without fail, and reducing and augmenting to
the correct count, they can extend their years and increase their longevity.
They can also use animate materials in the human body, such as the qi ofrightful yang and the water of perfect oneness.
Knowing the right time of their interaction and fusion and understanding the correct methods of isolation and collection, they can accumulate
their days and extend their months. In qi, there is another qi; refining thisqi into spirit, one can attain transcendence and liberation. In the past as
much as today, these are hard to attain.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 157

Both among humanity and in heaven, only a few have realized them,understanding that they must dedicate their will and mind fully to cultivation and completely eliminate all extraneous affairs. To imitate the eternal
existence of heaven and earth, the sun and the moon, they stay firmly awayfrom all erroneous paths and settle their mind fully on Dao. This, then, isthe theory of the external medicine.
In the past as much as today, many sages and wise man have explicatedthis theory and taught it in the world. Still, the people of the world do notrealize it. Cheating themselves and deceiving others, they lose the original
intention of the teachers of old. They collect mercury from cinnabar, theninfuse it into lead, and once the lead dominates the mercury, they transform it into tin. Not caring for their personal body or life-destiny, they
madly scramble for wealth and material goods. Praising and promoting
each other, they call themselves Daoist followers, yet in fact only love profit,
their will focused entirely on the arts of [making more] yellow and white[gold and silver].
The former sages and highest immortals never quite managed to set upa system of transformation that matches human affinities, so they teach thetheory of lead and mercury to the people, using it as an illustration of whatgoes on deep within. Lead and mercury that issue from metals and minerals are inanimate, yet they have the ability to transform into precious ore.
The materials that issue from the body are animate and can be used justlike lead and mercury. They all form part of the creative transformations,and once they start to transform creatively, they are vastly superior to any
yellow or white substances.
Daoist adepts must study this thoroughly and never get stuck with thearts of the external elixir and the cinnabar stove. The lead within humanbeings has been there from the very beginning of heaven and earth. After
great initiation, great material reality emerged, serving as the mother of the
myriad beings. Following upon this, there was the great immaculate. Its
substance was metal within water; its function was water within fire. It
served as the ancestor of the five phases and the root of the great Dao.
Thus, to assemble the medicine, one must first augment mercury, andto do so one must reduce lead. For this reason, reduction and augmentation
do not happen on the outside. From the lower field, they enter the upper
field: this process is called quickening the gold crystal by pulling back theelbows, alternatively known as starting the river carriage to move the dragon and tiger. It is also called reverting essence upward to nourish the brain
and thereby living long without dying.
Once lead has been reduced, mercury naturally descends from the center: it reverts from the middle to the lower field. This is when the dragon
and tiger first mate and transform into the yellow sprout. The process is aninversion of the regular flow of the five phases. Through reducing lead and158 / Translation One

augmenting mercury, this process nourishes the immortal embryo, moving
back and forth between the three fields. If the five phases were not inverted,dragon and tiger would not mate, the process would not move back andforth between the three fields, and the immortal embryo could never becomplete in its qi.
Reducing lead and augmenting mercury for one hundred days allows
the medicine to be fully potent; after two hundred days, the sacred womb isestablished; after three hundred days, the immortal embryo is fully formed
and perfect qi is generated. Once perfect qi is generated, one can refine it
into spirit. With the process complete, one can forget the physical form andthe immortal embryo evolves of its own. This is called a spirit immortal.
Lü asked: What issues from metals and minerals are external lead andexternal mercury. Through systematic reduction and augmentation, they
can be made into precious ore. What issues from the perfect qi of father
and mother stored in people’s kidneys is internal lead. What transforms on
the basis of the medicine created through the fusion of perfect oneness andrightful yang is internal mercury. Through systematic reduction and augmentation, they can generate spirit. So, what we call perfect lead and perfect mercury—are they also subject to the process of reduction and augmentation?
Zhong replied: In the beginning adepts must use lead to obtain mercury, but it is a mistake to use lead all the way to the end. Instead, they must
reduce it and enter it in the upper palace, preventing primordial qi frombeing transferred. When they then revert essence upward to enter the brain,
they obtain mercury. When yin is all gone and yang is utterly pure, essence
turns into cinnabar, and cinnabar turns into gold: this is pure lead.
Perfect lead is obtained from the fusion of perfect qi in the body. It is
generated from perfect qi, which contains the water of perfect oneness. Allfive qi move to the prime and the three yang gather at the top of the head.
The masters of old would describe this as golden essence moving down toenter the elixir field, then moving up again to refine the body and give it agolden hue.
This is none other than perfect lead moving up into the internal offices[organs] and from there issuing a white radiance. Once below, it moves up;
once up, it moves down. Reverting it to the elixir field and refining thephysical form is the work of the golden essence as it keeps coming and going. Once in front, it moves back; once in back, it moves forward. Incinerating the body and harmonizing the qi, this is the work of perfect qi in creative transformation. Without reduction and augmentation, its daily functioning would stop. How, then, would it be possible to have good effects
from assembling the medicine and stoking the fire?

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 159

Lü asked: In the process of reduction and augmentation, how can we
make sure that the up and down movements have the right measure, theforward and back pattern is without flaw?
Zhong replied: At the time of moving up, never move it down; at thetime of reduction, never augment it. Moving up and down, coming andgoing without flaw and in minute precision: that is the power of the river
carriage.

12. The River Carriage
Lü asked: What is the river carriage?
Zhong replied: Wise men of old observed how the floating clouds covering the sun produced shade and duly produced shelters; they watched
how fallen leaves floating on the waves carried objects and duly produced
boats; they also saw how tumbling brambles following the wind came andwent, twisted and rolled without any effort of their own and duly produced
carriages.
The carriage as an object matches the image of heaven and earth in its
cover and chassis while its rotating wheel hubs are like the sun and themoon. Daoist adepts took inspiration from the carriage, notably its featureof moving on the earth and rolling on firm soil. Thus today there is thisconcept of the river carriage.
Now, the human body contains little yang and much yin, so that placesnamed after water are exceedingly numerous. “Carriage” accordingly indicates the idea of transportation, while “river” expresses the image of muchyin. Therefore, this river carriage does not move things on dry land but
functions on water. Up and down, forward and back, it carries loads in theeight jasper [pools] and drives with speed through the four oceans.
Ascending toward heaven, it enters Kunlun [in the head] above; fully
saturated there, it rushes to the phoenix towers [in the kidneys] below. Carrying primordial yang, it goes directly into the Li palace; transporting perfect qi, it meanders back to the office of long life. Coming and going
throughout the nine provinces, it never stops even for an instant; moving
all around the three peaks, it never stops for a moment.
Once dragon and tiger have mated, it carries the yellow dame into theyellow court; as soon as lead and mercury separate, it helps the golden ladtransport them into the golden towers. A jade spring flowing through athousand arteries, it moves for only half a segment of time and there areclear results; a golden fluid filling the entire vessel, it transports for barely
more than a fraction of a segment and there is evidence of success.
If the five phases did not have this carriage for transport, they would
have a hard time in their generation and maturation. If the qi of cosmic
oneness were without it, how could it ever interact and engage with any-160 / Translation One

thing else? Matching the correct periods and following the right hours, onemust rely on this carriage for transportation. Only then can one have theright experiences. In all affairs of nurturing yang and refining yin, one depends on it for transportation, and only then can be without error.
Before Qian and Kun were established in their purity, it was its work to
get yin and yang to come and go. Before the inner universe was fully established, it was its work to get blood and qi to interact and flow. Moving fromthe outside in, it transports the pure and unadulterated qi of heaven andearth and guides primordial yang to the original palace. Moving from ordinary to sagely, it transports the perfect and rightful qi of yin and yang andsupplements and refines the primordial spirit in the original body. Its work
cannot be overestimated!
Lü asked: The river carriage having such wondrous functions, may I ask
what its basic principles are? Ultimately residing in the human body, whatthings does it do? And once obtained, how should one use it?
Zhong replied: The river carriage arises in the rightful water of thenorthern direction. The kidneys contain perfect qi: the rightful qi generated
from this is called the river carriage. Its concrete functions have rarely beentaught in the past or today, since the perfect immortals kept it secret andnever talked about it.
When Qian connects to Kun for the second time, they generate Kan,
which is fundamentally water, and water is the essence of yin. When yangconnects to this yin, yang reverses its course and carries yin as it returns
home. In the process they pass Gen, Zhen, and Xun. Because yang attracts
yin, it takes the yin out of the yang and transports it to Li, which is generated due to an infusion of yang. This is how the river carriage transports yin
into the palace of yang.
Similarly, when Kun connects to Qian for the second time, they generate Li, which is fundamentally fire, and fire is the essence of yang. Whenyin connects to this yang, yin reverses its course and embraces yang as it
returns home. In the process they pass Kun, Dui, and Qian. Because yin
attracts yang, it takes the yang out of the yin and transports it to Kan, whichis generated due to an infusion of yin. This is how the river carriage transports yang into the palace of yin.
Next, assemble the medicine in the nine palaces above and get it tomove down into the yellow court. Reduce lead in the winding river below
and transport it into the inner courtyard. At this point, revert jade fluid andgolden fluid to the elixir field: transporting them to the right place, you canrefine the physical form and make the water flow upward. Now, ruling fireand common fire start to refine the physical form: transporting them to theright place, you can heat the elixir and make the fire move down.
Next, the five qi move to the prime, each transported at the right time;
the three flowers [yang] gather at the top of the head, each transported on

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 161

the correct day. When the spirits gather, there are many demonic forces:
transport perfect fire to incinerate the body and thereby eliminate the threedeathbringers without a trace. When the medicine dries in the various
oceans, transport misty juice to moisten it and thereby infuse water without making waves. All these are functions of the river carriage.
Lü asked: The river carriage is originally the rightful qi of the northern
direction; it transports things without end, carrying and shifting yin andyang to make sure they each reach their completions and full production.
Its functions and effects are more than one. Please, could you, venerable
teacher, explain them in some more detail?
Zhong replied: The five phases run in a loop: they complete it and immediately start over. Through the technique of silently inverting their flow,
one can mate dragon and tiger to transform into the yellow sprout: this is
the river carriage in its minor mode. Quickening the gold crystal by pullingback the elbows and reverting it into the Niwan, one can reduce lead andaugment mercury and produce the great medicine: this is great river carriage in its major mode.
Once the dragon and tiger have mated, they transform into the yellow
sprout; once lead and mercury have fused, they form the great medicine.
Perfect qi grows, the five qi move to the prime, the spirit of primordial yangis ready, and the three spirits transcend and move into the inner courtyard.
When you complete the purple, golden elixir, your can fly off like a mysterious crane; when you achieve mercury white as jade, you can soar up like afiery dragon.
A golden radiance of a myriad rays covers all ordinary bones with its
bright glow; a fairy tree of a single trunk blossoms into a fresh flower oflustrous brilliance. One keeps entering and leaving [the world], all thewhile spontaneously increasing [in power]; one keeps coming and going,
never encountering any obstacles. Transporting the spirit to enter the physical organism, one merges with time and flows along; transforming into asage and leaving the ordinary behind, one become a feathered guest. This is
the river carriage in its majestic [lit. purple] mode.
The appellations of these three carriage modes match the three levelsof accomplishment: minor, medium, and major, each with confirmation
experiences. They are entirely unlike the Three Vehicles of the Buddhist
teaching, which refer to carriages drawn by ram, deer, and ox.
However, the Daoist system has three further carriage modes beyond
the river carriage. Gathering fire and getting the heart to work it and theintention to send it out in order to combat illness and disease is called themessenger mode. Allow it to fully saturate the entire body from top to bottom, yin and yang fully fused, water and fire in the same place.
Remaining deeply still and manifesting sounds of thunder and lightning, this is called the thunder mode. If one’s mind is run by mental projec-

162 / Translation One

tions and one’s being is tethered by emotions, one is pushed by others andlets the qi of perfect yang scatter. Always subject to outside stimulation, one
never knows a moment’s rest.
Over long periods, this causes the qi to weaken and the physical structure to become emaciated, leading to decline and old age. It might also allow wayward [qi] and the five plagues into the body, severely impacting
one’s perfect qi. Since primordial yang has a hard time resisting, leading to
old age, disease, and eventually death, this is called the broken mode.
Lü asked: When the five phases invert and dragon and tiger mate, theriver carriage functions in its minor mode. When qi moves back and forththrough the three fields and you quicken the gold crystal by pulling backthe elbows, the river carriage is active in its major mode. How, then, does
one get it to function in its majestic mode?
Zhong replied: Adepts of the cultivation of perfection after they haveheard about the great Dao, must encounter an enlightened master, so they
can comprehend the principles of the continuous ascent and descent [of qi]
through heaven and earth, the correct count of the coming and going of thesun and the moon.
To begin, they match their rhythm to yin and yang; next, they learn tocollect and scatter water and fire. After that, they assemble the medicine
and stoke the fire, increase mercury and reduce lead: this sets up the river
carriage in its minor mode.
From here, they quicken the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows
and enter it into the top of the head, while allowing the great medicine togradually mature in the yellow court. With one strike they open the threebarriers and directly transcend into the inner courtyard, letting the qi ascend from behind and flow down in front [of the torso], supplementing
above and refining below: this sets up the river carriage in its major mode.
At this point, they can revert jade fluid or golden fluid to the elixir field,
which allows them to refine their physical form. After refining the physicalform, they refine their qi; after refining their qi, they refine their spirit.
Eventually they refine their spirit and merge with Dao, reaching a state
known as full accomplishment of Dao. This allows them to leave the ordinary and enter immortality: it is the river carriage in its majestic mode.

13. Reversion to the Elixir Field
Lü asked: I do not quite dare to ask for instructions about the exact processof refining the physical form into qi, refining qi into spirit, and refining
spirit to merge with Dao. However, what do you mean when you speak ofreversion to the elixir [cinnabar] field?
Zhong replied: When I speak of cinnabar, I am not referring to a particular color: it is nothing like red or yellow. Nor am I referring to a particular flavor: it is nothing like sweet or blended. Rather, cinnabar is short forZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 163

cinnabar or elixir field, of which there are three. The upper field is theabode of spirit; the middle field is the office of qi; the lower field is the region of essence. Essence generates qi, which resides in the middle elixir
field. Qi generates spirit, which resides in the upper elixir field. Perfect water and perfect qi merge to create essence, and essence resides in the lower
elixir field.
Daoist adepts all have the three elixir fields. However, as long as qi stays
in the kidneys, it does not move to middle prime [elixir field]; as long as
spirit remains in the heart, it does go beyond to the upper courtyard [elixir
field]. Then the flower of essence cannot circulate and fuse with the others.
In other words, although the three elixir fields are fully established in people, they have no use whatsoever.
Lü asked: Mystery within mystery: all people have life-destiny. Yet thislife-destiny has no essence of its own. Thus I do not have any personal qi,
but only the primordial yang of father and mother. Without essence andwithout qi, I do not have any personal spirit, but only the primordial spiritof father and mother. How, then, can one obtain essence, qi, and spirit—the
so-called treasures of the three fields—and make sure they stay constantlyin the three palaces, upper, middle, and lower?
Zhong replied: The kidneys generate qi, which contains the water ofperfect oneness. As adepts cause this water to revert to the lower elixir field,
essence nurtures the root of the life force and qi is spontaneously generated.
The heart generates fluid, which contains the qi of rightful yang. As adepts
get this qi to revert to the middle elixir field, qi nurtures the source of thelife force and spirit is spontaneously generated. As they gather life force into
spirit, they can merge with spirit and enter Dao. As they revert it to the upper elixir field, they can attain liberation.
Lü asked: There are three elixir fields: upper, middle, and lower. Reversion means [energies] move forward, then revert. Thus, we speak of reversion to the elixir field. May I please ask for more profound instruction andsubtler details of its principles?
Zhong replied: Reversion to the elixir field comes in various forms: minor, major, seven-based, nine-based, golden and jade fluids. There is also
reversion from the lower to the upper elixir field, from the upper to the
middle field, from the middle to the lower field, from yang to yin, and fromyin to yang. Not only are they different in name but their timing is varied
and their setting is not alike.
Lü asked: What, then is minor reversion to the elixir field?
Zhong replied: Minor reversion begins in the lower prime, which is theruler of the five organs and the root of the three fields. Water generates
wood, wood generates fire, fire generates earth, earth generates metal, andmetal generates water. This sequence of mutual generation never fails in its

164 / Translation One

timing. As soon as one is generated, it moves on to the next that is not yet
generated, matching the mutual affection between mother and child.
Similarly, fire controls metal, metal controls wood, wood controls earth,earth controls water, and water controls fire. This sequence of mutual control never loses its rhythm. As soon as one is controlled, it supplements thenext that is not yet controlled, matching the interaction of husband andwife.
Qi and fluid revolve in cycles: once one is complete, they start again.
From Zi [11 pm-1 am] to Wu [11 am-1 pm], yin and yang are in mutual generation; from Mao [5-7 am] to You [5-7 pm], they are in mutual constriction.
Each day and night, they revert to the lower field, completing one loop.
This is called minor reversion. Daoist adepts, when they assemble the medicine and stoke the fire, must focus on the lower elixir field and best startwith this.
Lü asked: Now that I know about minor reversion to the elixir field,
may I ask, what is its major form?
Zhong replied: Dragon and tiger mate and transform into the yellow
sprout. Reducing lead and augmenting mercury, one produces the great
medicine. The gold crystal arises in the palace of the Dark Warrior and perfect qi begins to ascend from below the mountain of Jade Capital.
Next, run the river carriage at the top of the peaks and drip jade fluid
into the central crossing, then move it up into the upper field from the lower and again down into the lower field from the upper. As the qi rises inback and comes down in front [of the torso], the loop of circulation is fully
established. This is called major reversion to the elixir field.
Daoist adepts, when their internal dragon and tiger ascend and theyquicken the gold crystal to nurture their immortal embryo and generate
perfect qi, must set up the middle elixir field and best start with this.
Lü asked: Now that I know about major reversion to the elixir field,
may I ask, what are those based on seven and nine?
Zhong replied: The generation and maturation of the five phases cometo fifty-five in terms of numbers. Heaven is one, earth is two, heaven isthree, earth is four, heaven is five, earth is six, heaven is seven, earth is eight,
heaven is nine, earth is ten. The odd numbers one, three, five, seven, andnine are yang; the even numbers two, four, six, eight, and ten are yin. Together they come to thirty.
Starting from the kidneys, water is one, fire is two, wood is three, metal
is four, and earth is five: these are the numbers of the generative cycle of thefive phases. Three are yang and two are yin. Similarly starting from the kidneys, water is six, fire is seven, wood is eight, metal is nine, and earth is ten:these are the numbers of the completing cycle of the five phases. Three areyin and two are yang.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 165

The human body, too, contains the path of the generation and maturation of the five phases. Here water is the kidneys, and the kidneys matchthe numbers one and six. Fire is the heart, and the heart matches two andseven. Wood is the liver, and the liver matches three and eight. Metal is thelungs, and the lungs match four and nine. Earth is the spleen, and thespleen matches five and ten. Thus, each organ has both yin and yang.
Yin reaches its ultimate at eight and burgeons at two. For this reason,
when the qi arrives at the liver, all excess yin in the kidneys is gone. When itgets to the heart, it reaches its great ultimate and generates yin. Thus, thenumber two belongs to the heart and the number eight to the liver. Similarly, yang is exhausted at nine and burgeons at one. For this reason, when thefluid arrives at the lungs, all excess yin in the heart is gone. When it gets to
the kidneys, it reaches its ultimate and generates yang.
Thus, the number one belongs to the kidneys and the number nine tothe lungs. Daoist adepts begin by mating dragon and tiger, then assemble
the qi of rightful yang in the heart. This qi matches the number seven of theheart. It revolves seven times to the middle field, then enters the lower fieldto nurture the immortal embryo. From here, it reverts to the heart. For thisreason, this process is called seven-based reversion.
Yin dissolves at the numbers two and eight. When perfect qi is generated and there is no more yin in the heart, it cuts off at two; when the great
medicine is complete and there is no more yin in the liver, it cuts off ateight. As soon as yin has dissolved at two and eight, yang can grow at nine
and three. As liver cuts off its yang, it supports the heart and liver qi canburgeon at three. After it reverts to the heart seven times, it also cuts offlung fluid, allowing it to circulate nine times to the lungs to support theheart. Thus, yang grows at the nine and three. This is nine-based reversion.
Lü asked: During seven-based reversion, one takes the yang of theheart and reverts it repeatedly to the heart, storing it in the middle elixir
field. During nine-based revolution, one takes the yang of the lungs as originally generated in the heart and reverts it repeatedly to the heart, also storing it in the middle field. Now that I know about seven- and nine-based
reversion, may I ask what is meant by reversion to the elixir field working
with golden or jade fluids as well as through the interaction of the upper,
middle, and lower [fields] and going back and forth between yin and yang?
Zhong replied: The wise men of old and sages of the past often called
the process of moving lung fluid into the lower field reversion to the elixir
field on the basis of golden [metal] fluid. They called the process of moving
heart fluid into the lower field reversion to the elixir field on the basis ofjade fluid. It is not that their discussions are not wondrous, but they do not
exhaust the mysterious workings.
Generally, lung [qi] generates kidney [qi] just like metal generates water.
If adepts infuse metal into water, how can you call that reversion to the elix-166 / Translation One

ir field? Kidney [qi] controls heart [qi] just like water controls fire. If practitioners infuse water into fire, how can call that reversion to the elixir field?
Golden fluid is the fluid of the lungs. It forms the womb that contains
the dragon and tiger and protects their transmutation once it has been sent
to the yellow court. In order to complete the great medicine, practice reduction by pulling back the elbows, thereby causing lung fluid to fly up andenter the upper palace, from where it reverts down to the middle elixir field.
From here it reverts further to the lower field, which is why we speak of reverting golden fluid to the elixir field.
Jade fluid is the fluid of the kidneys, which follows primordial qi andascends to move to the heart. If coagulated, it turns into golden fluid; ifraised up, it fills the jade pond; if scattered, it turns into jasper blossoms; if
refined, it becomes white snow.
If adepts contain it, they can move it from the middle to the lower field,
where—as part of assembling the medicine—it washes and cleanses theimmortal embryo. If they raise it up, they can move it from the lower field
into the four limbs, where—as part of refining the physical form—it purges
the dust from your bones. If they neither raise nor contain it, but revert it
repeatedly, we speak reversion to the elixir field on the basis of jade fluid.
Next, when yin reaches its ultimate, it generates yang. This contains thewater of perfect oneness, which follows yang and ascends: this process iscalled reversion to the elixir field from yin to yang. Similarly, when yangreaches its ultimate, it generates yin. This contains the qi of rightful yang,which follows yin and descends: this is called reversion to the elixir fieldfrom yang to yin.
To nourish the brain and refine the top of the head, adepts revert qi
from the lower to the upper field. Allow it to reach full saturation, thenpour and drip the qi, allowing it to revert from the upper to the middle[field]. To heat the elixir and stoke the fire, they revert it from the middle tothe lower [field]; to refine matter and incinerate the body, they revert itfrom the lower to the middle [field].
In this manner, the five phases are inverted, the three fields are repeatedly cycled, and all engage in mutual interaction and exchange. Eventually
adepts will thereby refine the physical form into qi and refine qi into spirit.
First they move it from the lower to the middle field, then from the middle
to the upper field, and from here they let it exit through the celestial gate.
Leaving behind the ordinary bodily shell, they enter the line of sages andattain a rank among the immortals. When these three moves are compete,
always moving up from below, there is not need for further reversion!

14. Refining the Physical Form
Lü asked: Now that I know about reversion to the elixir field, may I ask
about the principles of refining the physical form?

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 167

Zhong replied: In human life, physical form and spirit function as outside and inside. Spirit is the master of the physical form, and the physicalform is the abode of spirit. Essence contained in the physical form generates qi, and this qi in turn generates spirit.
In addition, there is mutual generation of fluid and qi, functioning
within the physical form like mother and child. Beyond this, water generates wood, wood generates fire, fire generates earth, earth generates metal,
and metal generates water. Qi transfers from one to the other in the modeof mother and child, while fluid functions like husband and wife. They are
the manifestation of yin and yang in the physical form.
Water transforms into fluid, fluid transforms into blood, blood transforms into secretions: they are all generated when yin obtains yang. If yin
and yang lose their rhythm, mucus, tears, phlegm, saliva, and sweat issue
frequently. That is because yin has lost its proper generative role.
Qi transforms into essence, essence transforms into a pearl, the pearltransforms into mercury, and mercury transforms into cinnabar [lit. sand]:they all mature when yang obtains yin. If yin and yang lose their rhythm,
disease, old age, death, and suffering arise. That is because yang has lost its
proper role of maturation. If yin does not obtain yang, there is no generation; if yang does not obtain yin, there is no maturation.
Daoist adepts cultivate yang rather than yin, refine themselves rather
than outside entities. When the human body first receives qi form, the perfect qi of father and mother stops moving, their essence and blood form azygote, and they provide material support for it in the mother’s palace ofpure yin. As yin generates yin, her physical form creates a new physicalform. Eventually the embryo is fully developed and its qi becomes viable.
Even as a six-foot body, into which he eventually grows, the person still
depends entirely on yin, with only a tiny spark of primordial yang deep
within. If people want to live long without dying, they must refine thephysical form so it can remain in the world and continue to exist for eonsafter eons. If they want to transcend the ordinary and enter the ranks of thesages, they must refine the physical form into qi and thereby create anotherbody beyond this body.
Lü asked: Physical form and image are essentially yin, which by nature
has substance. To take this from a state of being into nonbeing, one must
transform the physical form into qi. From there one can transcend the ordinary body and enter the ranks of the sages. This is the highest method ofrefinement.
Getting the physical form to retain qi and using qi to nurture the physical form leads to several attainments: on a minor level, one can live healthy
and happy and extend one’s years; on a major level, one can remain in theworld continuously. The old one can reverse the aging process and recover
youth; the young can stabilize their looks and reach extreme longevity.

168 / Translation One

360 years make up one life cycle; 26,000 cycles make up one eon; and36,000 eons make up one vast kalpa. A vast kalpa lasts so long that no one
knows the number of its years or months. To live as long as heaven andearth is confirmation experience of the refinement of the physical form.
Still, may I now ask, what are the confirmation experiences of the principles
of refining the physical form and the inner workings of the creative transformations?
Zhong replied: As the human being grows in physical form, it takes
three hundred days for the embryo to develop fully. After birth, it takes
5,000 days for the qi to be viable. The average body grows to five feet, fiveinches, which number matches the generation and maturation of the fivephases. While some are larger or smaller and do not entirely match this,they still measure in inches and feet, and their tall or short stature is in linewith the overall pattern.
Above the heart there are nine layers of heaven; below the heart arenine layers of earth. The kidneys are located 8.4 inches from the heart, andthe heart is 8.4 inches from the first ring of the twelve-storied tower, which
in turn is 8.4 inches from the top of the head. That means, the kidneys are
25.2 inches from the top of the head. Primordial qi fills this area in thecourse of one day and one night, moving 320 times. Each time covers 25.2
inches, which comes out to eighty-one cubits.
Primordial qi thus matches nine times nine, the number of the continuous nature of yang, just as the space between the heart and the kidneys
matches the overall distance between heaven and earth. From the kidneys
to the top of the head, it is 2.5 feet, which reflects five times five, the number of the five phases and of pure yang.
Primordial qi leaves the body with the exhalation. Once it leaves, theprotective and defensive channels flow with ease, filling with the rightful qi
of heaven and earth that matches the cosmic fusion and follows the proper
rhythm. Always coming together and separating, it is without limit andcannot be measured in cubits and feet.
Primordial qi enters the body with the inhalation. Once it enters, thevessels and meridians are wide open. Each time, with one exhalation and
one inhalation, the perfect qi of the three forces of heaven, earth, and humanity comes and goes through the twelve-storied tower. One round ofbreathing in and out is called one breath. In the course of one day and onenight, human beings take 13,500 breaths. More specifically, this means that
there are 13,500 exhalations when the primordial qi of the self leaves fromthe inside; and 13,500 inhalations when the rightful qi of heaven and earth
enters from the outside.
As long as one’s root and source are strong and stable, primordial qi
does not dissipate. Between exhalation and inhalation, one can capture therightful qi of heaven and earth. Using this qi to refine one’s own qi, one canZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 169

spread it widely to fill the four major [energy systems]. Its pure aspects
move into protective qi while its turbid dimensions enhance defensive qi,
flowing freely and pervasively. Its vertical aspects join the conduits while its
horizontal lines support the meridians, filling all extensively and widely.
Then cold and heat cannot do any harm, labor and hardship cannot cause
any mishaps. The body is light, the bones are strong, the qi is vigorous, andthe spirit is clear: forever preserving unlimited longevity and always remaining free from aging.
However, if one’s root and source are not stable, essence depletes and qi
weakens. No qi dripping in from above, one’s fundamental palaces cannot
be nurtured below. Upon exhalation, the qi of heaven and earth leaves indroves, all eighty-one cubits of nine times nine primordial qi dissipating
rapidly. No longer maintained within, qi is taken back by heaven and earth.
Then how can one ever capture rightful qi? As time goes on, yin burgeons
while yang declines, qi weakens and one gets sick. Eventually it is exhausted
and one dies to fall back into the wheel of reincarnation and rebirth.
Lü asked: How, then, can one make sure that primordial qi is never dispersed and lost, so that one can refine the physical form? How can one capture the rightful qi of heaven and earth and thereby live continuously forvast kalpas?
Zhong replied: To be victorious in war, one must have a strong military.
To keep the people at peace, one must have a prosperous country. The military here is the primordial qi. Troops on the inside dissolve the yin of thematerial form; troops on the outside capture the qi of heaven and earth.
The country here is the body.
If the body matches the image, its resources are sufficient and it always
has a surplus; if it is free from the [constraints of the] physical form, it isfirm and stable and never suffers lack. The myriad gates always open, there
is not even one mishap of loss; not even one horse [untamed thoughts]
roaming wildly, there are many, many gains.
Moving in front or along the back, primordial qi constantly refines material reality and incinerates the body; flowing above or below, it always
nurtures yang and dissolves yin. Heating Qian and Kun [back and front], it
naturally follows the proper hours and times, so how can the forging of qi
and fluid be without proper days and periods?
Refining the physical form with jade fluid, one can stride on the scaly
dragon and ascend in flight while white snow fills one’s flesh of dust. Refining the physical form with golden fluid, one can follow the thunder carriage
and descend while a golden radiance fills one’s bedchamber.
Lü asked: Now I roughly understand the principles of refining thephysical form. But what, I pray, are golden and jade fluid?
Zhong replied: Upon refining the physical form with golden fluid, thebones radiate in a golden color, the body issues a golden radiance, and170 / Translation One

golden flower petals appear miraculously in the air. The five qi move to theprime and the three yang gather at the top of the head: it is the hour totranscend the ordinary body, the day when the golden elixir is fully mature.
Upon refining the physical form with jade fluid, the flesh is moistenedwith yang cream, and the physical form is like a gem tree full of jasper flowers and jade leaves. The ordinary body changes to issue rays of radiant light.
One can stride on the wind, mounting it to fly off as one pleases, since thephysical form is nothing but qi.
Daoist adepts may know the methods of reversion to the elixir field,
but they will also see great effects by refining the physical form. For that,they must revert jade fluid, use it to bathe and cleanse the immortal embryo, move it upward, and with the help of their river carriage transport itto their four great [energy systems].
Start with the liver. When the liver receives is, its radiance overflows
through the eyes, which shine bright like a spark of lacquer. Next move tothe heart. When the heart receives it, the mouth generates a fluid of purelife force, which soon turns into white snow. From here move to the spleen.
When the spleen receives it, the flesh becomes rosy like coagulated fat, andall marks and scars disappear for good.
Next come the lungs. When the lungs receive it, the nose perceives celestial fragrances and the complexion recovers a youthful appearance. Then
there are the kidneys. When the kidneys receive it, the elixir returns to its
original home, the ears constantly hear the sound of strings and pipes, andthe hair loses any gray or white color. This is how the jade fluid refines thephysical form.
Using golden fluid to refine the physical form is not like this at all. First,
revert the elixir to areas not yet covered, so it spreads ruling fire everywhere:
this is called full saturation. Next revert it up again, so it can battle perfectyin: this is called refining material reality.
Earth controls water. When golden fluid rests in earth, it makes the
Yellow Emperor radiate widely, thus merging with great yin. Fire controls
metal. When golden fluid rests in fire, it causes the red child to join the
furnace, generating purple qi. Fire arising from water means that all yin is
dissolved within yang. Transmuting the golden elixir in the yellow court,
one refines yang spirit in all five qi [organs].
Thus, green qi surges up in the liver, white qi issues from the lungs, a
red radiance manifests in the heart, black qi moves up from the kidneys,
and a yellow color comes out from the spleen. As all five qi move to the central prime, they follow ruling fire and enter the inner courtyard. The yang in
the yin of the lower prime is completely free from yin: it ascends to gather
in the spirit palace. The yang in the yang of the central prime no longer
generates yang: it ascends and gathers in the spirit palace. The great medicine in the yellow court is devoid of yin and consists entirely of pure yang: it,Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 171

too, ascends to gather in the spirit palace. Thus, the five fluids move to thelower prime, the five qi move to the middle prime, and the three yang moveto the upper prime.
Once the move to the prime is concluded, one has accumulated the full
3,000 merits. Then a crane will dance at the top of one’s head, and a dragons
will dance in one’s body. One will hear beautiful music and see immortal
petals swirl. The purple court all decked out, perfect fragrance wafts everywhere. Having accumulated the full 3,000, one is no longer a person of thisworld of dust. In the time it takes a stick of incense to burn out, one becomes a resident of the blessed isles of Penglai and Ying. This is called
transcending the ordinary and entering the ranks of the sages, being liberated from material reality and ascending to the immortals.

15. Moving to the Prime
Lü asked: Now that I know about the principles involved in refining thephysical form, may I ask what you mean by moving to the prime?
Zhong replied: Once the great medicine is complete, one works to revert jade fluid to the elixir field to bathe and cleanse the immortal embryo.
Once perfect qi is generated it infuses the jade fluid, which then ascends
and changes the bones of dust: this is called using the jade fluid to refine
the physical form.
Quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows, the river carriage transports it to the inner courtyard [upper elixir field]. From the upper to the middle and from the middle to the lower [field], golden fluid
everts to the elixir field. Thus one refines metal dust [essence], allowing thefive qi to move to the prime and the three yang to gather at the top of thehead. This is how one refines qi into into spirit, which goes beyond refining
the physical form and living continuously in the world.
What I call moving to the prime is known only to a few, in the past as
much as today. Those who do know about it are sages and wise men who
never speak of it. It is a method of the major level of accomplishment
unique to the perfected and immortals, matching the unfathomable core
workings deeply hidden in heaven and earth. It truly is a well-kept secret of
the Three Clarities, a mysterious instruction beyond all words and images,
a wondrous principle beyond any questions and answers.
I am afraid your will is not nearly sincere enough to receive this teaching, nor is your heart stable enough for me to answer this question. Speaking lightly and talking at ease increase the potential transgression of leaking the sagely core workings, so I will not speak about this further.
Lü asked: I started out by realizing that there are perfected immortals
and recognized the great Dao. Next, I learned about the proper times andperiods and comprehended the core workings of heaven. I discerned the172 / Translation One

perfect source of water and fire, and came to know that dragon and tiger are
not generated in the liver and lungs. I explored the overarching principles
of reduction and augmentation, and learned that lead and mercury are not
the same as Kan and Li.
The correct count of the five phases in inverse order was covered in the
instructions I received; the core workings of the three fields in their cycles
were laid out before me. I gained earnest appreciation of the principles ofreversion to the elixir field and refinement of the physical form; I acquired
knowledge of the techniques leading to long life without dying. Still, theground of going beyond the ordinary and entering the ranks of the sages,
the Dao of being liberated from material reality and ascending to the immortals all rest with refining qi and moving to the prime. So, please, tell me
in more detail what this means.
Zhong replied: Dao was originally without form, and the universal
ground was mere simplicity. The pure above and the turbid below werefused in oneness. They reached their great ultimate and divided. Then chaos first split into heaven and earth, and east, west, south, and north arranged themselves in the five directions.
Each direction came to have its particular emperor, and each emperor
had two children: one yang, the other yin. Next, the two qi started to generate and complete each other, dividing into the five phases. The five phases,
too, came to generate and complete each other, establishing the six qi thatcome in three yin and three yang.
Seen from this perspective, it is just like when human beings are first
conceived. Essence and qi fuse in oneness, then they separate and generate
the two kidneys. The kidney on the left is the “mysterious”: it ascends withqi and transfers it up into the liver. The kidney on the right is the “female”:
it follows fluid and transfers it down into the bladder.
The mysterious and the female come originally from nothingness: theyturn from nonbeing into being. Since the perfect qi of father and mothertake root in the place of pure yin, we say, “The spirit of the valley never dies;
it is the gate of the mysterious and the female” [Daode jing 6]. It is just likethe root of heaven and earth. The mysterious and the female are the two
kidneys.
The five organs and six viscera are all generated from the kidneys.
Among them the liver matches the phase wood: is called by the stems Jia
and Yi, it is just like the Green Emperor of the east. The heart matches thephase fire: called by the stems Bing and Ding, it is just like the Red Emperor of the south. The lungs match the phase metal: called by the stems Gengand Xin, they are just like the White Emperor of the west. The spleenmatches the phase earth: called by the stems Wu and Ji, it is just like the
Yellow Emperor of the center. The kidneys match the phase water: called by
the stems Ren and Gui, they are just like the Black Emperor of the north.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 173

When human beings are first conceived, they have neither physicalform nor image but consist only of one yin and one yang. Once the embryo
is fully developed, they have intestines and stomach, and partake in thedivision of the six qi that come in three males and three females. The qi of
cosmic oneness revolves with the five phases; the five phases revolve
through the six qi.
So, first understand yin and yang, realizing that there is yang within yin
and yin within yang. Next comprehend metal, wood, water, fire, and earth,realizing that there is fire within water, water within fire, metal within water, wood within metal, fire within wood, and earth within fire. The five
constantly interact with and turn into each other, and thereby the two qi
divide into six. In other words, the great Dao disperses into five phases.
After the winter solstice, one ray of yang is generated in the five directions on earth, signaling the overall ascent of yang. In each season, one emperor is in command, and the other four assist him. This means that oncethe command of spring has begun, if the Black Emperor does not relinquish his command, there is no way cold can turn into warmth. Similarly, if
the Red Emperor is not ready to take over, warmth has no chance to turninto heat.
After the summer solstice, one ray of yin is generated in the five directions in heaven, signaling the overall descent of yin. Again, one emperor isin command, and the other four assist him. This means that once the command of fall has begun, if the Red Emperor does not relinquish his command, there is no way heat can turn into coolness. Similarly, if the Black
Emperor is not ready to take over, coolness has no chance to turn into cold.
At the winter solstice, yang is generated on earth and its qi moves toward heaven. At the summer solstice, yin is generated in heaven and its qi
moves toward earth. Daoist adepts must investigate these principles in
depth. In the course of days and months, when one ray of yang is first generated, the qi of the five organs moves to the middle prime. When one rayof yin is first generated, the fluid of the five organs moves to the lower
prime. The yang within yin, the yang within yang, and the yang in yin andyang are the three yang that move to the inner courtyard [upper yang], andthe spirit of the heart returns to the heavenly palace. This is what is meantby moving to the prime.
Lü asked: When yang is generated, the five qi move to the middle prime.
When yin is generated, the five fluids move to the lower prime. This causes
the yang within yang, the yang within yin, and the yang within yin and yang
to move to the upper prime. Cultivating this assiduously, how can a persistent adept with good understanding attain transcendence and liberationand leave the world of dust behind?
Zhong replied: The qi of primordial yang, when one yang is first generated, moves up to the middle prime: this happens in all people. The fluid174 / Translation One

generated from accumulated qi, when one yin is first generated, moves
down to the lower prime: this happens in all people. As long as adepts work
merely with this, they cannot attain transcendence and liberation.
If they want to go beyond the ordinary and enter the ranks of the sages,
be liberated from material reality and ascend to the immortals, they mustfirst mate dragon and tiger and complete the great medicine. Once it iscomplete, they can generate perfect qi. After perfect qi has been generated,
they work with the months in the course of a year to stabilize monthly
flourishing and decline. They work with the days in the course of a month
to manage daily affairs. They work with the double-hours in the course of a
day to stabilize hourly counts of breath. Doing so, they use yang to nourish
yang until there is no more residual yin within yang. They use yang to refine
yin until there is no more scattered yang within yin.
Generally, in spring the liver is dominant and the spleen is weak. In
summer the heart is dominant and the lungs are weak. In the fall the lungs
are dominant and the liver is weak. In winter the kidneys are dominant andthe heart is weak. Since the kidneys are the root and foundation of human
life, each season has a time when the spleen is strong and the kidneys are
weak, which means the only organ that is diminished in all four seasons is
the kidneys. This is one reason why people get sick a lot.
When Jia and Yi manage affairs in the liver, keep spleen qi from being
inactive. When Bing and Ding manage affairs in the heart, keep lung qi
from being inactive. When Wu and Ji manage affairs in the spleen, keep
kidney qi from being inactive. When Geng and Xin manage affairs in thelungs, keep liver qi from being inactive. When Ren and Gui manage affairs
in the kidneys, keep heart qi from being inactive.
In each case, one qi is strong while another is weak; one organ is dominant while another is in decline. This is another reason why people get sicka lot.
Then again, heart qi sprouts in the Hai hour [9-11 pm], grows in Yin [35am], dominates in Si [9-11 am], and weakens in Shen [3-5 pm]. Liver qi
sprouts in Shen, grows in Hai, dominates in Yin, and weakens in Si. Lung qi
sprouts in Yin, grows in Si, dominates in Shen, and weakens in Hai. Kidneyqi sprouts in Si, grows in Shen, dominates in Hai, and weakens in Yin.
Spleen qi in spring follows the liver, in summer it follows the heart, inautumn it follows the lungs, and in winter it follows the kidneys. People do
not understand how to use this system of the days and have no idea of thetimes when the different forms of qi grow and dominate, are strong or weak.
That is yet another reason why they get sick a lot.
The three yang powers gather on certain days, months, and hours: thenadepts can refine yang and ensure that yin is no longer generated. The threeyin powers gather on certain days, months, and hours: then they can nourish yang and make sure it no longer scatters.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 175

With the help of the qi of pure yang they next refine the qi of the fiveorgans without stopping until each emerges in its original condition andyou can lift it up into the celestial pond. First the yin in the kidneys disappears, and the nine rivers [of the intestines] are free from waves [disturbances]. Next the yin in the liver disappears, and the eight passes [orifices]
are constantly closed. Then the yin in the lungs disappears, and metal joins
fire in the cauldron. From here, the yin in the spleen disappears, and thejade chamber is firmly sealed.
Now perfect qi ascends and the four qi gather into one. Even if there issome golden fluid trying to descend, its little cup of water cannot overcome
the raging fire. Rather, water and fire embrace and merge into one and enter the spirit palace. When this happens, adepts should stabilize breathing
and practice inner observation. The intention fully at one and never scattering, their spirit consciousness becomes whole and wondrous.
In deep stillness, they will always hear music and song. Feeling thatthey are in a dream, they are in fact not dreaming. Deep in mental projections of emptiness and nonbeing, they see radiant scenery and amazing
beings unlike anything in the ordinary world, florescence and beauty far
beyond the human realm. Towers and terraces, palaces and gates glitterwith turquoise tiles like floating mist. Studded with pearls and kingfisherfeathers, silk and gauze adorn all, and the air is thick with a fabulous fragrance.
When there is an experience like this, we speak of transcending to theinner courtyard. These are signs that the yang spirit has gathered and reverted to the upper elixir [field]. From here, one can refine spirit into immortality and merge with the great Dao. One knock on the celestial gate,
and a golden hue and radiance manifest throughout the divine body, variegated flower petals drift down and cover the entire person. One walks on air
as easily as on flat ground and can cover ten thousand miles by extending
an arm.
Upon reentering the original body, spirit and physical form remaincompletely merged and one can live as long as heaven and earth. It is possible to choose to live on in the world of dust or leave the ordinary shell andreturn to the ten continents [of the blessed]. In the purple halls, the residence of perfect lords of great abundance, one may adopt a new place oforigin and find an appropriate new name.
Depending on the level of merit and attainment, one may even get tolive on the three isles [of Penglai], but in all cases one can freely wander
forever beyond the realm of wind and dust. This is what we call transcending the dust and being liberated from the ordinary.
Lü asked: Refining the physical form leads only to permanence in thisworld while refining qi allows one to ascend to the immortals. Some people
today do not comprehend the mysterious core workings. Without [having

176 / Translation One

assembled] the medicine, they start by practicing embryo respiration.
Strongly focusing their attention on the belly, they either accumulate cold
qi and get sick or generate vacant yang and fall ill. While they practice suchcultivation with the hope of attaining long life, they are holding on to a delusion and in the end cannot avoid illness and disease.
They do not realize that only after the immortal embryo is present canperfect qi grow and that, once perfect qi is generated, embryo respiration
flows naturally. Through embryo respiration one can then refine qi, and byrefining turn it into spirit. However, to refine qi properly one must workwith the months in the course of a year, the days in the course of a month,and the double-hours in the course of a day.
Sitting upright in the meditation chamber, one must forget all workings and eliminate all traces. At this time, then, when mind and mental
projections are not yet completely gone, how should one get rid of them?
Also, if erroneous imaginations have not yet stopped, if awareness and consciousness have leaks, one’s will is firmly set on ascent to the immortals yetheart and spirit are not stable, what can one possibly do?
Zhong replied: Mating and fusion each have their specific time; working and holding [in cultivation] each have their unique methods. Practicing
the methods in accordance with the correct time, one follows the right path
to pursue Dao and with each day comes closer to attainment. It is as easy asturning the palm. Advanced adepts in the past as much as today only needto close the eyes and calm the mind to enter the sphere of the invisible andinaudible. The best way to do so is by inner observation, which naturally
settles spirit and consciousness.

16. Inner Observation
Lü asked: May I now learn about the principles of inner observation?
Zhong replied: Early wise men and later sages adopted some methodsof inner observation, sitting in oblivion, and visualization, and did not
adopt others. They noticed that the mind was like a monkey and the intention like a wild horse—never staying or stopping. They worried that people
would get enticed by things and lose their will to practice, so they set up
images in nothingness to prevent people’s ears from hearing, their eyesfrom seeing, their mind from going crazy, and their intention from getting
distracted. By visualizing specific things or objects, practicing inner observation and sitting in oblivion, people would not fall into nothingness.
However, there are also followers of little learning and no understanding who have no clue about the proper times of [yin-yang] interaction anddo not know the right way to practice. They tend to expect visualization
alone to lead to full attainment. They think they can produce the elixir
wholly by focusing their intention and assemble the medicine merely intheir imagination. They inhale through the nose and exhale through theZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 177

mouth, then envision the breath shaped like sun and moon or flowing in
nonaction like heaven and earth, to eventually hold it in the abdomen. Thisis mere child’s play!
Highly advanced adepts and extraordinary people, in contrast, do away
completely with sitting in oblivion and visualization. They see them as obtaining wealth in a dream: how can it be useful for salvation? Or like drawing the picture of a cake in the dust: how can it satisfy hunger? To themthese methods are just emptiness within emptiness, unreal like flowers in a
mirror or moonlight over water. Ultimately they make it hard to complete
the great work.
Despite all this, there are some methods that can be adopted. Generally
it is easy to agitate the mind into splintering and hard to subdue the intention into being unified. Good days and auspicious times must be properly
selected. Even if one rests in a place of clarity and purity, how can the mind
function as the overall manager while the will is influenced by emotions?
Time passes like a flash of lightning, illuminating an inch of darkness. An
error of an instant, and one is as far from success as heaven is from earth.
Even over accumulated years and many months, one will never see any effects, the mind being lost and the intention gone crazy.
Adepts may get good at seeing, but then their will gets stuck on thebeauty of cinnabar and green [colors] and they never come to see greatness
and florescence. They may get good at listening, but then their will focuses
only on the perfect sounds of strings and flutes and they never get to hear
thunder and lightning. The application of hearing and seeing is minor indeed! Compared to them, the unified mind can travel widely through thesix harmonies, embracing all. So as long as you work with the right time
and the right method, how can you not use visualization and inner observation to realize the goal?
Lü asked: How, then, does one practice visualization in inner observation?
Zhong replied: To facilitate yang ascending, visualize a male, a dragon,
fire, heaven, clouds, a crane, the sun, a horse, smoke, mist, a carriage, achariot, flowers, or pure qi. Things like these, envisioned in inner observation and visualization, are appropriate images for yang ascending.
To facilitate yin descending, visualize a female, a tiger, water, earth, rain,
a turtle, the moon, an ox, a spring mud, a boat, or a leaf. Things like these,envisioned in inner observation and visualization, are appropriate images
for yin descending.
The green dragon, white tiger, red bird, and the Dark Warrior have images that go with their names. The five peaks, nine rivers, four oceans, threeisles, gold lad, jade maiden, river carriage, multi-storied tower, and otherappellations of this kind that are too numerous to list all have images set up
in nothingness to help settle mind and consciousness.

178 / Translation One

Before one has caught the fish one must not discard the trap; before
one has gotten the rabbit one must not eliminate the snare [Zhuangzi 26].
For later carriages to be able to move, they must run in the tracks of earlier
vehicles; once a great vessel is complete, it serves as the model for later pots.
Thus, the methods of inner observation are a form of practice impossible to
do without, but one must neither hold on to it forever nor abandon it too
soon: both are unacceptable.
Abandoning all thoughts and being free from imagination is a state ofperfect cognition: perfect cognition signals perfect emptiness. In a state ofperfect emptiness, one can connect to the perfected, undergo immortaltransformation, and escape from the dark crossing, gradually attaining
transcendence and liberation. To lay a good foundation and get a solid start,
proceeding toward success by advancing every day—that’s an appropriate
application of visualization. To practice Dao and diminish every day, entering the realm of the invisible and inaudible [Daode jing 48, 14], using particular methods less and less—that’s all part of inner observation.
Lü asked: How can one visualize the mating of dragon and tiger andmatching of yin and yang?
Zhong replied: In the beginning, to fuse yin and yang and stabilize Kanand Li, visualize nine august perfected guide a red-clad boy upward andnine august mothers guide a black-clad girl downward. See them meet infront of a yellow hut, welcomed an old woman dressed in yellow. Just as in awedding ceremony among people, they have a great time, full of joy anddelight.
Afterwards, see the girl moving further down and the boy moving further up, just like lovers separating on earth. Once this is done, see the yellow dame holding something shaped like a mandarin orange. She throws itright into the yellow hut, where it enters a golden vessel.
Now, the boy is Qian connecting to Kun, and as yang reverts to its original position, it carries yin with it, so both return to their old home. The girlis Kun connecting to Qian, and as yin reverts to its original position, it embraces yang, so both meet in their old home. Such are the images associatedwith the interaction of Kan and Li and the mating of yin and yang.
[For the formation of the yellow sprout], see a black spark [tiger] riseup from a blazing fire and a red dragon dive down into turbulent waves.
When the two beasts encounter each other, they fight, right in front of thetower pavilion. Its red gate opens wide and, in the midst of wildly raging
smoke and flames, a kingly personage appears who directs the great fire toburn all the way to heaven in waves reaching up a myriad yards. After thefire reaches its highest point it starts to drop again, smoke and flames filling heaven and earth. The dragon and tiger whirl and coil around each other, then enter the golden vessel. Moving down into the yellow hut, they set-

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 179

tle in as if in a cage or closet. Such is the visualization of the mating ofdragon and tiger and transforming into the yellow sprout.
Lü asked: Now that I know how to use inner observation and visualization with regard to the matching of yin and yang and the mating of dragon
and tiger, how do you use it in stoking the fire to heat and refine the cinnabar medicine?
Zhong replied: In this case, visualize the central vessel as a tripod or acauldron, either yellow or black, shaped like a carriage wheel. It has thegreen dragon on the left, the white tiger on the right, the red bird in front,
and the Dark Warrior behind. On its sides are two attendants, clad in purple robes, standing with head bowed and holding jade tablets. Behind themare various servants and officers.
When the fire is lit under the vessel, a king appears clad in vermilion.
He rides a red horse and descends from the air astride on a fiery cloud. He
raises his whip and issues commands, shouting that the fire is too small andthe flames are too feeble. The blazing flames rage wildly into the air andknock on heaven in their desire to enter. When the celestial gate does notopen, the smoke and fire turn back down and revolve around the four directions.
The people, the vessel, the kingly personage, and the attendants are
now engulfed in red flames, all shouting to stoke the fire even more. The
water in the vessel is free from qi and seems to coagulate. The pearl in thewater is free from darkness and seems to glow brightly. This is how to use
visualization in stoking the fire to heat and refine the cinnabar medicine.
Lü asked: Are inner observation and visualization limited to assembling the medicine and stoking the fire? Or is there more? Are there othermethods or ways of working?
Zhong replied: Visualize clouds and thunder descend while smoke andflames ascend. See variegated flowers raining from heaven or a fresh breeze
and auspicious qi ascend from the palace chambers. Maybe imagine immortal ladies and jade maidens riding multicolored phoenixes and finesteeds, arriving from the clear empyrean. See them offer a golden dish filledwith jade dew and frosty liquor to the kingly personage below. This is how
to use visualization in reverting golden fluid to the elixir field as well as forfull saturation.
Alternatively imagine dragon and tiger pulling a carriage through thefire and pushing upward through the three barriers, each guarded by soldiers and officers too many to count. Their weapons, staffs, pikes, andshields instill terror in people. First see the tiger and dragon knocking on
the barriers, but they do not open. Then see a huge fire heating them, andunder its impact they break down. Thus one reaches Kunlun but does notstop there, instead going all the way to the celestial pond and only thentaking a rest.

180 / Translation One

Next, imagine three cranes soaring into the three heavens, a pair of butterflies entering the three palaces, the red-clad infant being lifted throughthe celestial gate on a five-colored cloud, or the kingly personage being carried beyond the three worlds in a golden carriage with jade wheels. This is
how to use visualization in quickening the gold crystal by pulling back theelbows and running the major river carriage.
Then again, see an officer in vermilion robes climbing on his carriage
and making a full circuit: from Yizhou he goes to Duizhou, Qingzhou, Xuzhou, Yangzhou, Xingzhou, Liangzhou, and Yongzhou, then begins again
in Yizhou. Covering east, west, south, and north, he rests in Yuzhou for awhile before again commencing his circuit. Having obtained gold and jadeon his way, he completes his tasks. When the officer issues a command, allnine continents are in harmony. Always as soon as he completes a circuit, hestarts again, moving on and on without end.
Alternatively see him covering the five sacred mountains, beginningwith Hengshan [in the north] or going around the five lakes starting from
Beizhao [in the north], carrying a celestial talisman commanding the fiveemperors and a royal decree summoning the five nobles. This is how to use
visualization in reversion to the elixir field.
Then again, visualize pearls and jade falling to the ground, rain anddew showering living creatures, ocean tides filling the hundred rivers, yinbubbling up in a myriad whirlpools, flames rising all through heaven andearth, or smoke and mist filling the universe. This is how to use visualization in refining the physical form.
You can also imagine cranes leaving their nest, dragons exiting fromtheir lair, the five emperors going to audience with heaven, five-coloredclouds rising up, dancing red phoenixes soaring through the turquoise sky,or ascending along the celestial thoroughfare as if in a dream while celestial
flowers fall in profusion and immortal music fills the air. A golden radianceflows along as one enters the palace hall; variegated flowers float as one
goes into the place. This is how to use visualization in moving to the prime.
Once done with this, stop working with visualization and switch to innerobservation.
Lü asked: The mysterious principles of inner observation, I take it, are
not like the previous methods. May I ask about them?
Zhong replied: When adepts of Daoist cultivation in the past as muchas today do not comprehend the core workings of heaven, they do not understand at first how to use this method to practice. Desiring to attain transcendence and liberation quickly, they practice embryo respiration, inhaling much and exhaling little.
They think that obscuring the mind and closing the eyes is how topractice inner observation. They center themselves in a state of deep stabil-

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 181

ity [samādhi] where they generate yin spirit, then turn into ghosts of concentrated life force rather than becoming immortals of pure yang.
The perfected immortals and highest sages, on the other hand, work byassembling the medicine, stoking the fire, reducing lead, augmenting mercury, reverting [qi and fluid] to the elixir field, refining the physical form,
moving to the prime, and fusing with qi. Using painstaking phrases anddetailed expressions, they provide in-depth explanations, worried that thepeople of the world would not understand. However, they have not dwelt
much on inner observation. Essentially, what you need to know about innerobservation is that it is a method of exchanging yin and yang to be undertaken when one is ready to change from an ordinary to immortal being.
Daoist adepts typically make light of the relevant instructions and rarely use them. As I have outlined above, all interactions have specific hours
and seasons, just as all cultivation comes with particular methods and rules.
As long as they trust the rhythm of Dao, practice the methods at the righttimes, never deviating even by a moment, they will see success with every
passing day.
In the practice of inner observation, for one, there are no fixed hours or
seasons; for another, there are no particular methods or rules. Sitting in aremote and quite chamber, day and night upright with hands folded, adepts
come to recognize yang spirit and chase out all yin ghosts. Thus, Bodhidharma sat nine years gazing at a wall, then he transcended the innercourtyard; Shakyamuni remained six years in deep meditation, then heemerged from the cage of ordinary life.
Inner observation is hard to practice. First move from above to below,
getting the purple river carriage to transport you to the celestial palace. The
celestial palace is full of wealth and honor—who would not covet them?
Coming and going, variegated florescence and vast luxury are what people
never get to see yet they all want them.
Daoist adepts, sitting in clarity and stillness all day long, guarding theflow within, are usually deep in serenity and simplicity. Once their merits
reach the correct count, they find joy and happiness. Towers and terraces,
pearls and kingfisher feathers, women and music, pipes and flutes, precious repasts and rare delicacies, unusual plants and gorgeous flowers, scenic delights in wind and light—they all touch the eyes like bright daylight.
People who don’t realize that these things are illusory think that they
have really arrived in the celestial palace. They do not know that this is theinner courtyard within their own selves, but take it to be the perfect realm.
So they get in there and never leave: they are stuck at the dark crossroads.
Due to this, their physical form is bound to remain in the world. They cannever attain liberation from material reality and become spirit immortals.
They never get to the celestial palace, but remain stuck in inner observation.

182 / Translation One

Then yin ghosts and external demons latch onto them and generate
images, which in turn produce mental states. We call these attacks by demonic troops. Daoist adepts can go crazy because of them, falling deep into
wayward states. Some lose themselves in heretical teachings, never able tobecome immortal. Others let their three deathbringers and seven material
souls prey on the death of others to created delight for themselves. Yet others allow their nine worms and six robbers inflict suffering on the peace ofothers, never able to find rest anywhere.

17. Demonic Attacks and Hardships
Lü asked: So, inner observation is used to gather yang spirit, then refine it
to transcend to the inner courtyard, bubble up to exit through the celestialgate, and move on to enter the ranks of the sages. It leaves and enters withequal ease, coming and going without fail. It comes and goes smoothly,
moving near and far without error.
If one wants to remain in the world, one can keep the spirit mergedwith the physical form. If one wants to ascend to the immortals, one canwander afar to the isles of Penglai. Once the merits reach the full count of
3,000, by practicing inner observation, one can attain transcendence andliberation.
However, what I do not understand is how yin ghosts and evil demonstake control and cause Daoist adepts to fail in attaining ascent to the immortals.
Zhong replied: Many Daoist adepts start out with a sincere mind, andaffection and love, fame and profit—the various affairs of the world of dust
and labor—cannot change their great volition. Next they develop an earnest will, and their diligent efforts and meditative serenity—the various
mental projections of clarity and emptiness—cannot alter their initial mind.
Still, in their earnest will, they insist on pursing a major level of accomplishment, yet never make it beyond the medium, and if they shoot for a
medium level, they never get beyond the minor.
The more they remain unaware of the great Dao, the less they understand the inner workings of heaven. Practicing minor methods, they get a
lot of strange ideas. Wasting years and months, they never see any real results. In their later years they grow weak and old and eventually fall again
into the relentless cycle of reincarnation and rebirth. This causes other [potential] Daoist followers to believe that eternal life is a false idea, that transcendence and liberation are just empty words.
However often they may hear of Dao, they do not develop a sincere
mind; and if they have a sincere mind, they never grow an earnest will.
Their mind entangled in mental projections, they get involved with thingsand lose their will. In the end they are unable to escape from the ten demonic attacks and the nine difficulties.

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 183

Lü asked: What, then, are the nine hardships?
Zhong replied: Before completing the great medicine, it is hard to deal
with cold and heat. Thus, throughout the year, one needs clothing for thefour seasons. Before perfect qi has been generated, there still are hunger
and thirst. Thus, throughout the day, one needs food for three meals. Being
afflicted by the urgency to procure clothing and food is the first hardship.
Next, previous karmic affinities and inherited burdens flow into thepresent life and have to be repaid. Busy with work, one tries to snatch amoment of leisure, yet remains bound by the obligation to honor one’s elders. Controlled by the need to honor the parents, one can never get away.
One pushes for clear leisure, but it is difficult to find a stretch of free time.
Being afflicted by having to honor one’s elders is the second hardship.
Next, loving spouse and children, taking care of father and mother are
the cangue of affection and the harness of emotions, increasing and getting
bigger every day. Always concerned about house and carriage, one has notime to rest and relax, and even if one manages to develop a mind of clarity
and stillness, it is still hard to defeat the mental projections of worry andfrustration. Being afflicted by the strangulating ties of affection and love isthe third hardship.
Next, wealth accumulating to the tune of ten thousand properties, nobility culminating in the rank of the three dukes delude the mind so that
one cannot be content for even a moment. Greed is ubiquitous, causing
concerns without end. Being afflicted by the entanglements and fetters offame and profit is the fourth hardship.
Next, in one’s younger years one refuses to do serious cultivation. As aresult, one’s qi weakens and one gets sick, one’s obstinate mind forever
without a trace of realization. Alternatively, one is steeped in darkness andencounters disasters, one’s whole life in the world nothing but suffering—awarning for later generations. Being afflicted by disasters, misfortunes, andthe vicissitudes of life is the fifth hardship.
Next, seeing that life and death are great affairs, one rushes to seek out
a teacher, never discriminating between genuine and fake. One may follow
a teacher because he makes great arguments and is a proficient speaker or
because he has a Daoist mien and hoary appearance. One starts out byclaiming that one has found a spirit immortal and only after a long time
understands that he was just in it for his own fame and profit. Being afflicted by tying themselves to false [lit., blind] teachers is the sixth hardship.
Next, false teachers and crazy fellow students wrongly point one into
weird directions. Pursuing extraneous matters [lit., branches] and picking
on minor details [lit., leaves], they achieve nothing of worth; working withlesser methods and strange ideas, they keep on giving useless pointers andinstructions. They really do not know that the sun and the moon do not riseeasily, yet when they rise, they are very bright, causing all who have eyes to184 / Translation One

see. They do not understand that thunder and lightning do not roar trivially,
yet when they roar, they are very loud, causing all who have ears to hear. In
comparison, such teachers and fellows are like the radiance of a small lamp
and the croaking of frogs, chatter chatter blah blah blah—how can they
ever offer anything of worth? Being afflicted by distinctions and divisions
made in disputations and discussions is the seventh hardship.
Next, one does one thing in the morning and something else at night,
sits down to practice then stands up to pursue another idea. One relishes
the moment and hates planning long-term, starts out concerned and diligent and ends up lazy and indolent. Being afflicted by inconsistencies inwill and intention is the eighth hardship.
Next, one wastes years in the course of life, months in every year, daysin every month, and hours in every day. In one’s younger years fame andprofit never leave the mind; when old, one’s children and grandchildren
constantly occupy the intention. The bloom of the years is limited, and before one knows it, this year is already over and one has to attend on the next.
People’s affairs are without bounds, and before one knows it, today’s business is already over one has to attend to tomorrow’s. If one does not prepare
today for tomorrow, how can one fight in old age to get back one’s youth?
Being afflicted by wasting years and months is the ninth hardship.
Only by assiduously avoiding these nine hardships can one properly
venerate the Dao. Among them, moreover, if one fails to avoid even one or
two, all one’s labors will be in vain and one will never be successful.
Lü asked: Now that I understand the nine hardships, may I please learn
about the ten demonic attacks?
Zhong replied: The so-called ten demonic attacks happen in three situations: in waking life, in dreams and sleep, and during inner observation.
There may be flowery attractions filling the eyes, the music of reeds
and pipes filling the ears, the tongue tasting delicious foods, the nose enjoying strange fragrances, emotions and thoughts full of pleasures and delights, intention and will vast and extensive. If you encounter any of these,
do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack of the six desires.
There may be jasper towers and bejeweled pavilions, painted pillars
and carved beams, pearl-studded hangings and embroidered curtains, elegant chambers with fragrant orchids, all sorts of places full of jewels andtreasures, or halls filled with gold and jade. If you encounter any of these,
do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack of conspicuous
wealth.
There may be golden bridles and valuable steeds, heavy covered sedan
chairs going by, a duchy endowed with ten thousand household, officers
bearing banners and flags, filling the gates with their green and purple
robes, whips and tablets overflowing in the chambers. If you encounter any

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 185of these, do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack of the
strife for honor.
There may be a light mist soaking and moisturizing, warm sunlightwide and open, violent winds and strong rains, rolling thunder and flashesof lightning, reeds and pipes sounding brightly, tears and wails indicating
hurt and distress. If you encounter any of these, do not engage them but
recognize them as a demonic attack of the six emotions.
There may be family members facing adversities, your clan sufferingfrom calamities, sons and daughters suffering from sickness and disease,
father and mother passing away, older or younger brothers far away from
home, wives and concubines living separate. If you encounter any of these,
do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack of love andaffection.
It may feel as if one is losing the body in a fierce conflagration, dropping off a steep cliff, being stung by nasty insects, or harmed by poisonous
drugs. On the road one may run into nasty brigands or criminals and die asa result. If you encounter any of these, do not engage them but recognize
them as a demonic attack of affliction and hardship.
There may be the Ten Saviors, the Powers of Yang, the Three Pure Ones,
the Jade Emperor, the Four Sages, the Seven Dipper Lords, the Powers of
the Five Sacred Mountains, the Eight Kings. They are all majestic and dignified, fully in control, coming and going, wheeling about in the air. If you
encounter any of these, do not engage them but recognize them as a demonic attack of sages and worthies.
There may be a battle field, full of soldiers, both infantry and cavalry,swords and weapons glittering like frost, spears and axes raised, bows andcrossbows drawn, fighting to the death, full of amazing courage and agility.
If you encounter any of these, do not engage them but recognize them as ademonic attack of swords and weapons.
There may be immortal ladies and jade maidens, lining up and practicing their arts, their music and singing filling the air, their dance colorful invariegated silks, their services skillful in their red sleeves as they offer winein golden chalices. If you encounter any of these, do not engage them but
recognize them as a demonic attack of entertainment and pleasure.
There may be beauties with charming looks and rich adornments, skillful entertainers at home in elegant settings, bodies smooth and scantily
clad, who lean close to you, trembling seductively, inviting to have sex. If
you encounter any of these, do not engage them but recognize them as ademonic attack of sexual attraction
These ten demonic attacks are hard not to engage with. Once adepts
engage with them, they get attached, and once they are attached, they arecompletely hooked. If they never fully attain Dao, it is mostly because ofthis.

186 / Translation One

If Daoist adepts encounter these in real life [lit., outside the personalbody] and neither engage with them nor get hooked on them, then theirheart will not falter and their will not be shaken. If they see them in dreams
and neither engage with them nor get hooked on them, then their spirit
will not go astray and their observation will not scatter. If they encounterthings like this during inner observation, they should check carefully how
spurious or real they are and determine whether they are genuine or fake.
Adepts must not go along with their waves or float off with their tides, engage with these robbers as if they were their children.
Once they kindle the perfect fire of samadhi to incinerate the body,with one stroke the host of demons will naturally scatter. They should use
the purple river carriage to move the yang spirit within, transfer to the innercourtyard, and ascend to the celestial palace. From there they can pursue
transcendence and liberation.
Quite commonly, Daoist followers in the past as much as today attain amind of clarity and stillness, but then change their volition under the impact of mental projections and often have a hard time escaping from theten demonic attacks and the nine hardships. They vainly claim the title of
Daoist follower and in the end never get to see any real effects of attaining
Dao. They may even get away from the labors of the world of dust, retreat toa remote place and obscure their traces, focusing their will on the gate of all
mysteries [Daode jing 1]. However, they cannot completely do away with thenine hardships and still get trapped by one or two of the ten demonic attacks.
They may attain Dao to a certain degree, but either stop in the middleof the path or reach a medium or even only a minor level of accomplishment. If they attain immortality, they become human or earth immortals at
best. However, if they do away completely with all hardships and demonic
attacks, they are ready to have the confirmation experiences of step-by-stepascending to the immortals, properly using inner observation to harmonize
the yang spirit, pointing at the sun, and returning to the three isles.

18. Confirmation Experiences
Lü asked: Everybody hates to get sick, but Daoist followers actively pursue
being free from disease and remaining in good health. Everybody fears
death, but Daoist followers actively wish to avoid death and attain eternallife. The people of the world relish living in the world, but Daoist followers
actively desire ascending to the immortals and wandering far beyond allthings. The people of the world relish living on the earth, but Daoist followers actively strive to transcend the ordinary and enter the grotto heavens.
They voluntarily submit to hardship and suffering, often remaining
poor and humble, yet mentally float in clear serenity and ethereal lightness,
hiding their traces in open fields and wilderness seclusion. Because they

Zhong-Lü chuandao ji / 187

practice in isolation, they may not know whether their efforts are deep orshallow. When it comes time to change methods, they have a hard time
judging whether to modify them sooner or later. So, once one has reached aminor level of achievement, what is the order of confimation experiences?
Zhong replied: If one practices seriously with an earnest will but in theend sees no success, this is not the fault of Dao but happens because Daoist
adepts do not follow an enlightened teacher and receive the wrong methods. If one practices seriously with the correct methods but in the end seesno success, this is not the fault of Dao, either, but happens because Daoist
adepts do not know the right timing and thus have no way to attain accomplishments.
On the other hand, if one encounters an enlightened teacher and getsthe correct methods, then practices them properly and with the right timing, why should one worry about not having any confirmation experiences?
Lü asked: So, the methods you speak of, do they have a set number [ofstages]? And the timing you mention, does that have key numbers?
Zhong replied: The methods come in a system of twelve:
1. Matching yin and yang
2. Gathering and dispersing water and fire
3. Mating dragon and tiger
4. Heating and refining the cinnabar medicine
5. Quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows
6. Reverting jade fluid to the elixir field
7. Refining the physical form with jade fluid
8. Reverting golden fluid to the elixir field
9. Refining the physical form with golden fluid
10. Refining qi by moving to the prime
11. Renewing qi through inner observation
12. Transcendence, liberation, and multilocation4

As regards timing, in the course of a year, one works with the principlesof the continuous ascent and descent of yin and yang through heaven andearth; in the course of a month, one works with the correct count of thecoming and going of the sun and moon. Each day has four divisions, eight
trigrams, ten stems, twelve branches, 100 segments, and 6,000 units.
Working with the various methods and distinguishing and dividingthem correctly, from the first day onward, one has confirmation experiences in the right order until one reaches liberation from material reality andcan ascend to the immortals—absolutely and without fail. Right from thestart, stay away form all lascivious and wayward tendencies, while cultivating both within and without.
4 These items match the headings of the Lingbao bifa, with sections 6 and 7 aswell as 8 and 9 conflated into one, making a total of ten.

188 / Translation One

Once one has assembled the medicine and is filled with golden essence,mind and mental projections naturally dissolve and one can vanquish all
yin ghosts. The heart meridian opens and there is sweet fluid in the mouth.
Then yin and yang engage in battle, and time and again one can hear thesounds of wind and thunder in the abdomen. Spirit and material souls stir,and one may experience frightful states during dream and sleep.
After this, there may be some small ailments or minor discomforts inthe six viscera and four limbs, but they naturally resolve without medication. The elixir fields warm up spontaneously at night as the complexion
gets clear and luscious during the day and the eyes come to see a spirit lighteven if in a dark room.
In dreams, one is a valiant warrior whom no animal can harm or people
dare to cheat. Alternatively, one carries a little babe home in arms. The
golden barrier and jade lock are firmly sealed, and one no longer experiences unwarranted leakage while dreaming. With a clap of thunder, all joints
and nodes are open and connected. Startled, one sweats freely from all four
limbs.
Next, the jade fluid boils and bubbles, coagulating into fermented liquor, and the fluid of pure life force turns into creamy juice. Increasingly
awesome and with a strong smell of sandalwood, it completely fills mouthand belly. One’s bones become light and turn more into yang spirit, allowing one to move smoothly and run as fast as a horse, walking and stepping
as if flying. One no longer pays any mind to the various mental projections
and gets rid of all cravings and desires. Able to infuse perfect qi into otherbeings, one can heal people’s ailments and diseases, while in inner observation, one illuminates all and remains free from darkness.
The pupils in the eyes become clear like dots of lacquer, facial wrinkles
smooth out, and one looks forever young. Perfect qi gradually fills the entire
body, and one feels forever satiated, needing only little food. Even if one
drinks liquor without measure, one never gets intoxicated.
After that, the body appears suffused by light: spirit and qi are bothgorgeous. The sagely elixir generates good taste while the fluid issues apleasant fragrance. Fragrance and wondrous taste are constantly present inmouth and nose; even outsiders may be able to perceive and smell them.
Next, one’s vision becomes so sharp one can see an autumn hair at a
distance of hundred paces. All old scars and residual marks throughout the
body disappear naturally, and one never again issues nasal mucus, tears,
saliva, or sweat. Once the embryo is complete and the qi fully viable, moreover, one can abstain from all eating and drinking
Internal volition clear and lofty, one merges with great emptiness. Allemotions and loving feelings as well as all mental projections naturally stop.
Below, one eliminates the nine worms; above, one kills the three deathbringers. Spirit and material souls no longer wander about, and there is noZhong-Lü chuandao ji / 189

more need for sleep and dreams. Spirit luscious and essence strong, one
functions equally well night and day.
The body entirely consisting of yang essence, the spirit residence isstrong and stable, the four limbs no longer fear cold and heat, and one nolonger thinks of life and death as opposites. Sitting in oblivion or practicing
inner observation, one wanders far off to the realm of Huaxu and visits thelands of the spirit immortals. Full of women and music, with splendid towers and terraces, variegated and colorful, beautiful and extraordinary, they
are like nothing at all like the human world.
Once one has accumulated enough merits, practiced sufficiently, andfulfilled all karmic retributions, one receives perfect registration in theThree Clarities. As yin and yang continue to change and transform, one canpredict the success or failure of people’s affairs and can foretell disasters
and misfortunes. Tired of the dust of the world striking the eyes, one silently turns away from it to practice further purification in a quiet place. Thenthe immortal embryo manifests as a body outside the body: one is a spirit
sage.
Perfect qi is pure yang, and in one cry one can externalize the mercury
entity. The immortal embryo duly starts to fly off, and an auspicious lightpervades the chamber. Even when deeply quiet, one can hear the sounds ofmusic. Coming face to face with ordinary people, even though they may be
wealthy and of high rank, one always smells their stink of decay and sees
them just as mere bones and skeletons.
Next, spirit becomes more refined, and one can shift shape and location at will. One’s secret powers fully developed, one starts to look like animmortal. Like a tree of jade, one consists of strange bones and issues agolden glow. Wherever one goes, any place one stays, there are always spirit
helpers that naturally appear and report for service. Quickly and easily
summoned, they fulfill one’s every wish.
As one practices outer observation in deep stillness, a purple haze fills
the vision and a golden radiance spreads from the top of the head, enveloping the entire body. Suddenly the inside of the body transforms and a fiery
dragon soars out or a mysterious crane flies up. These are signs that spirit
and life force have transcended the ordinary bones and one is going beyond
the flow of common existence: this is called transcendence and liberation.
After attaining transcendence and liberation, one is always envelopedby a radiant vapor and surrounded by auspicious qi. Wondrous flower petals fall like rain from heaven, and mysterious cranes come to visit. A fabulous fragrance spreads as jade maidens descend to present celestial writs
and purple summons.
Once concluded, one dresses in an immortal cap and gown and takes
hold of various other regalia. Banner-baring majestic beings line up in front
and behind, right and left, too many to count. They escort one formally to190 / Translation One

return to the purple office on the isles of Penglai, where one has audience
with the Perfect Lord of Great Tenuity. He orders one’s name and place oforigin to be entered into the heavenly ledgers. Upon examination andmeasuring of one’s merits and behavior, one is assigned a place to live on
the three isles—properly called a perfected person and immortal master.
Lü asked: Today, you, my venerable teacher, have explained to me ingreat detail the overarching principles of the invisible and inaudible, themysterious core workings of heaven and earth. You have not only opened
and clarified my vision and hearing, but also enhanced and beautified myessence and spirit.
For the remaining years of my life, I wish to be no longer of the samekind as the dust and dirt of the world. However, knowing does not mean I
can practice efficiently, and practicing does not mean I can attain [Dao]. I
am well aware that the great matters of life and death are enormous andthat time and light pass swiftly. Although I understand the wondrous principles, without ever getting to practice seriously, in the end I cannot complete my merits and will be no different from those who don’t know anything. May I, therefore, ask that you instruct me exactly in how to apply anduse the proper timing of energy conjunction and the right methods of serious practice?
Zhong replied: For this, I have compiled the Lingbao bifa (Conclusive
Methods of Numinous Treasure) in ten scrolls and twelve sections. It discusses each under six headings: 1. Golden Declarations; 2. Written in Jade; 3.
Source of Perfection; 4. In Likeness; 5. Perfect Instructions; and 6. Dao Essentials.
It encompasses and explicates the great Dao, outlines and illustrates
the Three Clarities. It outlines the continuous ascent and descent of yin andyang through heaven and earth as the dominant model and explains theoverarching rules of the coming and going of the essence and florescence ofthe sun and the moon. In fact, it presents instructions for all five types ofimmortals and provides guidance for the three levels of accomplishment.
You should keep it close by every single day!

Text Two1

Lingbao bifa
Preface
By Zhongli Quan, Yunfang, the Perfected of Rightful Yang
Dao cannot be explained or transmitted, named or recorded. Despite this,ever since high antiquity there have been quite a few who ascended to immortality and attained Dao. Offering my volition, I bowed down to wise
forefathers and in my heart embraced the great Dao. Without meaning to
do so, I came to raise swords and got involved with the military: the times
were dangerous, and the world was in disorder.
Eventually I had to flee for my life, obscuring my traces among rivers,
lakes, cliffs, and valleys. Once I was far enough away, I began to understandmy inner nature and rested my heart, dedicating myself solely to clarity andpurity, the invisible and inaudible. I read through numerous scriptures on
elixirs, continuously asked advice from my friends in Dao and pursued theminute details of how to stop words and nourish life, the great, inexplicable
Dao of perfect immortality.
When I lived in a rocky cave in the Zhongnan mountains, I received
thirty scrolls of Numinous Treasure scriptures [in revelation]. Their firstsection, entitled Jin’gao shu (Book of Golden Declarations), was presented
by [the Heavenly Venerable of ] Primordial Beginning; their middle section,
called Yushu lu (Records Written in Jade), was narrated by the Primordial
Emperor [Lord of the Dao]; their last section, named Zhenyuan yi (Explanation of the Source of Perfection), was transmitted by the Highest Lord
[Lao]. Altogether, they consisted of several thousand words.
I put on my clothes before dawn and ate after dusk [worked diligently],
all the while pondering them widely and reflecting on them in great depth.
1

The text is translated on the basis of its edition in the Daoist Canon (DZ1191). Its Daoshu version (ch. 42)—available in the French rendition by Farzeen
Baldrian-Hussein (1984)—has no section titles or secondary headings indicating
revealed sources, such as “Golden Declarations” or “Written in Jade.” It presents only
a short summary of the preface and consistently omits the latter parts of each section. In the main body of the text, it consists of a complex mixture of omissions andadditions. The translation marks parts not found in the Daoshu version in curved
parentheses {} and gives parts added there in square brackets [], marked “DS”.
191

192 / Translation Two

Eventually I came to realize that there is yang within yin and yin withinyang, which represents the basic order of the up and down movement ofheaven and earth; that qi generates water and water generates qi, which
represents the principle of the fusion of heart and kidneys. Present in theimages of things, Dao is never far from humanity.
Matching and fusing them in the rhythm of heavenly stems like Jia andGeng, I worked with the golden elixir according to the proper standards.
Reducing and augmenting based on the pattern of earthly branches like
Mao and You, I followed the natural firing times without fail. Penetrating
the bottom with red lead and black mercury I failed to complete the great
medicine, but when I guided the golden and jade fluids to the top, I managed to revert them to the elixir field.
Moving [the qi] from nonbeing into being, I constantly maintained theheart of a valiant warrior. Raising it from bottom to top, I gradually entered
the realm of the invisible and inaudible. Reducing lead and augmenting
mercury, I managed to dissolve the two and eight yin. Renewing my bones
and refining my physical form, I made the three and nine yang grow tall.
I discerned whether water and source were clear or turbid during thehours I experienced full saturation. I recognized whether the inner scenery
was perfect or fleeting on the days I sat in oblivion. I found the obscure
instructions of the mysterious pivot hard to express in physical form andwritten works, yet I was able to use the wondrous principles of Numinous
Treasure to enter the ranks of the sages and transcend the ordinary. Presenting the combined methods of the Three Vehicles, I call this work Lingbao bifa, “The Conclusive Methods of Numinous Treasure.” These sagely
words of the great Dao I dare not keep to myself only, but transmit to mydisciple Lü Dongbin. May he not keep it secret when he completes Dao, but
hand it down to adepts of generations to come.

1. Matching Yin and Yang
Written in Jade: {The great Dao has no form: you look or listen for it andyou cannot see or hear it [Daode jing 14]. The great Dao has no name: youmeasure and count it and you cannot fathom or calculate it. Then Dao generates form, and following form it establishes names. Its name is great: it isheaven and earth.} Heaven obtains the Dao of [the trigram] Qian and accumulates qi to cover all below; earth obtains the Dao of [the trigram] Kunand relies on material reality to support all above. Between their coveringand supporting, above and below, they are 84,000 miles apart.
Since qi and matter cannot interact by themselves, heaven uses Qian toconnect to Kun and reverts to earth, its yang carrying yin to make it ascend;earth uses Kun to connect to Qian and reverts to heaven [the sky], its yin
embracing yang to let it descend. Ascending and descending in turn, they

Lingbao bifa / 193

revolve in accordance with Dao. This is why heaven and earth can live forever.
Source of Perfection: Between heaven and earth, what tends to stay
above is yang; thus, 42,000 miles from above to below is called the domainof yang. What tends to stay below is yin; thus, 42,000 miles from below toabove is called the domain of yin. {Although these two have form andnames, they still are hard to define by measure and count. Thus one year
has four seasons, eight divisions, twenty-four qi-periods, seventy-two baseweeks, 360 days, and 4320 double-hours. Twelve double-hours make oneday, five days make one base week, three base weeks make one qi-period,
three qi-periods make one division, two divisions made one season, andfour seasons make one year.}
Each year begins at the division of the winter solstice. At this time,yang ascends from earth, and in the course of one qi-period or fifteen days,
it reaches 7,000 miles. Three qi-periods make one division or forty-five days,
during which yang ascends 21,000 miles. Two divisions make one season or
ninety days, during which yang ascends 42,000 miles. Reaching the midpoint between heaven and earth, it touches the domain of yin. At this time,yang is halfway in the midst of yin. The weather [qi] changes to being warm:
the time of the spring equinox has come.
Passing this, yang ascends further and enters the domain of yang. Thatis, having obtained all the qi [of earth], it keeps ascending. Moving as before for forty-five days, it comes to the beginning of summer. After anotherforty-five days, it reaches the division of the summer solstice, at which
point it has passed through the entire 84,000 miles of distance and reachedheaven [the sky]. Yang is now in the midst of yang. The weather changes tobeing hot, and accumulated yang begins to generate yin. Thus, a single yin
grows in the midst of two yang.
This begins at the division of the summer solstice. At this time, yin descends from heaven [the sky], and in the course of one qi-period or fifteendays it reaches 7,000 miles. Three qi-periods make one division or forty-five,days, during which yin descends 21,000 miles. Two divisions make one season or ninety days, during which yin descends 42,000 miles. Reaching the
midpoint between heaven and earth, it touches the domain of yang. At thistime, yin is halfway in the midst of yang. The weather changes to being cool:
the time of the fall equinox has come.
Passing this, yin descends further and enters the domain of yin. That is,having obtained all the qi of heaven, it keeps descending. Moving as before
for forty-five days, it comes to the beginning of winter. After another fortyfive days, it reaches the division of the winter solstice, at which point it has
passed through the entire 84,000 miles of distance and reached earth. Yin
is now in the midst of yin. The weather changes to being cold, and accumu-

194 / Translation Two

lated yin begins to generate yang. Thus, a single yang grows in the midst of
two yin [the trigram Kan].
At the winter solstice, the one yang again begins to ascend, moving as
before without stopping. Completing one revolution, the two forces begin
yet again, without ever losing their way. The winter solstice is when yang
begins to grow; it ascends to revert back to heaven. The summer solstice iswhen yin begins to grow; it descends to revert back to earth.
At the summer solstice, yang has fully ascended and reached heaven: asingle yin comes about. At the winter solstice, yin has fully descended andreached earth: a single yang comes about. This is why these points arecalled summer and winter solstice [lit., times of “coming about”]. Yang ascends and passes the spring equinox: it enters the domain of yang andleaves the domain of yin. Yin descends and passes the fall equinox: it enters
the domain of yin and leaves the domain of yang. Thus they are called thespring and fall equinox [lit., times of “division”].
While yang ascends after the winter solstice, there is still some yin descending, down from above, but what yin descends is excess yin within yang.
It stops at the domain of yang, where it scatters and disappears. If allowed
to keep on descending and to reach its domain, it will clash with the ascending yang, and the qi will be eliminated.
Similarly, while yin descends after the summer solstice, there is stillsome yang ascending, up from below, but what yang ascends is excess yang
within yin. It stops in the domain of yin, where it scatters and disappears. If
allowed to keep on ascending and to reach its domain, it will clash with thedescending yin, and the qi will be eliminated.
As yin and yang ascend and descend, in all their moving up and down,
they never go beyond 84,000 miles; in all their coming and going, they never exceed 360 days. Thus by appreciating the four seasons with their weather patterns of warm, cool, cold, and hot, one can recognize yin and yang; bynoting the eight divisions of yang ascending and yin descending, one canknow heaven and earth. {Fathoming them based on the core workings ofnature, one can get a good clue of how heaven and earth function. If one
just used teachings transmitted orally to compare or measure their way,
how could done ever get the right estimate or calculation and truly know
them?}In Likeness: Dao generates the myriad beings, among which heavenand earth are the greatest and human beings have the most life force.
Placed separately in Dao, humans yet match heaven and earth. The heart is
like heaven; the kidneys are like earth; the liver is the domain of yang; thelungs is the domain of yin. The heart and the kidneys are 8.4 inches apart,matching the distance between heaven and earth that cover and support all.
Qi in the human body is like yang; fluid it like yin. The midpoint of the
double-hours Zi [11 am-1 pm] and Wu [11 pm-1 am] are like the divisions ofLingbao bifa / 195

the summer and winter solstices. Those of Mao [5-7 am] and You [5-7 pm]
are like the spring and fall equinoxes. One day is like one year; the eight
trigrams in one day are like the eight divisions marking annual time.
During the Zi hour, qi grows in the kidneys; during Mao, it reaches theliver. The liver is yang, and as qi is dominant here, yang ascends and enters
the domain of yang. This is just like the spring equinox. During the Wu
hour, qi reaches the heart; it accumulates and generates fluid. This is justlike yang reaching heaven at the summer solstice and generating yin.
During the Wu hour, fluid grows in the heart; during You, it reaches
the lungs. The lungs are yin, and as fluid abounds here, yin descends andenters the domain of yin. This is just like the fall equinox. During the Zi
hour, fluid reaches the kidneys; it accumulates and generates qi. This is justlike yin reaching earth at the winter solstice and generating yang. From
here, the cycle begins again, running around in a loop for days and months,
never diminishing, never ceasing. Following it, one can extend one’s years.
Perfect Instructions: Only human beings can fully attain the Dao ofheaven and earth. {They receive their physical form from father and mother,
one body growing within another, then increasingly get away from Dao.}
While still in the womb, their primordial qi is full but soon after, the six
desires and seven emotions arise, so that they waste and scatter their primordial yang, release and lose their perfect qi. Even though they participate
in the natural pattern of the mutual generation of qi and fluid, they cannot
match their continuous ascent and descent through heaven and earth.
With each exhalation, primordial qi leaves; with each inhalation, it enters. Although people in this fashion partake of the qi of heaven and earth,
once it has entered, they cannot retain it. On the contrary, with each exhalation they let it go again, causing heaven and earth to take back their original qi. Once qi has scattered like this, they have a hard time generating
fluid. Being short on fluid, they have a hard time generating qi.
At any particular time when qi is dominant [in a certain organ], every
day they should utilize the appropriate trigram, so that in relation to qi,
they take in a lot and release only a little, then retain it with some force intheir abdomen. The moment qi ascends from below, make sure not to let itgo; as soon as it moves in from without, immediately retain it [in the abdomen]. In this manner, the two qi fuse: they accumulate and generate thefluid of the five organs. As they revert it to the prime [elixir field], it increases even more. {Continue the work over a succession of days; stop when
you see experiential effects.} [DS: This method is a minor accomplishmentof embryo respiration as developed by Bodhidharma.]
Dao Essentials: To meet the oldest children of Lord Yang, make suremuch [qi] enters and only little leaves. {As son and daughter wrestle witheach other, over time you pursue and achieve perfection.}

196 / Translation Two

This means accumulated qi generates fluid, and accumulated fluid
generates qi. [DS: Fluid in the midst of qi is fluid in the process ofdescending; qi in the midst of fluid is qi in the process of ascending.] It
refers to the method of the mutual generation of qi and fluid throughproper matching. You will attain this through serious practice even before
one year has passed. Working consecutively for one year or three hundreddays is considered one practice period. Even within ten days, you will see
experiential effects.
You will eat and drink well, all your ailments and diseases dissolve
completely; your head and eyes will be clear and sharp, your heart andabdomen empty and joyful. You will have much strength and little fatigue,
at times hear sounds like wind and thunder in your abdomen, andexperience good effects too numerous to list. [DS: Breathe calmly and stop
all thoughts; sit silently all day long, focusing on mental stillness and driveout the yin spirit. This is the way of the immortals.] [End Daoshu, sect. 1]
Explanation: The oldest children of Lord Yang are born when Qian
connects to Kun, just as qi ascends and moves up. The son [the trigram
Zhen/Thunder] is qi: he ascends from the kidneys. The daughter [the trigram Xun/Wind] is fluid: she descends from the heart. They clash witheach other because they keep on moving up and down. Hold the breath into generate fluid; accumulate fluid to generate qi. In this manner, you mateand match the two forces. Over time, you naturally obtain perfect water.
Perfect Explanation: This is the first step of the practice. When the qi
of ascending yang is dominant in the position of Mao and the correct trigram, inhale deeply to take in the rightful qi of heaven and earth; exhale
gently to let hardly any of your own primordial qi go. As you get the two qi
to harmonize, qi accumulates and generates fluid; fluid increases and generates qi. This is the method of matching yin and yang and setting up themutual generation of qi and fluid.

2. Gathering and Dispersing Water and Fire
[DS: This explains the matching of yin and yang through embryo respiration. But how about gathering and dispersing water and fire? Master
Zhongli said:]
Golden Declarations: {What we call great Dao is so high it has no
above. Stretch and look up far and you can see nothing above it nor can you
ever see its head. What we call great Dao is so low it has no below. Bend andlook down carefully and you can see nothing below it nor can you ever see
its base. Its beginning has nothing prior to it: you cannot see anything before it. Its end has nothing after it: you cannot see anything beyond it.}In the midst of the great Dao, heaven and earth came to be; they dohave the dimensions of above and below. Within their midst, moreover, yin
and yang came to be; they have a beginning and end that can be expressedLingbao bifa / 197

in correct count. As they move up and down, look up far and look down
carefully, and you can estimate their core workings. As they begin and end,
you can measure and count, fathom and calculate and thus appreciate theirprinciples. Approaching it in this manner, the great Dao can be known.
Source of Perfection: From the positions of heaven and earth aboveand below we know what is high and low throughout the universe. From
the times of yin and yang beginning and ending we know what comes firstand what follows in the way of nature. Heaven and earth never deviate fromthe correct count; this count is fulfilled in the course of one year. Yin andyang never lose their inherent order; this order works according to the eight
divisions.
At the winter solstice, yang begins to grow. At the spring equinox, thereis half yang within yin. Going beyond this, there is pure yang and yin is all
gone. At the summer solstice, yang reaches its great ultimate [zenith] andyin begins to grow. At the fall equinox, there is half yin within yang. Going
beyond this, there is pure yin and yang is all gone. {At the winter solstice,
yin reaches its great ultimate, and yang again begins to grow. They ascendand descend as before, moving up and down, always beginning and ending.
They may not completely exhaust the great Dao, but they never lose its
foundation.} If you want to understand the great Dao, you must take in themodel of heaven and earth and closely examine the order of yin and yang.
In Likeness: {The heart and kidneys are like heaven and earth; qi andfluid are like yin and yang. One day is like one year. [The trigram] Gen [3 am]
during the day, in terms of the year, matches the division of the beginningof spring. Qian [9 pm] matches the division of the beginning of winter.
Within heaven and earth, what tends to move down is yin. Thus, the area
42,000 miles up from the bottom is called the domain of yin.}
Yang begins to grow at the winter solstice and ascends from there. At
the beginning of spring, it has risen 21,000 miles into the domain of yin andhas a hard time prevailing over it. {Similarly, what tends to move up is yang;thus, the area 42,000 miles down from the top is called the domain of yang.}Yin begins to grow at the summer solstice and descends from there. At the
beginning of fall, it has sunk 21,000 miles into the domain of yang [being
63,000 miles from the point of origin] and has a hard time prevailing over it.
{At the beginning of summer, yang keeps on ascending, being now
63,000 miles above earth and 21,000 miles below heaven. Thus it reaches
the full domain of yang, with no yin whatsoever. Similarly, at the beginningof winter, yin keeps on descending, being now 63,000 miles below heavenand 21,000 miles above earth. Thus it reaches the full domain of yin, withno yang whatsoever.}The beginning of spring in the course of a year in the course of a day islike Gen [3 am] [DS: at the end of the Chou hour (1-3 am) and the beginning of Yin (3-5 am)]. At this time, kidney qi moves down into the bladder198 / Translation Two[DS: has not yet arrived at the liver but rests in the domain of yin]. Immersed in fluid, it is subtle and weak. Thus, this is a time when yang qi is
hard put to ascend.
The beginning of winter in the course of a year in the course of a day islike Qian [9 pm] [DS: the end of the Xu hour (7-9 pm) and the beginning ofHai (9-11 pm)]. At this time, heart fluid starts to move down, following theurge to return to the prime and again enter the kidneys. Thus, this is a time
when yin abounds and yang is eliminated. [DS: There is little qi and much
fluid.] The reason why people get sick [DS: and die early] is that their yin
and yang are out of alignment, {typically yang being low and yin overwhelming. This the cause of disease.} [DS: They are unable to ascend anddescend, since qi and fluid have dried up and cannot generate each other.
Alas! When qi is all gone, spirit disperses: this is death.]
Perfect Instructions: When yang rises to the beginning of spring,
moving up from below, within days it gets to be half yang within yin. Whenyin sinks to the beginning of fall, moving down from above, within days itgets to be half yin within yang. This is the natural way of heaven and earth.
Only human beings let their qi grow feeble at Gen [3 am], not knowing theright times to nurture it. They let it scatter at Qian [9 pm], not realizing theprinciples of gathering it.
Day and night they let the six desires and seven emotions waste andscatter their primordial yang, preventing perfect qi from becoming dominant. They release and lose their perfect qi, preventing perfect fluid frombeing generated. [DS: Is this not deplorable?] {For this reason, they neverattain the eternal life of heaven and earth.
Thus, the masters of old practiced collecting in the morning and covering at night, and duly managed to live for extensive periods in the world.
Collecting in the morning means to gather yang up from below, then bending before stretching. Once it is present in oneself, nurture and stretch it toprevent even the smallest scattering. Covering at night means to collectfresh qi into oneself, always moving to the light and dispelling darkness,looking for yang within yin. Once it is present within, darken and brighten
it to prevent all loss.}
Around sunrise, at Gen [3 am], nurture primordial qi: {do not let
thoughts of fame and profit agitate your mind nor ideas of good and evil
disturb your intention. Loosen your clothing and sit in meditation to nurture your qi: let go off all thoughts, forget all emotions, gently undertake
healing exercises,} in turn bending and stretching your arms and legs three
to five times, to allow the qi of the four limbs to rise. In this manner you canguard primordial qi within as it ascends to move to the office of the heart.
Swallow one or two mouthfuls of saliva, tap and rub your head and facetwenty to thirty times. {This way, you can expel all the bad and turbid qi
accumulated in the course of the night.} If you do this over prolonged peri-Lingbao bifa / 199

ods, you will have a glossy complexion and amazing beauty, your muscles
and flesh will be radiant and supple. [DS: This method is called dispersing
fire or the minor refinement of the physical form.]
Similarly at sunset, at Qian [9 pm], gather primordial qi: enter thechamber and sit in meditation, deeply inhale and pull on the external kidneys [testicles]. By inhaling deeply you take in heart fire and move it down;
by pulling on the external kidneys you shift the qi from the bladder into thekidneys. Moving up and down, make sure to fuse the fire of the kidney qi sothat the three fires gather into one.
This way you can supplement and warm the lower field. If there is no
fluid, keep on gathering qi until it generates fluid; once there is fluid, heatit up so it generates qi. This is called gathering the fire. It is also called obtaining the perfect qi of great oneness. {Like in the early morning, swallow
the saliva and massage the face, alternatively bending and stretching yourarms and legs a few times. This is called dispersing fire or the minor refinement of the physical form.}
Dao Essentials: {Petals disperse and leaves fall in the depth of autumn.
The jade man is too lazy to climb the dangerous tower. To gather the ruler
and the people in harmony, feast and receive them at the right time.}
The method here involves taking in heart qi and receiving bladder qi.
Without ever letting them scatter, fuse them with kidney qi and connect
them to the trigram Kan. Soon, in the ocean of qi there is newly generated
qi. Always begin this practice at the beginning of winter; stop when you see
experiential effects. If you practice seriously, this will take less than a year; afull practice cycle is one year or three hundred days. Even within ten days
you should see some concrete effects: your facial complexion is radiant andglossy, your flesh and skin is whole and delightful. Your lower field feels
warm and pleasant, your urine output decreases, your four limbs are lightand vigorous, your essence and spirit are clear and strong. [DS: These areclear concrete effects of the practice.] [End Daoshu, sect. 2]
All diseases, ailments, sickness, and discomfort dissolve completely.
Like this you go on for all the months of the year, never tiring in your serious practice. As you keep on working on matching yin and yang, graduallythese effects will become obvious. As you become more successful, augment at Gen every day; as you keep on working with this method, working
at Qian, the three primes will become active. Then it is time to stop.
Explanation: “Petals disperse and leaves fall in the depth of autumn”
indicates the weakening of qi in the human body, the radiance of the setting sun, a state when yang qi has scattered and no longer rises. For thisreason, the text speaks of being “too lazy to climb the dangerous tower.”
The tower in question is the twelve-storied tower. The heart contains rulingfire; the bladder has common fire. Breathing deeply and massaging thekidneys from the outside, one causes the heart and the outer kidney qi to200 / Translation Twogather and become one. Thus, it says “gather in harmony.” “Feast” indicatesbreathing, while “receive” means massaging. Never stop doing this in theearly morning: this method is by far the most fundamental of all.
Perfect Explanation: Yang qi is subtle at Gen [3 am]. Therefore, onemust practice healing exercises, bending and stretching, swallowing thesaliva and rubbing the face. This way one scatters the fire throughout thefour limbs and nurtures primordial qi.
Yang qi scatters at Qian [9 pm]. For this reason, one must inhale qi tothe heart and massage the kidneys from the outside. This allows it to merge
with kidney qi and lets the three fires gather together and merge into one,
thereby coagulating primordial qi. Thus the text speaks of “gathering andscattering water and fire.” It causes the root to be strong and the stem to be
firm.

3. Mating Dragon and Tiger
Golden Declarations: When the great prime [DS: Dao] first divided, there
was great beginning. From the midst of great beginning, there arose great
nonbeing. From the midst of great nonbeing, there arose great emptiness.
From the midst of great emptiness, there arose the great void. From the
midst of the great void, there arose great material reality.
Once there was great material reality, there was the pure and turbidmaterial nature of heaven and earth. They were like an egg, consisting of
dark and yellow colors, a single one being in the great void. {Then yang ascended to heaven, and when it reached its great ultimate, it generated yin.
Enveloping yang in mysterious darkness, it began to descend. Yin descended to earth, and when it reached its great ultimate, it generated yang. Carrying yin in blurred vagueness, it ascended again. Setting up the model,
since then, yin has been descending and yang ascending. Heaven and earth
working in this way, they generated and completed the myriad beings.}
Source of Perfection: {Heaven is like the lid of a dish: once it getsthere yang cannot rise; earth is like a grindstone: once it gets there yin cannot get in.}At the winter solstice, yang ascends from earth, reaching heaven at thesummer solstice. When it reaches its great ultimate, yin starts to grow. The
reason why yin can grow is that yang originally comes from within yin andascends from earth. Blurry and murky, vague and indistinct, water arises in
qi: it has no form. When yang reaches heaven at the summer solstice, its
accumulated qi turns into water. Thus we say, “Yang reaches its great ultimate, and yin starts to grow.”
At the summer solstice, yin descends from heaven, reaching earth at
the winter solstice. When it reaches its great ultimate, yang starts to grow.
The reason why yang can grow is that yin originally comes from within yangand descends from heaven. Mysterious and dark, qi grows in water: it has

Lingbao bifa / 201

no form. When yin reaches earth at the winter solstice, its accumulated
water turns into qi. Thus we say, “Yin reaches its great ultimate, and yangstarts to grow.”
In Likeness: {The sphere of the body is like the great void. Within it,
heart and kidneys are like heaven and earth, while qi and fluid are like yin
and yang. The double-hours Zi [11 pm- 1am] and Wu [11 am-1 pm] are likewinter and summer.}Zi is Kan [midnight]: qi starts to grow in the kidneys. Wu is Li [noon]:water starts to grow in the heart. When the qi of the kidneys reaches theheart, it fuses with its qi, reaches its great ultimate, and generates water.
This means that the generation of water comes from the qi that originatesin the kidneys. Within qi, there is perfect water, which is formless. At Linoon], it reaches the heart and connects with its qi, reaches its great ultimate and generates water. This is the process. [DS: Is this not just like theaccumulation of yang that produces yin?]
Similarly, when heart fluid [DS: born at Li and moving toward Kan]reaches the kidneys, it fuses with its water, reaches its great ultimate, andagain generates qi. This means that the generation of qi comes from thewater that originates in the heart. Within water, there is perfect qi, which isformless. At Kan [midnight], it reaches the kidneys and connects with its
water, reaches its great ultimate and generates qi. This is the process. [DS: Is
this not just like the accumulation of yin that produces yang?]
It is just like yang ascending and yin descending, each reaching theirgreat ultimate, then mutually generating each other. Thus, that which generates yin and yang is the water hidden within yang and the qi contained
deep within yin. [DS: They are just like the yin and yang of heaven andearth.]
Perfect Instructions: Qi is generated in the kidneys; it contains perfect water. Fluid is generated in the heart; it contains perfect qi. Perfect water and perfect qi are the perfect dragon and perfect tiger. {When yangreaches heaven and cannot rise any further, it reaches its great ultimate andgenerates yin. When yin reaches earth and cannot sink any further, itreaches its great ultimate and generates yang. This is the fundamental principle of heaven and earth.}If human beings do not manage to function like heaven and earth, {thesix desires and seven emotions will cause them to be impacted by otherbeings and lose their willpower,} so they waste and scatter their primordialyang, release and lose their perfect qi. [DS: The trigram Li matches theheart within the human body; on the outside, it corresponds to the Wu
hour [noon]. Perfect yang matches primordial yang in people; on the outside, it corresponds to the sun.]
At Li [noon], when kidney qi reaches the heart, adepts should [DS: enter the meditation chamber, place their palms on top of each other, sit202 / Translation Two

cross-legged, and straighten their body]. Consciously stabilize the spirit
within, breathe softly through the nose, exhaling slowly, continuously, anduninterruptedly. Allow the saliva to fill the mouth, then swallow it down
carefully, thereby guiding kidney qi to fuse with heart qi. Once the qi reaches its great ultimate, it generates water.
At Kan [midnight], when heart fluid reaches the kidneys and connects to kidney fluid, the two naturally fuse, reach their great ultimate, andgenerate qi. Thus, just as perfect qi transforms into fluid, perfect watertransforms into qi. They effect mutual fusion, and there is perfect qi within
fluid and perfect water within qi. Merging and melting into each other,
they desire each other and move down: this is called the mating of dragon
and tiger. If one maintains the firing times without fail, reducing and augmenting in the right order, one can nurture and complete the perfect embryo within three hundred days, thereby completing the great medicine.
This is the foundation of {refining material reality, incinerating the self,
moving to the prime, and attaining} transcendence and liberation.
Dao Essentials: {When the qi of cosmic oneness first starts its primordial circulation, perfect yang comes close to reaching the Li palace.
Then you must assemble the perfect dragon and perfect tiger, bathing bothwith spring water from the jade pond.}
This warns against leaking primordial qi and releasing perfect wateroutside the body. If qi scatters, it cannot generate fluid; if fluid is insufficient, there is no perfect qi. And if qi and water do not fuse, how can one
ever complete the great medicine? [DS: The water of perfect oneness that isin the kidneys fuses with the qi of rightful yang that is in the heart. As theyjoin together, they give birth to a new human being. If this happens withina person, they produce a spiritual power called the internal elixir. Once it
grows over three hundred days, it affords an extension of life.] Thus, eachyear make good use of the months and begin the work at the winter solstice;each day make good use of the double-hours, timing your work to culminate at Li [noon].
If people become Daoist adepts in later years, their root and prime are
no longer firm. After having undergone decline and diminishing for many
years, they no longer possess sufficient qi. However, even ten years of decline can be made up with a single year of dedicated effort. This is called
reversion to the elixir field for assembling and supplementing. {After supplementing it a number of times, you can stop this practice which we callthe full saturation of water and fire. This serves to extend the years and increase longevity, becoming what we call a human immortal. The effectual
experiences are too many to list.}
Once the number of supplements is complete, the mouth generates
sweet saliva, mental projections vanish, emotions and desires cease, thebones are disease-free, spirit light manifests in the darkness, and the eyes

Lingbao bifa / 203

flash like lightning. [DS: All these are concrete effects of the method.] [EndDaoshu, sect. 3]
Always begin at the winter solstice, apply the methods carefully andsystematically, and within three hundred days you will be liberated throughthe perfect embryo and come to be an immortal.
Explanation: On the outside, the Wu hour matches Li [noon], when
great yang turns into perfect yang. Within the person, the heart is the Li
palace and primordial yang is the perfect dragon. The perfect tiger is thewater generated from the qi of the kidneys; the perfect dragon is the qi generated from the fluid of the heart. The mouth is the jade pond; saliva isspring water.
Perfect Explanation: “When the qi of cosmic oneness first starts its
primordial circulation,” means to start at the winter solstice, which is themonth matching the Zi hour. “Perfect yang comes close to reaching the Li
palace” means to work at Li [noon] as the key period of practice: it is theWu hour. The “perfect dragon” is the qi generated in heart fluid; the “perfect tiger” is the water generated in kidney qi. When water and qi fuse, wecall it the mating of dragon and tiger.

4. Heating and Refining the Cinnabar Medicine
Golden Declarations: {Heaven and earth are the physical form of thegreat Dao; yin and yang are its qi.} Cold and hot, warm and cool are qi in
physical form. Clouds and mist, rain and dew are images of qi. When earth[yang] qi ascends, it soars and forms clouds; when they scatter, there is rain.
When heaven [yin] qi descends, it disperses and turns into mist, coagulates
and turns into dew.
When too much yin accumulates, dew becomes rain, frost, and snow;
when too much yang accumulates, mist becomes vapor, clouds, and fog.
When yang is suppressed within yin, yang qi cannot ascend: it knocks andpounds and generates thunder and lightning. When yin qi is suppressed
within yang, it coagulates and solidifies and generates hail and sleet. [DS:Thus, the brightness of yang disperses and becomes thunder; the qi of yin isagitated and turns into wind.] When yin and yang do not harmonize, they
oppose each other and generate flashes of lightning and thunder. Whenthey do not match, they interact wildly and generate rainbows and sky coloring.
Similarly, when perfect yang accumulates, it forms spirit, which appears
beautifully in the stars and planets of the sky. When perfect yin accumulates it forms physical form, which appears majestically in the soils andstones on earth. The greatest among the stars and planets are the sun andthe moon. The most precious among the soils and stones are gold and jade.

204 / Translation Two

Thus, the physical forms yin and yang take are the sun and the moon above,
gold and jade below.
Source of Perfection: {When yin does not obtain yang, there is no
generation; when yang does not obtain yin, there is no completion.} Whenyang accumulates, spirit appears beautifully in the sky, most importantly inthe sun and the moon. Manifestations of perfect yang, they need to obtain
perfect yin, so both can complete each other. When yin accumulates, physical form appears majestically on earth, most preciously in gold and jade.
Manifestations of perfect yin, they need to obtain perfect yang, so both cangenerate each other.
In Likeness: Perfect yang is like the perfect qi in heart fluid; perfectyin is like the perfect water in kidney qi. If perfect water does not obtain
perfect qi, there is no generation; if perfect qi does not obtain perfect water,
there is no maturation. At Li [noon], perfect water and perfect qi fuse inharmony above the heart and below the lungs, just like mother and childcherishing each other, husband and wife loving each other.
From Li [noon], they move on to Dui [6 pm]. At this time, yin is dominant and yang is weak. This is just like the last quarter of the moon or whengold and jade are hidden in darkness: one cannot use them. The sun andthe moon use yin to complete yang; when their count [of days] is sufficient,
they generate light. Gold and jade use yang to complete yin; when their qi issufficient, they become precious ore.
Gold and jade become precious ore because their qi is sufficient andthey advance yang. The sun and the moon generate light because theircount is sufficient and they receive the bright part [lit., spirit soul]. [DS:This just like the accumulation of qi in the human body that produces fluidat Li [noon]. The moment when the fluid reverts to the lower prime andbefore it moves into the domain of qi is just like the moon in its last quarter
when it no longer partakes of the bright part or like gold and jade that do
not emit yang [light] from their surface.] Thus, at Qian [9 pm], one muststoke the fire to refine yang in alignment with the correct count [of thedays]. The more one augments the fire, the longer more yang is refined andthe closer one comes to eternal life.
Perfect Instructions: At Li [noon], when dragon and tiger mate, one
can assemble the medicine. At Qian [9 pm], qi and fluid are ready to revert
to the prime. They appear above the bladder and below the stomach, infront of the kidneys and behind the navel, left of the liver and right of thelungs, right of the small intestine and left of the large intestine. At this time,spleen qi is dominant and lung qi is abundant, heart qi is in abeyance andliver qi is weak.
Perfect qi fundamentally comes from the fusion of yang qi; when yangqi is weak, perfect qi has nothing it can cherish and will disperse despite
one’s efforts. To assemble [the medicine] at this time [of Qian], one must

Lingbao bifa / 205

guard spirit consciousness deep within, keep the breath flowing smoothly
through the nostrils, and hold the belly and abdomen gently contracted.
Should the navel and kidney area feel too hot, gently release and ease thecontraction; if they are not warm enough, increase it.
Let them gradually get hot, then keep them steady, relax the intention
and release the will until they fill both Qian and Kun. This is called contracting the yang barrier to refine the cinnabar medicine. Do not let the qi
move upward but keep perfect water stable, pervading the spleen palace.
Breathe in and out systematically, moving it into the office of destiny andyellow court areas. Once qi and water have undergone this creative transformation, they will turn into essence, which becomes a pearl. The pearl indue course transforms into mercury, which turns into [cinnabar] sand.
Cinnabar sand transforms into gold: thus we call it the golden elixir. This
work is not minor.
Dao Essentials: {To assemble the medicine, you must rely on the jaderabbit. To come close to it you must work with the yellow dame. Wait until
you can see them in Yong continent, then offer them a stanza of the Song of
Yang.}
This is about the daily applications needed to assemble the medicine, awork undertaken in later years to restore wholeness, supplementing all at
once ten [years’ worth] of diminishing [energy]. {This method is called refining mercury to restore the elixir field.} Once the correct count has beenreached, stop doing it every day. Typically, assemble the medicine at Li[noon], then heat and refine it at Qian [9 pm] by contracting the yang barrier. In spring and winter practice much assembling and little refining: oneround at Qian and two rounds at Li is most efficient. In fall and summer,
practice little assembling and much refining: one round at Li and tworounds at Qian is most efficient.
{Matching the dominant qi throughout the months of the year, thework of assembling and refining will be most effective. In this way one can
extend one’s years in this world and become a human immortal. Once thecorrect count supplementation is reached and you start to see experiential
effects, increase your efforts, always working carefully and systematically.}
When assembling the medicine, after one hundred days it is fully potent;
after two hundred days the holy womb is stable; after three hundred days
perfect qi is generated and the immortal embryo is fully formed.
Once the medicine is fully potent, stoke the fire according to the correct count: this is called the proper firing times. Once the holy womb is stable, match the firing times to the count of the lesser heavenly circuit: this iscalled the lesser heavenly circuit. Once the embryo is fully formed and perfect qi is generated, match the firing times to the count of the greater heavenly circuit: this is called the firing process of the greater heavenly circuit.

206 / Translation Two{Assemble the medicine, then mate dragon and tiger; refine them, thenstoke the fire: this is how you enter Dao.}
Give up all worldly activities and live in seclusion, focusing your mind
on inner observation, never letting internal projections leave or external
projections enter, like {a woman nurturing a baby or} a dragon nurturing apearl. Even at times of eating and drinking, resting and sleeping, remainsilent like a snoozing baby, unassuming as a young girl. Lest there by loss ordiminishing, never even for a moment separate from Dao. (End Daoshu,
sect. 4)
Explanation: The medicine is the perfect qi of the heart, the rabbit is
the perfect water of the kidneys, and the yellow dame is the perfect fluid of
the spleen. Join qi and water in harmony and move them into the yellow
court. The Yong continent corresponds to the trigram Qian, while contracting the yang barrier means tightening the abdomen.
The above present four ways of working with the minor vehicle as partof becoming immortal. The middle scroll presents three ways of working
with the middle vehicle to attain eternal life and no death.

5. Quickening the Gold Crystal by Pulling Back the
Elbows2Golden Declarations: As yin and yang ascend and descend, they never gobeyond the inside of heaven and earth. As the sun and the moon revolveand circulate, they always remain on their outside. Rising and setting in theeast and west, they divide day and night; coming and going in the northand south, they determine heat and cold. Day and night never stop; heatand cold always follow each other. Accumulated days become a month; accumulated months become a year.
As the months accumulate days, the moon first contains its bright section [lit., spirit soul] within its dark part [lit., material soul, i. e., it forms thewaxing half moon], then contains its dark part within its bright section[forms the waning half moon]. As the years accumulate months, the sun
gives rise to tones from pitches; then it gives rise to pitches from tones [yinand yang alternating each half year]. The continued revolution and circulation of the sun and the moon constitute the core workings of heaven andearth: they never leave the correct count of Qian and Kun. Although the
myriad beings are generated and completed by yin and yang, their continued creative transformation rests with the sun and the moon.
Source of Perfection: The physical form of heaven and earth is like an
egg. Within the six harmonies, its center is round like a pearl. As the sun
and the moon rise and set, they circulate: one up above the sky, the other
down below the earth. Up and down, east and west, they move around like2

The Daoshu version omits the entire first part of Section 5.

Lingbao bifa / 207

flying wheels. Rising in the east and setting in the west, the sun follows theway of yang; waxing in the west and waning in the east, the moon follows
the way of yin.
In the course of one day, they divide day and night. After the wintersolstice, the sun rises from south to north; after the summer solstice, it rises
from north to south. The nights in winter are thus as long as the days insummer; the nights in summer are as long as the days in winter. In thecourse of one year, it determines heat and cold. The shape of the sun andthe moon is perfectly round, measuring 840 miles in diameter. Four feetmake one pace, and 360 paces make one mile.
Now, eight segments and twenty units make one double-hour, andtwelve double-hours make one day. One month has thirty days, which is360 double-hours, 3,000 segments, or 18,000 units. Generally, yang works
with the trigram Qian: it counts by nine. Yin works with the trigram Kun: it
counts by six.
The bright section of the moon grows in its dark part. Starting at new
moon, it follows the number nine and does not match the number six. Thus
it takes three days before this occurs. One cycle of day and night lasts a
hundred segments and sixty units; in this period, the bright section growing in the dark part advances seventy miles, so that in the course of six days
and nights, it moves 420 miles. At this point the bright section in the darkpart is half way and we speak of the first quarter moon [lit., upper hanging
string].
Over the next six days and nights, it advances a further 420 miles, making its total progress 840. Now the bright section in the dark part is full,that is, yang completely fills the domain of yin and we speak of the fullmoon. Beginning on the 16th day, the dark part grows in the bright section.
In the course of one day and night, that is a hundred double-hours and sixty units, it advances seventy miles, so that in the course of six days andnights, it moves 420 miles. At this point, the dark part in the bright sectionis half way and we speak of the last quarter moon [lower hanging string].
Over the following six days and nights, it advances a 420 miles more,
making its total progress 840 miles. Now the dark part in the bright section
is full, that is, yin completely fills the domain of yang. There is still a tiny
remnant of light in the moon, that is, the six have not fully exhausted thenine. Thus it takes three more days for the dark part of the moon to fill it
completely; then we speak of the new moon.
After the waxing moon, nine rises within six. Before the new moon, six
rises within nine. The count never stops and continues to give rise to periods of time. Accumulated days make a month. [Start Daoshu, sect. 5]
Accumulated months make a year. In terms of the months, this meansthat they match the six pitches and the six tones. Counting by six and fill-208 / Translation Two

ing six different positions makes a total of thirty-six: this is the number ofthe completion of yin.
In terms of the days, this means that five days make one base-week andseventy-two base-weeks [360 days] represent the number eight by nine,close to nine-squared, which is the number of ascending yang. If this number then fills the six positions, we get six by nine, which makes fifty-four:
this is the number of the completion of yang.
One six plus one nine added, moreover, make fifteen, and fifteen is thenumber of one qi-period. The twenty-four qi-periods function according to
the eight divisions, matching the proper times of yin and yang ascending
and descending. Also, one six multiplied by one nine is fifty-four, which isdivisible by four and thus matches the four seasons and corresponds tothem. One season contains ninety days, and four times ninety is 360. Sochange based on yang matches the number 216 [Qian, 4 x 54], while change
based on yin matches 144 [Kun, 4 x 36]. Added together, they make 360, thenumber of one complete heavenly circuit.
In Likeness: Yin and yang ascending and descending within heavenand earth work just like fusing heart fluid and kidney qi. The sun and themoon revolving and circulating outside of heaven and earth work just likequickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows. Their mutual interaction is just like stoking the fire by increasing and dampening. Yang ascends and yin descends: this is no different than the movements of thebright sections and dark parts of the sun and the moon. The sun going andthe moon coming: this is no different from the activities of the qi and fluidof the heart and kidneys.
{After the winter solstice, the sun rises at the position Yi and sets at
Geng, creating a day of forty segments. It moves from south to north in arhythm of nine days. It grows in the east and declines in the west, advancing for sixty units, so that by the time of the spring equinox day and nightare equal in length. By the summer solstice, the days are sixty segments
long. After the summer solstice, the sun rises at the position Jia and sets at
Xin, so that the days are sixty segments long. It moves from north to south
in a rhythm of nine days. It grows in the east and declines in the west, withdrawing for sixty units, so that by the time of the fall equinox day and nightare equal in length. By the winter solstice, the days are again forty segments
long.
Day and night, units and segments move according to their own standard, forward and back, advancing and retreating. Moving from south tonorth, once the moon begins to wax, after three days, the bright section
grows in the dark part, reaching equal level after six days. Six more days into
the cycle, the bright section is complete: this applies the number nine. Afterthe full moon, the dark part grows in the bright section, reaching equalLingbao bifa / 209level after six days. Six more days into the cycle, the dark part is complete:
this applies the number six.}
The summer solstice within the year matches the 16th day of the lunar
cycle. {We work with the cultivation method every day at Li [noon] because}
it matches the Wu hour in human beings. The winter solstice within theyear matches the day of the new moon in the lunar cycle. {We work withthe cultivation method every day at Kan [midnight] because} it matches theZi hour in human beings.
The order of yin and yang ascending and descending throughout heaven and earth, the principles of the bright sections and dark parts of the sun
and the moon coming and going all follow specific number patterns andwork in a precise order of interaction. Their revolution and circulation never fail. How could the qi and fluid of the heart and kidneys in human beings, the spirit and material souls in their liver and lungs, their daily function having divisions and order, be any more or less in their annual andmonthly rhythms?
Perfect Instructions: At Kan, Yang begins to grow. {This happens in
the middle of the Zi hour [midnight]. Without beginning or end,} at Gen [3am], kidney qi fuses with liver qi. Before this happens, in your quiet chamber loosen your clothing, make your hands into fists, and sit cross-legged.
Mentally push down into the liver area in your abdomen, thereby forcing
the qi to ascend through the body. Push the chest forward and slightly bend
the head back to close off the Double Barrier of the Narrow Strait at theneck.
Next, pull the elbows back once or twice like leaves of a door, stretch
from the waist and feel a hot rush like fire ascending from the Tail Gate,
rising up from the waist [through the spine] and pressing against the Narrow Strait. Be careful not to break through the barrier, but at this moment
use the extremely hot qi to gradually, little by little, open the Narrow Strait,letting the qi flow past it.
From here lift up your face and create tension at the back of your skull,
thereby closing the Upper Barrier. Be careful not to break through it, but beaware of the extremely hot qi as it gradually, little by little, pushes it open
and flows into the head, there to supplement the Niwan and the ocean ofmarrow. This will make the body resistant to cold and heat; it is the foundation of long life.
Next, use the methods of reversion to the elixir field and, as before,
push your chest forward and stretch from the waist to close the Narrow
Strait. Bend and stretch it a few times, and when no more fire rises from thewaist, practice quiet sitting and inner observation. Repeat this procedureseveral times, allowing the fire to rise in rhythm. Begin the practice at theChou hour [1-3 am] and stop at the end of Yin [3-5 am]. This method iscalled quickening the gold crystal by pulling back the elbows. It is also

210 / Translation Two

known as reducing lead since it causes the qi in the kidneys to generate liverqi.
Now, the spine in the human body consists of twenty-four vertebrae[lit., divisions]. The bottom three sit right opposite the kidneys. The top
three are called the Heavenly Pillar, while the area above them is known as
the Jade Capital. Below the Heavenly Pillar and above the vertebrae opposite the kidneys, that is, above the Tail Gate, there are eighteen vertebrae.
The central one among them is called the Double Barrier: there are nine
above and nine below it.
Within a hundred days one should be able to flow through all eighteen
and let the qi enter the Niwan. This practice must be undertaken right at
the time of first yang, at Kan [midnight]. [DS: It is essential to begin thispractice at Gen [3 am]. From here, the golden essence flies until Xun [9 am],when it is complete.] This is called quickening the gold crystal by pullingback the elbows.
At Li [noon], assemble the medicine; at Qian [9 pm], stoke the fire {toheat them}. This is how you contract the yang barrier. [DS: Starting at the
winter solstice] and practicing for a hundred days, the gold crystal enters
the brain. Just knock once at the three barriers and it directly enters theupper palace of Niwan. Begin at Kan and stop at Gen [DS: Gen to Zhen].
From Li onward, assemble the medicine, causing the qi of the heart andkidneys to fuse and liver qi to spontaneously generate heart qi. As these two
qi turn into pure yang, the yin of the two eights dissolves. The combined qi
next condenses and fills the lungs. {As you get this lung fluid to descend, itcomes to harbor perfect qi. Over a few days,} this grows to the size of a grainof millet, which you then enter into the yellow court. This we call the raw
material of the inner elixir. Practice for a hundred days without fail, and the
medicine is fully potent.
To assemble the medicine at Li, practice inner observation at the proper time and keep circulating qi to increase its essence and fine consistency.
Always stoke the fire at Qian and contract the yang barrier. Begin the practice at Dui and end at Qian. Practice like this for a hundred days, using theflying gold crystal. Sit in meditation from Kan to Zhen [DS: Gen to Xun],
then stop.
When you assemble the medicine at Li as described above, {and seriously practice from Kun to Qian} for two [DS: three] hundred days without
fail, the immortal embryo will form. Practice the method of contracting theyang barrier from Kun to Qian, then stop. Another hundred days should
suffice. The Niwan will be full and firm, {you can reverse aging and return
to youth, no longer being at all like ordinary people. Once the medicine isassembled and the immortal embryo is fully formed, perfect qi is generated
continuously, your body is like an elastic ball, your complexion is rosy like

Lingbao bifa / 211

an orange. You are forever safe in your elixir field and attain the state of anearth immortal.
Once you practice seriously for three hundred days you finish assembling the medicine at Li, firmly contract the yang barrier at Kun and start
reverting jade fluid to the elixir field. Begin this at the winter solstice andkeep on practicing, and within three hundred days the embryo will be fully
formed, the qi sufficient, the internal elixir complete, and perfect qi generated.} As you practice this method, the five phases will invert and the threefields turn upside down. Before you start the practice, first make sure tomatch yin and yang, so that qi and fluid generate each other smoothly.
{Stop when you see experiential effects.}
Next, collect and disperse water and fire to make sure root and source
are strong and stable, qi flows freely, and fluid is clear. Stop when you see
experiential effects. From here, mate dragon and tiger, {heat the medicine
and refine the elixir} and keep supplementing reversion to the elixir field{to fully distill lead and mercury. Stop when you see concrete effects. Supplement it once for every ten times you diminish, making sure to count correctly and allowing qi and fluid to generate each other. Stop when you see
concrete effects.
Practicing seriously to bring it up to the head is a method of the lesser
vehicle, good for extending the years and increasing longevity. Make sure tosupplement it fully and feel strong and stable. Stop when you see experiential effects.} [DS: This is called a minor level of accomplishment.]
When you select a month within the year to start, begin at the divisionof the winter solstice; when you select a day within the month, begin on a
Jiazi day; when you select a time within the day, begin at Kan [Gen], Li, or
Qian. These are the best times to start.
{For the first hundred days each, practice from Kan to Gen [12-3 am],then from Dui to Qian [6-9 pm]. For the second hundred days, practicefrom Kan to Zhen [12-6 am], then from Kun to Qian [3-9 pm].} [DS: Practice for three hundred days from Gen to Xun [3-9 am] and from Kun to Qian, and you will have completed a medium accomplishment.}
During this work, stay in a secluded chamber and quiet dwelling, {awayfrom your wife and daughters, far from the noises of dogs and chickens,}[DS: where your eyes do not see and your ears do not hear], with no noxious
odors entering your nostrils, or the five flavors touching your palate. Cut off
all seven emotions and six desires, {keep food and drink to a minimum, andbe careful to regulate heat and cold.} Even during sleep and rest be very
careful not to lose your concentration.
If you do not practice diligently, {you will have a hard time completing
this way. But if you practice well for three hundred days, you are sure to experience the concrete effects as described.} [DS: you will not attain immortality and can only delay death.]

212 / Translation Two

Perfect Explanation: This is the method of the three primes. It includes quickening the gold crystal {at Kan,} that is, reverting qi from thelower to the upper field; assembling the medicine {at Li}, that is, reverting
it from the lower to the middle field; and contracting the yang barrier {atQian}, that is, reverting it from the middle to the lower field. {The system isalso called the mutual reversion of the three fields.} [End Daoshu, sect. 5]
Dao Essentials: Working days and months in accordance with thetrigrams, squat and rise over several days to open the barriers. Striving tojoin the meeting in Yang continent, the fire of the sixth palace fills thegolden field.
Explanation: “Using days and months in accordance with the trigrams” means that the time when yang first grows in the course of a day is
the Zi hour, while in the course of the year it is the winter solstice. Such isthe day to select within the month, the double-hour to select within the day.
“Squat and rise” means practice as described above.
“Over several days” indicates the period of a hundred days. “Open thebarriers” means first open the middle barrier, than open the upper barrier.
Next is the line, “striving to join the meeting in Yang continent.” Here Yangcontinent signals the heart in people, the Wu hour during the day, and Li
among the trigrams, while “meeting” refers to the interaction of perfect yin
and perfect yang, in other words, assembling the medicine.
Qian, moreover, is the “sixth palace,” while “fire” indicates qi. Contract
the yang barrier and gather the qi, thereby to turn lung qi into gold, whichthen flows down into the elixir field near the kidneys. Thus it says, “Fire fills
the golden field.” It means to contract the yang barrier at Qian and gather
the fire in the lower elixir field.
Perfect Explanation: “Using days and months in accordance with thetrigrams” indicates the winter solstice and the Jia-Zi hour. “Squat and riseover several days to open the barriers” means to squat over the abdomen, so
qi can rise in the body as fire, leading to an opening of the barrier within ahundred days, from Kan to Gen. This is the method of quickening the gold
crystal. The “meeting in Yang continent” means to assemble the medicine
at Li through the interaction of yin and yang. “The fire of the sixth palace
fills the elixir field” indicates that one contracts the yang barrier at Qian,and collects lung qi in the lower field from Dui to Qian.
The far south road leads up a steep mountain. Ascending through thebody, qi passes the three barriers. As you move toward the meeting in Yangcontinent, fight like the younger daughter heating up heaven.
Explanation: The “far south” means that the sage hides his intention
in the middle son, who is none other than the trigram Kan. Gen is themountain, and the mountain is strong. Quicken the gold crystal and get it
to Xun, then stop. The second hundred days are a minor achievement, culminating when the qi, “ascending through the body passes the three barri-Lingbao bifa / 213

ers and moves toward the meeting in Yang continent.” This is just like explained before.
“Fight on like the younger daughter heating up heaven” speaks of thetrigram Dui. Contract the yang barrier at Qian, then stop. Move from Ke
continent to Xu continent, raising the qi as if drawn by an ox cart. If you
want to join the happy assembly on the ninth continent, begin with fire in
the southwest and enter it into Yong continent.
Explanation: Gen continent is the trigram Gen. Xu continent is thetrigram Xun. Start quickening the gold crystal at Gen and stop when you get
to Xun. In the phrase, “drawn by an ox cart,” the cart is yang and the ox isyin. It talks about getting the one qi from the Narrow Strait to the Niwan.
The ninth continent here signals the heart in people and the Wu hour during the day. It is the previously established garden of ingredients. The
southwest is the trigram Kun. Yong continent is the trigram Qian. Contract
the yang barrier from Kun to Qian, then stop. This is what happens during
the third hundred days of the minor achievement.
Perfect Explanation: This speaks about the work to be done during
the third hundred days, explaining the method of quickening the gold crystal. Start at Gen and end at Xun. The happy assembly on the ninth continent indicates assembling the medicine as described earlier. Contract theyang barrier from Kun to Qian. [Start Daoshu]
All this is about how to use the days and work with the three primes.
Quickening the gold crystal, enter it into the brain by reverting qi upwardfrom the lower to the upper field. Assemble the medicine by reverting qi
from the upper to the middle field, then heat it by reverting it downward
from the middle to the lower field. This is how to work with the three
primes. They are methods of the middle vehicle that lead to becoming anearth immortal.
Stop when you see experiential effects.
For example, in your dreams, you see lots of startling and scary things[DS: Your sleep will be restless]. Should your four limbs or six viscera feelunwell, they easily get better without medication. Even with eyes closed
and in a dark chamber, you see a bright light all around you, enveloping
your body. Your golden barrier and jade lock are firm, strong, and stable;
you never have wet emissions in your dreams. With a clap of thunder, the qi
pushes through joints and vertebrae [lit., barriers and divisions].
[DS: Your complexion is clear, your elixir fields are at ease, and all mental projections naturally dissolve.] In your dreams you feel like you are holding a tiny infant or like you are soaring off in flight. The eight waywardforms of qi no longer affect you, {all mental projections naturally dissolve,
you are free from all emotions and desires, and during inner observation allis bright and not dark. During the day your spirit is naturally clear and refined; at night your elixir field is spontaneously warm. These experiential
effects indicate the successful completion of the medicine. Once they are214 / Translation Two

properly present, keep on working carefully and systematically.} After threehundred days, the immortal embryo is fully formed and you can move on to
the next level.

6. Reverting Jade Fluid to the Elixir Field& Refining the Physical Form with Jade Fluid
Written in Jade: {Perfect yin and perfect yang generate and complete eachother.} Above, accumulated yang produces spirit; within spirit there arephysical forms that shine in the sky: they are the sun and the moon. Below,
accumulated yin produces physical form; within it are those that shine in
the earth: they are gold and jade.
{In their material reality, gold and jade are hidden in the beautiful qi of
mountains and rivers. When they float to the surface, their radiance is justas bright as that of the sun and the moon. When grasses and trees receive
them, they become auspicious; when birds and beasts take them in, theyturn into exceptional species.}
Source of Perfection: Yang ascends to heaven [sky]; once it reaches its
great ultimate, it generates yin. If yin is deficient, yang is in excess, thus
accumulated yang generates spirit. Yin descends to earth; once it reaches its
great ultimate, it generates yang. If yang is deficient, yin is in excess, thus
accumulated yin generates physical form. Above, spirit forms the sun andthe moon; below, physical form manifests in gold and jade.
{Perfect yang contains spirit; perfect yin contains the blueprint of all
physical forms. When their qi fuse, above and below irradiate each other,
their light filling heaven and earth. This is why gold and jade can be so precious, and this is good. From this we know that when the qi of gold and jadecoagulates in the void, it becomes fortunate qi and auspicious vapor. When
this enters into the earth, it transforms into sweet dew, fresh springs, grasses, and trees. When human beings take it in, they become valiant and noble; when birds and beasts obtain it, they become extraordinary and marvelous.}
Thus, the material reality that is gold and jade, even though it isthrough physical form based on accumulated yin, deep within contains theqi of perfect yang. The two also closely respond to the sun and the moon,
created from spirit on the basis of accumulated yang. They are none otherthan perfect yang shooting down from the sky and coagulating into precious ore.
In Likeness: [DS: The qi of the kidneys is like the moon; their fluid
matches gold. The qi of the heart is like the sun; its fluid matches jade.}
Accumulated yin producing physical form and containing perfect yang,thus forming gold and jade, is just like gold and jade in the body, which inLingbao bifa / 215

turn are just like assembling the medicine and containing perfect qi to form
the immortal embryo.
{The qi of gold and jade entering deep into the earth and transforming
into sweet dew, fresh springs, grasses, and trees is just like reverting jadefluid. The qi of gold and jade coagulating in the void and becoming fortunate qi and auspicious vapor is just like qi refining physical form and material reality.}
When the qi of gold and jade pushes into the sky, it follows yang ascending and moves up; when it enters into the earth, it follows yin descending and reverts downward. Thus it moves up and down in the wake of yin
and yang, passing through the four direction and the four seasons.
{Similarly one reverts fluid to the elixir fields, allowing the qi to refine
physical form and material reality. Just like the four seasons wax and wane,
there are changes in the course of every single day.}
Perfect Instructions: {To see experiential effects during assemblingand supplementing, select a month within the year, a day within the month,and an hour within the day. These are the three functions of time. After ahundred days, the medicine is fully potent. After two hundred days, thesagely womb is stable. After three hundred days, perfect qi is generated andthe immortal embryo is fully grown. Work carefully and systematically,
augmenting it at the right moment.}Once you have practiced for the complete count of three hundred days,
start to work with the method of reversion to the elixir field to refine thephysical form. Start the practice at Gen [3 am] by quickening the gold crystal and entering it into the brain; stop at Xun [9 am]. {This is called quickening the gold crystal after completing three hundred days.}
At Li [noon], assemble the medicine; at Kun [3 pm], contract the yangbarrier. You can also work at Dui [6 pm] to contract the yang barrier andstop at Qian [9 pm]. Once Li arrives, increase inhalation and practice themethod of swallowing [saliva] to refine the physical form.
This involves first swishing the tongue around the mouth, between theupper teeth and the palate, to collect bad and turbid secretions and swallow
them. Next, curl the tip of the tongue backward to allow the mouth to fill
the jade pond, then swallow it without rinsing as soon as the secretion is
generated.3
In the three months of spring, liver qi dominates and spleen qi is weak:practice swallowing at Li [noon]. In the three months of summer, heart qi
dominates and lung qi is weak: practice swallowing at Xun [9 am]. In thethree months of fall, lung qi dominates and bladder qi is weak: practice

3 The Daoshu version here adds the paragraph listed below under “Straight
Explanation” (Baldrian-Hussein 1984, 254).

216 / Translation Twoswallowing at Gen [3 am]. In the three months of winter, kidney qi dominates and heart qi is weak: practice swallowing at Zhen [6 am].
In the third month during all four seasons, spleen qi dominates andkidney qi is weak. Since kidney qi is the root and source of human vitality,{there are times of decline and weakness in each of the four seasons,} andthe last eighteen days of the three months of each of the four seasons, practice swallowing at Dui [6 pm], working as described above. Only in the fall
do not work at Dui but instead start at Gen [3 am] for your efforts. Follow
the above saliva method and work as described to swallow it.
{If no secretion is generated in the jade pond between your teeth andmolars, use the tongue to fill the space up and down and close off the jadepond, pull in the two cheeks and use empty saliva for your practice. Even if
you only work with breath qi, this still contains water.}Practice swallowing qi like this for one year, working with thirty-six toforty-nine repetitions. The following year, increase the number of repetitions to eighty-one; and the year after that, move on to 181. You will soon see
experiential effects: this is none other than the method of reverting jadefluid to the elixir field. Practice it diligently for just three years and you
should be able to moisturize your elixir fields, bathe the immortal embryo,and vastly increase your perfect qi.
As you practice like this, using the method of reverting jade fluid to theelixir field, within three hundred days you can completely nurture your inner elixir, allowing perfect qi to be generated widely. At Gen, quicken thegold crystal and knock on the three barriers: then you can easily reach the
Niwan above.
{Continue working with the method of reverting jade fluid to the elixir field and allow the golden water to drip down from the top of the head,moving it into the yellow court, where the gold transforms into the elixir
and is duly called the golden elixir.}
To practice the method of reverting jade fluid to the elixir field set
yourself up in deep secrecy and a hidden dwelling, using a place where ordinary people never go. Burn incense, set up a matted platform, and sit
cross-legged. Later squat and rise, becoming aware of the fire rising. Thensit upright and let go of all thoughts, forget all emotions, and practice innerobservation.
{Purposefully, at Gen, quicken the gold crystal and guide it to the top of
the head, then briefly lift the head and stretch the neck, to feel the qi flow
though the throat like fire. See it right in front of your head, then lower thehead and bend the neck, curl the tongue back to press against the upper
palate. You should have clear and pure water in your mouth, tasting likesweet incense. Above, it pushes into the gate of the head; below, it flows
through the hundred arteries.

Lingbao bifa / 217

Naturally in your nose you smell a kind of perfect incense and on yourtongue you taste a wondrous flavor. Swallow without rinsing and revert it to
the yellow court: this is what we call reverting jade fluid to the elixir field.
In spring, summer, fall, and winter never mind the exact time or period,
just practice after you have quickened the gold crystal and guided it to thebrain. On the next level, practice this method in accordance with the proper times, beginning at Gen and ending at Xun. In the evening when you
work to contract the yang barrier, start at Dui and end at Qian.
Always work according to this method, carefully and systematicallyfollowing the above outline and you will be successful. You will reach a state
where you can continue to live in the world in your refined form, live longand never die. However, you will not yet be able to attain transcendence
and liberation.
Dao Essentials: To understand how to obtain the root and stem of thefive phases, you need to know spring, summer, fall, and winter. Over time
you drink many cups of jasper liquor, get drunk and return to the lunar palace for easy wandering.
Explanation: “To understand how to obtain the root and stem of thefive phases” means to invert the generating and control cycles of the fivephases and use the different times marked by the trigrams to undertake
saliva practice. “You need to know spring, summer, fall, and winter” means
to adjust your practice to the periods and seasons. “Jasper liquor” is jadefluid; the “lunar palace” is the elixir field; “get drunk and return” means toswallow a lot.
Before Fusang starts getting bright in the east, move it up the back andswallow it down the front without stopping. Ride the wild horse and float
freely through space-time with the elder son reach Yang continent.
Explanation: “Before Fusang starts getting bright in the east” indicates
the time before sunrise. This happens at Gen [3 am]. “Move it up the back”
means quickening the gold crystal. “Swallow it down the front” refers toreverting jade fluid to the elixir field. “Ride the wild horse” means to let thefire rise and refine the physical form with jade fluid. “Float freely throughspace-time” means pervading and filling the four limbs. “With the elderson” indicates Zhen [6 am]; “reach Yang continent” indicates the time of Li.
That is to say, the practice of using jade fluid to refine the physical formshould begin at the time marked by Zhen and end at Li.

218 / Translation Two

7. Reverting Golden Fluid to the Elixir Field& Refining the Physical Form with Golden Fluid
Golden Declarations: Accumulated yang produces spirit; within spirit,
there is physical form. One appears first as the sun; the other appears firstas the moon. Accumulated yin produces physical form; within physicalform, there is spirit. One first appears first in gold; the other appears first in
jade.
{The light of the sun and the moon waxes and wanes in the wake of yin
and yang. They generate light in accordance with the correct count, at thefoundation of which lie Qian and Kun. The qi of gold and jade rise and sinkin the wake of yin and yang. They bring forth qi in accordance with theright times, at the foundation of which lie heaven and earth.}
Source of Perfection: The light of the sun and the moon, after theyrise, works with the number nine; before they set, it works with the number
six. Six and nine are the numbers of Qian and Kun. The qi of gold and jadeascend during spring and summer and descend in fall and winter: in moving up and down, they match the timing of heaven and earth. {Gold grows
from jade, jade grows from minerals, minerals grow from the soil: they arephysical form manifesting below. The sun contains a golden bird; the moonhouses a jade rabbit. The moon depends on the bright part of the sun to
produce light: they are spirit manifesting above.}
In Likeness: The sun and the moon are like qi: kidney qi is like themoon, while heart qi is like the sun. Gold and jade are like fluid: kidney
fluid is like gold; heart fluid is like jade. What we call jade fluid is kidney qi
ascending up to the heart where it merges with heart qi. The two qi fuse
and move past the twelve-storied tower.
As you close your mouth and prevent them from leaving, secretions
will fill the jade pond. When you swallow this, we speak of reverting jadefluid to the elixir field. {When you move it up, we speak of refining thephysical form through jade fluid. This fluid originally comes from the kidneys and is generated in the heart. It is just like the theory of soil generating minerals and minerals generating jade.}4
What we call golden fluid is kidney qi ascending and fusing with heartqi, then steaming into the lungs. The lungs are the Flowery Canopy. From
here, condense the two qi downward and thus obtain lung fluid, which youthen store in the lower field. When you move it up from the Tail Gate, we
speak of quickening the gold crystal and guiding it to the brain, there tosupplement the Niwan palace. When you again move it down and guide it
4 The Daoshu version of Section 7 is quite different in formulation and structure from the text in the Daozang. Its first part is very close to the beginning of theprevious section, which is why Baldrian-Hussein elects not to translate it (1984, 260).

Lingbao bifa / 219

back to the lower field, we speak of reverting golden fluid to the elixir field.
Repeatedly reverting it to the lower field and moving it up again, it comesto pervade and fill all four limbs, continuously going up and down. We callthis refining the physical form through golden fluid: it matches the theoryof how gold is generated in soil.
If you want to refine the physical form and quicken the gold crystal,
start by setting yourself up in a quiet chamber. Block out the wind and thesun, widely burn incense, and chant the following secret formula to invoke
the highest sages of the Three Clarities:
I sincerely prayThat I may live long in this world,
Solely practice the great Dao,
And widely disseminate it among the people.
But first I must myself
Practice the methods of refining the physical form.
Thereby, I pray, let me
No longer fear heat and cold,
Live without grain and food,And roam freely beyond yin and yang.

Once you conclude this incantation, practice swallowing.
Perfect Instructions: The Tail Gate point on the spine in the back of
the body is called the lower barrier, the Narrow Strait is called the middle
barrier, and the back of the brain [the Jade Pillow] is called the upper barrier. When you first quicken the gold crystal to push through the three barriers, the ki*dneys are like earth and the heart is like heaven. When you reachthe top of the head above, it is like getting to the nine heavens.
{To refine the physical form through jade fluid, move it from the heart
to the top of the head to enter the nine heavens. In three hundred days, thegreat medicine is complete, the immortal embryo is fully formed, and perfect qi is generated. Moving it up along the front is the old way of refining
the physical form through jade fluid; moving it up along the back is the old
way of quickening the gold crystal. Both the gold crystal and the jade fluid
are efficacious practices that will lead to experiential effects.
Always start at Kan [midnight]. Once you have moved it up along theback all the way to the top of the head, use your hands to gently cover yourears and practice inner observation as prescribed, subtly gather oral secretions and press your tongue against the tooth barrier to close the jade pondfrom below. Wait until the secretions from the upper palace have sunk
down, then swallow. After completing one swallow, guide it up again. Finish
the practice at Gen [3 am].}During spring and winter, swallow once after two rounds of upward
guiding; in fall and summer, swallow once after five rounds. Counting each220 / Translation Twoswallow, limit the total number in the fall and summer to fifty; in spring
and winter to a hundred. Swallow qi down the back, then guide it up thefront of the body to fill the entire head and face, the four limbs, the fivefingers. Stop when the qi is abundant everywhere, then start again, endingat Li [noon]. This method of swallowing and guiding the saliva up the backis called reverting golden fluid to the elixir field. Moving it down the backand guiding it up the front is called refining the body with golden fluid.
Start at Gen [3 am] and refine until Li [noon], then stop. At Dui [6 pm]
work on contracting the yang barrier, practicing until Qian [9 pm], thenstop.
Guiding it up along the back to reach the top of the head, moving from
top to bottom, is called reverting golden fluid to the elixir field. Guiding theqi of the golden elixir up the front, moving from bottom to top, is calledrefining the physical form through golden fluid. Your body and complexion
will be be like a jade tree or golden flower. Using this method of reverting
golden fluid to the elixir field and guiding the qi up both in front and backbefore it reaches the lower prime is called raising the fire to incinerate thebody. Using the method of refining the physical form through golden fluidand guiding the qi up both in front and back is twofold incineration of the
body. As you practice at this level, always work carefully and diligently withan earnest will and never slacken in your efforts. Then you will see the rightexperiential effects.
Dao Essentials: Move it up the back all through the night, then cover
your ears, match the times to drink golden fluid. Join a banquet on Qing
Contintent and go to live there. The sun in the west, you still hear the songsof yang.
Explanation: “Move it up the back all through the night, then cover
your ears” indicates the practice of reverting golden fluid to the elixir field.
It means to start by pulling the elbows back to quicken the gold crystal,then knock once on the three barriers. As the qi starts to move up, quickly
use both hands to cover your ears, since the ears are the gate of the kidney
waves. The worry is that kidney qi leaks outside and does not enter into thebrain.
“Match the times to drink golden fluid” means that once you are awarethat the qi has entered the brain, you work according to the methods described earlier. Tip the head and bend the neck, curl the tip of the tongue
back to press against the upper palate, and invite sweet water to flow. This
will have the extraordinary experiential effect of tasting sweet like pure
honey. Begin at Gen by quickening the gold crystal and swallowing it once,
work until Zhen, then stop. “Qing continent” is Zhen.
“The sun in the west” indicates the time of the trigram Dui. “You stillhear the songs of yang” indicates to work on contracting the yang barrier

Lingbao bifa / 221

beginning at Dui and ending at Qian. At this point, there is no need to assemble the medicine any further.
Drink and work all through the night, then let the fire rise, move it up
the front and lift it along the back to incinerate the body. Although there isno need to adhere to a particular year and month, still each day there is Qian and Kun.
Explanation: This formula describes the method of refining the physical form through the golden fluid. “Drink and work all through the night,
then let the fire rise” indicates to refine the physical form through golden
fluid using the methods described earlier. Practicing it at the time of thetrigram Gen serves to get the fire to rise.
“Move it up the front and lift it along the back” means quickening thegold crystal and getting the fire to rise. Generally, when using the methodof refining the physical form through jade fluid, one first moves the gold
crystal up the back and guides it to the top of the head, then reverts theelixir downward to move it up again the front to refine the physical form.
This is not the same as the method of refining the physical form throughgolden fluid. Quickening the gold crystal and getting the fire to rise, one
first moves qi up the front to refine the physical form. Letting it rise both
front and back at the same time is called “incinerating the body.”
Letting the fire rise and reverting [fluid] to the elixir field should bedone with proper augmentation and reduction in accordance with thenumber patterns of the four seasons. In this method, “there is no need toadhere to a particular year and month,” but one should concentrate themind carefully and systematically and as much as possible live in seclusion
and hide one’s traces. “Still each day there is Qian and Kun” means to heat
Qian before noon and Kun after noon. In terms of the front and back of thehuman body, the belly and abdomen are Kun, while the back and spine are
Qian. To heat Qian before noon, quicken the gold crystal by pulling backthe elbows, moving the qi up the front and refining the physical form. To
heat Kun after noon, contract the yang barrier beginning at Dui [6 pm] andending at Qian [9 pm].
Direct Explanation: Golden fluid is lung fluid. If you allow it to harbor dragon and tiger and guide it to the lower field, the great medicine will
be complete. Thus we call it golden fluid. Pull the elbows back, pull it up,
and guide it to the brain, then let it descend again from there to the lower
field: this is called reverting to the elixir field. Next move it up again along
the front and let it flow widely to fill the four limbs, moving from bottom
to top: this is called refining the physical form. It is also called refining thephysical form and complete the qi.
You will soon see experiential effects of refining the physical form andreverting jade fluid to the elixir field. Once they are properly present, makesure to work carefully and systematically. Rest in seclusion and burn in-222 / Translation Twocense properly when practicing this method. Reverting golden fluid to theelixir field is followed immediately by refining the body and contracting theyang barrier. After doing this over a year, you are ready to incinerate thebody. Incinerating the body means to refine the physical form before Kan.
In terms of the front and back of the human body, the belly and abdomen are Kun while the back and spine are Qian. To incinerate the body,heat Qian [the back] before noon by quickening the gold crystal; heat Kun[the front] after noon by contracting the yang barrier. To heat Qian, movefrom bottom to top, guiding the qi up both in front and back. Do this forthree or five days in winter and summer, then also practice the methods offull saturation. Make sure not to overdo, but let the golden elixir be richand glossy, then swallow the fire used for body incineration. Stop when you
see experiential effects.
Your will within is clear and lofty, as if merged with great emptiness.
Your spirit soul and spirit no longer wander about and you cease all dreaming. Your yang essence is whole throughout your physical structure, yourspirit residence is firm and stable. Throughout the four seasons you have nofear of cold and heat. Your spirit is selective, transforms with ease, andfunctions beautifully. When you meet ordinary people, even if they are richand noble, you just smell their stink of decay, knowing you are far superior
to their simple bones and common joints.
When your work is complete, secretly receive the three verses andtransform into perfect yang. You can then predict the disasters and good
fortune of human affairs, the state of their spirit and life force. Although
your eyes may be defiled by common dust, your mind is free from the myriad projections and your qi is full and complete. Your mouth no longer requires any drink, and a marvelous qi oozes out of you in golden complexion.
You immortal flesh is like jade blossoms, and in any place you visit or stay,people will think that a divine being has appeared. Anything you call uponor summon will happen right as you intend. Full of perfect qi and pure yang,
you can dry out all outward mercury. All these manifest after you revert
golden fluid to the elixir field. Such are the experiential effects of refining
the physical form through golden fluid.
The above describes three ways of the middle vehicle, the rank of earth
immortal.

8. Refining Qi by Moving to the Prime{Golden Declarations: When the qi of cosmic oneness first divided, thegreat Dao assumed physical form and separated into two advancing andcontrolling forces. Once the two forces were settled in their domains, thegreat Dao assumed names and divided into the five emperors. The five emperors rule over different regions, each protecting one direction; the five
directions have different qi, each protecting one child.

Lingbao bifa / 223

The child of the Green Emperor belongs to the positions Jia and Yi; hematches the perfect heavenly qi of the number nine and the power of wood.
The child of the Red Emperor belongs to the positions Bing and Ding,
he matches the perfect heavenly qi of the number three and the power offire.
The child of the White Emperor belongs to the positions Geng and Xin,he matches the perfect heavenly qi of the number seven and the power ofmetal.
The child of the Black Emperor belongs to the positions Ren and Gui,he matches the perfect heavenly qi of the number five and the virtue of water.
The child of the Yellow Emperor belongs to the positions Wu and Ji, hematches the perfect heavenly qi of the number one and the virtue of earth.
The qi of cosmic oneness generated perfect oneness, and perfect oneness came forth from earth. Therefore, the myriad beings are generated andcompleted on earth and the five phases are generated and completed
through oneness. The Dao of perfect prime in all its aspects comes from theqi of cosmic oneness.}
Written in Jade: One, three, five, seven, and nine emerged as numbers
when Dao divided. Metal, wood, water, fire, and earth emerged as images
when Dao unfolded. {East, west, south, north, and center emerged as directions when Dao split. Green, white, red, yellow, and black emerged as material realities when Dao dispersed.
All numbers are bound to return to a state of no numbers; all images
are bound to return to a state of no images. All directions bound to return
to a state of no directions; all material reality is bound to return to a state ofno material reality. If Dao had wanted to have no numbers, it would never
have divided and there would be no numbers. If Dao had wanted to have no
images, it would never have unfolded and there would be no images. If Dao
had wanted to have no directions, it would never have split and there would
be no directions. If Dao had wanted to have no material reality, it would
never have dispersed and there would be no material reality.}
A state with no numbers is the source of Dao. A state with no images isthe foundation of Dao. A state with no directions is the perfection of Dao. A
state with no material reality is the wonder of Dao.
Source of Perfection: {Once the source of Dao divided, it sank downfrom the root and flowed into the branches. To awaken to its perfection you
must follow its perfection and cultivate it, making sure internal perfectionand external perfection match spontaneously. To understand its wonder
you must follow its wonder and recreate it, making sure that internal wonder and external wonder match spontaneously.
When heaven and earth first attained the perfection of Dao, their perfection did not match: they could not avoid having directions. When heav-

224 / Translation Two

en and earth first attained the wonder of Dao, their wonder did not match:they could not avoid having material reality. Once there is material reality,
there are images one can pursue. Once there are directions, there are underlying numbers one can calculate.
Between heaven and earth as much as among the myriad beings, themost noble is the human. Human beings have the ability to pursue the images of heaven and earth and can accordingly know their material reality inthe form of qi and water. They can calculate the numbers of heaven andearth and can accordingly known their positions in terms of distance andcloseness. Looked at from this point of view, Dao is really not all that far
removed from human beings.} [DS: Among the images of heaven and earth,
I know qi and water; among their numbers, I know near and far. Given this,how could Dao ever be far removed?]
In Likeness: Heaven and earth having five emperors is like humanbeings having five organs. The Green Emperor has [the heavenly stems] Jia
and Yi and manages wood. [DS: The Green Emperor matches wood; hisheavenly stems are Jia and Yi.] Jia is yang and Yi is yin. They are like the qi
and fluid of the liver.
The Black Emperor has Ren and Gui and manages water. Ren is yangand Gui is yin. They are like the qi and fluid of the kidneys.
The Yellow Emperor has Wu and Ji and manages earth. Wu is yang and
Ji is yin. They are like the qi and fluid of the spleen.
The Red Emperor has Bing and Ding and manages fire. Bing is yang
and Ding is yin. They are like the qi and fluid of the heart.
The White Emperor has Geng and Xin and manages metal. Geng isyang and Xin is yin. They are like the qi and fluid of the lungs.
{The seasons of spring, summer, fall, and winter are not the same, sothat the heart, lungs, liver, and kidneys dominate in different months.}
Perfect Instructions: In the three months of spring, liver qi dominates. It does so because the perfect qi of father and mother, following theheavenly cycle, has come to reside in the liver. On days of Jia and Yi, wood
controls earth: to raise the fire to refine spleen qi at the right time, use thedouble-hours marked by the earthly branches Chen [7-9 am], Xu [7-9 pm],
Chou [1-3 am], and Wei [1-3 pm].
On other days, at Dui [6 pm], reduce metal to sublimate lung qi. If you
cannot practice during this time, you will lessen your success. Similarly at
Kan [midnight], in due accordance with the methods, raise the fire to refine
kidney qi. At Zhen [6 am], enter the meditation chamber to inhale deeply
and exhale gently, making sure the respiration is long and steady, holding itin for increasingly longer periods. Reaching one thousand in numbers is agood measure.
At that point, practice inner observation as prescribed [DS: working on
the liver]. Focus your mind deeply and close your eyes. A green radiance will

Lingbao bifa / 225

naturally appear. Slowly and gradually let it rise through the body and enter
the Niwan, practicing from Yin [3-5 am] to Chen [7-9 am] to reach culmination at Zhen.
In the three months of summer, heart qi dominates. It does so because
the perfect qi of father and mother, following the heavenly cycle, has cometo reside in the heart. On days of Bing and Ding, fire controls metal: to raise
the fire to refine lung qi at the right time, work at Dui.
On other days, at Kan [midnight], reduce water to sublimate kidney qi.
If you cannot practice during this time, you will lessen your success. Similarly at Zhen [6am], in due accordance with the methods, raise the fire torefine liver qi. At Li [noon], enter the meditation chamber to practice seriously as described above. A red radiance will naturally appear. Slowly andgradually let it rise through the body and enter the Niwan, working from Si[9-11 am] to Wei [1-3 pm] to reach culmination at Li.
In the three months of fall, lung qi dominates. It does so because theperfect qi of father and mother, following the heavenly cycle, has come toreside in the lungs. On days of Geng and Xin, metal controls wood: to raise
the fire to refine liver qi at the right time, work at Zhen [6 am].
On other days, at Li [noon[, reduce fire to sublimate heart qi. If you
cannot practice during this time, you will lessen your success. Similarly at
Xun [9 am], in due accordance with the methods, raise the fire to refine
spleen qi. At Dui [6 pm], enter the meditation chamber to practice seriously
as described above. A white radiance will naturally appear. Slowly and gradually let it rise through the body and enter the Niwan, from Shen [3-5 pm]
to Xu [7-9 pm] to reach culmination at Dui.
In the three months of winter, kidney qi dominates. It does so because
the perfect qi of father and mother, following the heavenly cycle, has cometo reside in the kidneys. On days of Ren and Gui, water controls fire: to raise
the fire to refine heart qi at the right time, work at Li [noon].
On other days, in the double-hours marked by the earthly branches
Chen, Xu, Chou, and Wei, reduce earth to sublimate spleen qi. If you cannot practice during this time, you will lessen your success. Similarly at Dui[6 pm], in due accordance with the methods, raise the fire to refine lung qi.
At Kan [midnight], enter the meditation chamber to practice seriously as
described above. A black radiance will naturally appear. Slowly and gradually let it rise through the body and enter the Niwan, from Hai [9-11 pm] toChou [1-3am] to reach culmination at Kan.
As you refine the liver in the spring, after a thousand rounds of breathing, a green qi emerges. However, in the last eighteen days of spring, do notpractice as described. Instead, focus on stabilizing the breath as your maintechnique, all day long sitting in stillness to nurture the spleen and refine
your perfect qi. At Kan, you can raise the fire to refine the kidneys rather
than sublimating their perfect qi.

226 / Translation Two

As you refine the heart in the summer, after a thousand rounds ofbreathing, a red qi emerges. However, in the last eighteen days of summer,
do not practice as described. Instead, focus on stabilizing the breath as yourmain technique, all day long sitting in stillness to nurture and refine asabove. At Zhen, you can raise the fire as described earlier.
As you refine the lungs in the fall, after a thousand rounds of breathing,a white qi emerges. However, in the last eighteen days of fall, do not practice as described. Instead, focus on stabilizing the breath as your maintechnique, all day long sitting in stillness to nurture and refine as above. At
Xun, you can raise the fire as described earlier.
As you refine the kidneys in the winter, after a thousand rounds ofbreathing, a black qi emerges. However, in the last eighteen days of winter,do not practice as described. Instead, focus on stabilizing the breath as yourmain technique, all day long sitting in stillness to nurture and refine asabove. At Dui, you can raise the fire as described earlier.
Eventually a yellow qi will radiate forth. Silently observe it pervading
the myriad ways, covering and enveloping your entire body. As you stabilize
the breath, make sure you don’t retain it forcefully or hold it tightly. Rather,breathe softly and barely noticeably, working without strain, gently movingfrom being into nonbeing, and letting it find stability on its own.
To assemble the medicine, swallow saliva, make your hands into fists,and keep the heart very stable, thus preventing the perfect qi from scattering. Always when you enter the chamber, close the door, resting there alone,
hidden, and still. {Stay far away from chickens and dogs, women and children as well as from all repugnant and defiling things. Carefully open asmall aperture to let in light, so you can distinguish things. Never let thewind or the sun disturb the qi or sounds appear on your right and left.
Your goal is to turn the mind into dead ashes and stop all thinking,completely let go of all affairs and entanglements. Deeply focused and serene both within and without, never let even one object affect your intention.} Then yang spirit can gather and perfect qi coagulate. You will again
look like an infant as if yet unformed. [DS: Keep your ears free from hearing:
as soon as they hear anything, spirit and qi are disturbed and scatter. Any
rotting smells or sensory attractions not only affect the qi but also impact
the spirit.]
Day and night burn incense, bend your knees to worship and kowtow,
invoking first heaven, then the celestial immortals, and third the immortalsof earth. Bow three times to complete the sequence. Then sit in stillness
and forget all about the core workings of the world.
To practice as described in this method, you must first work with thetechniques previously described and see their experiential effects. If you
only undertake devotions as your main practice, I’m afraid you are wastingLingbao bifa / 227

your effort and in the end do not reach completion but stop at cultivating
yin powers and the material soul, turning into a ghost immortal.
Dao Essentials: {Never, as you practice according to these methods,
put a deadline on it in terms of year, month, or day. Work according to themethods as previously described. Stop when you see experiential effects.
When the appropriate qi appears naturally, keep on working carefully andsystematically without slackening, giving up on all outside affairs and focusing your entire intention on the work in the chamber, estimating theright times and periods. You can have two young boys of pure yang as helpers or work with the servants of your house, having them go back and forth
for you.}
After you do this for a thousand days, you can realize the qi of cosmic
oneness. If you work one day to do the work of ten, already after a hundreddays you can see some results. After five hundred days, your qi is complete
and you can practice inner observation, gather the yang spirit, and enter
the heavenly palaces. {Refine spirit to merge with Dao, join the sages, andgo beyond the ordinary. The effects of refining qi include a sense of the
body as being extremely light, the ability to move about as if floating, a cinnabar radiance pervading the bones, and a marvelous fragrance filling theinner chamber. From here, in deep stillness, practice external observation,
to find that a purple haze fills your eyes. Looking down from the top of thehead, you find a golden radiance spreading through your physical structure.
Various strange and obscure effects testify to your advanced state. They are
too numerous to list.}

9. Renewing Qi through Inner Observation
Golden Declarations: The great Dao originally has no substance, but
abides in qi. It is so big that it has no outside, and no being can fathom it.
The great Dao originally has no function, but circulates through beings. It
is so deep it has no measure, and no principle can penetrate it.
Only when we speak of Dao on the basis of substance does it first havethe distinction of inside and outside. Only when we speak of it in terms offunction does it first have the foundation of observing and seeing. Observing within and not looking without, nothing on the outside is not penetrated while the inside is fully understood. Observing spirit and not looking at
the physical form, nothing in the physical form is not known while spirit isclearly seen.
Source of Perfection: Observing the myriad beings with a focused
mind, one realizes that one cannot say there are too many. Letting the qi of
cosmic oneness be disturbed by the myriad beings, one realizes that one
cannot say there is not enough. When the qi of cosmic oneness returns to
the focused mind, it can no longer be snatched up by various beings. When

228 / Translation Two

the focused mind flows with the qi of cosmic oneness, the qi can no longer
be used as a servant by various phenomena [using fa in the sense of dharma
rather than method].
When the source of the mind is clear and penetrating, it illuminates
the myriad beings, yet does not know them as separate entities. When theforce of qi is firm and strong, it activates the myriad impulses in a single
breath, yet does not know them as particular phenomena. As all beings
originate from no-beings, one can recover their original state in the form ofimages. Since all phenomena originate from no-phenomena, one can realize perfection completely and spontaneously.
In Likeness: {Images generate physical forms, then names are established in their wake. Once there are names, one can calculate their numbers.
Once there are numbers, one can comprehend their principles. Generally,
the sphere high above is empty and vacant, like no being ever conceived. It
is just like the cultivation of refinement in human beings, with divisions
and structures to be followed without fail, a systematic order that leads tocompletion and success.}Pulsating and harmonizing qi coagulates, never to scatter. A perfect
inner nature of utmost emptiness, a state of nonaction of tranquil blandness, allow spirit to merge with Dao and open the return to cosmic so-being.
At this moment, no mind becomes mind, {so how can one speak of goingalong with beings? No beings become beings, so how can one speak of applying specific methods? Resting in perfect happiness,} one no longer
knows one’s body. Thus, {gradually merging with the Dao of nonaction,}
one enters the realm of the invisible and inaudible. {One becomes someone
who enters the ranks of the sages and goes beyond the ordinary.}
Perfect Instructions: This method of merging with Dao quite matches the frequently discussed principles of visualization and is similar to
Chan monks entering samādhi. To begin, select an auspicious spot and set
up a meditation chamber, then kneel and bow and burn incense. Sit crosslegged with a straight back, loosen your hair and clothing, make your hands
into fists, and focus on the spirit as you calm your mind and close your eyes.
Before the Wu [noon] hour, subtly move qi up within the body, raising thefire to refine the qi. After the Wu hour, carefully gather the qi within thebody, gathering the fire to refine the elixir. Never mind whether day ornight, keep your spirit clear and your qi collected, and you will naturally feel
joyful and happy. While sitting, if you hear any sounds, don’t listen to them;
if you see any sights, don’t acknowledge them. All perceived objects andmental projections will scatter spontaneously, but if you acknowledge them,
they quickly turn into demonic obstacles.
If a demonic obstacle appears, do not delay, but quickly face it head on.
Slightly round the body and once rounded, stretch from the hip. After that,
open the chest and bend forward, no longer stretching from the hip. For a

Lingbao bifa / 229

short time, raise the fire both in front and behind, pushing it up high whileremaining immovable: this is called incinerating the body. As this fire rises,
the demonic obstacles naturally scatter outside the body, and wayward yin[qi] can no longer enter your sphere. Repeat this two or three times. [EndDaoshu, sect. 9]
After that, imagine yourself roaming throughout heaven and earth,seeing the entire space filled with raging flames. Eventually the fire ends
and all becomes clear and cool, and you realize there are no longer any beings. You only see carriages and horses, singing and dancing, pavilions andcanopies, flowing silk and gauze, wealth and nobility in great splendor.
People and animals are frolicking joyfully, forming into troops and saluting
you on your way.
You ascend on a five-colored cloud and climb into the heavenly realm.
Once you get there, you see towers and terraces decked out with kingfisherfeathers, courtyards and residences spread pall-mall. Precious pearls, gold
and jade fill the earth without measure; flowers and fruits, ponds and pavilions are everywhere, too many to count. A wondrous and strange fragrance
rises from the four directions and the sounds of entertaining music are wild
and variegated. Guests and friends fill the seats, close to each other likewater and dry land, all laughing and chattering away, jointly relishing theblessing of great peace. Taking various precious objects, they mutually giveand receive them. At this moment, even though you are free from yin
ghosts and demonic troops, still you are not yet able to recognize this as agood thing.
Generally, people who cultivate perfection give up and do away withoutside affairs; they prefer and relish solitude and serenity. They hide theirtraces among regions of rivers and lakes, obscure themselves among companions of recluses and avoiders. They cut of all thoughts and forget all
emotions, observe various precepts in their ascending and moving, for long
periods undergoing labor and toil. Eventually they are lifted above the sordid bustle of life and one bright morning find their work successful andtheir methods complete, looking around to see all bathed in great splendor.
They do not identify this as a demonic apparition but believe they have really reached the heavenly palace, never realizing that they need to transcend the ordinary womb and find the heavenly palace right within the topof their own head.
Then they develop cravings and desires, acknowledge this as a precious
realm and never work on the methods of final transcendence and liberation.
In the end they remain stuck within the body, their yang spirit never leaves
and their immortal embryo does not transform. Practitioners like these arecalled masters who have emerged from the dark thoroughfare. They are
spirit immortals tied to the earth, who can live long without dying but will
never be completely liberated from material reality and ascend to the im-

230 / Translation Two

mortals, return to the three isles of the blessed, and become real celestials.
How pitiful is that! Students, make sure to understand that, although theattainment of transcendence and liberation is hard, you cannot avoid making the effort!
Dao Essentials: If you do not do this, you will eventually perish.

10. Transcendence, Liberation, and Multilocation5
Golden Declarations: Dao is originally latent: if you speak in terms ofpresence, it is not Dao; Dao is originally empty: if you speak in terms offullness, it is not Dao. Without structure, questions and answers are impossible; without cosmic images, seeing and hearing are impossible.
You may think of Dao as being mysterious and subtle, yet ideas of mystery and subtlety never leave the limitations of questions and answers. You
may think of it as being invisible and inaudible, yet ideas of the invisible
and inaudible never leave the limitations of seeing and hearing. None ofthem ever gets close to Dao, and you will never know just exactly what andhow Dao is.
Written in Jade: All that arrives has a beginning, yet you will neverknow the beginning of the great Dao. Whatever leaves has an end, yet you
will never know the end of the great Dao. Why is that? Above the highest of
the high, there is still something further, yet you will never know whether
or not above the great Dao there is any limit. Below the deepest of the deep,
there is still something further, yet you will never know whether or not below the great Dao there is any ultimate. Everlasting and unfathomable, wecall it Dao. Although beings may obtain it and get listed in levels and ranks,
the Dao of nonaction can never be fully penetrated.
Perfect Instructions: Transcendence means to go beyond the ordinary body and enter the sagely ranks; liberation means to leave behind thecommon womb and become an immortal. They happen when spirit enters
the womb of qi, qi is complete, and inner nature is perfect. For this, one’s
former merits must be in good order and one should see experiential effects
being properly present. Set yourself up in a chamber of clarity and stillness,
so you can enter the realm of the invisible and inaudible. Practice innerobservation to acknowledge the yang spirit, then kindle the fire and subdue
the demonic, incinerate the body and gather the qi. Let perfect qi ascend tothe heavenly palace, so that all within your shell is clear and still, then fully
realize there is not a single thing.
Carefully select a hidden dwelling, so you can properly practice innerobservation. First complete three bows, then keep your body stable, not
5

The Daoshu version of Section 10 has only two short paragraphs. They aremarked with “Also in DS.”

Lingbao bifa / 231

letting it rise too high. Sit up straight, not bending or stretching. Close youreyes and calm your mind. Once you reach ultimate stillness and move to theprime, your self and body feel as if up in the air. Spirit and qi are floating
about, hard to contain or control.
Silently continue with inner observation, and there will be bright lightinstead of darkness. You see mountains and rivers glorious and beautiful,
towers and pavilions so very fine. Purple qi and red radiance divide andspread all around. Auspicious phoenixes and colorful peacocks, their voices
clear as reeds, populate a marvelous landscape, rich and luxurious. One cansay it is the perfect place within a gourd, a new world within a grotto heaven.
As you follow it along, you are there quite naturally: in deep inner darkness
no longer aware that there are things tied to the world of dust. In momentsof perfect void, your qi keeps on transforming spontaneously, and there is
no more need for methods that work with specific timing.
First see a green qi emerge from the east: ocarinas and reed music fill
the air, carriages with horses, covered in banners and standards, line up to
the left and right, in front and behind—you don’t know how many. Next,
see a red qi emerge from the south, a white qi from the west, a black qi fromthe north, and a yellow qi from the center. The five qi connect and coagulate, forming a multi-colored cloud, tunes and music create variegatedsound, and a joyful qi pervades all. Jade lads and jade maidens come tosupport your self. You may stride upon a fiery dragon, travel on a mysterious crane, travel on a multi-colored phoenix, or ride a fierce tiger—soaring
up into the void, moving up from below.
The places you pass are full of magnificent towers and terraces, too
many to list. There are many spirit servants, officials, and runners, too
many to describe. Whenever you reach a certain place, myriads of female
entertainers come to play, and the palace attendants line up to pay theirrespects to you as if to an emperor among the people. As soon as the sages
and wise men arrive, look to your side: there is no body.
From here, stride upon your carriage and ride up further until youcome to a big gate, with soldiers and guards so majestic and fierce theycannot be vanquished. To your right and left, in front and behind, there are
official attendants and female entertainers, fulfilling desires without end.
In the end, you cannot get past the gate, so you turn your axle and canopy
around and move back from above to below, again entering your old dwelling place. Experiences like these, independent of their number, are ways forthe harmonized spirit to leave the physical shell.
Over several days again ripen in purity, then ascend to reach the heavenly palace and descend to return to your old dwelling, moving up anddown without obstacle or obstruction. Then, as you move up quite naturally,
you can climb the seven-layered precious pagoda or ascend the threestoried jasper tower. Start slowly, then move up layer by layer, until you232 / Translation Two

reach the top of the seventh, but never look down, lest the spirit is startled,
sticks to the body, and refuses to emerge.
Once you get to the highest of the seven layers, close our eyes and leap
free. As if asleep, feel that beyond your body of flesh there is another body.
In this, you have the physical form of an infant, your flesh and skin clear
and bright, your spirit radiant and clear. As you look back at your old body,you already can’t see it anymore: all you see is like a mass of dirt, like a withered tree. You hate its myriad issues and suddenly you can’t get away fastenough and start your far-off journey.
If the spirit emerges before it is fully ripened, to fully bind and coagulate the sagely qi, you must come back into your original body repeatedly,
going out and coming back, emerging and entering. To go on your far-off
journey, begin with one step, then two; move on to one mile, then two.
Over several days ripen in purity, so that you become like a strong warrior
with mighty arms. Then you can move off, a thousand or ten thousand
miles, seeing your physical form and spirit getting stronger and bigger, yourvalor and qi strong and stable.
After that, you can rest your bones among the famous mountains andgreat rivers, coming and going beyond the ordinary world, no longer thecompanion of common kinds and ranks. Or you can travel widely and receive heavenly writings, ride a divine bird, stride on a phoenix, leap on atiger, or harness a dragon. Moving east or west, you enter the purple offices
and first see the Perfect Lord of Great Tenuity, then come to reside on theisles below. If you wish, you can ascend to the grotto heavens or turnaround to transmit the Dao and its various practices to the people. Receiving heavenly writings and ascending to the grotto heavens, you become acelestial immortal.
Only a few today and in the past have managed to succeed in practicing
this method. Most have wanted to rush the practice before their merits
were complete. For this reason, I have provided these instructions. As longas the experiential effects of the practice are not yet evident, stick to sitting
in quiet meditation, especially if you want to pursue transcendence andliberation.
[Also in DS: As long as the yin life force is not scattered fully, if spirit
emerges, it will turn you into a ghost immortal. People will be unable to see
your physical form, and you will be forced to keep on coming and going,
never having a place of return. Eventually you again entrust yourself to awomb and are caught in the shell of a human body, once more becoming aman. Also, if you are not fully ready to emerge and enter, go out and comeback without the proper technique, you may go and try to come back but
cannot get back into your original body. Then your spirit and spirit soul
don’t know where they are and you end up like Buddhist followers dying inLingbao bifa / 233

meditation or Daoist practitioners undertaking deliverance through thecorpse.]Thus, to practice this way, you must first make sure all the experiential
effects are properly present, then select a good spot and erect a meditation
hut. Remain far away from all things dirty and defiling, avoid all stinky andevil qi, all sounds of coming and going, all attractions of women and children. Not only will they tarnish your perfect qi, but your spirit also hates
them.
[Also in DS: Emerge once and again enter, but once you have entered,
don’t emerge again. Then your physical form and spirit can both be wondrous, and you can live as long as heaven and earth, never dying for kalpas
eternal. After having entered, emerge again, then, once you have emerged,
don’t come back. In this manner, you can liberate yourself from the physical form like a cicada shedding its skin, fly up to the gods, and join the sages. You can completely transcend the ordinary and liberate yourself fromthe common, become a perfected and immortal. Permanently residing beyond the dust and wind of this world, you live on the three isles and ten
continents.]
Dao Essentials: Unless you follow these methods completely, you will
perish and stop to exist. The above presents the third gate of the great vehicle, becoming a celestial immortal.

Bibliography
Akahori, Akira. 1989. “Drug Taking and Immortality.” In Taoist Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 71-96. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.
Albertus, Frater. 1974. The Alchemist’s Handbook: Manual for Practical Laboratory
Alchemy. New York: Samuel Weiser.
Allan, Sarah. 1991. The Shape of the Turtle: Myth, Art, and Cosmos in Early China.
Albany: State University of New York Press.
Ambelain, Robert. 2005. Spiritual Alchemy: The Inner Path. Translated by Piers A.
Vaughan. http://www.alchemystudy.com
Andersen, Poul. 1990a. “The Practice of Bugang.” Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie 5:15-53.
_____. 1990b. “Guideline to the Eight Trigrams.” Occasional Papers 6:13-30.
_____. 1996. “Taoist Talismans and the History of the Tianxin Tradition.” Acta Orientalia 57:141-52.
Ang, Isabelle. 1997. “Le culte de Lü Dongbin sous les Song du Sud.” Journal Asiatique
285:473-507.
Arthur, Shawn. 2006. “Life without Grains: Bigu and the Daoist Body.” In Daoist
Body Cultivation, edited by Livia Kohn, 91-122. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines
Press.
Baldrian-Hussein, Farzeen. 1984. Procédés secrets du joyau magique. Paris: Les Deux
Océans.
_____. 1985. “Yüeh-yang and Lü Tung-pin’s Chin-yüan ch’un: A Sung Alchemical
Poem.” In Religion und Philosophie in Ostasien: Festschrift für Hans Steininger,
edited by. G. Naundorf et al., 19-31. Würzburg: Königshausen and Neumann.
_____. 1986. “Lü Tung-pin in Northern Sung Literature.” Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie
2:133-70.
_____. 1990. “Inner Alchemy: Notes on the Origin and the Use of the Term neidan.”Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie 5:163-90.
_____. 2004. “The Book of the yellow court: A Lost Song Commentary of the 12th
Century.” Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie 14:187-226.
Bauer, Wolfgang. 1956. “Der Herr vom gelben Stein.” Oriens Extremus 3: 137-52.
Beebe, John. 2014. “Foreword.” In Alchemy and Psychotherapy: Post-Jungian Perspectives, edited by Dale Mathers, xvii-xx. London: Routledge.
Begley, Sharon, ed. 2007. Train Your Mind to Change Your Brain. New York: Ballentine.
235

236 / Bibliography

Belmonte, Juan Antonio. 2010. “Finding Our Place in the Cosmos: The Role of Astronomy in Ancient Cultures.” Journal of Cosmology 9:2052-62.
Benn, Charles. 2000. “Daoist Ordination and Zhai Rituals.” In Daoism Handbook,edited by Livia Kohn, 309-38. Leiden: Brill.
Bensky, Dan, and John O’Connor. 1984. Acupuncture: A Comprehensive Text. New
York: Eastland Press.
Bertrand, Cristina. 2019. Yi Jing: Inner Transformation – The Nonagram. Miami
Beach: Cristina Bertrand LLC.
Bertschinger, Richard. 2018. A Record of the Assembled Immortals and Gathered
Perfected of the Western Hills. London: Singing Dragon.
Birrell, Anne. 1993. Chinese Mythology: An Introduction. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press.
Bodde, Derk. 1991. Chinese Thought, Society, and Science: The Intellectual and Social
Background of Science and Technology in Pre-modern China. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Bokenkamp, Stephen R. 2007. “What Daoist Body?” In Purposes, Means and Convictions in Daoism: A Berlin Symposium, edited by Florian C. Reiter, 131-50. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.
Bol, Peter. 2001. “Whither the Emperor: Emperor Huizong, the New Policiies, andthe Tang-Song Transition.” Journal of Song and Yuan Studies 31:103-34.
Boltz, Judith M. 1987. A Survey of Taoist Literature: Tenth to Seventeenth Centuries.
Berkeley: University of California, China Research Monograph 32.
Brashier, Kenneth. 1996. “Han Thanatology and the Division of ‘Souls.’” Early China
21:125-58.
Brindley, Erica F., Paul R. Goldin, and Esther S. Klein. 2013. “A Philosophical Translation of the Heng Xian.” Dao: A Journal of Comparative Philosophy 12.2:145-51.
Bumbacher, Stephan Peter. 2001. “Zu den Körpergottheiten im chinesischen
Taoismus.” In Noch eine Chance für die Religionsphänomenologie?, edited by D.
Peoli-Olgiati, A. Michaels, and F. Stolz, 151-72. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.
Bygott, Catherine. 2014. “Mysterium Coniunctionis: Fabric of Life.” In Alchemy andPsychotherapy: Post-Jungian Perspectives, edited by Dale Mathers, 27-43. London: Routledge.
Cammann, Schuyler. 1961. “The Magic Square of Three in Old Chinese Philosophy
and Religion.” History of Religions 1:37-80.
_____. 1990. “The Eight Trigrams: Variants and Their Uses.” History of Religions
29:301-17.
_____. 1991. “Chinese Hexagrams, Trigrams, and the Binary System.” Proceedings of
the American Philosophical Society 135.4:576-89.

Bibliography / 237

Campany, Robert Ford. 2002. To Live As Long As Heaven and Earth: A Translationand Study of Ge Hong’s Traditions of Divine Transcendents. Berkeley: Universityof California Press.
Capitanio, Joshua. 2013. “Health, Illness, and the Body in Buddhist and Daoist SelfCultivation.” In Brahman and Dao: Comparative Studies in Indian and Chinese
Philosophy and Religion, edited by Ithamar Theodor and Zhihua Yao, 181-92.
New York: Lexington Books.
Carty, Donald Gordon, et al. 2007. The Emerald Tablet and the Alchemy of SpiritualTransformation. Atlanta: Personal Development Institute.
Cedzich, Ursula-Angelika. 2001. “Corpse Deliverance, Substitute Bodies, Name
Change, and Feigned Death: Aspects of Metamorphosis and Immortality in
Early Medieval China.” Journal of Chinese Religions 29:1-68.
Ch’en, Kenneth. 1973. The Chinese Transformation of Buddhism. Princeton, Princeton University Press.
Chan, Alan L. K. 2011. “Harmony as Contested Metaphor and Conceptions of Rightness (Yi) in Early Confucian Ethics.” In How Should One Live: Comparing Ethics
in Ancient China and Greco-Roman Antiquity, edited by R. A. H. King and
Dennis R. Schilling, 37-62. Boston: DeGruyter.
Chan, Shirley. 2014. “Oneness: Reading the ‘All Things Flow in Form’ (Fanwu liuxing) of the Shanghai Museum Bamboo Texts.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 41.
Chan, Wing-tsit. 1963. A Source Book in Chinese Philosophy. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
Chang, Wonsuk. 2009. “Reflections on Time and Related Ideas in the Yijing.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 59.2:216-29.
Chao, Shin-yi. 2009. “Summoning the Thunder Generals: Internal Alchemy in theThunder Rites.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality,
edited by Livia Kohn and Robin R. Wang, 105-21. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines
Press.
_____. 2011. Daoist Rituals, State Religion, and Popular Practices: Zhenwu Worshipfrom Song to Ming (960-1644). London: Routledge.
Chen, Ellen Marie. 1974. “Tao as the Great Mother and the Influence of Motherly
Love in the Shaping of Chinese Philosophy.” History of Religions 14:51-65.
Chen, Shih-chuan. 1972. “How to Form a Hexagram and Consult the I Ching.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 92.2:237-49.
Cheng, Chung-ying. 1989. “On Harmony as Transformation: Pradigms from the Iching.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 16: 125-58.
_____. 1996. “Zhouyi and Philosophy of Wei (Positions).” Extreme-Orient, ExtremeOccident 18: 149–76.

238 / Bibliography_____. 2006a. “Toward Constructing a Dialectics of Harmonization: Harmony andConflict in Chinese Philosophy.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 33, Supplemen:
25–59.
_____. 2006b. “Philosophy of the Yijing: Insights into Taiji and Dao as Wisdom ofLife.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 33,3: 323–33.
_____. 2011. “Interpreting Paradigm of Change in Chinese Philosophy.” Journal of
Chinese Philosophy 38.3: 339–67.
Cherniak, Susan. 1994. “Book Culture and Textual Transmission in Sun China.” Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 54:5-125.
Chia, Lucille. 1996. “The Development of the Jianyang Book Trade, Song-Yuan.” Late
Imperial China 17.1:10-48.
_____. 2003. “Mashaben: Commercial Publishing in Jianyang from the Song to the
Ming.” In The Song-Yuan-Ming Transition in Chinese History, edited by Paul Jakov Smith and Richard von Glahn, 284-328. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Asia Center.
Chia, Mantak. 1983. Awaken Healing Energy of the Tao. Santa Fe: Aurora Press.
Clart, Philip. 2009. “The Eight Immortals between Daoism and Popular Religion:
Evidence from a New Spirit-Written Scripture.” In Foundations of Daoist Ritual:
A Berlin Symposium, edited by Florian C. Reiter, 84-106. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.
Cleary, Thomas. 1984. The Flower Ornament Scripture. Boston: Shambhala.
_____. 1992. The Secret of the Golden Flower: The Classic Chinese Book of Life. San
Francisco: Harper.
_____. 1997. Opening the Dragon Gate: The Making of a Modern Taoist Wizard. By
Chen Kaiguo and Zheng Shunchao. Tokyo: Tuttle.
_____. 2003. The Taoist Classics, Volume Two. Boulder: Shambhala.
Cobb, Cathy, Monty L. Fetterolf, and Harold Goldwhite. 2014. The Chemistry of Alchemy: From Dragon’s Blood to Donkey Dung—How Chemistry Was Forged.
New York: Prometheus Books.
Cook, Constance. A., and Zhao Lu. 2017. Stalk Divination: A Newly Discovered Alternative to the I Ching. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cook, Scott Bradley. 2012. The Bamboo Texts of Gudian: A Study and Complete Translation. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Davis, Edward L. 2001. Society and the Supernatural in Sung China. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Davis, Richard L. 2004. Historical Records of the Five Dynasties. New York: Columbia University Press.
Deng, Kent G. 2013. “Demystifying Growth and Development in North Song China,
960-1127.” Working Papers 178/13. www.eprints.lse.ac.uk/50969/

Bibliography / 239

Despeux, Catherine. 2005. “Visual Representations of the Body in Chinese Medical
and Daoist Texts from the Song to the Qing.” Asian Medicine: Tradition andModernity 1:10-52_____. 2006. “The Six Healing Breaths.” In Daoist Body Cultivation, edited by Livia
Kohn, 37-67. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2012. Taoïsme et connaissance de soi: La carte et la culture de la perfection(Xiuzhen tu). Paris: Guy Trédaniel.
_____. 2019. Taoism and Self-Knowledge: The Chart for the Cultivation of Perfection(Xiuzhen tu), Translated by J. E. E. Pettit. Leiden: Brill.
_____, and Livia Kohn. 2003. Women in Daoism. Cambridge, Mass.: Three Pines
Press.
Drexler, Monika. 1994. Daoistische Schriftmagie: Interpretationen zu den fu im
Daozang. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner, Münchener Ostasiatische Studien, 68.
Ebrey, Patricia B. 2000. “Taoism and Art at the Court of Song Huizong.” In Daoism
and the Arts of China, edited by Stephen Little and Shawn Eichman, 95-111.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
_____, and Maggie Bickford, eds. 2006. Emperor Huizong and Late Northern SongChina. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Asia Center.
Edwards, Ronald A. 2013. “Redefining Industrial Revolution: Song China and England.” Paper Presented at “Lessons from History” Conference at Lingnan University, Hong Kong. economicdynamics.org/meetpapers/2013/paper_351.pdf
Eliade, Mircea. 1962. The Forge and the Crucible: The Origins and Structures of Alchemy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Elvin, Mark. 1971. The State, Printing, and the Spread of Scientific and Technological
Knowledge in China, 950-1350. Moscow: Nauka Publishing House.
_____. 1973. The Pattern of the Chinese Past. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Emerson, John. 1996. “Yang Chu’s Discovery of the Body.” Philosophy East & West46.4:533-66.
Engelhardt, Ute. 2000. “Longevity Techniques and Chinese Medicine.” In Daoism
Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 74-108. Leiden: Brill.
Eskildsen, Stephen. 1989. “The Beliefs and Practices of Early Ch’üan-chen Taoism.”
M.A. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver.
_____. 1998. Asceticism in Early Taoist Religion. Albany: State University of New
York Press.
_____. 2001. “Seeking Signs of Proof: Visions and Other Trance Phenomena in Early
Quanzhen Taoism.” Journal of Chinese Religions 29:139-60.
_____. 2004. The Teachings and Practices of the Early Quanzhen Taoist Masters.
Albany: State University of New York Press.

240 / Bibliography_____. 2006. “Emergency Death Meditations for Internal Alchemists.” T’oung Pao
92:373-409.
_____. 2007. “Mystical Ascent and Out-of-Body Experience in Medieval Daoism.”
Journal of Chinese Religions 35:29-55.
_____. 2008. “Do Immortals Kill?: The Controversy Surrounding Lü Dongbin.” Journal of Daoist Studies 1:28-66.
_____. 2009a. “Neidan Methods for Opening the Gate of Heaven.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia Kohn and Robin
R. Wang, 87-104. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2009b. “Death, Immortality, and Spirit Liberation in Northern Song Daoism:
The Hagiographical Accounts of Zhao Daoyi.” In The People and the Dao: New
Studies in Chinese Religions in Honour or Daniel L. Overmyer, edited by Philip
Clart and Paul Crowe, 389-418. St. Augustin/Nettetal: Steyler Verlag, Monumenta Serica Monograph LX.
_____. 2015. Daoism, Meditation, and the Wonders of Serenity: From the Latter Han
Dynasty (25-220) to the Tang Dynasty (618-907). Albany: State University of
New York Press.
Fairbank, John King. 1992. China: A New History. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Pressof Harvard Unversity.
Forke, Alfred. 1925. The World Conception of the Chinese, Their Astronomical,
Cosmological, and Physico-Philosophical Speculations. London: Arthur
Probsthain.
Freeman, David. 2014. “The Stone That the Builders Rejected.” In Alchemy and Psychotherapy: Post-Jungian Perspectives, edited by Dale Mathers, 15-26. London:
Routledge.
Freemantle, Francisca, and Chögyam Trungpa. 1974. The Tibetan Book of the Dead.
Berkeley: Shambhala.
Fukui Kojun. 1974. “A Study of Chou-i Ts’an-t’ung-ch’i.” Acta Asiatica 27:19-32.
Furth, Charlotte. 1999. A Flourishing Yin: Gender in China’s Medical History, 9601665. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Geiger, Heinrich. 2013. “Sign, Image, and Language in the Book of Changes (Yijing).”
Frontiers of Philosophy in China 8.4:607-23.
Gernet, Jacques. 1962. Daily Life in China at the Eve of the Mongol Invasion. Stanford:
Stanford University Press.
Girardot, Norman. 1985. “Behaving Cosmogonically in Early Taoism.” In Cosmogony
and Ethical Order: New Studies in Comparative Ethics, edited by Robin W. Lovinand Frank E. Reynolds, 67-97. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
_____. 2008 [1983]. Myth and Meaning in Early Taoism: The Theme of Chaos(Hundun). Dunedin, Fla.: Three Pines Press.

Bibliography / 241

Glahn, Richard von. 2003. “Towns and Temples: Urban Growth and Decline in the
Yangzi Delta, 1100-1400.” In The Song-Yuan-Ming Transition in Chinese History,edited by Paul Jakov Smith and Richard von Glahn, 176-211. Cambridge, Mass.:
Harvard University Asia Center.
Goldin, Paul R.2006. “The Cultural and Religious Background of Sexual Vampirism
in Ancient China.” Theology and Sexuality 12.3:285-307.
Goodrich, Charles. 1925. The Invention of Printing in China and Its Spread Westward.
New York: Ronald Press.
Graham, A. C. 1960. The Book of Lieh-tzu. London: A. Murray.
_____. 1986. Yin-Yang and the Nature of Correlative Thinking. Singapore: The Institute for East Asian Philosophies.
_____. 1989. Disputers of the Tao: Philosophical Argument in Ancient China. La Salle,Ill.: Open Court Publishing Company.
Gu, Ming Dong. 2005. “The Zhouyi (Book of Changes) as an Open Classic: A Semiotic Analysis of Its System of Representation.” Philosophy East and West55.2:257-82.
Gulik, Robert H. van. 1961. Sexual Life in Ancient China. Leiden: E. Brill.
Habib, Irfan. 2000. “Joseph Needham and the History of Indian Technology.” Indian
Journal of History of Science 35.3:245-74.
Hamilton, Nigel. 1985. The Alchemical Process of Transformation. www.sufismus.
ch/assets/files/omega_dream/alchemy_e.pdf
Harper, Donald. 1985. “A Chinese Demonography of the Third Century B.C.” Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 45:459-98.
_____. 1994. “Resurrection in Warring States Popular Religion.” Taoist Resources
5.2:13-28.
_____. 1998. Early Chinese Medical Manuscripts: The Mawangdui Medical Manuscripts. London: Wellcome Asian Medical Monographs.
Harrington, Michael. 2016. “Principle and Place: Complementary Concepts in Confucian Yijing Commentary.” Philosophy East and West 66.3:861-82.
Hawes, Colin S. C. 2005. The Social Circulation of Poetry in the Mid-Northern Song.
Albany: State University of New York Press.
Hawkes, David. 1981. “Quanzhen Plays and Quanzhen Masters.” Bulletin d’Ecole
Française d’Extrême Orient 69:153-170.
Henderson, John B. 1984. The Development and Decline of Chinese Cosmology. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Hendrischke, Barbara. 2006. The Scripture on Great Peace: The Taiping jing and theBeginnings of Daoism. Berkeley: University of California Press.

242 / Bibliography_____, and Benjamin Penny. 1996. “The 180 Precepts Spoken by Lord Lao: A Translation and Textual Study.” Taoist Resources 6.2:17-29.
Hervout, Yves, ed. 1986. A Sung Bibliography, Bibliographie des Sung. Hong Kong:
The Chinese University Press.
Ho, Chung-tao. 2018. Internal Alchemy for Everyone. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three
Pines Press.
Homann, Rolf. 1971. Die wichtigsten Körpergottheiten im Huang-t’ing-ching. Göppingen: Alfred Kümmerle.
_____. 1976. Pai Wen P‘ien or The Hundred Questions: A Dialogue between Two Daoists on the Macrocosmic and Microcosmic System of Correspondences. Leiden:
Brill.
Hon, Tze-ki. 2019. “Chinese Philosophy of Change (Yijing). In Stanford Encyclopediaof Philosophy. www.plato/stanford/edu.
Huang, Jane, and Michael Wurmbrand. 1987. The Primordial Breath: Ancient Chinese Ways of Prolonging Life through Breath. 2 vols. Torrance, Cal.: Original
Books.
Huang, Shih-Shan Susan. 2010. “Daoist Imagery of Body and Cosmos, Part 1: Body
Gods and Starry Travel.” Journal of Daoist Studies 3:57-90.
_____. 2010. “Daoist Imagery of Body and Cosmos, Part 1: Body Gods and Starry
Travel.” Journal of Daoist Studies 3:57-90.
_____. 2011. “Daoist Imagery of Body and Cosmos, Part 2: Body Worms and Internal
Alchemy.” Journal of Daoist Studies 4:32-62.
_____. 2011. “Daoist Imagery of Body and Cosmos, Part 2: Body Worms and Internal
Alchemy.” Journal of Daoist Studies 4:32-62.
_____. 2012. Picturing the True Form: Daoist Visual Culture in Traditional China.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University, Center for Chinese Studies.
Hudson, Wm Clarke.2008. “Spreading the Dao, Managing Mastership and Performing Salvation: the Life and the Alchemical Teachings of Chen Zhixu.” Ph. D.
Diss, Indiana University, Bloomington.
Hymes, Robert P. 1986. Statesmen and Gentlemen: The Elite of Fu-Chou, Chiang-Hsi
in Northern and Southern Song. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 2002. Way and Byway: Taoism, Local Religion, and Models of Divinity in Sungand Modern China. Berkeley: University of California Press.
_____, and Conrad Schirokauer, eds. Ordering the World: Approaches to State andSociety in Sung Dynasty China. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Ishida, Hidemi. 1989. “Body and Mind: The Chinese Perspective.” In Taoist Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 41-70. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.

Bibliography / 243

Jackowicz, Stephen. 2006. “Ingestion, Digestion, and Regestation: The Complexitiesof the Absorption of Qi.” In Daoist Body Cultivation, edited by Livia Kohn, 6890. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Jarrett, Lonny S. 2003. The Clinical Practice of Chinese Medicine. Stockbridge, Mass.:
Spirit Path Press.
Jing, Anning. 1996. “The Eight Immortals: The Transformation of T’ang and Sung
Eccentrics during the Yüan Dyansty.” In Arts of the Sung and Yüan, edited by
Maxwell Hearn and Judith G. Smith, 213-30. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
Jochim, Chris. 1998. “Just Say No to “No Self” in Zhuangzi.” In Wandering at Ease in
the Zhuangzi, edited by Roger Ames, 34-74. Albany: State University of New
York Press.
Johnson, Jerry Alan. 2014. The Secret Teachings of Chinese Energetic Medicine: Volume 2: Energetic Alchemy, Dao Yin Therapy, Healing Qi Deviations, Spirit Pathology. Pacific Grove: International Institute of Medical Qigong.
Jordan, David K. 1972. Gods, Ghosts and Ancestors. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Jullien, François. 2007. Vital Nourishment: Departing from Happiness. Translated by
Arthur Goldhammer. New York: Zone Books.
Jung, C. G. 1968. Psychology and Alchemy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Kalinowski, Marc. 1991. Cosmologie et divination dans la Chine ancienne. Le Compendium des Cinq Agents. Paris: Publications de l’Ecole Française d’ExtrêmeOrient.
Kaptchuk, Ted J. 2000. The Web that Has No Weaver: Understanding Chinese Medicine. New York: Congdon & Weed.
Karcher, Stephen. 2002. I Ching: The Classic Chinese Oracle of Change. London:
Vega.
Karetzky, Patricia Eichenbaum. 2015. “The Transformations of Zhenwu/Xuanwu.”
Journal of Daoist Studies 8:70-96.
Karlgren, Bernhard. 1946. “Legends and Cults in Ancient China.” Bulletin of the Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities 18: 199-365.
Katz, David A. 2008. An Illustrated History of Alchemy and Early Chemistry. Tucson:David A. Katz.
Katz, Paul R. 1996. “Enlightened Alchemist or Immoral Immortal? The Growth ofLü Dongbin’s Cult in Late Imperial China.” In Unruly Gods: Divinity and Society
in China, edited by Meir Shahar and Robert P. Weller, 70-104. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
_____. 1999. Images of the Immortal: The Cult of Lü Dongbin at the Palace of Eternal
Joy. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

244 / Bibliography

Kirkova, Zornica. 2016. Roaming into the Beyond: Representations of Xian Immortality in Early Chinese Verse. Leiden: Brill
Kleeman, Terry F. 1998. Great Perfection: Religion and Ethnicity in a Chinese Millenarian Kingdom. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Knaul, Livia. 1981. Leben und Legende des Ch’en T’uan. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.
Kohn, Livia. 1988. “A Mirror of Auras: Chen Tuan on Physiognomy.” Asian Folklore
Studies 47:215-56.
_____. 1989a. “Guarding the One: Concentrative Meditation in Taoism.” In Taoist
Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 123-56. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.
_____. 1989b. “Taoist Insight Meditation: The Tang Practice of Neiguan.” In Taoist
Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 193-224. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.
_____. 1991. “Taoist Visions of the Body.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 18:227-52.
_____. 1993. The Taoist Experience: An Anthology. Albany: State University of New
York Press.
_____. 1998a. “Counting Good Deeds and Days of Life: The Quantification of Fate inMedieval China.” Asiatische Studien/Etudes Asiatiques 52:833-70.
_____. 1998b. “Steal Holy Food and Come Back as a Viper: Conceptions of Karmaand Rebirth in Medieval Daoism.” Early Medieval China 4:1-48.
_____. 1998c. God of the Dao: Lord Lao in History and Myth. University of Michigan,
Center for Chinese Studies.
_____. 2001a. Chen Tuan: Discussions and Translations. Cambridge, Mass.: Three
Pines Press, E-Dao Series.
_____. 2001b. Daoism and Chinese Culture. Cambridge, Mass.: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2004. Cosmos and Community: The Ethical Dimension of Daoism. Cambridge, Mass.: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2005. Health and Long Life: The Chinese Way. In cooperation with Stephen
Jackowicz. Cambridge, Mass.: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2006. “The Subtle Body Ecstasy of Daoist Inner Alchemy.” Acta Orientalia
59.3:325-40.
_____. 2008a [1995]. Laughing at the Tao: Debates among Buddhists and Taoists inMedieval China. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2008b. Chinese Healing Exercises: The Tradition of Daoyin. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
_____. 2008c. Meditation Works: In the Daoist, Buddhist, and Hindu Traditions.
Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.

Bibliography / 245_____. 2009. “Modes of Mutation: Restructuring the Energy Body.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia Kohn andRobin R. Wang, 1-26. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2010a. Daoist Dietetics: Food for Immortality. Dunedin, Fla.: Three Pines
Press.
_____. 2010b. Sitting in Oblivion: The Heart of Daoist Meditation. Dunedin, Fla.:
Three Pines Press.
_____. 2012. A Source Book in Chinese Longevity. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three Pines
Press.
_____. 2013. “The Daoist Body of Qi.” In Religion and the Subtle Body in Asia and theWest: Between Mind and Body, edited by Geoffrey Samuels and Jay Johnston,
16-32. London: Routledge.
_____. 2014. Zhuangzi: Text and Context. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2015a. “Kōshin: Expelling Taoist Demons with Buddhist Means.” In Daoism
in Japan: Chinese Traditions and Their Influence on Japanese Religious Culture,edited by Jeffrey L. Richey, 148-76. New York: Routledge.
_____. 2015b. “Forget or Not Forget? The Neurophysiology of Zuowang.” In New Visions of the Zhuangzi, edited by Livia Kohn, 161-79. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three
Pines Press.
_____. 2016. Science and the Dao: From the Big Bang to Lived Perfection. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
_____. 2017. Pristine Affluence: Daoist Roots in the Stone Age. St. Petersburg, Fla.:
Three Pines Press.
_____. 2019. “Armored Gods: Generals, Guardians, Killers, and Protectors.” Journalof Daoist Studies 12:35-64.
Komjathy, Louis. 2007. Cultivating Perfection: Mysticism and Self-Transformation in
Quanzhen Daoism. Leiden: Brill.
_____. 2008a. “Mapping the Daoist Body (1): The Neijing tu in History.” Journal of
Daoist Studies 1:67-92.
_____. 2008b. Handbooks for Daoist Practice. Hong Kong: Yuen Yuen Institute.
_____. 2009. “Mapping the Daoist Body (2): The Text of the Neijing tu.” Journal of
Daoist Studies 2:64-108.
_____. 2014a. The Way of Complete Perfection: A Quanzhen Daoist Anthology. Albany: State University of New York Press.
_____. 2014b. “Sun Buer: Early Quanzhen Matriarch and the Beginnings of Female
Alchemy.” Nan Nü 16:2:171-238.
Kroll, Paul W. 1996. “Body Gods and Inner Vision: The Scripture of the yellow court.”
In Religions of China in Practice, edited by Donald S. Lopez Jr., 149-55. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

246 / Bibliography

Kuhn, Dieter. 2009. The Age of Confucian Rule: The Song Transformation of China.
Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Unversity.
Lagerwey, John. 2004. “Deux écrits taoïstes anciens.” Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie 14:13172.
Lai, T. C. 1972. The Eight Immortals. Hong Kong: Swinden Book Co.
Landels, J. G. 1986. Engineering in the Ancient World. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Larre, Claude, Isabelle Robinet, and Elisabeth Rochat de la Vallee. 1993. Les grands
traites du Huainan zi. Paris: Editions du Cerf.
Legge, James. 1960. The Chinese Classics, vol. 3: The Shoo King or Book of Historical
Documents. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.
_____. 1967. Li Chi, Book of Rites: An Encyclopedia of Ancient Ceremonial Usages,
Religious Creeds, and Social Institutions. Hyde Park, NY: University Books.
_____. 1970. The Chinese Classics, vol. 4: The She King or Book of Poetry. Hong Kong:
Hong Kong University Press.
Lo, Vivienne, and Yidan Wang. 2018. “Chasing the Vermilion Bird: Late-Medieval
Alchemical Transformation in the Treasure Book of Ilkhan on Chinese Scienceand Techniques.” In Imagining Chinese Medicine, edited by Vivienne Lo et al.,291-304. Leiden: Brill.
Loon, Piet van der. 1984. Taoist Books in the Libraries of the Sung Period: A Critical
Study and Index. London: Ithaca Press.
Lorge, Peter, ed. 2011. Five Dynasties and Ten Kingdoms. Hong Kong: The Chinese
University Press.
Louis, Francois. 2003. “The Genesis of an Icon: The Taiji Diagram’s Early History.”
Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 63:145-96.
Lu, Henry C. 1987. The Yellow Emperor’s Book of Acupuncture. Blaine, Wash.: Academy of Oriental Heritage.
Lu, Kuan-yü. 1970. Taoist Yoga: Alchemy and Immortality. London: Rider.
Lu, Xichen. 2009. “The Southern School: Cultivating Mind and Inner Nature.” InInternal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia
Kohn and Robin R. Wang, 73-86. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Maciocia, Giovanni. 1989. The Foundations of Chinese Medicine: A Comprehensive
Text for Acupuncturists and Herbalists. New York: Churchill Livingstone.
Mahdihassan, S. 1957. “Alchemy and Its Connection with Astrology, Pharmacy, Magic, and Metallurgy.” Janus 46.
_____. 1986. “History of Cinnabar as Drug: The Natural Substance and the Synthetic
Product.” Indian Journal of History of Science 22.1:63-70.

Bibliography / 247

Major, John S. 1984. “The Five Phases, Magic Squares, and Schematic Cosmography.”
In Explorations in Early Chinese Cosmology, edited by Henry Rosemont, 133-66.
Chico, Calif.: Scholars Press.
_____. 1986. “New Light on the Dark Warrior.” Journal of Chinese Religions 13/14: 6587.
_____. 1993. Heaven and Earth in Early Han Thought: Chapters Three, Four, and Fiveof the Huainanzi. Albany: State University of New York Press.
_____, Sarah A. Queen, Andrew S. Meyer, and Harold D. Roth. 2010. The Huainanzi:
A Guide to the Theory and Practice of Government in Early Han China. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Maspero, Henri. 1981. Taoism and Chinese Religion. Translated by Frank Kierman.
Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.
Mathers, Carola. 2014. “The Queen and the Servant.” In Alchemy and Psychotherapy:
Post-Jungian Perspectives, edited by Dale Mathers, 65-79. London: Routledge.
McRae, John R. 1983. The Northern School and the Formation of Early Ch’an Buddhism. Honolulu: Hawaii University Press.
Meulenbeld, Mark. 2015. Demonic Warfare: Daoism Territorial NetworkEnes andthe History of the Ming Novel. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Mitchell, Craig, Feng Ye and Nigel Wiseman. 1999. Shang Han Lun: On Cold Damage. Brookline, Mass.: Paradigm Publications.
Miyakawa, Hisayuki. 1979. “Local Cults around Mount Lu at the Time of Sun En’s
Rebellion.” In Facets of Taoism, edited by Holmes Welch and Anna Seidel, 83102. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press.
Moeller, Hans-Georg. 2015. “Parodoxes of Health and Power in the Zhuangzi.” In
New Visions of the Zhuangzi, edited by Livia Kohn, 70-81. St. Petersburg, Fla.:
Three Pines Press.
Mollier, Christine. 1997. “La méthode de l’empereur du nord du Mont Fengdu: une
tradition exorciste du taoïsme médiévale.” T’oung Pao 83:329-85.
Moran, Bruce T. 2005. Distilling Knowledge: Alchemy, Chemistry, and the Scientific
Revolution. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
Morgan, Evan. 1934. Tao, the Great Luminant. Shanghai: Kelly and Walsh.
Mostern, Ruth. 2011. Dividing the Realm in Order to Govern: The Spatial Organization of the Song State. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Asia Center.
Mote, Frederick W. 1989. Intellectual Foundation of China. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Mozias, Ilia. 2020. The Literati Path to Immortality: The Alchemical Teachings of Lu
Xixing. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
Munakata, Kiyohiko. 1983. “Images of Nature: Concepts of Lei and Kan-Lei in Early
Chinese Art Theory.” In Theories of the Arts in China, edited by Susan Bush andChristian Murck, ch. 3. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

248 / Bibliography

Needham, Joseph. 1965. Time and Eastern Man. Glasgow: Royal Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.
_____. 1981. Science in Traditional China. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press.
_____ et al. 1956. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. II: History of ScientificThought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1958. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. III: Mathematics and the Sciencesof the Heavens and the Earth. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1965. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. IV.2: Physics and Physical Technology—Mechanical Engineering. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1973. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. V.1: Chemistry and Chemical
Technology—Spagyrical Discovery and Invention. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1974. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. V: Chemistry and Chemical
Technology, Pt.2: Spagyrical Discovery and Invention—Magistries of Gold andImmortality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1976. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. V: Chemistry and Chemical
Technology, Pt. 3: Spagyrical Discovery and Invention—Historical Survey from
Cinnabar Elixirs to Synthetic Insulin. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1983. Science and Civilisation in China, vol. V: Chemistry and Chemical
Technology, Pt. 5: Spagyrical Discovery and Invention—Physiological Alchemy.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Nelson, Eric S. 2011. “The Yijing and Philosophy: From Leibniz to Derrida.” Journalof Chinese Philosophy 38.3: 377–96.
_____. 2016. “Chung-ying Cheng: Creativity, Onto-Generative Hermeneutics, andthe Yijing. Journal of Chinese Philosophy 43.1-2:124-35.
Neswald, Sara Elaine. 2009. “Internal Landscapes.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society,and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia Kohn and Robin R. Wang, 27-53.
Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Ni, Maoshing. 1995. The Yellow Emperor’s Classic of Medicine. Boston: Shambhala.
Nickerson, Peter. 1994. “Shamans, Demons, Diviners, and Taoists: Conflict and Assimilation in Medieval Chinese Ritual Practice.” Taoist Resources 5.1:41-66.
_____. 2000. “The Southern Celestial Masters.” In Daoism Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 256-82. Leiden: Brill.
Nielsen, Bent. 2014. “Cycles and Sequences of the Eight Trigrams.” Journal of Chinese Philosophy 41.1-2::130-47.
Nienhauser, William H. 1986. The Indiana Companion to Traditional Chinese Literature. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Bibliography / 249

Northage-Orr, Althea. 2009. “Western Parallels: The Esoteric Teachings of Hermeticism.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited
by Livia Kohn and Robin R. Wang, 217-40. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Nylan, Michael. 1992. The Shifting Center: The Original ‘Great Plan’ and Later Readings. St. Augustin/Nettetal: Styler Verlag.
_____. 2014. The Five “Confucian” Classics. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press.
Ofuchi Ninji. 1979. “The Formation of the Taoist Canon.” In Facets of Taoism, editedby Holmes Welch and Anna Seidel, 253-68. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University
Press.
Pankenier, David W. 2013. Astrology and Cosmology in Early China: Conforming
Earth to Heaven. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Penny, Benjamin. 1996. “Buddhism and Daoism in The 180 Precepts Spoken by Lord
Lao.” Taoist Resources 6.2:1-16.
Pomeranz, Kenneth.2000. The Great Divergence: China, Europe, and the Making of
the Modern World Economy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Porkert, Manfred. 1974. The Theoretical Foundations of Chinese Medicine. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.
Pregadio, Fabrizio. 1991. “The Book of the Nine Elixirs and Its Tradition.” in Chûgoku
kodai kagakushi ron, edited by Yamada Keiji, 539-636. Kyoto: Jimbun kagaku
kenkyūjo.
_____. 1995. “The Representation of Time in the Zhouyi Cantong qi.” Cahiersd’Extrême-Asie 8:155-74.
_____. 1996. Zhouyi Cantong Qi: Dal Libro dei Mutamenti all’Elisir d’Oro. Venezia:
Cafoscarina.
_____. 2000. “Elixirs and Alchemy.” In Daoism Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 16595. Leiden: Brill.
_____. 2004. “The Notion of ‘Form’ and the Ways of Liberation in Daoism.” Cahiersd’Extrême-Asie 14:95-130.
_____. 2006a. Great Clarity: Daoism and Alchemy in Early Medieval China. Stanford:
Stanford University Press.
_____. 2006b. “Early Daoist Meditation and the Origins of Inner Alchemy.” In Daoism in History: Essays in Honour of Liu Ts’un-yan, edited by Benjamin Penny,
121-58. London: Routledge.
_____, ed. 2008. The Encyclopedia of Taoism. 2 vols. London: Routledge.
_____. 2011a. The Seal of the Unity of the Three. Vol. 1: A Study and Translation of the
Cantong qi, the Source of the Taoist Way of the Golden Elixir. Mountain View:
Golden Elixir Press.
_____. 2011b. Wang Mu’s Foundations of Internal Alchemy: The Taoist Practice of
Neidan. Mountain View: Golden Elixir Press.

250 / Bibliography_____. 2012a. The Way of the Golden Elixir: An Introduction to Taoist Alchemy.
Mountain View: Golden Elixir Press.
_____. 2012b. The Seal of the Unity of the Three. Vol. 2: Bibliographic Studies on the
Cantong qi: Commentaries, Essays, and Related Works. Mountain View: Golden
Elixir Press.
_____. 2013. Wang Jie’s Commentary on the Mirror for Compounding the Medicine: A
Fourteenth-Century Work on Taoist Internal Alchemy. Mountain View: Golden
Elixir Press.
_____. 2014a. An Introduction to Daoist Alchemy. Mountain View: Golden Elixir
Press.
_____. 2014b. “Destiny, Vital Force, or Existence? On the Meanings of Ming in Daoist Internal Alchemy and Its Relation to Xing or Human Nature.” Daoism: Religion, History and Society 6:157-218.
_____. 2014c. “Superior Virtue, Inferior Virtue: A Doctrinal Theme in the Works of
Daoist Master Liu Yiming (1734-1821). T’oung Pao 100.4-5:460-98.
_____. 2019. Taoist Internal Alchemy: An Anthology of Neidan Texts. Mountain View:
Golden Elixir Press.
_____, and Lowell Skar. 2000. “Inner Alchemy (Neidan).” In Daoism Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 464-97. Leiden: Brill.
Principe, Lawrence M. 2013. The Secrets of Alchemy. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Queen, Sarah A. 1996. From Chronicle to Canon: The Hermeneutics of the Spring andAutumn Annals according to Tung Chung-shu. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ratey, John J. 2002. A User’s Guide to the Brain: Perception, Attention, and the Four
Theaters of the Brain. New York: Vintage Books.
Redmond, Geoffrey, and Tze-ki Hon. 2014. Teaching the I Ching (Book of Changes).
New York: Oxford University Press.
Réquéna, Yves. 2012. “The Biochemistry of Internal Alchemy: Decapitating the Red
Dragon.” Journal of Daoist Studies 5:141-52.
Robinet, Isabelle. 1979. “Metamorphosis and Deliverance of the Corpse in Taoism.”
History of Religions 19:37-70.
_____. 1989a. “Original Contributions of Neidan to Taoism and Chinese Thought.”
In Taoist Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 297-330.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.
_____. 1989b. “Visualization and Ecstatic Flight in Shangqing Taoism.” In Taoist
Meditation and Longevity Techniques, edited by Livia Kohn, 159-91. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.

Bibliography / 251_____. 1993. Taoist Meditation: The Mao-shan Tradition of Great Purity. Translated
by Norman Girardot and Julian Pas. Albany: State University of New York Press.
_____. 1994. “Le rôle et le sens des nombres dans la cosmologie et l’alchimietaoïstes.” Extrême-Orient, Extrême-Occident 16:93-120.
_____. 1995. Introduction à l’alchimie interieure taoïste: De l’unité et de la multiplicité.
Paris: Editions Cerf.
_____. 2011. The World Upside Down: Essays on Taoist Internal Alchemy. Translated
by Fabrizio Pregadio. Mountain View: Golden Elixir Press.
_____, and Paula A. Wissing. 1990. “The Place and Meaning of the Notion of Taiji in
Taoist Sources Prior to the Ming Dynasty.” History of Religions 29.4: 373-411.
Roth, Harold D. 1997. “The Yellow Emperor’s Guru: A Narrative Analysis from
Chuang-tzu 11.” Taoist Resources 7.1:43-60.
Samuels, Mike, and Nancy Samuels. 1975. Seeing with the Mind’s Eye: The History,
Technique, and Uses of Visualization. New York: Random House.
Saso, Michael. 1978. “What is the Ho-t’u?” History of Religions 17:399-416.
_____. 1995. The Gold Pavilion: Taoist Ways to Peace, Healing, and Long Life. Boston:Charles E. Tuttle.
Sawyer, Ralph D. 1993. The Seven Military Classics of Ancient China. Boulder:
Westview Press.
Schafer, Edward H. 1967. The Vermilion Bird. Berkeley: University of California Press.
_____. 1997. “The Scripture of the Opening of Heaven by the Most High Lord Lao.”
Taoist Resources 7.2:1-20.
Schipper, Kristofer M. 1979. “Le Calendrier de Jade: Note sur le Laozi zhongjing.”
Nachrichten der deutschen Gesellschaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens
125:75-80.
_____. 1985. “Taoist Ritual and Local Cults of the T’ang Dynasty.” In Tantric andTaoist Studies, edited by Michel Strickmann, 3:812-34. Brussels: Institut Belgedes Hautes Etudes Chinoises.
_____. 1994a. The Taoist Body. Translated by Karen C. Duval. Berkeley: University ofCalifornia Press.
_____. 1994b. “Purity and Strangers: Shifting Boundaries in Medieval Taoism.”
T’oung Pao 80:61-81.
_____. 1995. “The Inner World of the Lao-tzu chung-ching.” In Time and Space inChinese Culture, editied by Chun-chieh Huang and Erik Zürcher, 114-31. Leiden:
Brill.
_____, and Franciscus Verellen, eds. 2004. The Taoist Canon: A Historical Companion to the Daozang. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

252 / Bibliography_____, and Hsiu-hui Wang 1986. “Progressive and Regressive Time Cycles in Taoist
Ritual.” In Time, Science and Society in China and the West, edited by J. T. Fraser, N. Lawrence, and F. C. Haber, 185-205. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.
Schulz, Larry J. 2011. “Structural Elements in the Zhou Yijing Hexagram Sequence.”
Journal of Chinese Philosophy 38.4:639-65.
Schwartz, Adam. 2018. “Between Numbers and Images: The Many Meanings of the
Trigram Gen in the Early Yijing.” Asiatische Studien/Etudes Asiatiques 72.4:113393.
Schwartz, Benjamin. 1985. The World of Thought in Ancient China. Cambridge,
Mass: Harvard University Press.
Seem, Mark D. 1987. Acupuncture Energetics. Rochester, Vt.: Healing Arts Press.
Seidel, Anna. 1987. “Traces of Han Religion in Funeral Texts Found in Tombs.” In
Dōkyō to shūkyō bunka 道教と宗教文化, edited by Akizuki Kan’ei 秋月觀英,21-57. Tokyo: Hirakawa.
Shiba, Yoshinobu. 1970. Commerce and Society in Sung China. Translated by Mark
Elvin. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Center for Chinese Studies.
Sivin, Nathan. 1968. Chinese Alchemy: Preliminary Studies. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
_____. 1976. “Chinese Alchemy and the Manipulation of Time.” Isis 67:513-27.
_____. 1980. “The Theoretical Background of Elixir Alchemy.” In Science and Civilisation in China, edited by Joseph Needham, V.4:210-323. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
_____. 1995. “State, Body, and Cosmos in the Last Three Centuries B.C.” Harvard
Journal of Asiatic Studies 55.1:5-37.
Skar, Lowell. 1997. “Administering Thunder: A Thirteenth-Century Memorial Deliberating the Thunder Rites.” Cahiers d’Extrême-Asie 9:159-202.
_____. 2000. “Ritual Movements, Deity Cults, and the Transformation of Daoism inSong and Yuan Times.” In Daoism Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 413-63.
Leiden: Brill.
Smith, Kidder, ed. 1990. Sung Dynasty Uses of the I-ching. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
Smith, Richard J. 2008, Fathoming the Cosmos and Ordering the World: The Yijing(I-Ching, or Classic of Changes) and Its Evolution in China. Charlottesville:
University of Virginia Press.
_____. 2012. The I Ching: A Biography. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Smith, Thomas E. 1990. “The Record of the Ten Continents.” Taoist Resources
2.2:87-119.

Bibliography / 253

Sommer, Deborah. 2008. “Boundaries of the Ti Body.” Asia Major (3rd ser.) 21.3:293324.
_____. 2010. “Concepts of the Body in the Zhuangzi.” In Experimental Essays on
Zhuangzi, edited by Victor H. Mair, 212-27. Dunedin, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
Soothill, William E., and Lewis Hudous. 1937. A Dictionary of Chinese Buddhist
Terms. London: Kegan Paul.
Spooner, Roy C., and C. H. Wang. 1948. “The Divine Nine Turn Tan Sha Method: A
Chinese Alchemical Recipe.” Isis 38:235-42.
Staal, Julius. 1984. Stars of Jade: Calendar Lore, Mythology, Legends and Star Stories
of Ancient China. Decatur: Writ Press.Robinet, Isabelle. 2000. “Shangqing—Highest Clarity.” In Daoism Handbook, edited by Livia Kohn, 196-224. Leiden:
Brill.
Steavu, Dominic. 2019. The Writ of the Three Sovereigns: From Local Lore to Institutional Daoism. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press.
Stein, Rolf A. 1979. “Religious Taoism and Popular Religion from the Second to Seventh Centuries.” In Facets of Taoism, edited by Holmes Welch and Anna Seidel,
53-81. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press.
Sung, Z. D. 1971. The Text of Yi King: Chinese Original with English Translation. Taipei: Chengwen.
_____. 1974. The Symbols of Yi King or the Symbols of the Chinese Logic of Changes.
Taipei: The Prophet Press.
Swetz, Frank J. 2003. “Leibniz, the Yijing, and the Religious Conversion of the Chinese.” Mathematics Magazine 76.4:276-91.
Takehiro, Teri. 1990. “The Twelve Sleep Exercises of Mount Hua.” Taoist Resources
2.1:73-94.
Taylor, Jill Bolte. 2009. My Stroke of Insight. New York: Penguin-Plume.
Temple, Robert. 1986. The Genius of China: 3,000 Years of Science, Discovery, andInvention. New York: Simon and Schuster.
Tramer, A., R. Voltz, F. Lahmani, and J. Szczepinska-Tramer. 2007. “What Is (Was)
Alchemy?” Acta Physical Polonica 112:5-18.
Tsui, Bartholomew P. M. 1991. Taoist Tradition and Change: The Story of the Complete Perfection Sect in Hong Kong. Hong Kong: Christian Study Centre on
Chinese Religion and Culture.
Twitchett, Denis, John K. Fairbank, and Paul Jakov Smith, eds. 2010. The Cambridge
History of China, Vol. 5, Part 1: The Song Dynasty and Its Precursors, 907-1279.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Unschuld, Paul U. 2003. Huang Di Nei Jing Su Wen: Nature, Knowledge, Imagery inan Ancient Chinese Medical Text. Berkeley: University of California Press.

254 / Bibliography

Veith, Ilza. 1972. The Yellow Emperor’s Classic of Internal Medicine. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Verellen, Franciscus. 2019. Imperiled Destinies: The Daoist Quest for Deliverance inMedieval China. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Asia Center.
Waley, Arthur. 1930. “Notes on Chinese Alchemy.” Bulletin of the School of Oriental
and African Studies 6.2:1-24.
_____. 1931. The Travels of an Alchemist. London: George Routledge & Sons.
Wang, Liping, and Mark Bartosh. 2019. Daoist Internal Mastery. St. Petersburg, Fla.:
Three Pines Press.
Wang, Robin R. 2005a. “Zhou Dunyi’s Diagram of the Supreme Ultimate Explained(Taiji tushuo): A Construction of the Confucian Metaphysics.” Journal of theHistory of Ideas 66.3:307-23.
_____. 2005b. “Dong Zhongzhu’s Transformation of Yin-Yang Theory and Contesting of Gender Identity.” Philosophy East and West 55.3: 209-31.
_____. 2012. Yinyang: The Way of Heaven and Earth in Chinese Thought and Culture.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wang, Weiwen. 2019. “Lineage Construction of the Southern School: From Zhongli
Quan to Liu Haichan and Zhang Boduan.” Religion 10.3. www.mdpi.com/20771444/10/3/179/htm.
Wang, Zhongjiang. 2015. Daoism Excavated: Cosmos and Humanity in Early Manuscripts. Translated by Livia Kohn. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
Ware, James R. 1966. Alchemy, Medicine and Religion in the China of AD 320. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.
Watson, Burton. 1968. The Complete Works of Chuang-tzu. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Wetering, Janwillem van de. 1974. The Empty Mirror: Experiences in a Japanese Zen
Monastery. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.
Wile, Douglas. 1992. Art of the Bedchamber: The Chinese Sexual Yoga Classics Including Women’s Solo Meditation Texts. Albany: State University of New York
Press.
Wilhelm, Richard. 1950. The I Ching or Book of Changes. Translated by Cary F.
Baynes. Princeton: Princeton University Press, Bollingen Series XIX.
_____. 1962 [1929]. The Secret of the Golden Flower. New York: Harcourt, Brace andWorld.
Winn, Michael. 2006. “Transforming Sexual Energy with Water-and-Fire Alchemy.”
In Daoist Body Cultivation, edited by Livia Kohn, 151-78. Magdalena, NM: Three
Pines Press.

Bibliography / 255_____. 2009. “Daoist Internal Alchemy in the West.” In Internal Alchemy: Self, Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia Kohn and Robin R. Wang, 181200. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Wiseman, Nigel. 1994. Fundamentals of Chinese Medicine. Brookline, MA: Paradigm
Publications.
Wong, Eva. 1992. Cultivating Stillness: A Taoist Manual for Transforming Body and
Mind. Boston: Shambhala.
_____. 2000. The Tao of Health, Longevity, and Immortality: The Teaching of Immortals Zhong and Lü. Boston: Shambhala.
Wu, Baolin, with Michael McBride and Vincent Wu. 2011. The Eight Immortals’ Revolving Sword of Pure Yang. Dunedin, Fla.: Three Pines Press.
Wu, Jing-Nuan. 1993. Ling Shu or The Spiritual Pivot. Washington: Taoist Center.
Wu, Zhongxian, and Karin Taylor Wu. 2016. Heavenly Stems and Earthly Branches:
The Heart of Chinese Wisdom Traditions. London: Singing Dragon.
Yang Jwing-ming. 2003. Qigong Meditation: Embryonic Breathing. Jamaica Plain,
Mass.: Yang’s Martial Arts Association Publication Center.
Yang, F. S. 1958. “A Study of the Origin of the Legend of the Eight Immortals.” Oriens
Extremus 5:1-20.
Yannopoulos, Stavros I. et al. 2015. “Evolution of Water Lifting Devices (Pumps) over
the Centuries Worldwide.” Water 7:5031-60. www.mdpi.com/journal/ water.
Yao, Ted. 2000. “Quanzhen—Complete Perfection.” In Daoism Handbook, edited by
Livia Kohn, 567-93. Leiden: Brill.
Yates, Frances. 1964. Giordano Bruno and the Hermetic Tradition. London:
Routledge.
Yetts, Percifal. 1916. “The Eight Immortals.” Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1916,
773-807.
_____. 1922. “More Notes on the Eight Immortals.” Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1922, 397-426.
Yoshikawa Tadao 吉川忠夫. 1987. “Seishitsu kō” 靜室考. Tōhō gakuhō 東方學報 59:
125-62.
Yü, Ying-shih. 1987. “O Soul, Come Back: A Study of the Changing Conceptions of
the Soul and Afterlife in Pre-Buddhist China.” Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 47:363-95.
_____. 2016. Chinese History and Culture, vol. 1: Sixth Century BCE to SeventeenthCentury. New York: Columbia University Press.
Zaccarini, Cristina. 2011. “Daoist-inspired Healing in Daily Life: Lü Dongbin and theMultifaceted Roles of Chinese Barbers.” Journal of Daoist Studies 4:80-103.

256 / Bibliography

Zhang, Guangbao. 2009. “History and Early Lineages.” In Internal Alchemy: Self,
Society, and the Quest for Immortality, edited by Livia Kohn and Robin R.
Wang, 54-72. Magdalena, NM: Three Pines Press.
Zhang, Weiwen. 2019. “Lineage Construction of the Southern School: From Zhongli
Quan to Liu Haichan and Zhang Boduan.” Religions 10.179:1-19. www.mdpi.
com/journal/religions; doi: 10.339.
Zheng Canshan 鄭燦山. 2010. “Daojiao neidan de sixiang leixing jiqi yiyi: Yi Tangdai Zhong-Lü Lingbao bifa wei lunshu hexin” 道教內丹的思想類型及其意義:以唐代鐘呂靈寶畢法為論述核心. Taiwan zongjiao yanjiu 台灣宗教研究 9:2957.
Zürcher, Erik. 1959. The Buddhist Conquest of China: The Spread and Adaptation of
Buddhism in Early Medieval China. 2 vols. Leiden: Brill.
_____. 1980. “Buddhist Influence on Early Taoism.” T’oung Pao 66:84-147.
_____. 1981. “Eschatology and Messianism in Early Chinese Buddhism.” In Leyden
Studies in Sinology, edited by Wilt L. Edema, 34-56. Leiden: Brill.

Indexaccomplishments, see stages
administration: celestial, 4, 11, 61, 124;
imperial, 2, 4
alchemy: definition of, 72; external,
62, 64, 70-73, 80, 85, 148-51, 155,
157-58; furnace in, 73, 148
An Lushan, 1ang, pure, 107, 121, 132, 189
animals: four heraldic, 33-34, 137-38,
144, 178-79; like mind, 176; andtrigrams, 29-30; visualization of,101, 179; turtle, 30, 34, 37, 42, 75,
90, 122, 125, 178; zodiac, 52
Archer Yi, 36
astronomy, 37-39, 43
Bai Yuchan, 19-20
Baiwen pian, 16
Baldrian-Hussein, Farzeen, 66, 79
Baopuzi, 60, 69-70, 77, 85, 92, 100
barrier: golden, 214; Jade Pillow, 47,
91, 219; Narrow Strait, 47, 91-92,
209, 219; Tail Gate, 47, 86, 91,
209-10, 219; three, 47, 162, 209-10,
212-13, 219; yang, 91-92, 142, 212
Bodhidharma, 181, 195
body: bones in, 138; beyond body, 167,
232; cosmology of, 46-48, 201; ascountry, 169; decay of, 58-59; four
limbs, 188; genitals, 76, 91, 93, 109,
122, 125, 199; incineration of, 57,
97-98, 142, 158, 161, 169, 186, 202,220-23, 229-30; islands in, 142;
meridians of, 169, 179, 188; namesof parts, 48; as organism, 45-46;
oceans in, 54, 91, 141, 143, 199;
palaces in, 94; personal, 56-57,
157, 186; spine, 47, 83, 94; time of,133-35; transformations of, 46;
water in, 48
Book of Clarification, 24
brain: barrier in, 219; gold crystal in,
210, 213, 215-18, 220-21; nine palaces in, 43; reverting essence tonourish, 86, 92, 155, 157-58, 166;right, 99; sea of marrow in, 92,
142; and visualization, 98
breathing: embryo respiration, 89-90,
125, 176; at hours, 200; and qi,
168-69; practice of, 15, 65-66, 79,
81, 86, 88-90, 100, 125, 202, 225
Buddha: Gautama, 38; Shakyamuni,
181
Buddhism: Chan (Zen), 8, 113, 229;
adaptation of, 58; life cycle in, 58;
mind in, 55; numerology of, 38;
practice of, 61, 233; and printing,2; in Song, 3-5; and Southern
School, 20; Tiantai, 102; vehicles
in, 67-68, 161
Cantong qi, 77, 81, 93, 108, 113
Chang qingjing jing, 105
Chen Nan, 20
Chen Shidao, 10
Chen Tuan, 5, 10-11, 18
Chen Zhensun, 14
Chen Zhixu, 114
Chongyang zhenren jinguan yusuo
jue, 18, 68
Chuandao ji, 14, 16, 33-36, 39, 41, 44,
50, 54, 57-63, 68, 72, 74-78, 93, 96,
99, 103-05, 108, 110; trl. 119-90
Chunqiu fanlu, 32, 47
Chunyang zhenren huncheng ji, 19
Chunyang zhenren, 10
cinnabar: 70, 71-76, 82, 151-52, 167; ,definition of, 162; medicine, 142,
147-50, 203-06; and qi, 125
circuit: heavenly, 42, 80, 92-93, 99,
206; internal, 142, 220-21; of emperor, 83, 180; meridians, 49, 93;
microcosmic, 93
confirmation experiences, see experiential effects
Confucius, 29, 103
continents: nine, 123, 142, 180, 213;
Qing, 220; ten, 83, 141, 150, 175,257

256 / Index

233; Yang, 212-13, 217; Yong 20506
count, correct, 40, 54, 80, 82, 90, 119,
123, 127, 129-30, 152, 154, 162, 172,
182, 188, 197, 204-07, 215
cranes: as signs of immortality, 108,
149, 152, 171, 189, 231; in visualization, 83, 104, 177, 180
creation, stages of, 22-24, 72, 200
creative transformations, 116, 125-25,
140, 155-58, 168, 205-06
cycle: annual, 24, 31-32, 36, 50, 80, 115,
127-28, 132, 135-36, 154, 195, 22425; daily, 51-53, 65, 164, 207; ofelixir, 82-84, 143, 199; of kalpas,
38, 132, 168, 233; life, 54-55, 58,
60-63, 68, 120-22, 155, 183;
monthly, 39, 61, 133, 209; of phases, 27, 31, 50, 85, 139, 164, 217; ofYijing, 96; see also firing times;
souls, as lunar phases
Dadan zhizhi, 18, 63
Dadao zhentong, 83
Dadong zhenjing, 100
Dao, and creation, 22-25, 223-24,
230-31; definition of, 124-25, 228;
fault of, 187, merging with, 66,
190, 192; as prime, 126; and world,
27, 196
Daode jing, 11, 17, 23, 26-27, 37, 56,
126
Daoist Canon, 4, 68, 119, 191
Daoists, terms for, 116
Daoshu, 13-16, 67, 81, 119, 196, 199,
203, 206, 208, 213, 229
Dark Warrior, 34, 138, 164, 178-79
days: circadian rhythm, 80; cycles of,25, 51-53, 207-09; in Egypt, 35;
hundred, 73, 108, 210-211; of practice, 73, 79-80, 145, 199, 152, 158,
192, 196; selection of, 154, 211, 215,
225-26; under Shang, 35; thousand, 227; three hundred, 46, 79,
119, 145, 151-52, 158, 168, 190, 20203, 206, 211-16
demonic: attacks, 62-63, 122, 182,
184-86; forces, 160; obstacles, 229;
troops, 182

destiny: definition of, 163; Director of,45; gate of, 89; and inner nature,
66-67; nurturing, 125-27, 157; office of, 16, 205
directions, see five, phases
disease: cause of, 54, 57-61, 120, 12225, 130, 134-36, 155, 162, 167, 176,
198; cure of, 52, 69-73, 75, 88, 9697, 142-43, 147-48, 161, 188; freefrom, 84, 108, 156 187, 198-99, 203
Dong Zhongshu, 32, 47
Donghua dijun, 11, 21
Dongting Lake, 8
double-hours: definition of, 51-53;
practice in, 80, 126, 131, 133-34,
140, 201, 203, 210; rhythm of, 19496, 198
dragon: in body, 140, 144, 151; andpearl, 80, 150; perfect, 75, 141, 146,
201-03; sacred, 42, 80; soaring, 29,
152, 161, 171, 189, 231; in visualization, 75, 78, 104, 177, 179-80; yang,
74-76, 141, 144-46, 148, 151; in zodiac, 51-52; see also animals, heraldic
dragon and tiger, 75, 114, 123, 126, 14041, 144-47, 159, 161, 164, 174, 206;
mating of, 77-78, 84-85, 88, 96,
152-53, 165, 200-03; in visualization, 177-79
Dragongate, 17
dreams, 7, 18, 62-63, 104, 107, 110, 155,
175, 177, 180, 184-86, 188, 214
Eight Immortals, 6, 10
eight trigrams: 28-31, 36, 47, 52-53,
123, 127-29, 160, 196; pre-creation,
36, 42, 44, 56, 105, 115; postcreation, 42, 44, 53; as time
markers, 29-30, 62, 75-76, 80, 86,
91, 114, 133, 197-99, 201-05, 209-17,
220-26elbow, pulling back, see quicken thegold crystal
Eliade, Mircea, 71
elixir field: during gestation, 45; reversion to 61, 67, 82-86, 89, 97,
106, 115, 123, 142, 154, 158, 162-66,
192, 203, 210-11, 213, 215-17, 219-22;

Index / 257

visualization of, 97; warming of,76, 93, 102, 109, 132
elixir: golden, 141, 147, 152, 192; refinement of, 125; timing of, 148;
see also alchemy, external
emotions: after death, 63; and disease, 58, 62-63, 121, 134, 147, 162,
177, 183-84, 189; and mind, 32, 44,
96, 98; release of, 76, 84, 97, 105,
198, 203, 214, 216, 229; seven, 56,
122, 195, 198
eremitism, 5, 16, 71, 186-87, 229-30
essence: in body, 45, 49, 105, 116;
golden, 158; in elixir field, 162;
and pearl, 205; in plants, 3; reversion of, 92-93, 158; sexual, 44, 50,
54, 66-67, 77-78, 109; and spirit,
189; transformation of, 82; yang,39, 189
experiential effects, 108-10, 186-90,
211-17, 220, 222
Fan Zhiming, 8
Fanwu liuxing, 23
Fengshui, 49
fire: in body, 97-98; heart, 74-78, 105,
129, 144, 146, 148, 199; kinds of, 79;
perfect, 144; stoking of, 153, 208,
210; types of, 79, 141-43, 160, 200;in visualization, 178-79; working
with, 199, 221, 229; see also waterand firefiring times, 62, 72, 79-81, 117, 149,
156, 168-69, 192
five: emperors: 33, 104, 137, 149, 17273, 180, 223-24; organs, 32, 46,
48-49, 52, 65, 81, 83, 90, 104-05,
114, 136-38, 142, 151, 163-65, 170-74,
194-95, 199, 225-26; phases, 22, 24,
31-33, 46, 49-50, 61, 74, 81, 83, 96,
114, 123, 126, 137-41, 158-61, 165-66,
168, 170, 217, 223-24; qi, 104-06,
123, 135, 158, 160, 170-73\
fluid: and blood, 167; in body, 49, 54,
80, 83; jade, 9, 48, 62, 188, 214-18;
golden and jade, 83, 85-86, 116,
142, 160, 165-66, 169-71, 218, 22122; and qi, 15, 50, 67, 74-76, 82; invisualization, 179-80

full saturation, 88, 96-98, 166, 203
Fusang tree, 36, 217
Fuxi, 100
Ge Hong, 60, 69-70, 77, 85, 92
Girardot, Norman, 25
gold and jade, 39-40, 85, 134, 204,
214-15, 218; as wealth, 57, 83, 134,
180, 185
golden flower, 142, 170, 220
grotto heavens, 101, 123-24, 232
Gu Yong, 70
Guangchengzi, 72, 148, 150
Han Wudi waizhuan, 89
Han Zhongli, 12
hardships, 57-59, 122, 135, 182-84
He Dejin, 16
He Zhiyuan, 19
healing exercises, 15, 76, 79, 88, 122,
198, 209, 216
heart and kidneys, 73-75, 78-79, 12930, 136, 139, 143, 148, 150, 153, 197,
206, 201-02, 210, 212, 215, 218, 225
heaven and earth: in body, 44, 46, 50;
creation of, 22-25, 33; core workings of, 30, 32, 36, 39-40, 78, 12230, 132, 155, 171, 200, 206-07, 218;
distance of, 37-38, 135, 168, 193-94,
197, 207; like egg, 130, 207; positions of, 196-97; in trigrams, 29
heaven: before, 36; delights of, 184;
layers of, 168; mandate of, 34; asnature, 27; visions of, 229, 231-32;
in visualization, 179
Heavenly Eye, 102
Heavenly Pillar, 47, 210
Hengxian, 24
Hetu, 42-43
hexagrams, 28-29, 41-42, 81, 88, 9697, 114; see also full saturation
Ho, Chung-tao, 109-10
Hongfan, 31
Houshan tancong, 10
Hu Yinglin, 13
Huainanzi, 23, 45-47, 70
Huandan zhongxian lun, 10, 16
Huang Jian, 9Huang, Susan, 99
Huangdi neijing lingshu, 48

258 / Index

Huangdi neijing suwen, 49, 52, 54-55
Huangting jing, 100, 102
Huangting jing, 48, 77
Huanzhen xiansheng fu neiqi juefa,
89
Huayan jing, 38
Huayang zhenren, 13
Huizong, 10
humanity: conception, 44, 50, 77, 119,
129, 140, 151-52, 158, 163, 167, 172,
224; gestation, 44-46, 49, 77-78,
81, 102, 119, 129, 140, 167, 195; inheaven and earth, 224; life spanof, 51; role of, 44; free will of, 5456
Hundun, 25
Hunyuan bejing zhenjing, 38
husband and wife, 50,78, 123, 138, 140,
143, 145
images, 45, 56, 75, 88, 99-100, 167,
176, 223, 228
immortal embryo, 66, 77-79, 107, 117,
142, 145, 150, 157, 166, 176, 189,
206
immortality: attainment of, 64-66,
103, 120, 162, 175, 190; in Complete
Perfection, 17; definition of, 13;
elixir for, 70, 72, 149
immortals: ascension to, 97, 107;
celestial, 123-24; deliverance fromcorpse, 61, 97, 124; earth, 122-23,
186; food of, 10; ghost, 120-21;
human, 121-22; kinds of, 61-62,
120, 230; powers of, 107-10, 161;
ranks of, 120, 232; spirit, 9, 60-62,
64, 103, 106-07, 121-24, 141, 149,
158, 182, 229
incantation, 219
inner nature, 55, 66-67, 103, 125-26,
191, 228
inner observation, 88, 101-04, 107,
176-82, 225, 231
isles of the blessed, see Penglai
Jabir, 24
Jackowicz, Steven, 104
Jade Capital, 164, 210
jade maidens, 97
jade pond, 216, 218

Jin’gao shu, 14, 191
Jindan nijin pian, 81
Jindan wenda, 83
Jingli, 89
Jinjie jing, 58
Jinlian zhenzong ji, 19
Jiudan shanghua taijing zhongji jing,
44
Jupiter, 51
Kan and Li, 10, 30, 74-75, 123, 126,
140-41, 178, 199
karma, see cycles, life
kidneys: in cosmology, 50, 56, 76, 8384, 91, 93, 97, 140, 165; and liver,80, 91, 143; water, 64-75, 78, 142,
144-45, 148, 151, 220; see also
heart and kidneys
Kunlun, 97, 159
landscape, 47-48, 147, 184
Laojun shuo yibai bashi jie, 4Laojun, 14, 20, 25, 68-69, 102, 149, 191
Laozi zhongjing, 77, 100
Laozi, 20, 78, 90
Leishuo, 13
Lequan ji, 10
levels, see three stages
Li Daochun, 18
Li Lingyang, 16
Li palace, 94, 140, 141, 144, 150, 202-03
Li Song, 13Liezi, 25life force, 46, 116, 121, 163, 188
life-destiny, see destiny
Liji, 32
ling, see life force
Lingbao bifa, 14-16, 22, 37, 39, 42, 51,
53, 57, 62, 84-86, 90-93, 100-01,
107, 109, 192; sections of, 187, 190;translation of 191-233
Liu Haichan (Liu Cao), 18, 20
liver: in cosmology, 32, 47, 49-50, 52,
55, 75-76, 80-82, 84, 105, 129, 13841, 145, 165; and lungs, 50, 77, 114,
126, 138, 144
location, of concoction, 71; of practice, 80, 98, 217, 226-27
lock: jade, 214; in yoga, 91
Lord Lao, see Laojun

Index / 259

Lord Yang, 196
Lü Dongbin, 1, 6-12, 15-16, 19, 21, 192
Lu Shen, 20
Lu Sisheng, 20
Lu Xiujing, 67
Luoshu, 42-43
Magpie Bridge, 93
manuscripts, 23, 58, 69
medicine: assembling of, 47-49, 52,
54-55, 58-59, 205-06, 211, 226;
Chinese, 4, 69-70; external, 147,
151, 155; great, 72, 79, 84, 96, 106,
117, 126, 132, 141, 144, 146-47, 148,
150, 152-54, 161, 165-66, 171, 174,
183, 192, 202, 219, 221; ingredientsof, 62, 64, 73-75, 148-49
meditation: Buddhist, 61, 101, 186;
clarity and stillness, 105, 122, 130,
181, 186; deep, 43, 63, 65, 86, 88,
98, 181; manuals of, 78, 100; oblivion, 102-03, 107, 125, 176-77, 189,
198, 227; perfect observation, 103;
practice of, 76, 81, 86, 92, 97-98,
101, 116, 198, 202, 225, 229, 231, 233
merchants, 2-3
merit, 121-25, 135, 171, 176, 181-82, 18990, 230, 232
metals: base, 72; in earth, 31, 148; five,73-74, 148, 150-51; lead and mercury, 72-73, 84-85, 92-93, 107, 123,
148, 150-54, 157-59, 164, 167, 205;and minerals, 86, 155-58; silver, 71,
73-74, 76, 148, 151-52, 156-57; sulfur, 71, 73
Meteorologica, 24
methods, correct, 136; of concoction,
71-72; focus on, 121; sectarian, 60,
125; terms for, 117\
Miaotong zhenren, 10
mind: clarity of, 228; like dead ashes,
121, 125; earnest will, 56, 60-61, 122,
124-25, 172, 182-83, 187, 220; factors of, 55-56; flow of, 99; and intention, 126; lost, 177; like monkey, 176; projections of, 55, 60, 80,
84, 162, 175, 182, 188; sincere, 56,
60-61, 122-25, 182-83; terms for,116

minerals, 24, 69, 70, 72
Mingyi bielu, 69
Mongols, 16, 19, 21
Moran, Bruce, 72
mother and child, 123, 138, 140, 143,
144-45, 163, 167
mountains: Hua, 5, 7; Kongtong, 148;
Lu, 7, 8; Luofu, 20; Zhongnan, 12,
14, 16, 191
Needham, Joseph, 82
Neiguan jing, 102
Neijing tu, 47-48, 94
nine: palaces, 43; rivers, 48; worms,
182; yang, 43, 55, 84, 165, 168,
207-08, 218;
Niwan, 43, 86, 90, 96, 161, 210, 219
numbers: in body, 47, 52, 84-85, 165;
cosmic, 38, 42-43, 100, 168, 209,
223-24; of Daode jing, 55; definition of, 40, 99, 228; eight, 55, 84,
165; of elixir reversion, 84-85, 16365; even (yin)/odd (yang), 30, 41,
84-85, 127, 164, 209, 218; of fivephases, 41-42, 137, 164-65, 169,
221-22; one, 84, 127, 165; in practice, 81, 187, 216, 219, 226; six(yin), 39-42, 207-08, 218; Yijing,
41-42, 208
One: the 23, 45, 55, 72, 126; oneness,64, 68, 76-77, 86, 100, 123, 125, 132,
140-41, 151, 159, 172-73, 223
Pace of Yu, 43Penglai, 107, 121, 123, 125, 132, 152, 175
186, 190, 233
Perfect Lord of Great Tenuity, 108,
190, 232
Philosphers’ Stone, 71
phoenix towers, 97, 159
physical form: creation of, 25, 39, 4446, 51, 55, 89, 119, 127, 129, 131, 15153, 195, 203-04, 207-08; like withered tree, 62, 121, 125; refinementof, 62, 67, 75, 80, 85-87, 92, 98,
103, 106-07, 122-23, 135, 140, 142,
145, 150, 158, 162, 166-76, 180-82,
192, 199, 214-22, 227, 232
poetry, 8-10
pore breathing, 90

260 / Index

precepts, 122, 125
Pregadio, Fabrizio, 83, 113, 116
prime: as elixir field, 163; moving to,101, 104-06, 123, 135, 158, 160, 17176, 205, 223-27; in visualization,180
qi: and blood, 48-49, 54, 116, 151, 160;of cosmic oneness, 76-77, 140-41,
159, 173, 202-03, 22-23, 227-28;
and fluid, 15, 67, 74, 77, 82-83, 133,
136, 140, 143, 146, 148, 151, 155, 164,
181, 195, 201, 204-11, 224-25; ofgold and jade, 40, 85, 214-15, 218;
guiding of, 5, 65, 79-80, 84, 86,
88-90, 97, 143, 160, 202, 209, 21619; and language, 114; loss of, 15455; periods, 36, 38, 42, 47, 133, 135,
193, 208; primordial, 56, 65-66,
76-77, 82, 93, 98, 135, 158, 166,
168-69, 195-96, 198-200; of rightful yang, 75-76, 85-86, 116, 145-46,
151-53, 156, 163, 165-66, 202; andspirit, 66, 87, 166
Qian and Kun: in body, 91, 97, 169,
205, 221; in cosmos, 29, 36, 40, 62,
80, 127-30, 136, 148, 160, 192, 200,
207, 218; in visualization, 178
Qin dynasty, 149
Qin Zhi’an, 19
Qingjing jing zhujie, 105
Qingyi lu, 8
Qinyuan chun, 10
Qiu Chuji, 17
quickening the gold crystal, 96, 157,
161-62, 180, 206-14, 217, 219-21
reduction and augmentation, 79, 84,
92, 126, 142, 154-58, 164, 192, 205,123
rejuvenation, 65, 84, 86, 108-10, 188,
199, 214, 220, 222
revelation, 16-17, 71-72, 191
ritual masters, 3, 4-5
ritual, 3, 17, 86, 98, 101, 227
river carriage, 93-96, 115, 159-62, 180
Robinet, Isabelle, 113
saliva, swallowing of, 76, 86, 89-90,
100, 125, 199, 218, 216-17, 220

schools: Celestial Heart, 12;Celestial
Masters, 4, 67-68; Complete Perfection, 6, 16-19, 21, 68, 84; Highest Clarity, 44, 67-68, 100; Northern vs. Southern, 13, 16; Numinous Treasure, 67, 191-92; ordination system of, 68; Southern, 1921; Three Sovereigns, 67
seasons: and body, 47, 216; cycle of,25, 32, 65 133, 137-38, 174, 193, 19799, 200, 225;
senses, 105, 109, 138
Seven Perfected, 17
sexual practices, 66, 92
shamanism, 3, 100
Shanghan lun, 70
Shangyangzi, 114
Shaohao, 33
Shennong bencao jing, 69
Shenxian shiqi jin’gui miaolu, 89
Shenxian zhuan, 69
Shi Jianwu, 13-15
Shi Tai, 20
Shijing, 25
Shiliao bencao, 69
Shujing, 25, 31
Shuogua, 28-30, 47, 53
Shuowen jiezi zhu, 45
Sima Chengzhen, 103-04
sin, 59
sins, 122
Sivin, Nathan, 13, 40, 82
six: classics, 29; desires, 56, 63, 184,
195; harmonies, 131, 177; lines, 2829, 41-42; and lunar phases, 3940, 135-36; palaces, 212-13; qi, 12223, 128, 156, 172-73; robbers, 182;
states of consciousness, 102; supernatural powers, 110; viscera,
109, 172, 188; yang, 9Song Defang, 19Song dynasty, 1-19, 42
souls, 39, 55-56, 105, 110, 130, 233; aslunar phases, 130, 135, 156, 204-09;
wandering of, 189
space-time, 32-34, 38
spirit: in alchemy, 71; in body, 45-46,
54-55, 61, 70, 78, 96, 100, 102, 107,

Index / 261

152, 161, 163, 167, 170, 173, 189, 199,
230; Cavern, 68; in cosmos, 23,
204, 214, 218; 98, 103, 105, 121, 202,
205, 214; definition, 116; in elixir
field, 92; end of, 147in meditation,
90-91, mediums, 3-4; palace, 106,
171, 175; refinement of, 5, 17, 65-67,
82, 87, 90, 106-07, 125, 132, 137,
142-43, 152, 156, 158, 162, 166, 17576, 189, 227-28; storing of, 151, 186,
222; travels of, 107-08, 110, 231-32;
three, 161; of valley, 172; water,
141-42; writing, 6; yang, 101, 105,
109, 129, 137, 140, 150, 154, 170, 175,
181-82, 186, 188, 226-27, 229-30;
yin, 181, 196
stages: of cosmogony, 23-25; in alchemy, 64, 72; of reversion, 84;
three, 15, 64-67, 73, 79, 96; 115,
120-21, 124, 128, 135, 161, 167-68; oftransformation, 166-67
sun and moon: in body, 47; cycles of22, 25, 28, 31, 39-41, 61, 115-16, 122,
129-33, 136, 154-55, 204, 193-94,
206-07; as gold and jade, 214-15;
as spirit and form, 218
Taichan shu, 49
Taiji tu, 5Taiji, 26
Taiping huanyu ji, 9Taiping jing shengjun bizhi, 100
Taiping yulan, 37
Taishang Laojun kaitian jing, 25
Taishang yangsheng taixi qi jing, 8990
Taixi koujue, 89
Taiyi shengshui, 23-24
Tang-Song transition, 1, 4
Tao Gu, 8
Tao Hongjing, 69
Taylor, Jill Bolte, 99
teachers, fake, 59-60, 183
ten heavenly stems, 34-36, 137-38, 174,
192, 223-24
Ten Wings, 29, 41
terminology, 115-17
three: Caverns, 67-68; Clarities, 12425, 171, 189-90 219; deathbringers,

142, 160, 182, 189; flowers, 107;
powers, 126; primes, 173, 212; Pure
Ones, 68; three teachings, 68-69,
161; Three Treasures, 68; vehicles,
15, 67-69, 161, 206, 211, 222; yang,104, 106-07, 123, 135, 158, 170-73
Tiandi yundu jing, 37
Tianguan jing, 37
Tibetan Book of the Dead, 63
time: and divination, 42; divisions of,47, 193-94, 207-09; eight nodes,
36, 47, 52; levels of, 51, 133-37; andlife cycle, 127, 133-34, 147; minutes,
51; months, 133-35, 207, 211, 215;
solstices, 131, 193-94, 197-98, 20001, 208, 211; weeks, 35, 38; see also
cycle; days; double-hours
timing: of day, 90; errors in, 62; ofinner observation, 181; of practice,76, 79-80, 123, 126, 136, 159, 175,
187
Tongzhi, 15transcendence and liberation, 15, 64,
107-10, 121, 123, 125, 163, 178, 180,230-33
twelve: earthly branches, 44, 51-52,
188; hexagrams, 81; months, 47,
143; saints, 15; sections, 187, 190;
storied tower, 146, 168, 200, 218;
see also double-hours
visualization, 75, 78, 83, 88, 98-101,
116, 122, 176-82, 189, 229-32
Wang Chen, 95
Wang Chongyang, 16-17, 21, 68, 84
Wang Chuyi, 17
Wang Liping, 6, 84, 93, 102, 105
Wang Zhen, 20
Warring States, 149
water: in body, 47-48, 141; at creation,
23; and fire, 58, 65, 74, 75, 78, 84,
96-97, 105-06, 132, 138-44, 196-201;
flowing upward, 160; interactionof, 144; in mouth, 86; of oneness,
76-77, 87, 116, 123, 145, 152; andriver carriage, 159; reversion of,163
waterwheel, 95-96
Wei Boyang, 77, 149

262 / Index

Wenshi zhuan, 37
Western Hills, 13, 15
Winn, Michael, 114
Wong, Eva, 116, 119
Wu hour, 134, 195, 202-03, 209, 212-13,
228
Wushier bingfang, 69-70
Wuwei fang, 69-70
Wuzhen pian, 19-20
Wuzhen pianji, 20
Xi’an, 12, 16
Xiao Tingzhi, 83
Xiaodao lun, 37
Xiaojing, 17
Xici, 41, 100
Xinjing, 17
Xishan qunxian huizhen ji, 15-16, 107
Xiuzhen shishu, 14
Xiuzhen zhixuan pian, 81
Xiyou ji, 17
Xue Daoguang, 20
Yan Hui, 103
Yan Wengong tanyuan, 9Yandi, 33
Yang Zai, 9yang: dragon, 74-76, 141, 144-46, 148,
151; perfect, 74, 128-29, 140, 148,
153, 162, 202-04, 212, 214-15, 222;
primordial, 50, 54, 56, 58, 79, 94,
119, 129-30, 140-43, 147, 152-53,
159-60, 167, 174, 195, 202-03; pure,11, 61, 64, 76, 106-07, 120-21, 125,
132, 141, 145, 151, 167-68, 171-72, 175,
181, 189, 197, 210, 222, 22
Yangshao, 34
Yangtze, 19
Yao and Shun, 33
yellow court, 77, 105, 153, 159, 210, 216
yellow dame, 78, 159, 178, 206, 159,
206
Yellow Emperor, 33, 35, 72-73, 148-49
Yellow Springs, 124, 126
yellow sprout, 77-78, 84, 96, 119, 126,
141, 144, 150, 161, 164
Yijing, 15, 28-29,41-42, 74, 77, 88, 96,
114, 149
Yin Xi, 37

yin: pure, 76, 120, 141, 145, 167, 172,
197; tiger, 74, 76, 145, 148, 151
yin and yang: ascent and descent of,
22, 23, 31, 36-41, 44, 49-52, 55, 61,
64-65, 74, 80, 84, 101, 106, 116,
120-23, 126-32, 136, 144-46, 152,
155, 159-60, 166, 174, 192-98, 20001, 206-08, 214; daily interactionof, 204-05; functioning of, 25-28;
imbalance of, 57-58; numbers of,42; rhythm of, 196-98; visualization of, 75, 177-78, 181
Yongle gong, 8, 19
youth, misspent, 134-35, 183
Yu Fan, 13, 31
Yuanhuang, 14, 191
Yuanshi tianzun, 14, 191
Yueling, 32
Yueyang fengtu ji, 8
Yueyang, 8
Yunji qiqian, 89
Yuntai guan, 5
Yushu lu, 14, 191
Zeng Cao, 13
Zhang Boduan, 19-21
Zhang Fangping, 10
Zhang Mengqian, 15
Zheng Qiao, 15
Zhengyang zhenren, 10
Zhenxian michuan huohou fa, 81
Zhenyuan yi, 14, 191
Zhixuan pian, 9Zhizhai shulu jieti, 14-15
Zhonghe ji, 18
Zhongli Quan, 1, 7-8, 10-16, 18, 21, 68,
191
Zhou dynasty, 25, 28, 31, 34
Zhu Xi, 94
Zhuangzi, 22, 25, 46, 72, 95, 103
Zhuanxu, 33
Zi hour (midnight), 80, 89, 134, 195,
212
Ziyang zhenren, 19
zodiac, 33, 35, 52
Zou Yan, 31
Zuowang lun, 103-04